Home

Map3D User`s Manual

Contents

1. Analysis gt Options gt Drive 2 Analysis gt Options gt Drive 3 Analysis gt Options gt Drive 4 Analysis gt Options gt Creep Analysis gt Options gt Move Points Analysis gt Options gt Verbose Analysis gt Options gt CGM Analysis gt Options gt Accelerator Analysis gt Options gt Async I O Analysis gt Options gt Linear Analysis gt Options gt Zero Strain Support Placement Analysis gt Options gt Initialization Related Topics Analysis Dialog Analysis gt Suspend Analysis gt ABORT 5 1 6 Analysis gt Discretization Discretization the model All excavation surfaces are automatically discretized by concentrating elements where results are requested i View gt Render gt Discretize Analysis results are calculated on DD surfaces and on a series of user defined grid planes CAD gt Build gt Grid Plane or at user defined points Analysis gt Options gt MSCALC The grid planes are automatically discretized into a series of field points at which displacements strains and stresses are calculated The discretization analysis can be repeated as many times as desired with different control parameters The user has complete control over the way in which the model is discretized by specifying various Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 332 Map3D User s Manual control parameters Element Length AL Grid
2. 30 043 25 665 10 228 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials 123 a 55 boa g KD ca ols st Block Volume 51213 168000 Block Name Minnig Block Element Type Fictitious Force v Fixed Element Width Matl_Code LERD LSS ggi Step 1 0 Mesh Spacing ha Step 2 Pick 2 points to define tis length Step 3 E Surfaces longer than this will be subdivided Step 4 2 Pick Cancel Step 5 V Generate separate blocks for each loop More Steps Clear All Steps Undo TE 2 Copy From fmen Build Cance Step 6 Construction Complete Block Colour 1 e This completes construction of the drift 6 td A la m ui A A ul Length Hid Hbt Hct Stp Conf File View Analysis CAD Visualization Tools Help Lens tefl bowed Brewtel bese Peet Grdw Conf a Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 124 Map3D User s Manual 3 6 FFLoop Stope Example Step 1 Import digitized mine plans e The plans for this example are in a file called bulk dxf e These are imported using the File gt Open Construction Lines command Map3D SV51 236 Western Australia School of Mines k A X aE view Analysis CAD Visualization Tools Help 69 Length Hid Holy Helv Sep cont Ba New Model Open Model Save Model Save Model As peT onstruction Lines Open Construction Lines Save Construction L
3. CAD gt Edit gt Stretch Vertices B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Point CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to X B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Y B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Z CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Plane 2 CAD gt Edit gt Subdivide Construction Lines 21 CAD gt Edit gt Smooth Construction Lines CAD gt Edit gt Remove Construction Vertex e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of options Once you have completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the modifications by selecting 21 Undo You can also restore the same selection set and modify the same set of entities again be selecting Redo You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time Notes e The location of all points along construction lines can be viewed by setting the View gt Render gt Cline dot radius parameter e Before using this trace smoothing function construction lines should be cleaned up using the CAD gt Pack and Renumber Clines function e You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time Smooth Construction Lines Smooths construction lines by eliminating corner points also see CAD gt Edit gt Remove Construction Vertex This routine can be initiated either by picking the button or simple right clicking on any vertex
4. Move to X Coordinate x coord 0 000000 5 Search width 0 000000 v Pick 1 point to define this location The X value of selected cooordinates will be moved to this location Cancel X coordinate specify the X coordinate of the point The X coordinate of all selected vertices i e vertices in the list will be moved to this value Search width all coordinates with the search width distance of the specified x coordinate value will be moved even if they are not in the list Pick activates the cursor cross hairs allowing interactive selection of the point from the model To assist in visually selecting points from the model all snap functions are available To assist in visually selecting points from the model all snap functions are available Sex CAD gt Snap Once selected the components of the offset vector are displayed in the dialogue box OK completes editing of the offset vector and stretches the selected vertices Cancel aborts stretching of vertices Once you have completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the modifications by selecting 21 Undo You can also restore the same selection set and modify the same set of entities again be selecting Redo You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time 4 5 4 13 Move Verticies to Y Moves the Y coordinate of selected vertices This routine can be initiated either by picking the Z button or simple right clicking on a
5. or the ratio of Dgrid Lgrid on grids using a Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Dgrid Lgrid DOL ratio on grids Element Discretize DON specifies the desired distance to element length ratio used to determine the element side length Lelem Delem DON where Delem represents the distance to the nearest model surface A value for DON of 0 5 is generally adequate for all problems except those with very narrow excavations or pillars In this latter case a value for DON of 1 0 is recommended Although higher values of DON results in generation of more boundary elements and hence longer run times this is necessary to obtain a well conditioned solvable problem for very narrow excavations or pillars Once discretization is complete the ratio of Delem Lelem can be plotted using 2 Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Delem Lelem DON ratio on surfaces Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 222 Map3D User s Manual Matrix Lumping DOC specifies the desired distance to element length ratio During matrix assembly all elements that fit within the dimension Delem DOC will be lumped together Delem represents the distance to the nearest model surface Just as for DOL a value for DOC of 1 0 is generally adequate and can be expected to provide solutions with 10 20 error If higher accuracy is required a value for DOC of 2 0 should give 5 10 error Use a value of 4 0 for less than 5 error Although higher values of DOC result in larger coeff
6. Analysis gt Intersections Conducts contact and intersection analysis Analysis gt Discretization Block and grid discretization Analysis gt BEM Analysis Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt Auto Plot Automatically plot selected surface components as the Map3D BEM analysis proceeds Analysis gt Auto Range Automatically modify the contour range as the Map3D BEM analysis proceeds Analysis gt Options Sets up options that control various program operations Analysis gt Cparams Modifies analysis control parameters during analysis Analysis gt Materials Modifies material properties during analysis Analysis gt Minimize Minimizes the graphics display during analysis Analysis gt Edit log Edits the log file The log file is a recording of all messages written to the message window Analysis gt Go to CAD Go to the model building and editing stage Analysis gt Close Close the dialogue box Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 286 Map3D User s Manual Analysis gt Spawn Results Starts another instance of Map3D and loads the results for the first mining step This is useful for viewing results of currently completed steps while subsequent steps are being analysed Analysis gt Suspend Suspends Pauses the currently running analysis Analysis gt Resume Resumes the currently suspended analysis 4 4 2 Analysis Options Sets up options that control various program operations
7. File load options Y Renumber Y Auto Repair 0 y Intersection Options M Collapse Planarity V Closure Discretization Options I MSCALC T LERDT ERR V Lumping Accuracy F Lumping BEM Analysis Options l Creep T vy 100 y ram V Move points a Param 100 y M Verbose M Drive 1 Ic y Y CGM Drive lfc y IV Precondition io M Accelerate Drive 3 c y Tm Linear T Drive alfe Y acvT 6 12 M Async 1 0 M Zero Strain Placement Initialization a Batch Reset File Load Options Analysis gt Options gt Renumber Renumber surfaces so the volume is positive during file load Analysis gt Options gt Auto Repair Attempts to repair you model by filling gaps deleting duplicates etc during file load Intersection Options Analysis gt Options gt Collapse Merge adjacent surfaces during intersection analysis Analysis gt Options gt Planarity Subdivide non planar quadrilaterals into triangles during intersection analysis Analysis gt Options gt Closure Conducts closure and overlap checking and resolves Boolean intersections during intersection analysis Discretization Options Analysis gt Options gt MSCALC Calculate results at user defined points during Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt Options gt LERD ERR Calculate energy release rate and loading system stiffness during Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt Options gt Lumping Accurac
8. Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 4 5 3 5 Model Information Displays the current tally for the following model parameters e number of surfaces used to define the geometry e number of coordinates used to define the surfaces e number of mining steps The following parameters are only displayed after the discretization analysis Analysis gt Discretization is complete e number of boundary elements e number of boundary nodes only used for higher order elements Analysis gt Options gt Linear e number of field points on user defined grids 4 5 4 Edit 4 5 4 1 Entity Properties Edit block type colour mining sequence etc This routine can be initiated either by picking the P button or simple right clicking on any entity When you initiate this routine you will first be prompted to build a list of entities that you wish to edit Edit Entities Lo swe BE em co meos an sep va ce If Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you must hold down the Shift key to make multiple selections By default selected entities are added to the list however if the Ctrl key is held down selected entities will be removed from the list While holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key you can drag open a crossing window Use of this toolbar is detailed in Build A List of Entities for_Editing Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used Holding the Alt key when you
9. 1 Plot gt Surface gt dTs Excess Shear Stress Related Topics Mohr Coulomb in DD planes Fault Gouge in DD planes Materials gt Quadratic Backfill in DD Planes Quadratic Backfill material can be used to describe non linear response in DD planes in both Map3D Fault Slip Map3D Non Linear and Map3D Visco Plastic Material Material Name Material 2 Material 2 e Material Type Quadratic B ackfill DD v Peak Residual Tension Cutoff Cohesion Friction Angle Bet Normal Modulus jon Y Shear Modulus 24000 24000 Standard Dev fo y Elastic only Viscous Mod Gn o El e Elasto Plastic Viscous Mod Gs o y E Inactive User Defined Expansion Coef hoo Parameters Conductivity Poo Dump to File 2 Copy from matl Stress State Close Material Name specifies a descriptive name for the material Material specifies the material number e Material 1 is reserved for the host material e Other material numbers are used to define alternate material zones such as ore fault gouge backfill etc Material Type specifies the material type Mohr Coulomb Hoek Brown Drucker Prager Fault Gouge Hyperbolic Backfill Quadratic Backfill Equilibrated Gouge Yielding Pillar or none e Quadratic Backfill defines the failure envelope as a straight line in the same as Mohr Coulomb in DD planes but without UCS e Strength is defined in terms of in plane shear and normal stresses as follows Map
10. Move to Y Coordinate Y coord 0 00000 Search width 0 000000 X Pick 1 point to define this location The Y value of selected cooordinates will be moved to this location Cancel Y coordinate specify the Y coordinate of the point The Y coordinate of all selected vertices i e vertices in the list will be moved to this value Search width all coordinates with the search width distance of the specified y coordinate value will be moved even if they are not in the list Pick activates the cursor cross hairs allowing interactive selection of the point from the model To assist in visually selecting points from the model all snap functions are available To assist in visually selecting points from the model all snap functions are available sex CAD gt Snap Once selected the components of the offset vector are displayed in the dialogue box OK completes editing of the offset vector and stretches the selected vertices Cancel aborts stretching of vertices Once you have completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the modifications by selecting 21 Undo Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands You can also restore the same selection set and modify the same set of entities again be selecting Redo You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time 4 5 4 14 Move Verticies to Z Moves the Z coordinate of selected vertices This routine can be initiated either
11. name area dgrid dol f1 f2 C Steps 1 1 m Data Format Points Polplines Fully populated Use Commas lt lt Cartesian Principal Window Polyline Cancel Upon selecting the desired data then OK you will be prompted for a file name to save the data You can select CSV comma separated delimited data TSV tab separated delimited data or TXT space sepat rated delimited data You can also specify to automatically open the file in Excel or Notepad Note that you should not use CSV files with commas as decimal points Save in Map3D60 img Edy Name Date modified Type Le aidan 28 05 2012 3 48 PM_ File folder Je Alksnis 16 10 2012 10 55 File folder p Amec 31 10 2012 12 28 File folder p Claudio 2 10 2012 10 30 AM File folder p Coleman 2 10 2012 11 20 AM File folder 4 ui r Pa Save astype ASCII files csv isv bd x Cancel Recent Directories Openin Excel I Openin Notepad Use commas as decimal points Stresses s1ts1 ps1 major principal stress o its trend and plunge s2 ts2 ps2 intermediate principal stress o its trend and plunge s3 ts3 ps3 minor principal stress o its trend and plunge SXX SYY szz sxy syz sxz Cartesian stress components tmax maximum shear stress tmax Y2 0 07 toct octahedral shear stress toc 3 0 0 0 07 0 0 smean mean stress Onean 3 0 0 03 ti tti pti maximum shear stress in t
12. 0 A AF For fluid flow problems the expansion coefficient A should be set to unity positive one for saturated media For thermal problems the expansion coefficient should be specified as a negative quantity given by A aE 1 2 where a represents the coefficient of thermal expansion i e the linear expansivity Notes This function must be set up before conducting the Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt BEM Analysis i CAD gt Properties gt Map3Di Setup gt View enables viewing of the Map3Di data Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 4 3 12 5 Model Information 4 3 13 4 3 14 Displays the current tally for the following model parameters e number of surfaces used to define the geometry e number of coordinates used to define the surfaces e number of mining steps The following parameters are only displayed after the discretization analysis Analysis gt Discretization is complete e number of boundary elements e number of boundary nodes only used for higher order elements Analysis gt Options gt Linear e number of field points on user defined grids Average Box Calculates the weighted average value for all selected contour points You will be prompted to select the two corners of the window by picking each with a single mouse click Only those contour points enclosed in the window will be included To view the location of the actual contour points enable display of traject
13. 56 Map3D User s Manual This intersection block should be excavated at mining step 1 This is indicated by specifying Mining Step 1 0 We are now finished and can Build this block by pressing the 244 button Roadway N Repositioning The View During block building or at any other time the user is free to reposition translate rotate or zoom the geometry to make visualization easier This is readily accomplished by several means refer to Rotating the Model and Translating the Model Building the Roadway 1 Additional blocks can now be constructed by selecting the FFLoop building function again CAD gt Build gt FFLoop Let s build the next block adjacent to the first one Select point 1 at xyz gt 200 We would like to select point 2 at xyz gt 800 Intersection A a a tied i Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials but this location is beyond the limits of the display To overcome this problem simply zoom out Translating the Model Point 2 can now be readily selected Select point 3 at Xy z gt 820 Select point 4 at X y z gt 220 Finally reselect the first point xyz gt 200 When first point has been reselected the base of the block has been completely formed You will be prompted as before with the message Now offset the remaining points for this block using the offset function CAD gt Build gt Extrude Offset Remaining You will be prompted for this offset
14. Edit Entities ES AFA AAE o ew e eo om wen Hold down the Shift key and drag out a selection window alternatively you may select the crossing window function Second corr of window All entities within the selection window i e the intersection roadways and coal pillar should be highlighted You can now copy the selected entities by picking the copy button Eal You will be prompted to enter the copy offset vector as follows Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 62 Map3D User s Manual Copy Offset Yector X offset Y offset 0 000000 v i Z offset 0 000000 X Length 8 000000 Plunge Direction Pick 2 points to define this vector Entity will be copied across by this amount Edit Cancel There are numerous ways to select the copy offset vector You can type in the desired offset as 8 0 0 This is also readily accomplished graphically by picking two points to define the vector First set the snap mode to E CAD gt Snap gt Rectangular Grid Snap this only needs to be done if the grid snap button is not already highlighted B Copy from OL 7 here Offset Vector You will be prompted at the top of the screen to pick the first end of the offset vector Select this point at xyz gt 000 You will then be prompted to pick the other end of the offset vector Select this point at xyz gt 800 The offset 8 0 0 will now be displayed in the dialog box Ma
15. Materials gt Expansion Coefficient and Conductivity Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow can be used to simultaneously solve steady state heat fluid flow coupled to the stress analysis The program is set up so that the user need only specify the temperature head boundary conditions then the coupled thermal fluid flow stress problem is solved simultaneously This feature is useful for the simulation of heating or cooling effects and drained or undrained response of soils The steady state thermal fluid flow problem is solved according to Laplace s equation in three dimensions This is directly coupled to the stress analysis through an expansion coefficient A where the temperature change or fluid pressure change from the background value induces the initial stresses o AAT The stresses can be presented either without or with the initial stresses o Plot gt Stress gt Value gt Seff Effective Stress Plot gt Stress gt Value gt Stotal Total Stress For fluid flow problems the expansion coefficient should be set to unity positive one for saturated media A 1 For thermal problems the expansion coefficient should be specified as a negative quantity given by A a E 1 2v where a E and v represent the coefficient of thermal expansion i e the linear expansivity Young s modulus and Poisson s ratio It is also necessary to specify the conductivity C This parameter relates the gradient to the flux qx such that qx C
16. Vs 6 0 6 Note that the strength parameters have been chosen so that the criterion simplifies to the Mohr Coulomb criterion when o equals o Strength parameters are setup using BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Strength Parameters Related topics 3ra sra Plot gt Strength Factor gt SF A Stress Strength sra s Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF B Stress Strength 21 Plot gt Strength Factors gt dS1 Excess Stress MB Plot gt Strength Factors gt In plane Parameters UB Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters 4 3 6 12 In plane parameters Sets up the strength parameters for generating strength factor contour plots in terms of in plane stress components To calculate the in plane shear and normal stresses the stress state at each point on the grid plane is reoriented to determine the maximum shear stress parallel to the grid plane and the stress normal to the grid plane Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 194 Map3D User s Manual Sip Grid plane Dip direction Dip direction ien Din of In elastic analysis the maximum in plane shear and normal stresses can be used with the Mohr Coulomb strength criterion to estimate the amount of slip due to over stressing on a fault joint set or bedding plane oriented in the same way as the grid plane Since these parameters are orientation dependant this criterion is representative for anisotropic rock mass stability
17. _Z CAD gt Snap gt Nearest Edge should be used to select the indicated points The built in Boolean intersection capabilities of Map3D will automatically create the intersection between the two blocks during stage 2 of the analysis This construction will work fine While for simple geometries this works fine in many situations this connection is not so straightforward Lets consider a more complex geometry where the segments of the footwall access drift do not line up with the desired locations of the crosscuts Connecting a Cross Cut onto a Complex Drift gt A this sliver is formed here In this example the crosscut does not join onto the footwall access drift correctly A thin pillar is formed at the end of the crosscut Map3D will detect this pillar and attempt to analyze it probably without success Just as this feature would be in reality physically unstable it is also unstable numerically Map3D can actually conduct a successful analysis of this feature but only if the adjacent faces of the pillar are discretized with boundary elements of size similar to the pillar thickness However this is not a desirable approach since it would require a large number of elements and this pillar does not actually exist Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 E Map3D User s Manual Footwall access drift a Joiner block Cross cut In order to avoid this problem an additional joiner block could
18. e By default selected entities are added to the list however if the Ctrl key is held down selected entities will be removed from the list While holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key you can drag open a crossing window Use of this toolbar is detailed in Build A List of Entities for Editing Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used Holding the Alt key when you right click automatically repeats the last edit function that was used Once you have selected the desired entities you can either pick any of the edit buttons CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties Edit block type colour mining sequence CAD gt Edit gt Erase Entities Erase selected entities E CAD gt Edit gt Move Entities Move selected entities Eal CAD gt Edit gt Copy Entities Copy selected entities B CAD gt Edit gt Scale Entities Scale selected entities CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Azimuth Rotate the azimuth of selected entities CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Dip Rotate the dip of selected entities 4 CAD gt Edit gt Dump to File Dump selected entities to a file CAD gt Edit gt Group Group selected entities into a single block e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of options Centre of rotation X coordinate 0 500000 P Y coordinate 1 500000 w i Z coordinate 0 000000 y k Pick 1 point to defin
19. By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of non linear strain or the strain rate predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in DD planes Fault Gouge in DD planes Backfill Hyperbolic in DD planes In plane Strength Param X Standard Dey 5 y Tension 0 v UCS 0 X 0 v Cohesion Friction angle 30 The Mohr Coulomb criterion defines the shear strength in terms of shear stress and normal stress as follows Mohr Coulomb Tip tan 0 Atip Coh Coh tan c Tension cutoff UCS and Cohesion are specified in units of stress MPa or psi Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 195 Friction angle is specified in degrees Standard Deviation specifies the uncertainty you have in the failure criterion measured in the Tip direction specified in units of stress MPa or psi Plot regenerates the contour plot Related topics Ml Plot gt Strength Factor gt Probability N distribution S se Plot gt Strength Factor gt SF ip Stress Strength srt srel Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ub Stress Strength tel Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTip Excess Stress a Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTub
20. Entity Properties Block Volume 1 000000 Block Name Mining block Element Type Fictitious Force w Block Colour Fixed Element Mar Matl_Code LERD LSS Mining Step 1 Mining Step 2 Mining Step 3 Mining Step 4 Mining Step 5 More Steps Clear All Steps Undo Copy From In this example the selected block is not used at step 1 Assigned the properties for material Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 32 Map3D User s Manual number 2 at mining step 2 At mining step 3 the block is excavated Finally at mining step 4 the block is backfilled with material number 4 This procedure can be used with fictitious force type elements to define three dimensional zones with different stresses and material properties e g stiff dykes soft ore zones or yielding zones It can also be used with Displacement Discontinuity type elements to define planar zones with different stresses and material properties e g gouge filled faults tabular mining yielding pillars The material codes can be specified a different value at each mining step If no material code is assigned i e the material code is left blank the block will remain inactive It is important to remember the convention that higher material numbers material codes take priority over lower material numbers This convention has been adopted to overcome the ambiguity when considering the intersection of several different features such as a fault with a dyke or backfill p
21. For an example of the use of this parameter refer to Tabular Mining Example Matl_Code LERD MStep specifies the material code that will be substituted into the block for the LERD LSS calculation The first box is for the material code The second box is to specify the mining step number when the calculation is to be done If this box is left blank then the LERD calculation will be done for all steps Analysis gt Options gt LERD LSS Mining Step n specifies the material code that will be used for this block in mining step n In the above example the block is non existent at step 1 has material 2 Ore inserted in it at step 2 it is excavated at step 3 material code O means to excavate and finally at step 4 material 5 backfill is inserted When you use a positive material number the material is placed into the block at the specified initial stress state and is then allowed to deform according to the elastic plastic properties you have set for that material number When you use a negative material number the material is placed into the block at the specified initial stress state but the stress state is held at these vales regardless of the deformations thereby providing a stress boundary Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 25 condition Generate Separate Loop Blocks if you are building multi loop blocks you can specify whether or not interfaces will be created between each block so that each bloc
22. Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 301 When you initiate this routine you will first be prompted to build a list of vertices that you wish to smooth Edit Vertices amp eb ee ACCEA Off 1 Ent win Z Rem gt Ci e If Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you must hold down the Shift key to make multiple selections By default selected entities are added to the list however if the Cirl key is held down selected entities will be removed from the list While holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key you can drag open a crossing window Use of this toolbar is detailed in Build A List of Vertices for Editing Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used Holding the Alt key when you right click automatically repeats the last edit function that was used Once you have selected the desired entities you can either pick any of the edit buttons CAD gt Edit gt Stretch Vertices B gt CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Point B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to X B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Y B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Z CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Plane 24 CAD gt Edit gt Subdivide Construction Lines CAD gt Edit gt Smooth Construction Lines _2 CAD gt Edit gt Remove Construction Vertex e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of opt
23. Map3D User s Manual Map3D Version 64 User s Manual by Map3D International Ltd Map3D User s Manual Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 All rights reserved No parts of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means graphic electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording taping or information storage and retrieval systems without the written permission of the publisher Products that are referred to in this document may be either trademarks and or registered trademarks of the respective owners The publisher and the author make no claim to these trademarks While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document the publisher and the author assume no responsibility for errors or omissions or for damages resulting from the use of information contained in this document or from the use of programs and source code that may accompany it In no event shall the publisher and the author be liable for any loss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged to have been caused directly or indirectly by this document Printed May 2015 Publisher Map3D Intenrational Ltd Email support map3d com Web map3d com Tel 1647 729 7572 Map3D User s Manual Table of Contents Part I ON Oa Ft WOOD Part Il CO AN OA FWD o 11 Part Ill oa AO DN Part IV 1 Foreword Map3D Overview 2 INTO UCTION ii id 2 ADQUEMADID ii a aa ai beudvied leia 2 MapD
24. Note that if desired this behaviour can be overridden on an element by element basis my specifying the maximum width for each element CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties gt Maximum Width Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building and Editing 45 DOL and AG Solution Accuracy During the discretization process Blocks and DD planes are subdivided into boundary elements with side length Lgrid The element size is determined from the minimum distance Dgrid to the nearest field point grid plane according the relation Lgrid Dgrid DOL Since at some locations the distance Dgrid may be zero a minimum element side length AG must also be specified This same relationship is also used to subdivide grid planes into points where field stresses strains and displacements are calculated A minimum grid spacing of half AG will be used The AG parameter should be set equal to smallest dimension of interest To obtain reasonable accurate results AG should be set to approximately one quarter the stope or pillar width For example if the user wants to see the stress distribution across a 2m wide pillar a value of 0 5 for AG would give a sufficient number of field points for accurate contouring The same units used to specify the coordinate locations should be used e g metres or feet A value for DOL of 1 0 is recommended for all problems except those where increased accuracy is required With a value of 1 0 an error of 10 2
25. during Map3D BEM analysis If your computer has a large amount of RAM installed this option may significantly speed execution since data can be retrieved from RAM much more quickly than from disk Unfortunately Windows 32 bit only allows each process to address 2GB After you remove overheads this leaves only about 1GB for auxiliary storage even if you have plenty of RAM For users with large amounts of RAM in their computer an alternative is to use physical RAM Analysis gt Options gt P ram instead of virtual RAM Notes This function must be checked before conducting the Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt BEM Analysis You should only allocate the amount of RAM you want Map3D to use making sure to leave adequate space for any other applications you intend to run You should never set this parameter larger than the available RAM since this will result in excessive paging of your operating system which will significantly slow down the analysis Analysis gt Options gt Verbose Write all solution vectors and field point results to the log file during Map3D BEM analysis Notes This function must be checked before conducting the Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt BEM Analysis It is recommended that you do not check this option unless you specifically want to see this information in the log file Analysis gt Options gt Zero Strain Placement Use zero strain support placement during Map3D BEM analysis This option
26. e After yielding the residual values are used Standard Deviation specify standard deviation in units of stress MPa or psi e This parameter describes the uncertainty you have in the strength parameters e This parameter is only used for plotting the probability of shear failure Plot gt Strength Factors gt In Plane Probability N distribution Viscous Modulus Gn and Gs These parameters are used only in non linear analyses 3D FF blocks in Map3D Non Linear and DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip e The viscous modulus describes the creep response where the creep resistance is determined as the creep coefficient C times the plastic strain rate e Note that the user must select both the creep coefficient C and the time step size Af then specify the quotient of these as the viscous modulus G e Specify the viscous modulus in units of stress MPa or psi Expansion Coefficient and Conductivity are only used in Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow e Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow can be used to simultaneously solve steady state heat fluid flow coupled to the stress analysis Elastic only when checked this material will respond elastically only i e strength parameters will not be used e This can be used to define zones with different elastic properties and or initial stress states This could include for example stiff dykes soft ore zones backfill or support elements Elasto Plastic when checked this material will respond elasto visco p
27. std Probability using the Normal distribution the same as in method A Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 186 Map3D User s Manual Drucker Prager is only defined using method C Strength parameters are setup using BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Strength Parameters Related topics Sa srial Plot gt Strength Factor gt SF A Strength Stress se se Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress tal Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTmax Excess Stress teal Plot gt Strength Factors gt dToct Excess Stress MB Plot gt Strength Factors gt In plane Parameters UB Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters 4 3 6 8 SF C Strength Stress Contours the strength using method C In elastic analysis the major and minor principal stresses can be used with the Mohr Coulomb or Hoek Brown strength criteria BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Strength Parameters to estimate the amount of damage due to over stressing Since none of the parameters have any orientation sensitivity this criterion is representative for homogeneous rock mass stability By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of non linear strain or
28. 1 2r a 32 a A seismic loading file can be generated for Map3Di as follows 1 Construct a seismic data file with as a series of points X y Z4 f1 f2 X Y Z f1 f2 X Y 23 fl f2 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 325 where x y z represent the coordinates of each point f1 indicates the average slip D and f2 indicates the source radius a 2 Using the Visualization routine for an elliptic profile specify the plot equation as 1 50 f1 sqrt 1 rip 2 f2 2 For an asperity profile use 2 89 f1 1 rip f2 sqrt 1 2 rip f2 3 rip 2 f242 3 Choose your desired plane grid spacing set the desired voxel height and width The voxel height can be used to clip out of plane events It is important to choose the voxel width equal to the largest desired event radius in order to distribute the shear displacement ride over all affected voxels 4 Set Plotting Options to Sum in Voxel and Plot 5 Make Map3Di file 6 View Map3Di file using CAD gt Properties gt Map3Di Setup and view the f2 parameter Refer to CAD gt Properties gt Map3Di for details concerning the data format 4 9 4 Plot Plots seismic data Points can be displayed as light source shaded spheres with diameter and or colour varying as magnitude see Visualization This button can be placed on the view toolbar or the contouring toolbar using Tools gt Configure View Toolbar Tools gt Configure Contouring Tool
29. 331 347 R Solve toolbar 310 Special view positions 153 Steady state thermal fluid flow analysis 414 RAM for matrix storage 348 350 Strain toolbar 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 Range for plotting contours 215 168 169 171 212 430 Recently used directories 381 Strength criterion 175 179 180 182 184 186 Recently used files 146 188 190 191 193 195 196 199 382 386 388 Reliability of modelling predictions 14 390 394 409 429 Rendering the model 150 186 188 190 191 193 195 196 199 429 Renumbering surfaces so the volume is positive Stes enema eon 136 349 Stress toolbar 154 155 157 159 160 161 171 212 428 Stretching model data 291 Subdivide non planar quadrilaterials into triangles 348 Subtracting analysis results 135 Support and sales 2 Support placement 28 31 342 350 Surface Components toolbar 201 202 203 204 205 208 209 211 212 213 214 431 Surface Components toolbarr 210 Surface models 25 28 Suspending a Map3D analysis 351 Reset all viewing parameters 152 Restart files 369 433 Restarting an analysis 136 Restoring a previously saved view position and contour range 146 Rock mass response predictions 14 21 343 Rotating model data 286 287 Rotating the model 153 307 308 434 435 Rotation Toobar 308 Running multiple consecutive analyses 334 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 a Map3D User s Manual T Zoom so that all entities are visible 152
30. CAD gt Build gt Enter Point Enter coordinate values for a point CAD gt Build gt Offset Remaining Offset remaining points 2 CAD gt Build gt Undo Point Undo last point selection CAD gt Build gt Redo Point Redo last point selection Pressing the space bar automatically activates the build edit function that was used File File gt Open gt Merge Materials If this option is checked as the new model file is loaded the material data in the new file is merged with the current material data If this option is not checked as the new model file is loaded the material data in the new file will replace the current material data This allows you to keep your material models in separate data files then incorporate them into models as required Related Topics Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 5 3 2 5 3 3 5 3 4 Appendix 367 File gt Open gt Merge Geometries File gt Output gt Animated GIF Recorder gt Append Images When checked new images will be appended to an existing animation File gt PNT Output File Format PNT format is a universal ASCII data file with the extension PNT This format is useful for exchanging raw model data with other CAD software Comment lines start with an asterisk in column 1 Surfaces are stored as a series of polylines as follows x1 y z1 3 value X y2 Z2 2 valuez X y3 Z3 2 values X4 Ya Za 2 values xi y zi represent the
31. CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties Edit block type colour mining sequence CAD gt Edit gt Erase Entities Erase selected entities Eal CAD gt Edit gt Move Entities Move selected entities al CAD gt Edit gt Copy Entities Copy selected entities JB CAD gt Edit gt Scale Entities Scale selected entities Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 358 Map3D User s Manual CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Azimuth Rotate the azimuth of selected entities E CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Dip Rotate the dip of selected entities 4 CAD gt Edit gt Dump to File Dump selected entities to a file 28 CAD gt Edit gt Group Group selected entities into a single block e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of options If any of the fields in the dialogue box read Variable it is because some of the blocks you have selected have different properties for that field If you wish to leave these properties as they are i e different for each block leave the field as Variable If you wish to change the value of that field for all selected blocks enter the desired value Grid Properties Name Mining block Grid Type Active v l Fixed Grid Spacing X Name specifies a descriptive name for the grid Grid Type specifies whether you want the grid to be active used in the stress analysis or inactive not used in the stress analysis Maximu
32. CAD Toolbar lt dias 312 Configure CAD Tool iii ii A A net nent A cee eet A et Ad 312 Block Cololrscun ut a a a a a e 313 ANS A E 314 Set DefaltBlock Golours 20 a aa lade as 314 SOCIO CU Colours Mi a 315 SEC Colours o dono Rd 315 Seticontou COlOUIS dad dd dd tard tas data a tse 315 Set Contour Colours 4 uc A o a Re e lts Adi 315 Configure BUON OLN Leia can tua cet et cda Sins ste ces ones Sins see seh sens Sins seh da snes Sins sete ced snes Sins sn coins et ete 315 Reset Default A O UN Ah 315 AE ESA AA feces Sah A EA 315 Me diuim Size Buttons ii isc sic sees eee ee ac os sae ee en oe es en es es as 315 LargesSizO BUIONS sis eS ceca as cite e cn cate cca path ch tah cn gah cn ak cn cdc cn ak ce cdc cite ak ue eat E 315 MLE SIZOsBULLOMS e a sear as aah 315 MMe SIZES BUULON Ss cos Sade discado cane ashe Mint os en dt asa Sate ee Mead gen hate sta Beads un estas E 315 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 IX Map3D User s Manual OpenGL Pick OpenGL Crosshairs OpenGL Interactive Edita od Ao a a 317 Disk Performance Tea Smooth Scroll icici eects a eaaa aea aaea aa aare ad Cursor Pick Box Size bei Small Pick BI o Medium PICK BOX T 58 te A Large RICK Boi e bd A Selec iON a a e a aaea a a aaa a a Aaaa a raaa aaa Paa Aa aiaia EEan O E o T AF U E EASA A A EAE AEA AE T E AAE PES ia dz 9 ViISUANZ ATION ci sece sues cudisiseadeusuava ea suns anaa paea ra naana a aaahh a anaiona aaaea pita iduoa daanan Web www m
33. Custom colors BE i MF 7 ue fi60 fiso Bed o fo o Mie Pra MN O Define Custam Calare gt gt Color Solid Lum jo Blue 0 Cancel Add to Custom Colors Reassigning a colour is a three step process 1 Pick the colour you want to redefine from one of the Custom Colors 2 Set the new colour you desire by picking from the Basic Colors picking from the Color Matrix or by setting the Hue Sat Lum Red Green Blue 3 Push the Add to Custom Colors button All colours can be reset to the original Map3D default values by selecting Tools gt Set Default Block Colours Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 34 Map3D User s Manual The custom colours are saved between analyses in the map3d ini file 4 6 2 12 Contour Colours Assigns custom colours for rendering contours Map3D uses 16 base colours for contouring The colours are used as follows Colour 0 screen background colour Colour 1 below range contour colour Colour 2 through 11 contour colours Colour 12 above range contour colour Colour 13 Tension cutoff colour Colour 15 foreground colour used for text block outlines trajectory symbols and grid lines Color Basic colors E ARMA AE EEE o IM URE FH EEE He EHET Hue fi 60 Red jo Sat fo Green jo Deine Custom Calore gt gt Color Solid Lum fo Blue o Add to Custom Colors Reassigning a colour is a three step process
34. Edit gt Move Entities Move selected entities CAD gt Edit gt Copy Entities Copy selected entities B CAD gt Edit gt Scale Entities Scale selected entities CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Azimuth Rotate the azimuth of selected entities CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Dip Rotate the dip of selected entities 4 CAD gt Edit gt Dump to File Dump selected entities to a file 28 CAD gt Edit gt Group Group selected entities into a single block e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of options Move Offset Vector X offset 0 000000 Y offset 0 000000 Z offset 0 000000 y Length 0 000000 Plunge 0 D Direction 0 v Pick 2 points to define this vector Entity will be moved by this amount 7 Edit Cancel X Y and Z offset specify the components of the offset vector All selected entities will be moved by this amount Pick activates the cursor cross hairs allowing interactive selection of the offset vector from the model This requires that you select two points to define this vector Length Plunge and Direction specify the components of the offset vector All selected entities will be moved by this amount Norm activates the cursor allowing interactive selection of a surface to make the offset vector normal to e This requires that you select two points to define this vector Once selected the components
35. Edit gt Rotate Dip Rotate the dip of selected entities 4 CAD gt Edit gt Dump to File Dump selected entities to a file 8 CAD gt Edit gt Group Group selected entities into a single block e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of options If any of the fields in the dialogue box read Variable it is because some of the surfaces you have selected have different properties for that field In order to group the selected entities into a single block all surfaces must have the same settings for all fields Use B CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties to do this Entity Properties DDplane Area 1 000000 Block Name Mining block Element Type Displacement Disc y Block Colour mm Fixed Element Width MatLCodeLERD LSS y DDPlane Thickness f Mining Step 1 Mining Step 2 Mining Step 3 Mining Step 4 Mining Step 5 More Steps Copy From Once you have completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the modifications by selecting 21 Undo You can also restore the same selection set and modify the same set of entities again be selecting Redo You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time 4 5 4 10 Stretch Verticies Adds an offset to selected vertices This routine can be initiated either by picking the button or simple right clicking on any vertex When you initiate this rou
36. If this number of subdivisions is reached and the specified DOL ratio has still not been achieved Map3D will issue a warning message instructing the user to subdivide the block plate or grid into smaller pieces Once discretization is complete the distance Dgrid can be plotted on model surfaces using Bard Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Dgird Distance to nearest grid on surfaces or on grids using Paid Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Dgrid Distance to nearest element on grids The ratio of Dgrid Lgrid can be plotted on model surfaces using Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Dgrid Lgrid DOL ratio on surfaces or on grids using Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Dgrid Lgrid DOL ratio on grids Note that if desired this behaviour can be overridden on a grid by grid basis by specifying the maximum width for each grid B CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties gt Maximum Width DOR Element Aspect Ratio Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building and Editing 49 DOR controls the maximum element aspect ratio If the ratio of the side length of an element is determined to exceed DOR that element is subdivided The recommended value of DOR is 5 If erratic results are detected DOR should be decreased to 2 Note that smaller values of DOR results in more elements and longer run times but greater accuracy During discretization Map3D will attempt to satisfy the specified DOR ratio for all elements When discretizing
37. KMCL Bulyanhulu Site Tanzania Ballarat Goldfields Australia Goldfields Mine Management Australia Dynatec Corporation Canada P T Freeport Indonesia EKJV Management Australia BHPB Nickel West Leinster Nickel Operation Australia Birla Mt Gordon Australia Ridgeway Project Cadia Holdings Australia U of South Australia Sunrise Dam Gold Mine Australia Oxiana Golden Grove Australia Moab Khotsong Mine South Africa MIDD amp MIDDindi Consulting South Africa Redco Ltda Chile Mining One Pty Ltd Australia Birla Nifty Nifty Copper Australia Cracow Gold Mine Australia Beta Hunt Mine Australia Universidad de Chile Facultad de Ciencias Fisicas y Mathematicas Geotechnical Consulting Pty Ltd Australia NVI Mining Ltd Myra Falls Australia East Bolder Mine Stillwater Mining USA Cambior La Mine Geant Dormant Canada University of Quebec Chicoutimia Canada New Gold Afton Project Australia A Karzulovic amp Associates Chile Strata Engineering Australia Peter O Bryan amp Associates Australia Barrick Granny Smith Australia Xstrata Nickel Raglan Mine Canada Genivar Canada President Steyn Gold Mine South Africa GFL Mining Services Limited South Africa Mopani Copper Mine Zambia Tau Lekoa Mine South Africa Stanford University Department of Geophysics USA Simon Fraser University Department of Earth Sciences Canada Resolution Copper Company Canada North
38. LM e do aoe 174 EE EN 174 REL AA AA 174 Ubiquitous plane normal MUX ccs cuna cuen cece cee can cele caen a a de e Sa a da aa a a a Rd 174 Ubiquitous plane maximum UX cccccccnoccnoncnnnonnncnnninononononononononenonenonenenonononenononenanonononenanonenananeneness 174 Strength Factors wrssssscswecssscdacnsasscsnssancsonsssscaasccasdenadecscecsceasdenadadedacececcderedecedauscansdnencaendanscaundnmndaenenentnenenen 175 Rockmass Strength Parameters cccccccnccccnnnncnnnnninoninnnnnnnnnononononinononononononononononenennnnnononenenenenineness 175 MECO SOMOS Sa ee fas tes Sees stat stots ste Sins ste ns ste Sins AAA AAA A 179 TMAaX EXCESS SUES ee E Noll EE E EE EEN 180 A NN 180 NST Normal PropaDI liy ano 182 SE A SITONQUSIMOS Sie ek ct dt cin cin ones ove tt cin tt tt cin ooh oie bt tt tt at ea 182 RAR aaa 184 SEO MENO SITES concentre nose craneo 186 SF A Stress Stre ricer ysis she sot she Sod sth ed lke od at edad te dvd cn dad bdo 188 SE BESITOS SIS METIO Llaca cu cee Seer ce Seats tee ees cee tats cl sete ces eae snes Stes snes ah see Sets ces ah see ees ces sh ses Sens ee 190 AA ES AAA ae Ma NN 191 EE NN 193 plans Excess Shear es 195 RSE AA 195 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Contents NIP Nonnal A NN 195 SAP SUS QUA SUS Sc Seat a Suet sete eet cies ee cents nt ces ee EE nt ces See ces cnt sles See td unt cele cub sth A 195 NES AAA Mette Me tetieede M EN eNA Ee TEE Er E REENEN EEE TENEU NENEN e NEEE TENEN aed Monet n
39. Ltd Australia Delft U of Technology The Nedlands ANGLOVAAL South Africa Impala Platinum south Africa Battle Mountain Canada Black Mountain South Africa Tsumeb Otjihase Mine Namibia Kloof Division of Kloof G M Co Ltd South Africa Rustenburg Platinum Mines Ltd South Africa Savuka Mine South Africa BCL Botswana Botswana Terra Sancta Austtalia Mines Aurizon Casa Berardi Canada Rockland Ltd Canada Darlot Gold Mine Australia Forrestania Gold NL Australia WA Department of Minerals and Energy Australia Great Central Mines Wiluna Gold Australia Central Mines Engineering Group Inco Ltd Canada Kundana Gold Australia Henty Gold Mine Goldfields Ltd Australia Elura Mine Australia Western Australia School of Mines Cannington BHP World Minerals Australia WMC Olympic Dam Operations Australia BFP Consultants Pty Ltd Australia Julius Kruttschnitt Mineral Research Centre Australia Mountan U of Leoben Austria CNR C S Problemi Minerari Italy Japan Nuclear Development Institute Japan Lassonde Mineral Engineering Canada Coffey Geosciences Pty Ltd Australia Pajingo Joint Venture Australia TauTona Mine South Africa Bronzewing McClure Gold Operations Australia Normandy Golden Grove Operation Australia McArther River Mining Pty Ltd Australia Boulby Mine Cleveland Potash Limited United Kingdom AngloGold Ashanti Mineracao Cuiaba Brazil Harmony Gold M
40. Often when building a model it is desirable to include details of the development headings for visualization purposes This assists model interpretation since users can more easily identify familiar locations in the mine While such detailed geometries can be included in the Map3D stress analysis their presence increases the analysis time owing to the larger number of boundary elements required Since small drifts normally only influence nearby excavations the majority of these can be left out of the analysis without significantly influencing the results It is however desirable to superimpose detailed drift locations on the analysis results to aid in visualization Blocks can be included into the Map3D database but not included in the analysis simply by assigning an inactive block type These blocks will be excluded from the intersection discretization and analysis portions of the code and hence do not increase the computational effort Common Problems When Model Building In this section a few common construction errors are described along with suggestions as to how to avoid and correct these problems Connecting a Cross Cut onto a Straight Drift Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building and Editing Sanp these points to the edge of the footwall access drift Footwall access drift a In this example the crosscut is easily constructed by snapping its corners to the edge of the access drift The nearest edge snap mode
41. Ohmin Constant 20 Gya Constant 20 AGimax Yariation 0 027000001 yl AGHmi Yariation 0 01 3000001 ASyan Yariation 0 01300000 Gimax trend 0 Otims Plunge 0 Gyan trend 0 ha th constant 0 v pana At h variation 0 v 2 Copy from Cartesian Close Datum The pre mining stress state is specified as a linear variation with depth in either principal or Cartesian components Copy from allows you to copy the stress state from another material e Only the stress state is copied e Other material properties are left unchanged Cartesian The pre mining stress state is specified as a linear variation with depth in either principal or Cartesian components Z Elevation The three principal stress components are referred to as the Hmax Hmin and Vert components GHmax is the maximum nearly horizontal stress oxmin is the minimum nearly horizontal stress oven is the nearly vertical stress These stress components are perpendicular to one another The horizontal and vertical components do not need to be exactly horizontal or vertical The trend and plunge of oxmax can be adjusted using Trax and Primas The trend of over can be adjusted using Tver The variation of each of these components is described as a linear variation with depth as for example for the ormax component OHmax AGHmax z Datum To determine appropriate values for each of these components the user mu
42. Strength Stress can be determined as dy v m 6 0 S enla sa Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF A Strength Stress can be determined as o o V m 6 05 20 Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ao excess stress can be determined as Ao 6 6 mo d Noi Plot gt Strength Factors gt N Ao std Probability using the Normal distribution the same as in method B Drucker Prager is only defined using method C Strength parameters are setup using BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Strength Parameters Related topics 28 s Plot gt Strength Factor gt SF B Strength Stress se se Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress tal Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTmax Excess Stress teal Plot gt Strength Factors gt dToct Excess Stress MB Plot gt Strength Factors gt In plane Parameters UB Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters Tmax Excess Stress Contours the strength using method C In elastic analysis the major and minor principal stresses can be used with the Mohr Coulomb or Hoek Brown strength criteria BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Strength Parameters to estimate the amount of damage due to over stressing Since none of the parameters have any orientation sensitivity this criterion is representative for homogeneous rock mass stability By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is
43. a complete non linear analysis will be conducted Analysis is executed from the main menu MM Map3D Analysis Open Restart F Auto plot F Auto range Load Model gt Options Intersections CParams I Discretization Materials l BEM Analysis 21 Minimize Goto CAD You can run through the complete analysis by selecting BEM Analysis Here we will do this in stages So first select Discretization If you have modified the model in any way since the last time you saved you will be prompted to save these modifications When the Intersections and Discretization analyses are complete select Analysis gt Graphics When in graphical mode you should select the discretized view option View gt Render gt Discretize This will enable you to see how the block surfaces have been discretized into boundary elements You must have set outlines on in order to see the individual elements View gt Render gt Block Outlines To see how the grid has been discretized activate the Contour toolbar if it is not visible using Tools gt CAD Toolbar you must select Six Plot gt Grid Selection gt Grid 1 from the contour toolbar Contours Eal Ss Emax Se Site SF User Range Grew opt Cont Grid E3 tal uran rat The discretization analysis can be repeated as many times as desired with different values Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 o Map3D User s Manual 3 3 specifi
44. and the time step size At then specify the quotient of these as the viscous modulus G The creep resistance can be used simply as a technique for damping the non linear deformations or for real time dependent creep simulation Analysis gt Options gt Creep The strains shear displacement ride and normal displacement closure can be presented in several ways including Plot gt Surface gt Value gt Elastic Plot gt Surface gt Value gt Plastic Plot gt Surface gt Value gt Total Plot gt Strain gt E1 Major principal strain Es Plot gt Surface gt Es Shear Strain Plot gt Surface gt En Normal Strain Plot gt Surface gt ds Shear Displacement Ride Plot gt Surface gt dn Normal Displacement Closure Also of interest is the plastic creep increment Agplasic the contribution to the shear resistance from the viscous element At C Ag Plastic at S Plot gt Surface gt dEs Incremental Shear Strain 1 Plot gt Surface gt dTs Excess Shear Stress Related Topics Mohr Coulomb in DD planes Fault Gouge in DD planes 5 4 7 Materials gt Equilibrated Gouge in DD Planes Equilibrated Gouge material can be used to describe non linear response in DD planes in both Map3D Fault Slip and Map3D Non Linear This material is similar to the Fault Gouge material type but automatically adjusts the strength parameters to place the gouge i
45. dal 150 Large Coordinate Numers iiss ia ceva caen a caen citen caen cen cen citen clan cnt dalla t a t a t a dalla t a t t dalla E aai 150 Backfacing UA aa 150 DA NN 150 Perspectives onga opus 150 Glinedot radius asim ha A a Sua a a a a at OO ea O E atte ne 150 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Contents A NO 150 EN A id dde a EN Roe RR eR ee dos blo 150 Find CO Or ate A ii 151 A E A 152 ZOOM EXte nts inntinii Te ea ETATE mee TEN TAEA e EA reer ETATEN ros 152 ZOOM EEA A O A E EEEE EE A A E AE E E 152 PU A A ahd he a E Oe eke 152 A ao 152 Centre f Rotation unto o PO 152 Translation Increment Aier r caus cea vevedecuecneu seu eara Ea Oaa Va rN A TEATAS 152 Rotation ica Met a 153 ZOOM Factor duet eveseeccetudsivivtvas 153 View XY Plan sosstessaessnensnesensnsnensncrsnensnsnsnensncceucecacuctencectewseewsucweucucdewswewsuewensneveweuewenewenenstenewiueueneyeestetedey 153 NAAA AA O 153 Vi WI ZK PLANS isc EEE 153 View Grid Plame ccccccccccccncccccccccconcncncnononononononononononononcnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnononenenenenes 153 View Digitizer plane cccccccccccccccccncncconononononcncncncnononononononcnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenennnnnos 153 MO A O 154 Continuous Rota thon ci da 154 3 POE A TE 154 SU SS ess asia a a eaa eat ce eta Tet cela res tells aa Daaa Aaaa a aa Ta Net pale te sae cece ata 154 Major Principal Stres aaa tn Sasa tas Seta ct a tle M
46. etc Current research and development is focusing on quantitative design procedures 3D plastic modelling ground support simulation the capability to assess the potential for rock bursting simulation of discing and integration of modelling with seismic monitoring Boundary Element Method Map3D is formulated using the very efficient Indirect Boundary Element Method and incorporates simultaneous use of fictitious force FF displacement discontinuity DD and special proprietary boundary elements incorporated for the thermal and non linear analysis versions Map3D Versions Research and development over the past 35 years has allowed many of the supposed limitations of the boundary element method to be overcome The program can accommodate multi step mining sequences multiple material zones with different material properties and stress states and discontinuous rock response with a limited number of discrete features Both 3D zones and DD zones are permitted to behave non linearly Multiple intersecting fault planes can slip and open according to user specified shear strength Coupled steady state thermal fluid stress analysis can be simulated Real time creep and relaxation problems can be accommodated using explicit time stepping Program Accuracy Solution accuracy is controlled by an automated discretization procedure Elements can be automatically concentrated in areas of interest according to user controlled parameters This reliev
47. gt CAD Toolbar gt Configure View repositions the view so you can see the digitizer plane superimposed with the model Digitizer support is available for any digitizer that can be setup to control cursor movements in absolute mode i e providing a one to one correspondence of digitizer movement with cursor position Most new digitizers ship with their own software drivers that provide this support An alternative is to use the following software that supports most digitizers Virtual Tablet Interface Digitizer Technology Company 16541 Redmond Way Suite 195C Redmond Washington USA 98052 Tel 206 868 3246 Fax 206 885 7704 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands as 4 5 7 Recheck Blocks for Errors Re analyses the model to detect gaps duplicates construction errors etc This is the same procedure that is executed during file load 4 5 8 Pack and Renumber Blocks Packs and renumbers all model entities Coordinate points that are very close to one another are merged together Corners of blocks that share the same location will use the same coordinate point number and hence will move together in any coordinate editing operation Cad gt Edit This feature is useful for eliminating small gaps and overlaps between adjacent surfaces and blocks When you initiate this function you will be prompted to specify a pack search radius Pack search radius Radius this value is used to merge points that are
48. gt Rotation Increment gt 10 type in 35 from the keyboard SD select rotate right either from the rotation toolbar or the PageDown key Press the Esc key to cancel the animation Entering O will repeat the operation indefinitely Press the escape key to stop Related Topics Translating the model Selecting special view positions Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Index 0 001 002 files 3D excavation shapes A Aborting a Map3D analysis 369 433 25 27 28 330 About Map3D 2 Absolute strain 169 212 Absolute stress 161 212 42 219 269 331 347 42 213 214 215 219 269 331 42 213 214 219 269 331 28 136 219 235 269 330 Accuracy AG grid spacing AL element size Alternate material zones Analysis dialogue box 331 332 333 351 352 Analysis Options dialogue box 236 333 334 335 336 337 338 340 342 343 347 348 349 350 Analysis results 135 136 146 369 381 433 Analysis time 42 219 269 331 Animation 145 367 Applications of Map3D As built models 25 Automated discretization 269 331 Average value of contour points Backfilling 28 31 342 350 Batching analyses 334 BEM analysis 227 277 310 330 331 333 334 335 337 338 340 342 343 347 348 349 350 351 352 414 428 429 430 431 Bitmap dump of the screen 137 138 145 146 10 42 213 214 215 219 227 367 Block models 27 28 BMP 137 138 145 36
49. gt Surface gt En Normal Strain Plot gt Surface gt ds Shear Displacement Ride Plot gt Surface gt dn Normal Displacement Closure Also of interest is the plastic creep increment Agpiasic the contribution to the shear resistance from the viscous element ATs C A splastic At Plot gt Surface gt dEs Incremental Shear Strain 2 Plot gt Surface gt dTs Excess Shear Stress Related Topics Mohr Coulomb in DD planes Backfill Hyperbolic in DD planes 5 4 5 Materials gt Hyperbolic Backfill in DD Planes Hyperbolic Backfill material can be used to describe non linear response in DD planes in both Map3D Fault Slip Map3D Non Linear and Map3D Visco Plastic Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Material Name Material 2 Material 2 Material Type fHyperbolic Backfill DD y Peak Residual Tension Cutoff Cohesion Friction Angle Bet Normal Modulus 40000 140000 v Shear Modulus 24000 24000 y Standard Dev 0 C Elastic only Viscous Mod Gn f0 v g Elasto Plastic gt Mod Gs C Inactive ia EE O z User Defined Expansion Coef 11 Parameters Conductivity 1 Dump to File 2 Copy from matl Stress State _ Close Material Name specifies a descriptive name for the material Material specifies the material number e Material 1 is reserved for the host material e Other material numbers are used to define alternate material zones such as or
50. gt Verbose cccccccccccccccccccncccccccnccccccccncnonononononcncnnnnnncnnnnncnnnoncnnncnnnnnonnnnnnncncnnnnoncnnnnnnns Analysis gt Options gt Zero Strain Placement Analysis gt SUSO nein a A ee A Tre EE TAA ii Analysis gt Conclude masterit iaaea aE a eae ee aa eae aae aE Analysis gt Disable oocccccccccccccccccccccccncnccononononcncncnonononcnononononcnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenenenenenes Analysis Dialog inn did dond CAD gt Properties gt Map3Di Setup gt View cccccccccccccncccccncncncncconcncnononcncncncnononcncononononcnnnnnnononononcnnnanenos 354 CAD gt Build gt Block Mesh Spacing ccccccccccccccccccccccncncccncncccccccccccncncncccnonnncncnononononononcnnononononenononenenenes 355 CAD NP P ici ci E E E E EE E 355 CAD gt Edit isissssnsssssssessdecncsossecsenssccenenssenesendecncecadasacacacadecacadadasadacadacadasadacacadndnenvavacnvacatndnwnbnvadnwnsntndeenentnen 356 CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties gt DDPlane Thickness ccccccccccccccccccccncncncncnoncncnonocononononononononcncnonononenos 357 CAD gt Edit gt Entities cscccsscctencscccecacenecawccsaccdneceaccawscencwedendscseweceacweweweacwesewsacweieisnebeneneneivenenenewenenewewensueneuewen CAD gt Edit gt Entities CAD gt Edit gt Build A List of Entities for Editing CAD gt Edit gt Build A List of Verticies for Editing cccccccccconnnonnnnnnnonnnononnnnnncncncncccnnnncnonononcnc
51. is the currently displayed loaded mining step Steps 1 5 Specifies that the results for all steps will be dumped e Note that this can take a considerable amount of time for large datasets so you must be patient and wait for Map3D to cycle through all of the steps Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 233 Use Commas Specifies that the results dumped to Excel will have commas in place of decimal points for the number format Restart Excel If Map3D looses communication with Excel you must Restart Excel to re establish communications Points activates graphical picking of individual points e The nearest point to the pick point will be plotted e To view the location of the actual contour points enable display of trajectories Plot gt Options gt Trajectories The contour points are located where the trajectories are drawn Window activates a rectangular pick window e You will be prompted to select the two corners of the window by picking each with a single mouse click e Only grid points enclosed within the window will be included in the plot e To view the location of the actual contour points enable display of trajectories Plot gt Options gt Trajectories The contour points are located where the trajectories are drawn Polyline closed activates a graphical pick polygon e You must hold down the Shift key so that multiple line segments can be selected e A closed polygonal shape is defined by closing t
52. 000 degrees of freedom requires 160 GBytes of disk space without lumping To overcome this problem a procedure called matrix lumping is conducted in Map3D This typically achieves a reduction of coefficient matrix size by a factor of 10 times for small problems and more than 100 times for larger problems Notes This function must be checked before conducting the discretization analysis Analysis gt Discretization Refer to Analysis gt Options gt Lumping for information on lumping Analysis gt Options gt Planar Subdivide non planar quadrilaterals into triangles during intersection analysis Moderately non planar surfaces do not pose a problem for Map3D However extreme warping of surfaces can interfere with the intersection analysis Notes This function must be checked before conducting the intersection analysis Analysis gt Intersections This can result in an increase in problem size thus increasing analysis time It is recommended that do not check this option unless you specifically want to eliminate non planar features Analysis gt Options gt P ram Store part of the coefficient matrix in physical RAM during Map3D BEM analysis If your computer has a large amount of RAM installed this option may significantly speed execution since data can be retrieved from RAM much more quickly than from disk Although Windows 32 bit Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 5 1 35 5 1 36 only allows each pr
53. 1 Specifying Control Parameters We must now specify parameters to control model discretization and solution These are entered using the control parameters function CAD gt Properties gt Control Parameters Selecting this item opens a dialog box of items associated with the control parameters Control Parameters Job Title Coal Pillar Model Maximum of Time Steps NLD hooo Maximum of Iterations NIT hooo Stress Tolerance STOL bo y Relaxation Parameter APAR 1 200 y Element Length AL Grid Spacing AG Grid Discretize DOL Element Discretize DON Matrix Lumping DOC Element Lumping DOE Grid Lumping DOG Aspect ratio DOR Comments Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D User s Manual Enter the following Job Title Coal Pillar Model All parameters can be left at there default values except the stress tolerance element length and grid spacing Stress Tolerance 0 01 MPa should be set to approximately 0 1 of the far field stress state This ensures that during solution the surface stresses will be calculated with 0 01 MPa numerical accuracy Element Length 4 should be set equal to twice the thickness of the coal seam This parameter is used to control the minimum boundary element size that will be used at locations where narrow seams or pillars are located This ensures that a well conditioned readily solvable problem will be formulated Grid Spacing 0 5 should be
54. 1 CAD gt Build gt Redo Point Upon completion of grid plane construction the user is prompted to enter the properties This allows you to specify a name for the grid line Grid Properties Name Mining block Grid Type Active Grid v Grid Group Colour 7 1 v Fixed Grid Spacing y a CParams Undo Cancel Name specifies a descriptive name for the grid Grid Type specifies whether you want the grid to be active used in the stress analysis or inactive not used in the stress analysis Fixed Grid Spacing specifies the user grid spacing This parameter can be used to force uniform discretization on selected grids Extreme caution should be used in specifying this value since a small value can easily lead to enormous problem size In general this option should not be used unchecked and discretization should be left to the AG parameter This latter parameter will concentrate elements only where analysis results are requested thus optimizing the use of elements and minimizing problem size CAD gt Properties Control Parameters Undo unselects the last point entered and returns to the grid construction routine 21 CAD gt Build gt Undo Point Build completes grid construction and enters the block into the model database Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 4 5 1 6 Once you have completed this operation you have one last chance to undo this and remove this grid from the model d
55. 1990 2015 212 Map3D User s Manual 4 3 7 19 fad Plot gt Range This component can be added to the contour toolbar if desired Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar Normal Flux Contours the flow rate normal to the surface Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow can be used to simultaneously solve steady state heat fluid flow coupled to the stress analysis The program is set up so that the user need only specify the temperature head boundary conditions then the coupled thermal fluid flow stress problem is solved simultaneously This feature is useful for the simulation of heating or cooling effects and drained or undrained response of soils For more details refer to Expansion Coefficient and Conductivity The contour range is set using rad Plot gt Range This component can be added to the contour toolbar if desired Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar 4 3 7 20 Value 4 3 7 20 1 Elastic strain Selects the elastic plastic or total strain component For details refer to Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks 4 3 7 20 4 Absolute Strain Plot the induced or absolute strain component Induced strain is the strain without the pre mining strain contribution This represents the strain change since the pre mining condition Absolute strain is the strain including the pre mining strain contribution Also see ss Plot gt Stress gt Value gt Induced Strain E Plot gt Stress gt Value gt Absolute Strain 4
56. 4 3 6 5 6 2 0 07 Mo So Ya mo tal Plot gt Strength Factors gt Atmax Xcess stress can be determined as At loa YA NVE the nPo Yo 63 Mo o 2 Ya mo Drucker Prager Toct q 1 V2 1 AToct q tan 4 UCSV2 2 0 UCS q 1 Sm se SF C Strength Stress can be determined as UCS 9 1 mean V 2 Toot q 2 se SF C Stress Strength can be determined as taf UCS AO Chean 2 g 2 todl Dtoct Excess can be determined as Tori UCS 01 Chean 2 q 2 where q tan 45 0 2 Toot Wy VI Gj 8 63 Oz y Gg Sy ye Gen PA 55 6 Note that the strength parameters have been chosen so that the criterion simplifies to the Mohr Coulomb criterion when o equals o Strength parameters are setup using BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Strength Parameters Related topics 3ra sra Plot gt Strength Factor gt SF A Stress Strength sra s Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF B Stress Strength 21 Plot gt Strength Factors gt dS1 Excess Stress MB Plot gt Strength Factors gt In plane Parameters UB Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters NS1 Normal Probability Contours the strength using method A In elastic analysis the major and minor principal stresses can be used with the Mohr Coulomb or Hoek Brown strength criteria BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Strength Parameters Map3D Internati
57. 4 forms the crosscut blocks 5 and 6 represent the drawpoint and block 7 represents the stope Map3D recognizes and deletes the surfaces which are common to adjacent blocks Many blocks can share the same block number colour thus permitting a group of blocks to be used to construct complex excavation shapes An important consideration here is that as few as possible block numbers should be used since all surfaces between blocks which have different block numbers will be maintained in the database The coordinate numbers for the same drawpoint configuration are required if one wants to construct the model using the Map3D input file specification The blocks would be numbered as follows Block Specification N Block Name 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Type Thic Width 1 Block1 12789101516100 1 Block 2236710111415100 1 Block3 3456 11121314100 1 Block 4 7 6 26 25 15 14 3029100 2 Block 5 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32100 2 Block 6 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28100 2 Block 7 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324100 0 4 Coordinate Specification This section permits the user to specify coordinate locations that are used to define the corners of Blocks DD planes and Grid planes M X Y Z 1 line of data per coordinate point must be specified Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Appendix 377 All parameters must appear on one line All 4 parameters M X Y Z must be specified Use N 0 to end the list of coordinates M This parameter is the co
58. B The coordinates of the current cursor location are indicated on the status bar You will notice that the x and y values change as you move the cursor about but not the z value To set the current z value click on click on 4 CAD gt Snap gt Cursor Grid Setup you will be prompted as follows Cursor Grid Setup 0 000000 0 000000 Slit 0 000000 15 H Intervals 59 XY cursor Let s pick this location graphically using the Pick function Since we want the snap base mid height on the VRM panels change the snap mode to the midpoint of line CAD gt Snap gt Midpoint of Line Before proceeding you must ensure that the correct snap mode has been set either by verifying that the CAD gt Snap gt Midpoint of Line menu item is checked or the midpoint snap button is highlighted Mal Select the Cursor Snap Base Origin on the vertical edge of the VRM panel Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 84 Map3D User s Manual va origin The point mid height on this edge will be selected The z value should read Z Origin 1012 5 We should also set Snap Spacing 10 for easier point selection If the cursor cross hairs are not moving the x y plane select the XY cursr button Before beginning construction of the grid plane we should first reorient the geometry to a plan view This can be done using View gt View XY Plane Now let s build the grid plane 3 This will be constructed us
59. BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Strength Parameters to estimate the amount of damage due to over stressing Since none of the parameters have any orientation sensitivity this criterion is representative for homogeneous rock mass stability By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of non linear strain or the strain rate predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks Method A assumes that the stress path to failure takes place by increasing co without loss of confinement This is representative of a pillar failure where c is considered to be the driving force Mohr Coulomb sa Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF A Strength Stress can be determined as o UCS qo sa Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF A Strength Stress can be determined as UCS qo o 2 Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ac excess stress can be determined as Ao 0 UCS q o 3 Noi Plot gt Strength Factors gt N Ao std Probability using the Normal distribution the same as in method B Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 160 Map3D User s Manual 4 3 6 3 Hoek Brown Se O vMO O oNs 3 MO 03 S Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF A
60. Editing For tutorials on model building refer to Model Building Tutorials Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last build function that was used 4 5 1 2 FF Loop Builds fully three dimensional FF Fictitious Force type blocks These are used for 3D excavations alternate material zones ore zones or dykes and backfilled zones The block surfaces will be further subdivided into boundary elements at a later stage in the program In Map3D Non Linear these zones can yield and behave non linearly A few examples demonstrating this routine can be found under Model Building Tutorials Refer specifically to e FFLoop Drift Example e FFLoop Stope Example e Bulk Mining Example FFLoops When the routine is initiated the user is prompted to select the corners that define the perimeter of a series of floor plans or sections The direction you traverse each loop is not relevant As many loops as desired can be defined simultaneously The number of points does not have to be the same on each loop The starting and end points on each loop e g points 1 and 11 on the first loop and points 12 and 22 on the second must be at the same location to define a series of closed loops Trace Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 242 Map3D User s Manual These points can be selected one at a time or all points along a construction line segment can be selected using the 42 CAD gt Snap gt Trace CLoop snap func
61. File gt Open Construction Lines command Map3D SV51 001 Map3D Course Pie ES sia View Analysis CAD Visualization Tools Help TEREE p New Model Open Model Save Model Save Model As Her Construction Lines Open Construction Lines Save Construction Lines As Open Analysis Results Alt N Subtract Results Files Restart an Analysis Update Results file Mining Step Alt M gt Output gt Image viewer Save View Restore View Recent Files Exit f J Step 2 Next we start the DDLoop routine and set the CLine snap mode DDLoop can be started by selecting i then CAD gt Build gt DDLoop e CLine snap mode can be set by selecting l CAD gt Snap gt Trace CLine Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 m Map3D User s Manual Map3D SV51 001 Mapp Course EE A OO y Buh enuy ott 5 tt CORRER baat IFA Hall x y z gt 28566 935 39596 335 3076 584 Step 3 Build the outer loop e The outer loop is built by selecting the end points of the desired construction line segments e Here we pick point 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 e Point 1 is picked at the end of this sequence to close the loop thus completing construction of the outer loop Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials 115 Map3D SV51 001 Map3D Course DAR File View Analysis CAD Visualization Tools Help pad Pista Pit Proc Build Entity ES 23 s x A 7 Leo Ol4lal
62. Force type boundary elements Instead of assigning these blocks a zero to indicate zero surface stresses or negative material code number to indicate some specified stress state they are simply assigned a positive material code number to indicate the properties to be associated with each particular group of blocks Recall that complex excavation shapes are built by combining several blocks with the same block number together to form the desired shape In exactly the same manner separate regions each with a different set of material properties are formed by building the desired shape out of many blocks which have the same block number An important consideration here is that as few as possible block numbers should be used since all surfaces between groups of blocks with differing block numbers will be maintained in the database There are two methods of defining regions which are to be assigned material number 2 or higher i e a different material number than the host material Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building and Editing 29 Pillar A In the first method regions with a different material numbers are constructed out of blocks which appear exactly as excavations do This technique is useful for defining details of for example soft modulus zones around the periphery of excavations This is also the best method of defining isolated features such as stiff dykes or blast damaged pillars This bloc
63. Grouped using the CAD gt Edit gt Group Entities function Pack and Renumber Clines Packs and renumbers all construction lines Coordinate points that are very close to one another are merged together Corners of construction lines that share the same location will use the same coordinate point number and hence will move together in any coordinate editing operation Cad gt Edit This feature is useful for eliminating small gaps and overlaps between adjacent construction lines All possible construction line segments of the same colour will be linked together to form contiguous lines between intersection points In this example 3 line segments will be formed consisting of the following groupings of points e Line segment 1 10 1 2 3 4 e Line segment 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 e Line segment 3 4 10 When you initiate this function you will be prompted to specify a pack search radius Pack search radius Radius this value is used to merge points that are close to one another A zero value for this parameter indicates that it will not be used and instead Map3D will merge points if they are within a search radius of 1000th of the edge length from the line Extreme caution should be used when specifying a non zero value for this parameter since large values can cause more problems then it will fix by merging too many points together Any unused coordinate numbers are removed from the list of coordinates This function shoul
64. In elastic analysis the maximum ubiquitous plane shear and normal stress can be used with the Mohr Coulomb strength criterion to estimate the amount of slip due to over stressing on a fault joint set or bedding plane at the specified orientation Since these parameters are orientation dependant this criterion is representative for anisotropic rock mass stability By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of non linear strain or the strain rate predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in DD planes Fault Gouge in DD planes Backfill Hyperbolic in DD planes Here we assume that the stress path to failure takes place by increasing tub without loosing confinement Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 200 Map3D User s Manual Mohr Coulomb tan 9 ATup Coh tan Sup Tension Cutoff Sub st SF ub Strength Stress can be determined as Cohesion oub tan p 1 Tup srl SF ub Stress Strength can be determined as Typ Cohesion o tan p Es dTub Excess can be determined as Ati Typ Cohesion o tan p 26w dSub Excess can be determined as AO 3 0 53 UCS New NTub Probability can be determined as N Az std Strength para
65. Length activates a graphical length measuring tool You will prompted to select the two ends of the length vector by picking each with a single mouse click These points must be selected on the model or on a contour The length dip and dip direction of the selected vector is reported If you hold down the shift key while selecting points you can define a line composed of multiple segments and obtain the total length If you define a closed polygonal shape by holding down the shift key while selecting points on a contour plot the average contour value within the polygon will be reported see Plot gt Polygon Box Simple rectangular widow shapes can be defined by holding the shift key and dragging open a window View gt Hide activates the hide toolbar z View gt Hide Block Colours activates the hide block colour toolbar View gt Hide CLine Colours activates the hide construction line colour toolbar x File gt Mining Step activates the mining step selection toolbar t Tools gt View Toolbar Configure adds or removes buttons from the view toolbar Notes Buttons can be moved around on the toolbar simply by holding down the left mouse button and dragging the button to the desired location Translation Increment Sets the translation increment This can also be set simply by typing in the desired translation increment then selecting any translate button or key Notes Map3D International Ltd 1990 20
66. Material Properties Selecting this item opens a sub menu of items associated with editing the material properties Note that material number 1 is by definition the host material Other material numbers are used to define alternate material zones such as the coal fault gouge backfill etc The user is first prompted to enter the material number that is to be edited First let s define properties for the host material Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials Material Properties Material Name Sandstone Host Material 1 X Material Type Mohr Coulomb y Peak Residual Tension Cutoff jjo y UCS Cohesion Friction ngle Dilation ngle Young s Modulus La Dm Poisson s Ratio jois y 0 160 y Viscous Mod Gn fo y Elastic only Viscous Mod Gs bo C Elasto Plastic c Expansion Coef is Inactive User Defined Conductivity rT rill 21 Copy from matl Stress State Enter the following Material Name Sandstone Host Material 1 Young s Modulus 11000 MPa Poisson s Ratio 0 16 The Viscous Moduli can be set to zero since they are only used to simulate creep response in non linear analysis We want to use the Mohr Coulomb criterion here To do this set Material Type Mohr Coulomb UCS 60 MPa The cohesion parameter is not used in this case and hence can be set to zero Friction Angle 30 The dilation angle is not used in this case and hence can be set to zero The pr
67. Model Amal ysis MINIMIZ i csccsscscscsasceccctascsscctssosscctacasscctscnscccuaccnsacuscascccucccacacusansactuasnbsacusanbscthasubscctsaebsacuanchmecuen Analysis gt Options gt Accelerator ccccccccccccccccccccccccccononcncncononononcnonononcnnnonononononononononononononcnononononenenenens Analysis gt Options gt Async I O Analysis gt Options gt Auto Repair Analysis gt Options gt Batch cccccccccccccccccccccccnccnncccccncconcnononcccncononononononcnnnnononcncnnnonnnnononononcncncncnonenenenos Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Contents x Analysis gt Options gt CGM ririn E a a a aa e aaa E aa aea aa anaE 335 Analysis gt Options gt CIosS re ccccccccccccccccccccncccnonococononononononononononononononononononononcnnncnnnononononononcnnnononenonenes 335 Analysis gt Options gt Collinearity ccccccccccccccccccccccnonococononononocononononononononononononononcnnnonononcnononcnononenenenes 335 Analysis gt Options gt Collinearity Search Radius sssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nna 336 Analysis gt Options gt Collapse raai a E eea e ea E EA Ee EA Ea EAA EA EA EAE ERE EEEa aa 336 Analysis gt Options gt Cree preiera eeaeee EEE EEEE EEEE ETENEE EEVEE NENEN EEEE EEEE E a aE aiiai Analysis gt Options gt C T Analysis gt Options gt Drive Analysis gt Options gt Move POiN S ccccccccccccccccccccncccnonoccnonocononocononcc
68. Mohr Coulomb y Peak Residual Tension Cutoff UCS Cohesion Friction ngle 27 27 Dilation Angle py Py Young s Modulus 3500 3500 Poisson s Ratio 0 250 y 0 250 Viscous Mod Gn 0 ww Elastic only Viscous Mod Gs 0 fo Elasto Plastic e Expansion Coef N Inactive User Defined Conductivity pilas 21 Copy from matl E State Close Enter the following Material Name Coal Seam Young s Modulus 3500 MPa Poisson s Ratio 0 25 The Viscous Moduli can be set to zero since they are only used to simulate creep response in non linear analysis We want to use the Mohr Coulomb criterion here To do this set Material Type Mohr Coulomb Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials e UCS 7 2 MPa The cohesion parameter is not used in this case and hence can be set to zero Friction Angle 27 The dilation angle is not used in this case and hence can be set to zero The pre mining stress state can now be specified _ Stress State CAD gt Properties gt Material Properties gt Stress State Pre mining Stress State Datum constant 5 x S constant B y constant 10 X As variation o x As variation py As variation po y sc trend o y plunge py trend o y th constant py Ath variation o y 2 Copy from Cartesian We want the initial stress in the coal to be the same as in the sandstone host so lets Copy from material
69. On C Agnplastic At UCS In the case of shear failure the plastic normal strain can also have a dilation component Enplasic tan dilation angle esplastic The total strain is equal to the sum of the elastic and plastic parts The creep response is simulated using a linear Bingham creep model Strength Elastic Viscous At each creep step the stress state on all yielding elements elements where the stress exceeds the strength is calculated as the strength plus the creep resistance Strength C A npiastic At G GAf where the creep resistance is determined as the creep coefficient C times the plastic strain rate Note that the user must select both the creep coefficient C and the time step size At then specify the quotient of these as the viscous modulus G The creep resistance can be used simply as a technique for damping the non linear deformations or for real time dependent creep simulation Analysis gt Options gt Creep The strains shear displacement ride and normal displacement closure can be presented in several ways including Plot gt Surface gt Value gt Elastic Plot gt Surface gt Value gt Plastic E Plot gt Surface gt Value gt Total Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Plot gt Strain gt E1 Major principal strain Plot gt Surface gt Es Shear Strain Plot gt Surface gt En Normal Strain Plot gt Surface gt ds Shear Displacement
70. Options Enables setup of the plane used for contouring of visualization point data see Visualization Contour plane definition ES x centre 742 846680 X Y centre 1785 066650 y Z centre 1280 336670 X Dip of plane 79 470 X Dip direction 180 Plunge of norm 10 530000 y Copy from Grid gt nv _Linear regression rms 0 000001 Make gid Cv 0 000 Make Map3Di file Pick Normal Plotting Options Numin voxel Sum in voxel C Sumin voxel Num in voxel Grid Spacing 10 Grid Lines Max Width 366 85 Voxel Line Voxel width 110 X Voxel height 110 v M Persis Translucer V Zero Cor X centre the x coordinate value of the centre of the contour plane Y centre the y coordinate value of the centre of the contour plane Z centre the z coordinate value of the centre of the contour plane Dip of plane the dip of the contour plane Dip direction the dip direction of the contour plane Dip of normal the dip of the normal to the contour plane this value is 90 from the dip of the plane Pick Normal activates the cursor allowing interactive selection of a surface The centre dip and dip direction of the contour plane will be set parallel to the selected surface Copy from Grid copies the location and orientation parameters from a model grid plane Linear regression finds a best fit plane through the seismic data by minimizing the normal distance from all points to the plane Ma
71. Restore View Restores a previously saved view position from a file VEW The orientation and position are restored along with the contour ranges The current view can be saved using File gt Save View Recent Files Each time you open a model file its name is saved for quick access at a later session To reopen one of these files just pick it from the list Related Topics File gt Open gt Recent Directories Exit Closes the program after prompting you to save any unsaved files Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 4 2 View Menu 4 2 1 Hide 4 2 1 1 Off These tools are used to make it easy to hide various portions of the geometry E O Dm Selecting the button on the View toolbar activates the Hide toolbar Matl Name Step o o etc ur Note that if the 7 button is not on the View toolbar it can be added by using the button then selecting Hide gt Hide More View gt Hide gt Off Turns off the hide function View gt Hide gt Surfaces Hides surfaces by picking one at a time 3 View gt Hide gt Blocks Hides all surfaces that make up the selected block tm View gt Hide gt Numbers Hide all surfaces with the selected block colour number al View gt Hide gt Colour Hide all surfaces with the selected colour View gt Hide gt Materials Hides all surfaces with the selected material number The same block may have different material
72. Ride Plot gt Surface gt dn Normal Displacement Closure Also of interest is the plastic creep increment Agplasic the contribution to the shear resistance from the viscous element Ats C Aepplastic At Plot gt Surface gt dEs Incremental Shear Strain Plot gt Surface gt dTs Excess Shear Stress Related Topics Fault Gouge in DD planes Backfill Hyperbolic in DD planes 5 4 9 Materials gt User Defined Parameters Allows specification of user defined parameters to be used in contouring User Parameters 0 X 2 Copy from Close These parameters are used with Plot gt Stress gt User Different parameters are defined for each material number Hence analysis results that are calculated in different alternate material zones will use the user defined parameters appropriate for each zone 5 4 10 Materials gt Dump to File Allows you to dump all material property data to a file for viewing in Notepad or Excel You will be prompted to select a file name for the dump Options include e Open in Excel e Open in Notepad e Use commas as decimal points Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 414 Map3D User s Manual 5 4 11 5 5 File formats available include e csv comma separated values useful for direct import into Excel e tsv tab separated values useful for direct import into Excel e txt space separated values useful for direct import into Notepad
73. STOL Analysis gt CParams gt STOL As the solution progresses summary information regarding the solution is displayed is 1 it 3 ser 1 29E 01 fer 0 00E 00 rms 5 85E 00 ratio 0 414 converging is current time step number e This counter is only used for non linear creep analyses including fault slip and 3D material non linearity e Map3D uses an implicit solution method to solve the visco plastic part of creep problems e Each time Map3D reaches an equilibrium creep solution the creep strain increments are added to the total plastic strains and then a new time step is begun i e the is counter is incremented it current iteration count e Map3D uses an iterative solution method to solve the simultaneous equations saved in the coefficient matrix e This counter refers to the cumulative number of iterations executed ser maximum surface stress error e Iterative solvers function by determining the error in the current solution of each simultaneous equation then reducing these errors by a process of successive approximations e This parameter indicates the maximum error for all of the equations fer maximum failure criterion error e This parameter is only used for non linear creep analyses including fault slip and 3D material non linearity e This parameter should always be near zero unless some viscosity has been specified and the problem goes non linear e In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress st
74. The field loading can come from thermal heating fluid pressure non linear behaviour and deformations indicated by seismicity These effects can be used to characterize geologic features accommodate changing lithology and incorporate seismic loading effects into the Map3D model Model Building Overview Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D Overview 11 1 5 Model Building Overview Map3D is based on the Boundary Element formulation With this method one starts with an infinite homogeneous elastic medium rock mass The process of model building consists of making excavations and superimposing non homogeneous zones dykes ore zones or yielding zones and any faults or joints upon which slip may occur Since one starts with an infinite medium far field boundaries are automatically accommodated This is unlike domain formulations such as the Finite Element or Finite Difference methods where one starts with empty space For these latter methods model building consists of assembling the entire rock mass and all its components Elements must be assembled out to some far field boundary many diameters away from the excavations These fundamental differences make the boundary element method much more suitable and economic in terms of analysis time for rock mass problems There are several types of boundary elements available in Map3D Fictitious force FF elements are used to specify the location of excavation surfaces and boundarie
75. The pick box must be located over an entity or construction line Since the z coordinate values are constrained to the prescribed Z grid spacing the x and y coordinate values are calculated from the equation of the selected line The grid spacing and location are defined either by picking the Z Grid Snap button Gl a second time or use CAD gt Snap gt Cursor Grid Setup setup the cursor grid spacing and orientation Z grid snap can be used in conjunction with any of __ CAD gt Snap gt None Disable snapping Z CAD gt Snap gt Edge Snap to the nearest edge Z CAD gt Snap gt Tangent Snap Force cursor tangent to the selected edge Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 268 Map3D User s Manual 4 5 2 16 Cursor Grid Setup Setup the cursor grid location spacing and orientation Cursor Grid Setup 0 000000 i 0 000000 y K zix Intervals 50 X xz User defined coordinate system Cancel X Y and Z Origin specifies the coordinates of the centre of the grid Pick activates the cursor cross hairs allowing interactive selection of the cursor grid base from the model Spacing specifies the distance between grid points Angle specifies the angle in degrees between the radii of the cylindrical grid Intervals specifies the number of grid points that will be displayed xr CAD gt Snap gt XY Cursor constrains the cursor cross hairs and snap grid to the X Y plane z CAD gt Sn
76. This could include for example stiff dykes soft ore zones backfill or support elements Elasto Plastic when checked this material will respond elasto visco plastically i e the strength parameters will be used as a flow rule e This can be used to define zones with both different elastic properties and strength parameters Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 392 Map3D User s Manual e Note that in Map3D Fault Slip only DD elements i e fault gouge are permitted to respond non linearly e In Map3D Non Linear the 3D rock mass can also yield plastically Inactive when checked this material will not be used in the stress analysis and hence will not affect the predicted stresses strains or displacements e This can be used to define zones with different strength parameters to be used when generating contours of strength factors User Defined allows specification of user defined parameters to be used in contouring e Different parameters are defined for each material number e These parameters are used with Je Plot gt Stress gt User e This can be used to define zones with different strength parameters to be used when generating contours of strength factors Dump to File allows you to dump all material property data to a file for viewing in Notepad or Excel Copy from material allows you to copy the material properties from one material number to another All properties including the stress state are copied S
77. Titles Specification of a specifies a descriptive title for each mining step Mining Step Titles Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D User s Manual 4 5 3 3 4 5 3 4 Material Properties Specification of material properties Several different dialogue boxes will appear depending on the material type selected Mohr Coulomb Hoek Brown Drucker Prager Backfill Hyperbolic and None Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks can be used as a flow rule for non linear material behaviour in Map3D Non Linear and Map3D Visco Plastic Can also be used as failure criterion in 3D FF blocks or in the host material in Map3D Fault Slip Hoek Brown in 3D FF blocks can be used as failure criterion in 3D FF blocks or in the host material in Map3D Fault Slip Drucker Prager in 3D FF blocks can be used as failure criterion in 3D FF blocks or in the host material in Map3D Fault Slip Fault Gouge in DD planes can be used as a flow rule in DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip Map3D Non Linear or Map3D Visco Plastic Hyperbolic Backfill in DD planes can be used as a flow rule in DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip Map3D Non Linear or Map3D Visco Plastic Quadratic Backfill in DD planes can be used as a flow rule in DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip Map3D Non Linear or Map3D Visco Plastic Equilbrated Gouge in DD planes can be used as a flow rule in DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip Map3D Non Linear or Map3D Visco Plastic Yielding Pillar in
78. Website http www mmeconsultant com Vadim Louchnikov LVI Geotechnical 19 Columbus Loop Success WA 6164 Australia Tel 61 438 862 436 Email contactO lvigeotechnical com Website http www lMgeotechnical com aF akasHa Srinath Srinivasaiah Akasha Enterprise 11 1 Mosque Road Aramane Nagar Bangalore 560 003 India 91 961 124 1345 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D Overview 9 1 3 91 821 419 4125 Email srinath akasha co in Website www akasha co in Map3D Overview Map3D has the ability to simulate everything from simple tabular shapes to detailed 3D excavation shapes and large scale mine wide problems The difficulty users will encounter in model construction and interpretation depend on the amount of complexity required for the simulation at hand While simple tabular models or single tunnels are fast and easy to construct in Map3D complex three dimensional problems are inherently difficult to work with and interpret Map3D has a completely self contained CAD facility One of the keys to the ease of use is model construction using either conventional surface elements or the built in solid modelling technology This permits users to build models using a series of three dimensional building blocks These blocks which can be any desired shape or size are used to construct excavations and accesses as well as to define large or irregular shaped non homogeneous zones ore zone
79. Y offset 0 000000 Z offset o o00000 Length o o00000 Plunge Direction Pick 2 points to define this vector Selected points will be moved by this amount X Y and Z offset specify the components of the stretch vector e All selected vertices will be moved to the location specified by this offset e This requires that you select two points to define this vector e Once selected the components of the offset vector are displayed in the dialogue box Pick activates the cursor cross hairs allowing interactive selection of the offset vector from the model This requires that you select two points to define this vector Length Plunge and Direction specify the components of the offset vector All selected vertices will be moved by this amount Norm activates the cursor allowing interactive selection of a surface to make the offset vector normal to Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 203 To assist in visually selecting points from the model all snap functions are available sex CAD gt Snap Once selected the components of the offset vector are displayed in the dialogue box OK completes editing of the offset vector and stretches the selected vertices Cancel aborts stretching of vertices Once you have completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the modifications by selecting 21 Undo You can also restore the same selection set and modify the same set of entitie
80. a bitmap of the screen to a PNG Portable Network Graphics PNG GIF CompuServe Graphics Interchange Format or BMP Windows device independent bitmap BMP file This file can be loaded into other software for report presentation and printing Since normally the screen background is black and element outlines are white the user may want to select File gt Output gt PNG GIF JPEG or BMP B amp W flipped to exchange these two colours These files can be displayed using File gt Image Viewer BMP format is a well supported most web browsers word processors and paint programs graphic file format The main advantage of BMP format is support for all colours displayed Unfortunately since there is no compression these files can be very large 1MB or more each PNG format is a well supported most web browsers word processors and paint programs graphic file format The main advantages of PNG format are excellent lossless compression normally 1 of the size of a BMP file and support for all colours displayed Refer to File gt Output gt Image Recorder for animation details GIF format is the more widely supported graphic file format The main advantages of GIF format are excellent lossless compression normally 1 of the size of a BMP file and animation capability Unfortunately GIF only provides support for 256 display colours Depending on what is displayed Map3D can use up to 512 colours and hence GIF may not reproduce scree
81. a line grid Sip Grid plane Dip direction Dip direction OTs Din of e dip direction is measured positive clockwise from the y axis e dip of the plane is measured positive down from the horizontal i e the dip direction e plunge of the normal is measured positive down i e negative up from the horizontal In elastic analysis the maximum in plane shear stress is normally used with the in plane normal stress and the Mohr Coulomb strength criterion MA Plot gt Strength Factors gt In plane Parameters to estimate the amount of slip due to over stressing on a fault joint set or bedding plane oriented in the same way as the grid plane Since these parameters are orientation dependant this criterion is representative for anisotropic rock mass stability By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of non linear strain or the strain rate predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in DD planes Fault Gouge in DD planes Backfill Hyperbolic in DD planes Over stressing can be presented in several forms including S sel Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ip Strength Stress tel Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTip Excess Shear Stress The contour range is set
82. a unique number specifying the storage location of the point in the Map3D database dgrid distance to the nearest surface from each grid point dol distance to the nearest grid Dgrid divided by the grid spacing Lgrid f1 f2 user defined material parameters These can be defined using Plot gt Properties gt Material Properties gt User defined Parameters 4 3 16 Excel Plot Surfaces Plots specified surface components in Excel You must contour surface results in order to be able to select these for Excel plotting e g Ey Plot gt Surface Components gt Ts Shear Stress The first parameter will be used as the x plot axis i e abscissa Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 232 Map3D User s Manual Additional parameters will define the y plot axes i e series or ordinates Multiple y plot axes parameters can be specified Two types of Excel plots can be created e selected contour points e a series of points along the length of a polyline Excel plotting through Map3D is facilitated by the add in routine Map3D xla e This routine is automatically loaded when Map3D starts Excel e You must allow this macro to run in order for the Map3D plotting routines to work Stresses sntsnpsn tstispts tsIts2 Eff C Induced ser fer Total Absolute Strains Elastic Induced entenpen estespes esl es2 ea Plastic Absolute Displacements dntdnpdn dstdspds ds1 ds2 Total Thermal Fluid Flow t qn tgn pgn Misce
83. also be used as a failure criterion for elastic analyses in Map3D Fault Slip Material Name Host Material 1 Material fo Material Type Mohr Coulomb FF y Peak Residual Tension Cutoff fo x jo y UCS rockmass so y 50 y Cohesion 17 321 y 17 321 y Friction Angle 30 v ao x Dilation Angle o AA y Young s Modulus feo000 y eooo y Poisson s Ratio 0 250 0 250 y Standard Dev fo x Elastic only Viscous Mod Gn gt C Elasto Plastic v ere C Inactive ciin eka El ites nema Expansion Coef fi v Parameters Conductivity 1 Dump to File 2 Copy from matl Stress State Chose Material Name specifies a descriptive name for the material Material specifies the material number e Material 1 is reserved for the host material e Other material numbers are used to define alternate material zones such as ore fault gouge backfill etc Material Type specifies the material type Mohr Coulomb Hoek Brown Drucker Prager Fault Gouge Hyperbolic Backfill Quadratic Backfill Equilibrated Gouge Yielding Pillar or none e Mohr Coulomb defines the failure envelope as a straight line e For 3D FF blocks the Mohr Coulomb criterion defines strength in terms of principal stresses as follows Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks 0 UCS q0 q tan 45 Tension cutoff and UCS are specified in units of stress MPa or psi Friction angle and dilation a
84. analyses Standard Deviation specify standard deviation in units of stress MPa or psi e This parameter describes the uncertainty you have in the strength parameters e This parameter is only used for plotting the probability of shear failure Plot gt Strength Factors gt In Plane Probability N distribution Viscous Modulus Gn and Gs These parameters are used only in non linear analyses 3D FF blocks in Map3D Non Linear and DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip e The viscous modulus describes the creep response where the creep resistance is determined as the creep coefficient C times the plastic strain rate Note that the user must select both the creep coefficient C and the time step size At then specify the quotient of these as the viscous modulus G e Specify the viscous modulus in units of stress MPa or psi Expansion Coefficient and Conductivity are only used in Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow e Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow can be used to simultaneously solve steady state heat fluid flow coupled to the stress analysis Elastic only when checked this material will respond elastically only i e strength parameters will not be used e This can be used to define zones with different elastic properties and or initial stress states This could include for example stiff dykes soft ore zones backfill or support elements Elasto Plastic when checked this material will respond elasto visco plastically i e the strength parameter
85. as the new model file or construction line file is loaded the geometric data is merged with the current geometric data If this option is not checked as the new model file or construction line file is loaded the geometric data will replace overwrite the current geometric data This allows you to construct your model or construction line database in small pieces and merge them as required Related Topics File gt Open gt Merge Materials 5 3 13 File gt Model File Formats Models can be loaded from several file types Map3D INP format is an editable ASCII data file with the extension INP This is the recommended Map3D model format All Map3D functionality is supported with this format AutoCAD DXF format is a popular drawing exchange file with the extension DXF This format is useful for exchanging model data with other CAD software Point file format is a universal ASCII data file with the extension PNT This format is useful for exchanging raw model data with other CAD software Models from different files can be merged The merge option File gt Open gt Merge appears at the bottom of the open file dialogue box Related Topics File gt Open Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 382 Map3D User s Manual File gt Save As 5 4 Materials 5 4 1 Materials gt Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF Blocks Mohr Coulomb material can be used to describe non linear response in 3D FF blocks in Map3D Non Linear It can
86. averaging The average routine will not function if you define an open polyline shape by not selecting the starting point To view the location of the actual contour points enable display of trajectories Plot gt Options gt Trajectories The contour points are located where the trajectories are drawn The averaging is done by multiplying each selected value by the area of its associated surface or grid patch then summing these This result is presented as the Weighted Sum The Average is determined by dividing the weighted sum by the total area Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 228 Map3D User s Manual All values are accumulated as vector components Principal stresses are determined from the weighted mean of the Cartesian components Displacement flow and surface shear components 4 3 15 are determined from the weighted mean of the vector components Note that for stresses the Weighted Sum is actually the total force acting on the surface If you multiply by the shear modulus the Weighted Sum of the plastic shear displacement ride is actually the Seismic Moment Excel Plot Grids Plots specified grid components in Excel You must contour grid results in order to be able to select these for Excel plotting e g Plot gt Stress gt s1 Major Principal Stress The first parameter will be used as the x plot axis i e abscissa Additional parameters will define the y plot axes i e series
87. be built as shown in the adjacent exploded view The nearest corner snap mode should be used so that this new block will join onto the drift and cross cut properly This joiner block effectively mines out the undesired pillar thus properly connecting the cross cut to the footwall access drift Note that the joiner block has only three points around the top and bottom This can be readily constructed by selecting one of the corners twice at the same location e g points 3 8 4 and 7 amp 8 Footwall access drift This problem can be avoided entirely if we construct the segments of the footwall access drift such they line up with the desired locations of the cross cuts This is easily accomplished by subdividing the footwall access drift as shown Often some for thought will help in easing the difficulty of construction Connecting Miss Matched Stoping Blocks Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building and Editing EJ is There is a gap here forming a narrow wedge Often the situation arises where multiple stoping blocks must be joined along their common edges In this example if the bottom of the upper block and the top of the lower block were at the same elevation the built in Boolean intersection capabilities of Map3D would automatically create the intersection between the two blocks during stage 2 of the analysis This construction will work fine The problem occurs during construction when one attempts to snap th
88. be less than AG and cannot be larger than the maximum spacing During matrix assembly all elements that fit within the dimension Delem DOC will be lumped together During grid assembly all elements that fit within the dimension Dgrid DOE will be lumped together During grid assembly all grid points that fit within the dimension Dgrid DOG will be lumped together Notes For a more detailed discussion on discretization and lumping refer to Discretization and Lumping 4 3 12 2 Mining Step Titles Specification of a specifies a descriptive title for each mining step Mining Step Titles Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 224 Map3D User s Manual 4 3 12 3 4 3 12 4 Material Properties Specification of material properties Several different dialogue boxes will appear depending on the material type selected Mohr Coulomb Hoek Brown Drucker Prager Backfill Hyperbolic and None Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks can be used as a flow rule for non linear material behaviour in Map3D Non Linear and Map3D Visco Plastic Can also be used as failure criterion in 3D FF blocks or in the host material in Map3D Fault Slip Hoek Brown in 3D FF blocks can be used as failure criterion in 3D FF blocks or in the host material in Map3D Fault Slip Drucker Prager in 3D FF blocks can be used as failure criterion in 3D FF blocks or in the host material in Map3D Fault Slip Fault Gouge in DD planes can be used as a flow ru
89. beginning with an asterisk at the beginning of the file Polylines data will be written out as a series of polylines in PNT file format x1 y1 Z1 3 values X y2 Z2 2 values2 X y3 Z3 2 valuess X4 Y4 Za 2 values where xi yi zi represent the coordinates of each point 3 indicates that this point is the beginning of a new line 2 indicates that this point is a continuation of the same line values represents the values of the list of user selected components at each corner of the polyline The user defined values will be listed as a comment line i e a line beginning with an asterisk at the beginning of the file If linear BEM analysis Analysis gt Options gt Linear was not selected valuesi are only available at the element centres and hence will only be supplied for the first point If linear BEM analysis was selected values are available at each corner and hence will only be supplied for all points Other lt lt to shrink the dialogue box to small size gt gt to expand the dialogue box to large size Window activates a graphical pick window e You will be prompted to select the two corners of the window by picking each with a single mouse click e Only grid points enclosed within the window will be included in the dump e If you do not use this function all points on all grids are dumped e To view the location of the actual contour points enable display of trajectories Plot gt Options gt Trajectories The con
90. build point will be located here Cancel X Y and Z coordinate specify the coordinates of the point Pick activates the cursor cross hairs allowing interactive selection of the point from the model To assist in visually selecting points from the model all snap functions are available sex CAD gt Snap Once selected the coordinates of the point are displayed in the dialogue box 4 5 1 9 Extrude Offset Remaining Extrudes a partially constructed entity to assist in generating the remaining points during construction of the following entities CAD gt Build gt Block 9 CAD gt Build gt FF Loop Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 258 Map3D User s Manual a CAD gt Build gt DD Loop CAD gt Build gt Grid Plane CAD gt Build gt Grid Line 5 CAD gt Build gt Construction Lines Offset Vector X offset 0 000000 y Y offset 0 000000 Z offset 1 000000 y Length 1 000000 Plunge 90 000000 Direction 0 y Pick 2 points to define this vector Entity will be extruded by this amount Cancel X Y and Z offset specify the components of the offset vector All selected entities will be moved by this amount Pick activates the cursor cross hairs allowing interactive selection of the offset vector from the model This requires that you select two points to define this vector Length Plunge and Direction specify the components of the offset v
91. cae es eas a a ce ee ay ee 299 Smooth Constriiction HNE Sse 025i A ee ea 300 Remove Construction Line Vertex cccccccceeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeseeeeaaaes 302 Grid Selection ooo Ai taaan 303 DigitiZer Setup O 304 Recheck Blocks for Errors icc de 305 Pack and RenumMber Blocks 0 000 died 305 Unpack BIOCKS sssssssccscscccsccccedccccssecceceedededededededcdededeededededcdededeededesedeteiedeiededededetedededededesedededesesedeeeeeereeeede 305 Unpack Surface sis cssscecscetscceseceseceseecscecatecacceatecauecatecaudeatecatecatecsueuatecnneuatectecestectneuimeciyeusteniiernnnaineaientees 305 UnGroup A NN 306 Pack and RenuMber Chines 0 taaa cucb eens Peele han state eceen elven deere ea ens 306 Unpack qe AAPP nn NN 307 A rea cee dacd sate au cussed net sua ausisseudacd seuss siusbederisleustsvsieedectsstestte 307 MOUSE OPtlONS iii a 307 Mouse Bd ION 307 D ble Glick MU A A AA 307 E NN 307 Ag Seara etiara tataia ta t aiara astere atata TETEE ANTIO EEr AETE 308 Rotation Toolbars i a a a a 308 Translation Toolbar sA A A A te en ea AY 308 Contour TOON atleast 0 o do e O o A e e a A ta 309 Contigure ContouralOOlban EE seuss tee este EEE AE E E E E E SA 309 Sole Toolbar es O a alg 310 Configure SOS Toolbar antes eerie tenet need eet Ee EEEE EEEE EEEE RARA E EAE EER e ia AEAEE 310 View Toolbar teree ee RN 311 Configure View Tool Dap a a nse Dect a a nse ducts a a e N Oa dd NEEESE 312
92. can be specified The AutoCAD COLOUR Map3D block number and AutoCAD THICKNESS drift height of the drift are specified using the AutoCAD CHANGE PROPERTIES command The AutoCAD POLYLINE and ELLIPSE commands can also be used to create drifts with specified AutoCAD WIDTH and THICKNESS PLINE POLYLINE or SOLID with THICKNESS Only Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Appendix 371 Thickness oN Th Another simple method of defining a drifts or stopes with a rectangular cross section is to use either of the AutoCAD PLINE POLYLINE or SOLID commands with a specified AutoCAD THICKNESS drift height and AutoCAD WIDTH set equal to zero see Figure 32 Although this approach is more general than PLINE it is also more complex to specify since the floor plan of the drift must be defined along its length If either the AutoCAD PLINE or POLYLINE commands are used one must form a closed loop with either 3 or 4 line segments Other Three dimensional AutoCAD Entities AutoCAD supplies routines to generate several three dimensional objects including spheres toruses boxes cones etc These can all be used if desired The user is responsible to close the open ends of shapes such as hemispheres and cones Two Dimensional Plate Type AutoCAD Entities Map3D compatible data can also be specified in terms of two dimensional AutoCAD entities This technique is not as reliable as the methods described above because closure of all surfaces is no long
93. case however the resulting intersection may contain many complex elements While these shapes will work fine they could slow the analysis down considerably owing to their large number and the fact that often they must be discretized heavily Discretizaiton and Lumping Map3D uses several different but complimentary strategies to permit analysis of very large problem sizes Discretization is controlled such that boundary elements are only used in locations where they are needed Several forms of lumping are then used to reduce analysis time and disk space requirements Together these features enable Map3D to accommodate very large problem sizes more than 333333 elements on PC platforms Without lumping a 64000 element problem would take 147 GB of disk space With lumping this can be reduced to less than 1 GB The time required for analysis reduces by approximately the same proportion This permits users to specify existing mining geometry in detail and add new mining as required This greatly reduces the effort required to set up and run analyses and permits the whole mine to be considered when necessary All discretization and lumping parameters are expressed in terms of a distance over length ratio In all cases the distance is measured between two points of interest e g from one element to another or from an element to the nearest grid point In this ratio the length is the size of the element or grid spacing at one of the points of i
94. close to one another A zero value for this parameter indicates that it will not be used and instead Map3D will merge points if they are within a search radius of 1000th of the edge length from the line Extreme caution should be used when specifying a non zero value for this parameter since large values can cause more problems then it will fix by merging too many points together Any unused coordinate numbers are removed from the list of coordinates Blocks can be unpacked using the CAD gt Unpack Blocks function 4 5 9 Unpack Blocks Unpacks all model entities All block corners will be given there own coordinate point numbers and hence will move separately in any coordinate editing operation Cad gt Edit Blocks can be packed using the CAD gt Pack and Renumber Blocks function Also see CAD gt Unpack Surfaces function 4 5 10 Unpack Surfaces Unpacks all model entities All surface corners will be given there own coordinate point numbers and hence will move separately in any coordinate editing operation Cad gt Edit Blocks can be packed using the CAD gt Pack and Renumber Blocks function Also see CAD gt Unpack Blocks function Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 306 Map3D User s Manual 4 5 11 4 5 12 UnGroup DDs Un Groups all DDs Each DD will be given its own block number and hence can be edited separately using any entity editing operation Cad gt Edit DD s can be re
95. create zero volume blocks for example by specifying a zero length offset vector This allows users to construct individual FF surfaces if desired While this is permissible it is not recommended as this can lead to unclosed volumes Notes Different colour numbers should be used to represent logical groupings of blocks e g for different levels sections or logical mining units such as development stoping etc These colours are user definable Tools gt Custom Colours Any blocks with the same colour number will be automatically combined into single complex shapes by Map3D Since it is easy to toggle on and off the display of specific block colour numbers tte View gt Hide Block Colours This provides an efficient method to work with complex model data You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time For discussion on model building aspects refer to Model Building and Editing For tutorials on model building refer to Model Building Tutorials Erase Entities Erase selected entities This routine can be initiated either by picking the 2 button or simple right clicking on any entity When you initiate this routine you will first be prompted to build a list of entities that you wish to edit Edit Entities ES E al2ia a Col Matl Name Crs Add Rem K9 Ca Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 281 e If Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you m
96. define alternate material zones such as ore fault gouge backfill etc The user is first prompted to enter the material number that is to be edited First let s define properties for the host material Let s set Material to 2 Material Properties Material Name Material Material Type Mohr Coulomb y Peak Residual Tension Cutoff y 0 UCS y 60 Cohesion Friction Angle Dilation Angle Young s Modulus my y Poisson s Ratio 0 250 jo20 y Viscous Mod Gn jo y Elastic only Viscous Mod Gs CE Elasto Plastic C Inactive Expansion Coef 1 User Defined Conductivity Parameters 21 Copy from matl Stress State All parameters can be set as desired The user should take special care in this case since this material is inserted into DD planes These features can behave non linearly yielding in compression and shearing refer to the section on Mohr Coulomb in DD Planes Pick Stress State to open the stress state dialog box Pre mining Stress State Datum 1000 constant 30 constant 20 constant 20 v As variation 0 02700000 y As variation 0 01300000 y As variation 0 01300000 trend o y plunge jo y trend jo y th constant 0 y Ah variation 0 y Copy from Cartesian We want the initial stress in the ore to be the same as in the host so lets Copy from material 1 Specifying Material Properties for the Dyke We must now specify properti
97. e its trend and plunge e2 te2 pe2 intermediate principal strain 2 its trend and plunge e3 te3 pe3 minor principal strain es its trend and plunge exx eyy ezz exy eyz exz Cartesian strain components emax maximum shear strain e Y2 eoct octahedral shear strain 1 3 87 z evol volumetric strain amp esi tesi pesi maximum shear strain in the grid plane its trend and plunge eni teni peni normal strain in the grid plane its trend and plunge Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 231 eli teli peli maximum strain tangential to the grid plane its trend and plunge e3i te3i pe3i minimum strain tangential to the grid plane its trend and plunge esu tesu pesu maximum shear strain in the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge enu tenu penu strain normal to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge elu telu pelu maximum strain tangential to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge e3u te3u pe3u minimum strain tangential to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge Elastic Plastic Total elastic plastic or total strain components These options are only used in Map3D Non Linear as this code allows for calculation of non linear strains Induced Absolute induced strain or absolute strain components i e the stress without the pre mining stress contribution Displacements ut tut put total displacement its
98. e3 te3 pe3 minor principal strain es its trend and plunge exx eyy ezz exy eyz exz Cartesian strain components emax maximum shear strain smax 1 2 1 es eoct octahedral shear strain goc 1 3 e1 e2 e2 e3 3 s1 2 12 evol volumetric strain evoi s1 e2 e3 esi tesi pesi maximum shear strain in the grid plane its trend and plunge Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 342 Map3D User s Manual 5 1 26 eni teni peni normal strain in the grid plane its trend and plunge eli teli peli maximum strain tangential to the grid plane its trend and plunge e3i te3i pe3i minimum strain tangential to the grid plane its trend and plunge esu tesu pesu maximum shear strain in the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge enu tenu penu strain normal to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge elu telu pelu maximum strain tangential to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge e3u te3u pe3u minimum strain tangential to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge Elastic Plastic Total elastic plastic or total strain components These options are only used in Map3D Non Linear as this code allows for calculation of non linear strains Displacements ut tut put total displacement its trend and plunge ux uy UZ Cartesian displacement components uni tuni puni displacement normal to the grid plane its trend and plunge umi tumi pumi maximum displacement tangential to the grid plane its trend and
99. either OpenGL or Windows API drawing commands refer to Tools gt OpenGL Crosshairs Visualization Visualization This option enables visualization of point data Points can be displayed as light source shaded spheres with diameter and or colour varying as magnitude and contoured on a plane to display density etc Each point can be tagged with a series of e numeric values e g colour magnitude orientation etc e text messages e file names e g graphics files documents spreadsheets etc Upon left clicking on a point the location magnitude and text message are displayed on the status bar Right clicking on a point activates the Visual Database This feature can be used to display a database of useful geologic information such as grade rockmass quality etc Each point can be tagged with a series of e numeric values e g colour magnitude orientation etc e text messages e file names e g graphics files documents spreadsheets etc Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands NE User data plotting ES C Map3D Map3D52 Copy of test Plot Equation A ws A Plot Variables Operators xyztrip MUZE field 1 0 Functions sin cos tan asin acos atan sqrt loaf abs expf nf t anf atf Point Plotting Options Iv Filled M Outlined l Contoured Colours x Contoured Outline Iv Dark Light Contour Plane E mii B V Fixed Radius Radius ls I Scaled Radius MV P
100. entities This routine can be initiated either by picking the button or simple right clicking on any entity When you initiate this routine you will first be prompted to build a list of entities that you wish to edit Edit Entities EJ OP for swe BE e cof o 10m su vin B e 0 0 If Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you must hold down the Shift key to make multiple selections By default selected entities are added to the list however if the Cirl key is held down selected entities will be removed from the list While holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key you can drag open a crossing window Use of this toolbar is detailed in Build A List of Entities for Editing Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used Holding the Alt key when you right click automatically repeats the last edit function that was used Once you have selected the desired entities you can either pick any of the edit buttons CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties Edit block type colour mining sequence B CAD gt Edit gt Erase Entities Erase selected entities El CAD gt Edit gt Move Entities Move selected entities Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 285 a CAD gt Edit gt Copy Entities Copy selected entities B CAD gt Edit gt Scale Entities Scale selected entities CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Azimuth Rotate the azimuth of selected entities E CAD gt Edit g
101. field stress state be established with some confidence The orientation can often be determined by observation of ground response i e fault slip direction micro seismic event locations ground stability dependence on orientation dominant closure direction spalling etc An active effort to compile this form of evidence should be undertaken Direct measurements by over coring or some other technique are often necessary Wiles and Kaiser 1994 The most important deformation properties to be concerned with are the stiffness of the rock mass and its inelastic response during yielding These parameters are the key to making accurate displacement and strain predictions A best guess estimate for stiffness can be made by use of rock mass rating Hoek and Brown 1988 However it must be recognised that this is only an estimate and it is necessary to further fine tune the model It is important to distinguish between the actual elastic portion of the ground response and the total response which is a combination of the elastic deformation and non linear yielding effects such as joint alteration At a large distance from openings one expects ground deformations to be primarily elastic where as near the excavation surfaces or in yielding pillars one expects a large part of the deformation to be inelastic and highly dilational in nature Although the rock mass strength can be estimated by use of a rock mass rating Hoek and Brown 1988 laborato
102. for display These are numbered respectively 1 through 10 11 through 20 21 through 30 etc such that the same colour is displayed for numbers 1 11 21 2 22 32 3 23 33 etc Block_Name specifies a descriptive name for the Block e g 4540 stope The program will use this name when supplying information concerning the block volume errors and warnings The block name is optional but if used it must appear in single quotation marks Only the first 20 characters of any block name will be used N 12 18 14 15 16 17 18 represent the numbers of coordinate points that form the block corners These are described in detail below Type specifies which type of boundary element to use Inactive elements 98 or inactive FF and 99 for inactive DD can be used to display features that are to be included for visualization purposes only and not to be used for the actual stress analysis For three dimensional features such as excavations alternate material zones back filled stopes etc Type 1 Fictitious Force type elements should be used Vals The first 4 corners 1 2 13 4 represent coordinate numbers that define one side e g the bottom of a 6 sided block The next 4 corners 5 6 7 18 define the opposite side of the block e g the top The corners can be entered in either clockwise or counter clockwise orientation Any of the corners can be repeated to define 3 sided shapes and wedges Blocks can be linked t
103. for viewing results Isotropic and anisotropic failure criteria RFC Rockwall Condition Factor plots Integrated accelerated pre conditioned and conjugate gradient solvers work together for fast reliable accurate solutions e Import export facility for input data to other CAD programs Import export facility for analysis results to other programs e No expensive buy in fees Map3D is leased on an annual basis Some Users Some current and past users of Map3D include University of Toronto Canada CRVD INCO Ontario Creighton Mine Stobie Mine Frood Mine South Mine Garson Mine Levack Mine Mines Research Mines Technology Methods amp Design INCO Manitoba Canada Noranda Canada CNG Softeck Co Korea Anglo Gold South Africa Golder Associates Canada and Australia Placer Dome Western Area Joint Venture South Africa Mount Isa Mines Australia Brunswick Mining and Smelting Canada Goldcorp Canada Mincad Systems Australia Kanowna Belle Gold Mines Australia U of British Columbia Canada U of Western Australia U of New South Wales Australia Laval U Canada McGill U Canada Rock Mechanics Technology England Endeavor Mine Australia Australian Mining Consultants Aur Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D Overview 5 Resources Canada CSIR Division of Mining Technology South Africa Snowden Mining Industry Consultants South Africa and Australia Tara Mines Ireland Georock Inc Can
104. gt Midpoint Snap to the midpoint of the selected edge I CAD gt Snap gt Tangent Snap Force cursor tangent to the selected edge XI CAD gt Snap gt Intersection Snap Snap to the intersection of the selected edge and a tangent AT CAD gt Snap gt Trace Cline Snap Snap to selected corners along a construction line segment 42 CAD gt Snap gt Trace Cloop Snap Snap to all corners along a construction line segment BE CAD gt Snap gt Grid Snap Snap to a rectangular grid 42 CAD gt Snap gt Cylinder Snap Snap to a circular grid CAD gt Snap gt X Gird Snap Snap to the selected edge at an even X grid spacing x4 CAD gt Snap gt Y Grid Snap Snap to the selected edge at an even Y grid spacing CAD gt Snap gt Z Grid Snap Snap to the selected edge at an even Z grid spacing 4s CAD gt Snap gt Cursor Grid Setup Setup the cursor grid spacing and orientation CAD gt Edit Activates the edit toolbar EJ DARRERE AAN ES This toolbar is meant to provide quick access to the edit functions that are used in the model building and editing stage of the Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt Go to CAD Edit Entities Edit functions are grouped into two sections depending on whether you want to modify blocks or coordinates Modify bocks CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties Edit block type colour mining sequence etc CAD gt Edit gt Erase Entities Erase
105. gt Strength Factors gt dTub Excess Stress To determine which ubiquitous plane has the minimum strength you can plot tel Plot gt Strength Factors gt UB with minimum strength or left click on and strength parameter plot Related topics Nts Plot gt Strength Factor gt Probability N distribution srt srel Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ub Stress Strength S se Plot gt Strength Factor gt SF ip Stress Strength a Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTub Excess Stress tel Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTip Excess Stress tp Plot gt Strength Factors gt UBH with minimum strength BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Rockmass Strength Parameters EB Plot gt Strength Factors gt In plane Parameters Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands tos 4 3 6 19 Ubiquitous Excess Shear Stress Contours the strength for ubiquitous plane shear To calculate the ubiquitous shear and normal stresses the stress state at each point on the grid plane is reoriented to determine the maximum shear stress parallel to the ubiquitous shear plane and the stress normal to the ubiquitous shear plane Line Grid uitous plane Dip direction Tub Dip direction A Dip of va El ubiquitous plane Plunge of normal to Plunge of ubiquitous plane normal The orientation of the ubiquitous shear plane is set using MB Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters
106. gt Z Grid Snap Snap to the selected edge at an even Z grid spacing 4 5 2 7 Intersection Snap Snap to the intersection of the selected edge and a tangent el The intersection of this edge and the tangent line will be selected Since this function operates in full 3D the tangent may pass above or below the selected edge and not actually intersect In this case the closest point to the tangent line on the selected edge will be picked This convention must be emphasized The intersection point will not be selected on the tangent line it will be selected on the intersection line Using this feature is a two step process When you click on the Intersect Snap button Xi you will be prompted as follows 1 First select a tangent line 2 Then select the edge you want to intersect the tangent with The point will be selected on this line The edge nearest the pickbox will be selected The pick box must be located over an entity or construction line This function can be used to locate points at the intersection of the tangent and the projection of the selected edge Located point Tangent line The point will be selected at the intersection of the projection of this edge and the tangent line Once a point is selected intersection snap is automatically cancelled Intersection snap can be cancelled at any time by pressing the escape key Esc or right click the mouse For an example on the use of intersection snap i
107. instructions on how to proceed This parameter can be modified during solution Unless the user has some special reason for limiting the number of time steps this parameter should be set to an arbitrarily large number Stress Tolerance STOL specifies the required accuracy of the matrix solution During matrix solution the accuracy is successively improved with each iteration When the maximum stress error falls below this value the matrix can be considered to be solved The suggested value for the parameter is 0 1 of the far field stress state at the depth of interest STOL should be specified in the same units as the far field stress state e g MPa or psi Relaxation Parameter RPAR specifies the maximum relaxation value that will be used during matrix solution During matrix solution the program continuously modifies the relaxation parameter in an attempt to obtain convergence with as few as possible iterations This parameter limits the maximum value that will be used The value of 1 2 is recommended for well conditioned problems For poorly conditioned problems a value of 0 8 should be used Element Length AL specifies the minimum element length During the discretization process all model surfaces surfaces of FF blocks and DD planes are subdivided into boundary elements with side length Lelem Delem DON where Delem is determined by Map3D as the smallest distance between adjacent model surfaces Since at some locatio
108. is meant to provide quick access to strain components Plot gt Strain gt E1 Major Principal Strain e 2 Plot gt Strain gt E2 Intermediate Principal Strain e2 Plot gt Strain gt E3 Minor Principal Strain es En Plot gt Strain gt Emax Maximum Shear Strain emax VA 3 3 4 Plot gt Strain gt Esi In plane Maximum Shear Strain es Plot gt Strain gt Eni In plane Normal Strain eni Plot gt Strain gt Eli In plane Maximum Strain s1 3 Plot gt Strain gt E3i In plane Maximum Strain ssi Za Plot gt Strain gt Esu Ubiquitous plane Maximum Shear Strain ssu Eu Plot gt Strain gt Enu Ubiquitous plane Normal Strain snu Eu Plot gt Strain gt Elu Ubiquitous plane Maximum Strain e1u Plot gt Strain gt E3u Ubiquitous plane Maximum Strain ssu Za Plot gt Strain gt Eoct Octahedral Shear Strain coct 1 3 e1 e2 2 e2 3 2 s 1 2 v Exa Plot gt Strain gt Evol Volumetric Strain svoi 1 2 3 Ex Plot gt Strain gt Exx Cartesian Strain Component sxx _ y Plot gt Strain gt Eyy Cartesian Strain Component sw Plot gt Strain gt Ezz Cartesian Strain Component ez Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Eu Plot gt Strain gt Exy Cartesian Strain Component sxy Plot gt Strain gt Eyz Cartesian Strain Component syz e Plot gt Strain gt Ez Cartesian Strain Component ex Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Elastic gelasio Plot gt Strain
109. is reflected in the y z x z and x y planes RPAR During the matrix solution process the relaxation parameter is continuously modified by the program in an attempt to obtain convergence with as few as possible iterations This parameter limits the maximum value that will be used The suggested value of 1 2 is recommended for well conditioned problems For very poorly conditioned problems a value of 0 8 should be used 3 Block Specification Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D User s Manual This section permits the user to define the model geometry 3D FF Blocks and DD planes are constructed here N Block_Name N 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 Type Thickness Width 1 line of data per block must be specified All parameters must appear on one line Only the first 5 parameters N M 2 18 4 must be specified Use N 0 to end the list of blocks For a detailed description of parameters refer to 2 CAD gt Build gt Block CAD gt Build gt FF Loop a CAD gt Build gt DD Loop N specifies the block colour number It is used to identify this block when setting material codes and also to set the colour of the block for graphics display Different colour numbers should be used to represent logical groupings of blocks e g for different levels sections or logical mining units such as development stoping etc As many blocks as possible should use the same block identification number A total of 10 colours are available
110. line file name location and file format Construction lines can be loaded from several file types e Point file format is a universal ASCII data file with the extension PNT This format is useful for exchanging raw construction line data with other CAD software e AutoCAD DXF format is a popular drawing exchange file with the extension DXF This format is useful for exchanging construction line data with other CAD software The construction line data being loaded can either overwrite or be merged with existing data The overwrite merge option File gt Open gt Merge Geometires appears at the bottom of the open file dialogue box Merging multiple files into one database Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 134 Map3D User s Manual 4 1 11 4 1 12 You may select multiple files simultaneously by holding the standard windows shift or ctrl keys for multiple selections These files will be merging into one database This allows you to keep separate parts of construction line data in different files then easily merge them together into one database Another way of merging multiple files is to select the Merge Geometries option prior to selecting the additional file you want to add to the existing database This is useful if you already have construction line data open and want to add additional Open Construction Lines Loads construction lines from a file Construction lines are used to define detailed locati
111. message does not indicate an error and is given as user information e Blue narrow gaps have been detected These gaps do not indicate an error and are not necessarily a problem however if problems arise during the intersection analysis or BEM analysis these locations are the most likely causes This message does not indicate an error and is given as user warning White edges that link the wrong way have been detected Closed blocks must have all edges linking in a consistent manner so that the inside and outside of a block can be consistently determined White edges do not satisfy this requirement This message does indicate an error which should be fixed before proceeding with the analysis Orange edges that do not link to other edges have been detected Closed blocks must have all edges linking to one other edge to form a closed block Orange edges do not satisfy this requirement This message does indicate an error which should be fixed before proceeding with the analysis Yellow edges that link to more than one other edge have been detected Closed blocks must have all edges linking to only one other edge to form a closed block Yellow edges do not satisfy this requirement This message does indicate an error which should be fixed before proceeding with the analysis Red highlights Visco Plastic zones with invalid hex shapes In Map3D Visco Plastic plastic zones are only permitted to have hexahedron shapes 4 corners at
112. model Strength Elastic Viscous At each creep step the stress state on all yielding elements elements where the stress exceeds the strength is calculated as the strength plus the creep resistance Strength C Ae Plast At C GAt where the creep resistance is determined as the creep coefficient C times the plastic strain rate Note that the user must select both the creep coefficient C and the time step size At then specify the quotient of these as the viscous modulus G The creep resistance can be used simply as a technique for damping the non linear deformations or for real time dependent creep simulation Analysis gt Options gt Creep The strains shear displacement ride and normal displacement closure can be presented in several ways including Plot gt Surface gt Value gt Elastic Plot gt Surface gt Value gt Plastic E Plot gt Surface gt Value gt Total Plot gt Strain gt E1 Major principal strain Es Plot gt Surface gt Es Shear Strain Plot gt Surface gt En Normal Strain Plot gt Surface gt ds Shear Displacement Ride Plot gt Surface gt dn Normal Displacement Closure Also of interest is the plastic creep increment Agpiasic the contribution to the shear resistance from the viscous element Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 5 4 6 At C Ae Plastic at Plot gt Surface gt dEs Incremental Shear Strain
113. modifications by selecting 21 Undo You can also restore the same selection set and modify the same set of entities again be selecting Redo You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time 4 5 4 3 Move Entities Move selected entities This routine can be initiated either by picking the ga button or simple right clicking on any entity When you initiate this routine you will first be to build a list of entities that you wish to edit ES ov amp pa Surf Col Matl Name td Cre Rem K Ca e f Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you must hold down the Shift key to make multiple selections By default selected entities are added to the list however if the Cirl key is held down selected entities will be removed from the list While holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key you can drag open a crossing window Use of this toolbar is detailed in Build A List of Entities for Editing Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used Holding the Alt key when you right click automatically repeats the last edit function that was used Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 282 Map3D User s Manual Once you have selected the desired entities you can either pick any of the edit buttons B CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties Edit block type colour mining sequence 8 CAD gt Edit gt Erase Entities Erase selected entities Eal CAD gt
114. most likely causes This message does not indicate an error and is given as user warning e White unclosed surfaces have been detected When the closure of a block was analysed it was found that the interior and exterior of the block could not be consistently determined This message does indicate an error which should be fixed before proceeding with the analysis Orange edges that do not link to other edges have been detected Closed blocks must have all edges linking to one other edge to form a closed block Orange edges do not satisfy this requirement This message does indicate an error which should be fixed before proceeding with the analysis e Yellow a surface has been disabled due to an unresolvable shape The most likely cause of this problem is a very odd shape such as an extremely narrow triangle Although this is an error such errors can normally be ignored since extremely narrow shapes contribute little to the analysis results 4 2 2 Hide Block Colours 4 2 2 1 Hide All This allows you to hides all blocks with the selected colour number DEE Selecting the x button on the View toolbar activates the Hide Block Colours toolbar Hide Block Colours ICS ea RN OR o Ls gt s ss ss Ts ss ET 1 View gt Hide Block Colours gt Hide All Hide all block surfaces 1al View gt Hide Block Colours gt Unhide All Unhide all currently hidden surfaces The first row hide and un hides all blocks with t
115. non linear yielding Note that the equations of equilibrium and continuity are expressed as differential equations What we need to do to solve these is to integrate them over the rock mass volume such that the appropriate boundary conditions are satisfied There are many ways of accomplishing this Boundary Element Methods integrate the equations analytically and then use a numerical approximation to satisfy the boundary conditions Finite Element Methods and Finite Difference Methods use a numerical integration scheme to integrate the differential equations No matter which method is used in the end they all use some sort of numerical approximation and you end up with a large set of equations that describes how various parts of the rock mass interact upon one another In BEM the resulting equations appear as Osurface Star field MP where M is the set of simultaneous equations and P represents the loads or deformations that need to be applied to cause the stresses at the excavation surfaces to be zero This constitutes a mathematical description of how the rock mass responds All numerical models use some variation on this approach These equations need to be solved simultaneously such the boundary conditions are satisfied By solving these equations throughout the rock mass along with the loading conditions and geometry you conduct a stress analysis Map3D is based on a very efficient Indirect Boundary Element Method Banerjee and Butterf
116. normal displacement closure with the stress over the region a This requires that we offset the coordinate system for 6 by the distance a giving 5 p War 8 The total energy released can then be calculated from the integral is taken from 0 to a W Y155 dr p p W a n Vr dr 4 4 T a P P The energy release rate can now be determined by differentiating by a to arrive at ERR 4 T Ps P 5 This expression has only made the assumption that 5 exhibits a Vr response near the face and that o exhibits a 1 Vr response near the face No assumptions regarding the geometry have been made There is no requirement for p to be related to p_ in any way Note that these assumptions are only true in an infinite homogeneous elastic medium Near bi material interfaces or other excavation surfaces these assumptions break down Analytical Solution for a Planar Crack Consider a planar crack with with 2c and length eight times the width Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 206 Map3D User s Manual For such a shape the aperture normal displacement or closure can be determined analytically as at the mid section 4 1 v2 E pv c x2 6 where E and y represent respectively Young s modulus and Poisson s ratio and p represents the homogeneous pre mining stress state The stress ahead of the crack tip can also be determined analytically as o px x2 c2 7 The work done in deforming the crack surfaces is equivalent
117. number is displayed in the tooltip and on the menu list The remaining buttons are used to hide individual grids just in Grid Selection Render Block Outlines Sets up rendering options for the model View gt Render gt Block Outlines blocks are drawn with outlines showing the edges of the blocks View gt Render gt Grid Lines blocks are drawn with lines at regular grid intervals You are prompted for the grid interval when you activate this feature Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 151 View gt Render gt Block Colours blocks are drawn with colour shading Turn this feature off for a wireframe view View gt Render gt Material Numbers blocks are coloured corresponding to the material property inserted in the block The same block may have different materials in it depending on the currently active mining step When using this function make sure to select the appropriate mining step x File gt Mining Step View gt Render gt Mining Step Numbers blocks are coloured corresponding to the mining step at which they are excavated View gt Render gt Dark Shading blocks are drawn with a dark light source shading model You are prompted for an edge radius when you activate this feature The edge radius is used to shade edges and corners to give them a rounded appearance The edge radius should be specified as a fraction of the block thickness Shading can considerably slow down the refres
118. of the offset vector are displayed in the dialogue box To assist in visually selecting points from the model all snap functions are available sex CAD gt Snap Once selected the components of the offset vector are displayed in the dialogue box Edit completes editing and invoked editing of the entity properties for the selected blocks OK completes editing of the offset vector and moves the selected blocks Cancel aborts moving of entities Once you have completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the modifications by selecting 21 Undo You can also restore the same selection set and modify the same set of entities again be selecting Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 283 Redo You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time 4 5 4 4 Copy Entities Copy selected entities This routine can be initiated either by picking the ga button or simple right clicking on any entity When you initiate this routine you will first be prompted to build a list of entities that you wish to edit Edit Entities bh Ri tS E he Dad Se Lo Bk hm cot te 000 va o If Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you must hold down the Shift key to make multiple selections By default selected entities are added to the list however if the Ctrl key is held down selected entities will be removed from the list While holding down the Shift key
119. oi ni ou na This toolbar is meant to provide quick access to thermal flux components Yh Plot gt Flux gt t h Temperature Head a Plot gt Flux gt Gag 4 ear eq Total Flux contours the total displacement _ Plot gt Flux gt q X Flux contours the x flux component Plot gt Flux gt q Y Flux contours the y flux component _ Plot gt Flux gt q ZFlux contours the z flux component To calculate the in plane flux the flux state at each point on the grid plane is reoriented to determine the maximum flux parallel to the grid plane and the flux normal to the plane Note that qni is oriented normal to the grid plane and parallel to the direction of a line grid S Plot gt Flux gt qa In plane normal contours the flux component normal to the grid plane i Plot gt Flux gt Ami IM plane maximum contours the maximum flux tangential to the grid plane Oni Line Grid Grid plane Dip direction Ami Dip direction s Dip of Pa ARa y grid plane Plunge of normal Plunge of to grid plane normal To calculate the ubiquitous plane 1 flux the flux state at each point on the grid plane is reoriented to determine the maximum flux parallel to the ubiquitous plane 1 and the flux normal to the plane Note that amp mi is not oriented normal to the grid plane 5 Plot gt Flux gt Ah Ubiquitous plane normal contours the flux component normal to the ubiquitous plane Plot gt Flux gt Amu Ubiquitous plane maximu
120. or Group gt Everyone You must reboot for this setting to take effect Notes This function must be checked before conducting the Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt BEM Analysis You should specify the fastest drive in your system You can test your drive performance using Tools gt Disk Performance Test Analysis gt Options gt Move Points Move field points that are very close to boundary surfaces during Map3D BEM analysis Field points results on grid planes or at user defined points that are located within a fraction of an element width from an element corner or edge will have very poor accuracy often indicating unrealistically large stress concentrations By moving such points to the nearest boundary node more realistic stress predictions can be obtained This option only moves points that are within 1 4 of AG AG is the minimum allowable grid spacing see Analysis gt CParams gt AG from the surface This feature also causes field points that are just inside excavations within Ya of AG to be moved onto the excavation surface and thus provides smooth contouring of results right up to the excavation surface Notes This function must be checked before conducting the Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt BEM Analysis It is recommended that you check this option unless you specifically do not want field points moved Analysis gt Options gt MSCALC Calculate results at user defined points during M
121. or Ctrl key you can drag open a crossing window Use of this toolbar is detailed in Build A List of Entities for Editing Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used Holding the Alt key when you right click automatically repeats the last edit function that was used Once you have selected the desired entities you can either pick any of the edit buttons CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties Edit block type colour mining sequence CAD gt Edit gt Erase Entities Erase selected entities gu CAD gt Edit gt Move Entities Move selected entities lu CAD gt Edit gt Copy Entities Copy selected entities B CAD gt Edit gt Scale Entities Scale selected entities CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Azimuth Rotate the azimuth of selected entities E CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Dip Rotate the dip of selected entities 4 CAD gt Edit gt Dump to File Dump selected entities to a file 5 CAD gt Edit gt Group Group selected entities into a single block e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of options Copy Offset Yector X offset P Y offset c Z offset 0 k Length 0 YIN Plunge 0 x Direction 0 h Pick 2 points to define this vector Entity will be copied across by this amount 2 Ext Cancel X Y and Z offset specify the components of the offset vector All selected entities will be
122. or down Dragging towards the left or right translates the model left or right Zooming the Model The model can be zoomed by rotating the mouse wheel or holding down both the left and right mouse buttons and wait for the drag mouse pointer Y to appear then dragging out a zoom factor Dragging towards the top zooms the model out Dragging towards the bottom magnifies the model The model can also be translated and zoomed using the translation toolbar or keyboard keys Tools gt Translation Toolbar Related Topics Rotating the model Selecting special view positions You can adjust the drag wait time using Tools gt Drag Wait Time Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 5 21 View gt Render gt Discretize Toggles the display of discretized and non discretized views of the model The non discretized view simply shows the model surfaces When checked the discretized view shows how all model surfaces have been subdivided into boundary elements The element discretization can only be viewed after the discretization analysis Analysis gt Discretization 5 22 Visualization gt Make Point Creates a new visualization point Refer to Visualization for a description of the visualization routines available in Map3D Visualization points can be displayed as light source shaded spheres with diameter and or colour varying as magnitude and contoured on a plane to display density etc Each point can be tagged with a ser
123. or ordinates Multiple y plot axes parameters can be specified Two types of Excel plots can be created e selected contour points e a series of points along the length of a polyline Excel plotting through Map3D is facilitated by the add in routine Map3D xla e This routine is automatically loaded when Map3D starts Excel e You must allow this macro to run in order for the Map3D plotting routines to work 3 sl Stresses sl tsl ps1 s2ts2ps2 s3ts3ps3 C Effective Induced SEX SPY SZZ SKY syz sxz tmaxtoctsmean Total Absolute ti tti pti si tsi psi slitslipsti s3i ts3i ps3i tuttuptu sutsupsu slutslupslu s3uts3u ps3u Strains el tel pel e2te2pe2 e3te3pe3 Elas Plas Ind EXX eyy ezz exy eyz exz emax eoct evol Tot Abs esi tesi pesi eni teni peni eliteli peli edi te3i pe3i esu tesu pesu enu tenu penu elutelupelu e3u te3u pe3u Displacements Thermal Fluid Flow ut tut put Ux UY UZ t qt tat pat qx qy qz uni tuni puni umi tumi qni tqni pani qmi tqmi pami pumi gnu tqnu pgnu gmu tamu pamu Strength Factors ds1 dtmax dtoct ns1 sfa sfb sfc dtip ntip sfip dtub ntub sfub Miscellaneous LX Y Z user grid col matl step name dof area dgrid dol A f2 Fully populated Line interpolation width 1 000000 y Step2onlk Steps1 5 Use Commas Restart Excel Chart Control Excel Newchat Addpoints Change series a F Details Points Window Polyline Fully populated Specifies that
124. or uncheck the desired item to add or remove the desired item from the toolbar Notes The Cad toolbar can only be activated Tools gt CAD toolbar during the model building CAD Stage Map3D Analysis Stages Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 313 Buttons can be moved around on the toolbar simply by holding down the left mouse button and dragging the button to the desired location The toolbar configuration is saved between analyses in the map3d ini file 4 6 2 11 Block Colours Assigns custom colours for rendering blocks Map3D uses 16 base colours for rendering The user can assign any desired colour to the base colours and Map3D automatically generates shades of these for rendering The colours are used as follows Colour 0 screen background colour Colour 1 4 rubber band and marker colours Colour 5 foreground colour used for text block outlines trajectory symbols and grid lines Colour 6 block colour number 1 11 21 31 Colour 7 block colour number 2 12 22 32 Colour 8 block colour number 3 13 23 33 Colour 9 block colour number 4 14 24 34 Colour 10 block colour number 5 15 25 35 Colour 11 block colour number 6 16 26 36 Colour 12 block colour number 7 17 27 37 Colour 13 block colour number 8 18 28 38 Colour 14 block colour number 9 19 29 39 Colour 15 block colour number 10 20 30 40 ES py TE
125. our model properly CAD gt Properties gt Control Parameters AL should be set equal to twice the thickness of the gully the gully is 1 metres thick since this is the narrowest feature used in this model If we now discretize the model Analysis gt Discretization a careful look illustrates that a large number of boundary elements are used in discretizing the areas adjacent to the gully and main access These features are clearly going to be expensive in terms of analysis time If these features are not important contributing factors considerable saving in analysis effort can be achieved by removing them from the analysis This can be achieved by making these features inactive To do this select Analysis gt Go to CAD from the analysis dialogue box Then select Analysis gt Graphics Now select from the CAD toolbar CAD EX ES ES EE This will open the edit toolbar Edit Entities ES OOO To edit entities select 8 CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties This will open the edit entities toolbar Edit Entities DEAE ARACEAE om ere E an cat 00 20 up vn o E re o c When you initiate this routine you will first be prompted to build a list of entities that you wish to edit Hold down the Shift key then pick the Gully and Main Access Do not pick the tabular mining or dyke Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 112 Map3D User s Manual When you have selected these features you can pic
126. psi e This parameter describes the uncertainty you have in the strength parameters e This parameter is only used for plotting the probability of shear failure Plot gt Strength Factors gt In Plane Probability N distribution Viscous Modulus Gn and Gs These parameters are used only in non linear analyses 3D FF blocks in Map3D Non Linear and DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip e The viscous modulus describes the creep response where the creep resistance is determined as the creep coefficient C times the plastic strain rate Note that the user must select both the Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 creep coefficient C and the time step size At then specify the quotient of these as the viscous modulus G e Gnis not used in the hyperbolic model e Specify the viscous modulus in units of stress MPa or psi Expansion Coefficient and Conductivity are only used in Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow e Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow can be used to simultaneously solve steady state heat fluid flow coupled to the stress analysis Elastic only when checked this material will respond elastically only e strength parameters will not be used e This can be used to define zones with different elastic properties and or initial stress states This could include for example stiff dykes soft ore zones backfill or support elements Elasto Plastic when checked this material will respond elasto visco plastically e the strength parameters
127. shear displacement ride and normal displacement closure through the shear and normal moduli e Peak values of these parameters are used up until failure e After yielding the residual values are used Standard Deviation specify standard deviation in units of stress MPa or psi e This parameter describes the uncertainty you have in the strength parameters e This parameter is only used for plotting the probability of shear failure Plot gt Strength Factors gt In Plane Probability N distribution Viscous Modulus Gn and Gs These parameters are used only in non linear analyses 3D FF blocks in Map3D Non Linear and DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip e The viscous modulus describes the creep response where the creep resistance is determined as the creep coefficient C times the plastic strain rate e Note that the user must select both the creep coefficient C and the time step size At then specify the quotient of these as the viscous modulus G e Specify the viscous modulus in units of stress MPa or psi Expansion Coefficient and Conductivity are only used in Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow e Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow can be used to simultaneously solve steady state heat fluid flow coupled to the stress analysis Elastic only when checked this material will respond elastically only i e strength parameters will not be used e This can be used to define zones with different elastic properties and or initial stress states
128. should be excavated at mining step 1 This is indicated by specifying Mining Step 1 0 We are now finished and can Build this block by pressing the 244 button Building Mining Step 2 Let s now construct the tabular mining step 2 This will also be constructed using displacement discontinuity elements which are defined by the perimeter of the mining zone To start building select a CAD gt Build gt DDLoop Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 oa Map3D User s Manual Point 1 Main Access ue Step 3 Z Elevation Y West X East Select the 4 points as shown When point 4 has been selected the floor plan is complete To complete building the DDLoop select point 1 again or pick the A button You will automatically be prompted to enter the block properties CAD gt Build gt DDLoop Entity Properties DDPlane Area 10242 633000 Block Name Mining Step 20 Element Type Displacement Disc y Block Colour O Fixed Element width y Matl_ Code LERD LSS y DDPlane Thickness To y Mining Step 1 Mining Step 2 Mining Step 3 Mining Step 4 Mining Step 5 Enter the following Block Name Mining Step 2 Element Type Displacement Discontinuity Block Colour 3 DDPlane Thickness 1 DDPlane Thickness should be set to the mining thickness This tabular mining should be assigned the properties of ore material 2 at mining step 1 then excavated at mining step 2 This is indicated by
129. simple right clicking on any vertex When you initiate this routine you will first be prompted to build a list of vertices that you wish to move Edit Vertices ES acre DS a If Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you must hold down the Shift key to make multiple selections By default selected entities are added to the list however if the Ctrl key is held down selected entities will be removed from the list While holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key you can drag open a crossing window Use of this toolbar is detailed in Build A List of Vertices for Editing Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used Holding the Alt key when you right click automatically repeats the last edit function that was used Once you have selected the desired entities you can either pick any of the edit buttons CAD gt Edit gt Stretch Vertices Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 205 CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Point CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to X CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Y B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Z CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Plane 24 CAD gt Edit gt Subdivide Construction Lines CAD gt Edit gt Smooth Construction Lines CAD gt Edit gt Remove Construction Vertex e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of options
130. state is held at these vales regardless of the deformations thereby providing a stress boundary condition Extrude DD into FF blocks allows you to extrude a DD plane into an FF block You will be prompted for the extrusion vector More Steps allows specification of additional mining steps Clear All Steps clears all mining steps 1 100 Copy From allows you to select another block to copy the entity properties from OK completes editing of blocks and modifies any properties that have been changed Cancel aborts block editing Once you have completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the modifications by selecting 221 Undo Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 280 Map3D User s Manual 4 5 4 2 You can also restore the same selection set and modify the same set of entities again be selecting Redo DD blocks can be extruded into 3D FF blocks simply by changing the element type from Displacement Discontinuity to Fictitious Force 6 Offset Vector 2 In this case corners 1 through 4 define the base of the block The top and sides are automatically generated during the extrusion process FF blocks can be collapsed into DD planes by changing the element type from Fictitious Force to Displacement Discontinuity In this case the base of the block the side defined by corners 1 2 3 and 4 will become the DD plane and the remainder of the block sides will be discarded Note that it is possible to
131. strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of non linear strain or the strain rate predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks Note that there are three components of strain that can be contoured Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Elastic Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Plastic Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Total There are also two different ways of presenting the strain Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 168 Map3D User s Manual 4 3 2 15 Es Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Induced Strain Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Absolute Strain The contour range is set using Based Plot gt Range This component can be added to the contour toolbar if desired Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar gt Strain The user may find it handy to add the x More Strain Components button to the contouring toolbar for quick access to all strain components Exx Strain Component Contours the Cartesian stress components Ex Plot gt Strain gt Cartesian Strain Component normal strain in the direction of the x axis El Plot gt Strain gt e Cartesian Strain Component normal strain in the direction of the y axis y Plot gt Strain gt Cartesian Strain Component normal strain in the dir
132. the maximum number of boundary elements that any block or plate edge can be divided into is 256 If this number of subdivisions is reached and the specified DOR ratio has still not been achieved Map3D will issue a warning message instructing the user to subdivide the block or plate into smaller pieces DOC Matrix Lumping During matrix assembly the distance Delem between groups of Blocks and DD planes is examined to see if these can be lumped together for calculation and storage purposes The amount of lumping depends on how many elements can fit into a zone with side length Lelem determined from the relation Lelem Delem DOC A value for DOC of 1 0 is recommended for all problems except those where increased accuracy is required With a value of 1 0 an error of 10 20 can be expected A value of 2 0 should provide 5 10 error A value of 4 0 should provide less than 5 error Although higher values of DOC result in larger problem sizes this is necessary to obtain increased accuracy Lelem Delem DOC controls the way in which elements are lumped during matrix assembly Elements with combined side length Lelem are lumped if the distance Delem to the affected element exceeds the required DOC ratio If the stope to stope distances are large many elements can be lumped Small values of DOC one or less will provide maximum lumping however stresses near excavation surfaces will deteriorate in accuracy and matrix conditioning will b
133. the x y plane select the XY cursor button This sets the snap mode to grid In this mode no pick box will be displayed at the intersection of the cross hairs and the movement of the cursor will be restricted to the specified grid spacing As you move the cursor around the display the cursor will jump from location to location by the grid spacing amount 1 metre in this case You will see that the FFLoop building routine is prompting you to enter the first corner of the block on the status bar Move the cursor about until you locate the first point xyz gt 000 Select this point by clicking the left mouse button once You will now be prompted for the next block corner As you move the cursor about you will see that not only is the current cursor location indicated at the lower left hand corner of the display but also the offset of the current point from the last one selected i e the offset vector from point 1 to point 2 Select point 2 at xyz gt 200 Repeat this selection process for point 3 xyz gt 220 and point 4 xyz gt 020 If you select the wrong location for a point simply undo that selection using the undo button 2 CAD gt Build gt Undo Point then try again Finally reselect the first point xyz gt 000 When first point has been reselected the base of the block has been completely formed You will be prompted with the message To complete building the block you can either change the elevation and select the remaining
134. then try again When point 2 has been selected one edge of the plane has been completely formed To complete building the plane you can either change the elevation and select the remaining 2 points i e points 3 and 4 or generate them from the first 2 corners by adding an offset to them To use this latter procedure select the offset function from the build entity toolbar CAD gt Build gt Offset Remaining 4 3 You will be prompted for this offset vector as follows Offset Vector A X offset 0 000000 y Y offset 0 000000 Z offset 1 000000 y Length 1 000000 Pee 90 000000 y Direction 0 v Pick 2 points to define this vector Entity will be extruded by this amount Cancel Enter the offset as X offset gt 0 Y offset gt 0 Z offset gt 6 Points 3 and 4 will be generated respectively from points 2 and 1 by adding the offset values to their coordinates Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 e Map3D User s Manual This will complete construction of the grid plane a CAD gt Build gt Grid Plane Grid Properties Name Pillar Section Grid Type Active X Fixed Grid Spacing y Enter a descriptive name for the grid plane and leave the Fixed Grid Spacing check box unchecked Specifying Material Properties for the Sandstone Host We must now specify properties for the host material These are entered using the material properties function CAD gt Properties gt
135. to a file for viewing in Notepad or Excel Copy from material allows you to copy the material properties from one material number to another All properties including the stress state are copied Stress State specifies the initial far field stress state for the material e Most materials are inserted into blocks with the same far field stress state e Materials such as props or backfill are placed at near zero initial stresses Over stressing can be presented in several ways including tel Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTip In Plane excess shear stress a Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTub Ubiquitous plane excess shear stress S se Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ip Strength Stress sr sel Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ub Strength Stress By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used in this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the plastic strain or the plastic strain rate predicted by the model as an indicator of damage In DD planes the elastic strains are determined from the stresses by 1 Y Shear Modulus 2s O of Normal Modulus 5 or e B e A where Shear Modulus and Normal Modulus represent respectively the elastic moduli of the gouge material in the shear and normal d
136. to add the 27 More Stress Components button to the contouring toolbar for quick access to all stress components Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 159 Related topics Su Plot gt Stress gt S1u Ubiquitous plane Maximum S Plot gt Stress gt S3u Ubiquitous plane Minimum te Plot gt Stress gt Tip In plane Shear el Plot gt Stress gt Sip In plane Normal The orientation of the ubiquitous plane is specified in MB Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters 4 3 1 11 Ubiquitous Plane Maximum Stress Contours the maximum and minimum stresses tangential to the ubiquitous plane 1 To calculate the maximum and minimum ubiquitous plane stresses the stresses tangential to the plane are determined then resolved to give the maximum and minimum values Note that ou is oriented normal to the ubiquitous plane and is not parallel to the direction of a line grid Also note that cub o1u and osu are perpendicular to one another Line Grid Sub Ubiquitous plane Dip direction WEN Dip direction Mo ER low i aa 53u Dip of f ubiquitous plane Plunge of normal to Plunge of ubiquitous plane normal e dip direction is measured positive clockwise from the y axis e dip of the plane is measured positive down from the horizontal i e the dip direction e plunge of the normal is measured positive down i e negative up from the horizontal The orientation of the ubiquitous she
137. to resist slip on a fault joint set or bedding plane oriented in the same way as the grid plane e Mohr Coulomb 60 S3 tan 45 30 2 2 plots the strength for a Mohr Coulomb criterion with a UCS of 60 and friction angle of 30 The equation UCS S3 q or alternatively UCS S3 tan 45 phi 2 2 could also be used here if the strength parameters have been previously defined using BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Rockmass Strength Parameters T distribution T ds1 f1 sqrt 1 1 f2 s3 f3 2 f2 1 f4 2 f2 2 100 plots the probability of failure using the t distribution Here f1 represents the standard deviation s f2 represents the number of data points n f3 represents the mean value of o and f4 represents the standard deviation of o f1 f2 f3 and f4 can be defined using Plot gt Properties gt Material Properties gt User defined Parameters or the actual numeric values can be used e Range sets the contour range e Plot regenerates the contour plot The pull down window allows you to store up to 20 different equations These are stored between Map3D sessions in the map3d ini file Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D User s Manual 4 3 5 4 3 5 1 Thermal Flux Plot gt Thermal Flux Activate the Thermal Flux toolbar after Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow BEM analysis Parameters for Thermal Flux Analysis are described in Expansion Coefficient and Conductivity Flow Components ES Uh a a a a
138. trend and plunge ux uy uz Cartesian displacement components uni tuni puni displacement normal to the grid plane its trend and plunge umi tumi pumi maximum displacement tangential to the grid plane its trend and plunge unu tunu punu displacement normal to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge umu tumu pumu maximum displacement tangential to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge Flow t temperature head at tat pat total flow its trend and plunge qx gy az Cartesian flow components ani tani pani displacement normal to the grid plane its trend and plunge qmi tami pami maximum displacement tangential to the grid plane its trend and plunge anu tqnu panu displacement normal to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge qmu tqmu pgmu maximum displacement tangential to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge Miscellaneous L Length along a line Use the Polyline command to select the desired line X coordinate value Y coordinate value Z coordinate value user User defined value grid the number of the grid where the point is located col the colour number assigned to the grid where the point is located matl the number of the material within which the point is located The host material is material number 1 In problems where multiple materials are used results may be calculated in an alternate material zone step the mining step number name the name assigned to the grid where the point is located dof
139. used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands tat indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of non linear strain or the strain rate predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks Method C assumes that the stress path to failure takes place by increasing o while loosing confinement This is representative of an abutment failure where o o3 is considered to be the driving force Mohr Coulomb q tan 45 UCS Y 51 03 q UCS D el Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress can be determined as UCS Ya 0 0 41 VI Yo 03 q 1 sre Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress can be determined as Yo 0 q 1 1 UCS Y e 0 02 q 1 tal Plot gt Strength Factors gt Atmax excess stress can be determined as AT nax Y2 0 53 UCS Yao 03 9 1 1 q 1 o UCS q 02 1 q 1 Hoek Brown AT max 12A 01 03 YON 6 Mo Ve o1 03 Moco S oNs OS 01 03 Ste Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress can be determined as V 1 6 nPo 2 Val 6 07 Mo So Y mo o 07 se Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress can be determined as o o V 1 16 m Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 182 Map3D User s Manual
140. using Road Plot gt Range Any of these components can be added to the contouring toolbar if desired Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar gt Stress The user may find it handy to add the 27 More Stress Components button to the contouring toolbar for quick access to all stress components Related topics Su Plot gt Stress gt Sti In plane Maximum Sail Plot gt Stress gt S3i In plane Minimum tw Plot gt Stress gt Tub Ubiquitous plane Shear Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands S Plot gt Stress gt Sub Ubiquitous plane Normal 4 3 1 7 In Plane Maximum Stress Contours the maximum and minimum stresses tangential to the currently selected grid plane or perpendicular to a line grid Svx Plot gt Grid Selection To calculate the maximum and minimum in plane stresses the stresses tangential to the grid plane are determined then resolved to give the maximum and minimum values Note that cip is oriented normal to the grid plane and parallel to the direction of a line grid Also note that cip o1i and osi are perpendicular to one another Sip A Grid plane Dip direction Dip direction 8 Din of e dip direction is measured positive clockwise from the y axis e dip of the plane is measured positive down from the horizontal i e the dip direction e plunge of the normal is measured positive down i e negative up from the horizontal The contour range is
141. using the Normal distribution the same as in method B Drucker Prager is only defined using method C Strength parameters are setup using BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Strength Parameters Related topics sra sra Plot gt Strength Factor gt SF B Strength Stress are src Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress tn Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTmax Excess Stress eel Plot gt Strength Factors gt dToct Excess Stress BY Plot gt Strength Factors gt In plane Parameters MB Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 190 Map3D User s Manual 4 3 6 10 SF B Stress Strength Contours the strength using method B In elastic analysis the major and minor principal stresses can be used with the Mohr Coulomb or Hoek Brown strength criteria BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Strength Parameters to estimate the amount of damage due to over stressing Since none of the parameters have any orientation sensitivity this criterion is representative for homogeneous rock mass stability By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of non linear strain or the stra
142. vector as follows Offset Vector a X offset 0 000000 Y offset 0 000000 j Z offset 2 000000 Length 2 000000 Puree 30 000000 Direction 0 xj Pick 2 points to define this vector Entity will be extruded by this amount Cancel Enter the offset as X offset gt 0 Y offset gt 0 Z offset gt 2 Upon completion of block construction you will automatically be prompted to enter the entity properties CAD gt Build gt FFLoop Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 5 Map3D User s Manual Entity Properties Block Volume 24 000000 Block Name Roadway Element Type Fictitious Force Block Colour im J Fixed Element width y Matl_Code LERD LSS o y Mining Step 1 Mining Step 2 Mining Step 3 Mining Step 4 Mining Step 5 V Generate separate blocks for each loop More Steps Clear All Steps Copy From Enter the following Block Name Roadway Element Type Fictitious Force Block Colour 1 This roadway block should be excavated at mining step 1 This is indicated by specifying Mining Step 1 0 We are now finished and can build this block by pressing the Pu button Building the Roadway 2 Let s construct a third block Roadway SN Intersection i y A Ro by selecting point 1 at xyz gt 220 Select point 2 at Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials 59 xyz gt 260 Select point 3 at xyz gt 060 Select point 4 at
143. would give sufficient number of field points for accurate contouring The same units used to specify the coordinates should be used e g metres or feet Once discretization is complete the distance Dgrid can be plotted on model surfaces using 2s Plot gt Surface Components gt Dgird distance to nearest grid or on grids using Bard Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Delem distance to nearest element on grids Note that if desired this behaviour can be overridden on a grid by grid basis by specifying the maximum spacing for each grid CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties gt Maximum Width This allows users to force fine uniform discretization on grids Grid Discretize DOL specifies the desired distance to element length ratio used to determine the grid spacing from Lgrid Dgrid DOL where Dgrid is determined by Map3D as the smallest distance between model surfaces and grid planes A value for DOL of 1 0 is generally adequate and can be expected to provide solutions with 10 20 error If higher accuracy is required a value for DOL of 2 0 should give 5 10 error Use a value of 4 0 for less than 5 error Although higher values of DOL results in generation of more boundary elements and hence longer run times this is necessary to obtain increased accuracy Once discretization is complete the ratio of Dgrid Lelem can be plotted on model surfaces using Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Dgrid Lelem DOL ratio on surfaces
144. xyz gt 020 Reselect the first point to complete construction of the base xyz gt 200 then offset the remaining points as before CAD gt Build gt Extrude Offset Remaining This will complete construction of the roadway Building the Coal Pillar Roadway on Intersection al y AA You should now have completed construction of an intersection and two roadways Now let s construct a coal pillar 9 CAD gt Build gt FFLoop by selecting point 1 at xyz gt 220 Select point 2 at xyz gt 820 Select point 3 at xyz gt 860 Select point 4 at xyz gt 260 Reselect the first point to complete construction of the base xyz gt 220 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 e Map3D User s Manual then offset the remaining points as before CAD gt Build gt Extrude Offset Remaining This will complete construction of the coal pillar Upon completion of block construction you will automatically be prompted to enter the block properties CAD gt Build gt FFLoop We must specify that this block will be a coal pillar rather than an excavation the default You will be prompted as follows Entity Properties Block Volume 72 000000 Block Name Coal Plar Element Type Fictitious Force Block Colour PR y Fixed Element Width Matl_Code LERD LSS gt vs Mining Step 1 Mining Step 2 Mining Step 3 Mining Step 4 Mining Step 5 V Generate separate blocks for each loop More Steps Clear All S
145. you have in the failure criterion measured in the t et direction Tension Cutoff UCS Friction Angle the Drucker Prager criterion defines strength in terms of principal stresses as follows Drucker Prager Toct UCS q 1 Sm V2 g 1 V2 2 UCSV2 1 2 0 K q tan 45 where Ta biloo a HT arar Vaio 0 53 Tension cutoff and UCS are specified in units of stress MPa or psi Friction angle is specified in degrees Note that the strength parameters have been chosen so that the criterion simplifies to the Mohr Coulomb criterion when oz equals os Plot regenerates the contour plot Related topics Na Plot gt Strength Factor gt Probability N distribution Sa sa Plot gt Strength Factor gt SF A Strength Stress sra s Plot gt Strength Factor gt SF B Strength Stress se Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress 21 Plot gt Strength Factors gt dS1 Excess Stress tal Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTmax Excess Stress teal Plot gt Strength Factors gt dToct Excess Stress M Plot gt Strength Factors gt In plane Parameters MB Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 4 3 6 2 S1 Excess Stress Contours the strength using method A In elastic analysis the major and minor principal stresses can be used with the Mohr Coulomb or Hoek Brown strength criteria
146. z g Zooming the model 153 307 308 Tabular mining Model building tutorial 90 Tabular mining zones 34 Terzaghis Observational Approach 14 Testing disk performance 317 Thermal fluid flow analysis 414 Three Dimensional excavation shapes 25 27 28 Toolbars 308 310 312 428 429 430 431 Tools menu 152 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 Total strain 169 212 Total stress 161 Translating and zooming the model 432 Translating the model 152 307 308 Translation toolbar 308 Tutorial 52 72 90 U Ubiquitous plane 193 195 196 199 Ubiquitous plane strain 163 164 165 166 Ubiquitous plane stress 155 157 159 Update results file 136 User defined button font 315 User defined colours 313 314 315 User defined contour plots 318 322 325 354 User defined dump of analysis results 138 142 User defined plots 171 User defined points for stress calculation 340 View gt Hide Block Colours Menu 149 View gt Hide Cline Colours Menu 150 View gt Hide Menu 147 View gt Render Menu 150 433 View menu 151 152 153 311 Viewtoolbar 149 152 311 312 Viewing grid planes 216 303 312 Viewing mining steps 136 Z z buffering 316 317 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015
147. 0 can be expected A value of 2 0 should provide 5 10 error A value of 4 0 should provide less than 2 error Although higher values for DOL result in more elements being generated this is necessary to obtain increased accuracy DOL controls the way in which grids and block surfaces are subdivided This parameter along with AG is used to control the amount of detailed accuracy one requires in the results AG should be selected to reflect the size of interest For example if details of the stress distribution are only required to within one metre of the surface excavations then AG should be set equal to one metre Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 E Map3D User s Manual The field point spacing and element side length Lgrid are determined from the specified DOL ratio Dgrid is determined as the minimum distance from a given element to the nearest grid Since Lgrid can be calculated from the DOL ratio as Lgrid Dgrid DOL such that Lgrid is not less that AG small values of DOL will generate small elements and grid spacing only near locations where grids pass near to stopes As one moves away from these areas the element size will very quickly increase DOL 1 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building and Editing ar DOL 2 DOL 1 DOL 2 Small values of DOL one or less will generate small field point spacings and small elements only near locations where the grid intersects or passe
148. 1 Pick the colour you want to redefine from one of the Custom Colors 2 Set the new colour you desire by picking from the Basic Colors picking from the Color Matrix or by setting the Hue Sat Lum Red Green Blue 3 Push the Add to Custom Colors button The custom colours are saved between analyses in the map3d ini file Contour colours can be set to Map3D default values by selecting Tools gt Set Contour Colours 4 6 2 13 Set Default Block Colours Resets all colours to the original Map3D default values Custom colours can be set using Tools gt Custom Colours Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 315 4 6 2 14 Set Contour Colours 1 Resets all colours to the original Map3D default values Custom colours can be set using Tools gt Contour Colours 4 6 2 18 Configure Button Font Assigns a custom button font size colour etc Map3D uses the Windows System Font to draw all buttons The user can redefine this font and its display characteristics The font can be reset to the original Map3D default value by selecting Tools gt Reset Default Font The custom font is saved between analyses in the map3d ini file 4 6 2 19 Reset Default Font Resets the button font back to the original Map3D default value A custom font can be set using Tools gt Configure Button Font 4 6 2 20 Small Size Buttons Allows you to set the toolbar button size 4 6 3 Assign Hotkeys Allows you select u
149. 149 COOU Ga a TE A EEE a E OE TOE TE ATETEA TE TEE E E AA 149 COMMU t AE OA A A REA RAAE E EREN E E ER EA E A ON 149 Eelo IA SEE E RP E E bd A E dit E Meta eg E dde rta 149 Colour aerate ene a A a TP aR A aia aa er otee 149 COOU E a A Ee A AS 149 CAU A E EE A E A E E E E E E E E O O 149 A Oe E EE shes ce TE TETE E EE ETT O E 149 Hide Cline Colours viii rote 150 FS AM rece AN 150 Unid A ad 150 GOlOUE ca sk o As ds 150 Colina a id do o e dl 150 A A OCA 150 A NN 150 A Paros E wes sat E TE TE E TE T E ew oss 150 A a a a a a 150 COOU I ra TE E AAE KEE A KA E KEA AE AKE ANERE E a 150 O K D E E RN 150 Hide Grid ColQUES coo aa 150 A NO 150 DA ee eR 150 COUTO aa 150 COLO ae a ah UR 150 Colour a a nd a rg ca a ad ces el ad 150 COUA Mere pr T E T PE ee me en eet Taai 150 A NR 150 GolURb tn a o o A dos ds 150 CON Lia a a o le lil 150 CUA A A a Sd 150 Do AS 150 COMOUI O A 150 A A O OOO 150 Block Outlines Ah A OI O ie A ee id db iia 150 A TN 150 Blocks GOSS Lt a do dd cee cach sa ate Dest e data Ana e creia 150 MatenaliN umbers uti a a a do 150 MASCAR O O OA 150 A NN 150 AS A ANA 150 Small Block NUMBEMS iS 150 aire BOCK NUITIO GTS A ccs cs as cca caen den ak citen cect cece teat ca cipal ccna ch cet ch ak cite ech cise hak ce eat puis pad pute 150 Small Block Names is ices ae ae ty ae Gea eee a eee a ey aa ee aac ae 150 Large Block Names ecodicoo arde neadhcte ated E EE E EE EE codec dde dass ida od catas 150 SmalliCoordinate Numbers
150. 15 Menu Commands 153 If the translation toolbar is not visible it can be activated with Tools gt Translation Toolbar 4 2 14 Rotation Increment Sets the rotation angle This can also be set simply by typing in the desired rotation angle then selecting any rotate button or key Notes If the rotation toolbar is not visible it can be activated with Tools gt Rotation Toolbar 4 2 15 Zoom Factor Sets the zoom magnification factor Each time you zoom in the model will be magnified by this factor Each time you zoom out the model will be shrunk by this factor This can also be set simply by typing in the zoom factor then selecting any zoom button or key Notes You should set the desired centre of rotation View gt Centre of Rotation before zooming in Zoom In If the translation toolbar is not visible it can be activated with Tools gt Translation Toolbar 4 2 16 View XY plane Reorients the view of the model to a special view position View gt View XY Plane view with the x axis to the right and y axis up View gt View YZ Plane view with the y axis to the right and z axis up View gt View ZX Plane view with the x axis to the right and z axis up View gt View Grid Plane currently selected grid plane fills the screen S CAD gt Grid Selection Str Plot gt Grid Selection View gt View Digitizer Plane current digitizing area fills the screen CAD gt Digitizer Setup Notes The curr
151. 2 9 Ubiquitous Plane Shear Strain Contours the maximum shear strain acting on ubiquitous plane 1 and the strain component normal to this plane To calculate the ubiquitous strains the strain state at each point on the grid plane is reoriented to determine the maximum shear strain parallel to the ubiquitous plane and the strain normal to the ubiquitous plane Note that snu is oriented normal to the ubiquitous plane and is not parallel to the direction of a line grid Line Grid Enu biquitous plane Dip direction Esu Dip direction a ee Dip of JO ubiquitous plane Plunge of normal to Plunge of ubiquitous plane normal e dip direction is measured positive clockwise from the y axis e dip of the plane is measured positive down from the horizontal i e the dip direction e plunge of the normal is measured positive down i e negative up from the horizontal The orientation of the ubiquitous shear plane is set using MB Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters Note that there are three components of strain that can be contoured Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Elastic Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Plastic Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Total Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 166 Map3D User s Manual There are also two different ways of presenting the strain fi Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Induced Strain Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Absolute Strain The contour range
152. 2015 252 Map3D User s Manual 4 5 1 4 For discussion on model building aspects refer to Model Building and Editing For tutorials on model building refer to Model Building Tutorials Pressing the space bar automatically activates the lat build function that was used Grid Plane Builds a grid plane Analysis results stresses strains and displacements are calculated on these grid planes Each grid plane will be further subdivided at a later stage in the program line grids can be created using CAD gt Build gt Grid Line 3 4 2 1 When the routine is initiated the user is prompted to select 4 corners that define the perimeter of the grid plane The grid plane is considered to be complete when either the 4n corner is selected or the user selects CAD gt Build gt Build 3 4 Paes 2 1 Vector Once at least two points have been entered the remaining points can be generated by offsetting CAD gt Build gt Offset Remainin The coordinates of the corners can be typed in from the keyboard 4 CAD gt Build gt Enter Point selected by freehand drawing picked from other entities other blocks or construction lines or digitized al CAD gt Digitizer Setup gt Activate A large variety of drawing tools are available to assist in visually selecting points from the model sex CAD gt Snap Corners can be unselected using 2 CAD gt Build gt Undo Point Corners can be reselected using CA
153. 22 32 etc mtype specifies the type of boundary element that will be used for the block For three dimensional features such as excavations alternate material zones back filled stopes etc Fictitious Force type 1 elements should be used CAD gt Build gt Block and CAD gt Build gt Block for details Displacement Discontinuity type 2 elements should be used for tabular mining excavations fractures and fault planes a CAD gt Build gt DDLoop for details Inactive elements 98 for inactive 3D blocks and 99 for inactive DD planes can be used to display features that are to be included for visualization purposes only and not to be used for the actual stress analysis Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Additional polylines are specified by repeating the sequence i e starting a new line with the number 3 Notes Different colour numbers should be used to represent logical groupings of blocks e g for different levels sections or logical mining units such as development stoping etc These colours are user definable using Tools gt Custom Colours Map3D will automatically combine any blocks with the same colour number into single complex shapes Since it is easy to toggle on and off the display of specific block colour numbers this provides an efficient method to work with complex model data ty View gt Hide Block Colours 5 3 6 File gt Restart File Formats Analysis results are saved in f
154. 3 7 20 6 Induced Stress Plot the induced or absolute stress component Induced stress is the stress without the pre mining stress contribution This represents the stress change since the pre mining condition Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 213 Absolute stress is the stress including the pre mining stress contribution Also see Ea Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Induced Strain Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Absolute Strain 4 3 8 Miscellaneous 4 3 8 1 Delem Distance to nearest element on surfaces Contours the distance to the nearest element from each surface Delem is determined by Map3D as the smallest distance between adjacent model surfaces During the discretization process all model surfaces surfaces of FF blocks and DD planes are subdivided into boundary elements with side length Delem DON During matrix assembly all elements that fit within the dimension Delem DOC will be lumped together For more details refer to CAD gt Properties gt Control Parameters Related topics a Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Delem Lelem DON ratio on surfaces 4 3 8 2 Dgrid Distance to nearest grid on surfaces Contours the distance to the nearest grid from each surface Dgrid is determined by Map3D as the smallest distance between model surfaces and grid planes During the discretization process all model surfaces surfaces of FF blocks and DD planes are subdivided into boundary elements with si
155. 3D International Ltd 1990 2015 164 Map3D User s Manual 4 3 6 7 631 c 1 sa Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF A Strength Stress can be determined as o o V m 5 03 so Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ao excess stress can be determined as Ao 04 03 mo sa Noi Plot gt Strength Factors gt N Ao std Probability using the Normal distribution the same as in method B Drucker Prager is only defined using method C Strength parameters are setup using BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Strength Parameters Related topics s Plot gt Strength Factor gt SF B Strength Stress se se Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress tal Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTmax Excess Stress teal Plot gt Strength Factors gt dToct Excess Stress T Plot gt Strength Factors gt In plane Parameters MB Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters SF B Strength Stress Contours the strength using method B In elastic analysis the major and minor principal stresses can be used with the Mohr Coulomb or Hoek Brown strength criteria BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Strength Parameters to estimate the amount of damage due to over stressing Since none of the parameters have any orientation sensitivity this criterion is representative for homogeneous rock mass stability By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strengt
156. 3D International Ltd 1990 2015 400 Map3D User s Manual Quadratic Backfill in DD planes Tt Cohesion ti Cohesion e Tension Cutoff and Cohesion are specified in units of stress MPa or psi e Friction angle and dilation angle are specified in degrees e Cohesion and friction angle define the shear response e The tension cutoff defines the response in the direction normal to the shear plane e Peak values of these parameters are used up until failure e After yielding the residual values are used to provide a strain softening response e Residual values are ignored in elastic analyses B et for DD planes the Backfill Hyperbolic criterion defines the hyperbolic normal response as follows Quadratic Backfill in DD plane on o N en E 1 B en e The normal stress varies according to the hyperbolic relation e As the strain approaches the value B the normal stress rapidly become infinite thus limited the amount of normal displacement closure that can take place Normal and Shear Modulus specify moduli in units of stress MPa or psi e The normal response is defined above N represents the value of the normal stress for o 0 at e 8 Ye v B e4V4 e The shear stresses acting on the surfaces of the elements are related to the elastic portion of the shear displacement ride through the shear modulus as in the Fault Gouge model Standard Deviation specify standard deviation in units of stress MPa or
157. 3Di loading file Comment lines must start with an asterisk in column 1 2D planes are stored as a series of triangle or quadrilateral polylines as follows xi y1 Z1 3 values X y2 Ze 2 values X Y3 Z3 2 valuess X Y4 Za 2 valuess 3D blocks are stored as a series of tetrahedral or hexahedral polylines as follows Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 225 xi y z1 3 values X y2 z2 2 values x3 y3 Z3 2 valuess X Y4 Za 2 values4 X Ys Zs 1 values Xs Ys Ze 1 valuess X y7 z7 1 values7 Xs Ys Zs 1 valuess where Xi yi Zi represent the coordinates of each point 3 indicates that this point is the beginning of a new polyline 2 indicates that this point forms part of the base of the block 1 indicates that this point forms part of the top of the block This item is only used for definition of 3D block shapes Additional polylines are specified by repeating the sequence i e starting a new polyline with the number 3 Any of the points can be repeated or skipped to specify triangular shaped sides or tetrahedrons valuesi specifies the magnitude of the field loading at the centre or at each corner If only values is specified i e values are left blank that value is applied uniformly across the entity If valuesi are specified for all corners the field loading is applied according to a higher order polynomial distribution For 2D surface triangles a linear distribution is used a bx cy For 2D quadr
158. 4 points i e points 5 6 7 and 8 or generate them from the first 4 corners by adding an offset to them To use this latter procedure select the offset function from the build entity toolbar CAD gt Build gt Extrude Offset Remaining You will be prompted for this offset vector as follows Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials Offset Vector X offset 0 000000 Y offset 0 000000 v Z offset 2 000000 X Length 2 000000 ro PRS 30 000000 Direction 0 v Pick 2 points to define this vector Entity will be extruded by this amount Cancel Enter the offset as X offset gt 0 Y offset gt 0 Z offset gt 2 3 0z Points 5 6 7 and 8 will be generated respectively from points 1 2 3 and 4 by adding the offset values to their coordinates Upon completion of block construction you will automatically be prompted to enter the block properties 62 CAD gt Build gt FFLoop Entity Properties Block Volume 8 000000 Block Name Intersection Element Type Fictitious Force y Block Colour ii 1 y Fixed Element Width y Matl_Code LERD LSS Mining Step 1 Mining Step 2 Mining Step 3 Mining Step 4 Mining Step 5 IV Generate separate blocks for each loop More Steps Clear All Steps Undo Copy From Enter the following Block Name Intersection Element Type Fictitious Force Block Colour 1 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015
159. 434 Map3D User s Manual 5 23 be calculated at the centre of the selected entity OK completes editing of the coordinates and creates and displays the visualization point Once the visualization point is created the user can now right click on the point to add text messages and or file names e The text message and file name are displayed in the status bar across the bottom of the screen by picking an event with the left mouse button e They can also be edited by picking an event with the right mouse button e Picking with the right mouse button also allows for display of the file if the file name has been associated with an application refer to Windows documentation on how to Associate a file with a program Global Transform Z up The orientation of the model is indicated by an orientation icon located at the bottom left corner of the display This icon indicates the direction of the axes X for East Y for North and Z up key In the view above the Y axis points mostly into the screen and a bit to the right the X axis points mostly to the right and a bit out of the screen and the Z axis points straight up Note that the backside of the icon is shaded in blue z ey x In the view above the Y axis points mostly to the right and a bit into the screen the X axis points mostly out of the screen and a bit to the right and the Z axis points straight up Note that the inside of the icon is shaded in red There are three se
160. 5 p of 100 MPa and c of 100 m we calculate theoretical values for p of 707 11 p of 0 088388 and 49 1 MN m for ERR This can be modelled using Map3D using uniform elements of width w to provide the following results w m b a m o MPa 8 m ERR MN m error 50 25 197 567 0 5209 53 9 9 8 25 12 5 262 669 0 3754 51 6 5 2 12 5 6 25 358 943 0 2679 50 3 2 5 10 5 398 56 0 2402 50 1 2 1 6 25 3 125 498 323 0 1903 49 6 1 0 5 2 5 554 58 0 1705 49 5 0 9 3 125 1 5625 697 764 0 1349 49 3 0 4 Note that the stress o and normal displacement closure 3 are determined at the element centres Since uniform element widths were used a equals b equals 2w SF D Strength Stress Contours the strength stress ratio on DD elements In elastic analysis the maximum in plane shear stress is normally used with the in plane normal stress and the Mohr Coulomb strength criterion to estimate the amount of slip due to over stressing on a fault joint set or bedding plane By contrast in non linear analysis the maximum in plane shear stress can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 209 the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of slip predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in D
161. 7 2 3 i Unlike other analysis programs isoparametric boundary element methods and the finite element or finite difference methods it is not necessary that these plates share common corner points Users are free to define elements with subdivisions mid way along their edges provided no gaps exist Although models can be built using this surface modelling technique an easier and more reliable technique is to use solid modelling Building Models Out of Blocks Building Models out of Blocks For many problems the details of the exact shape of excavation surfaces is not important since one is looking for a more global assessment of stability such as pillar abutment or hanging wall conditions Since it is very tedious to describe the location and connections for every surface in Map3D models can also be assembled out of three dimensional building blocks CAD gt Build gt Block a CAD gt Build gt DD Loop CAD gt Build gt FF Loop These blocks are used for construction of three dimensional excavations alternate material zones and back filled zones They are defined by a top and bottom each with 4 corners The corners can be entered in either the clockwise or counter clockwise orientation provided the top and bottom sides line up with one another i e corner 5 must be opposite corner 1 2 opposite 6 etc The sides do not have to be neither parallel nor planar and any of the corners can be repeated to define 3 sid
162. 7 Index 437 Boolean intersections 335 Boundary Element Method 11 342 347 350 416 Build toolbar 237 241 246 252 253 255 256 257 259 260 312 355 366 Building 3D FF blocks 237 241 246 256 257 259 260 277 280 281 283 284 286 287 289 290 291 293 294 295 297 298 300 302 Building construction lines 255 256 257 259 260 359 Building DD planes 237 241 246 256 257 259 260 277 280 281 283 284 286 287 289 290 291 293 294 295 297 298 300 302 Building field point grid lines 252 253 Building field point grid planes 252 253 256 257 259 260 355 357 Building field point lines planes Bulk mining Model building tutorial C CAD 304 305 306 307 CAD gt Build 237 241 246 252 253 255 256 257 259 260 CAD gt Build menu 355 366 CAD gt Edit 277 280 281 283 284 286 287 289 290 291 293 294 295 297 298 300 302 CAD gt Edit menu 356 357 359 CAD gt Properties 219 227 269 277 CAD gt Properties menu 224 274 CAD gt Propertiesu 223 273 CAD gt Snap 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 CAD gt Snap menu 355 CAD menu 216 303 CAD toolbar 312 355 366 Cartesian strain 168 Cartesian stress 160 Clearing construction line data Clearing model data 130 Closure and overlap checking 335 Coefficient matrix 338 347 348 350 Common problems when model Building Conclude the current analysis 351 352 Conducting a BEM stres
163. 990 2015 Appendix 347 5 1 30 Analysis gt Options gt Linear 5 1 31 Use higher order boundary elements during Map3D BEM analysis The Boundary Element Method utilizes a numerical approximation of how the intensity of the surface components of stress or displacement discontinuity are distributed over the boundaries The simplest assumption is to assume that these surface components are distributed uniformly over each boundary element Experience with Map3D has shown that accurate results are obtained with this approximation for all but a limited class of problems where there are significant bending effects involved Even for this later type of problem accurate results are still obtained at all locations except near the boundary surfaces To obtain accurate results near the boundaries of problems where there are significant bending effects involved it is necessary to implement higher order boundary elements Bending effects normally become important for problems with large spans that are irregularly shaped This is particularly important near kinks in the boundary that can arise due to intersections between various features When this option is checked the intensity of the surface components of stress or displacement discontinuity are distributed over the boundary elements using a higher order polynomial distribution For triangles a linear distribution is used at bx cy For quadrilaterals the following distribution is used arbx c
164. American Tungsten Corporation Canada Gold Fields Technical Services South Africa Maggie Hays Lake Johnston Operations Australia Nickel West Cliffs Project BHP Billiton Australia Ditton Geotechnical Services Australia GeoMech Services Australia Outokumpu Torino Works Finland Wardell Armstrong International Ltd UK Cosmos Nickel Project Jubilee Mines NL Australia Long Nickel Project Lighting Nickel Pty Australia RESPEC USA Xstrata Nickel Craig Mine Canada Northern 3500 Orebody Xstrata Copper Australia Xstrata Zinc Mount Isa Mines Australia Goldfields Beatrix 4 Shaft South Africa Omya Central Europe Austria Pyhasalmi Mine Oy Finland Outokumpu Torino Works Finland Mining One Pty Ltd Australia P T Newmont Tenggara Indonesia Peak Gold Mines Australia Argyle Diamond Mine Australia Bullant Gold Mine Australia Geosinergia Ingenieria y Medio Ambiente Ltd Chile Lonmin Platinum South Africa DERK Ingenieria y Geologia Ltda Chile Montana Exploradora de Guatemala S A Guatemala St Barbara Limited Australia Map3D is developed and supported by Dr Terry D Wiles Map3D International Ltd Email support map3d com Website ww map3d com Tel 1 647 729 7572 Map3D is licensed not sold Use of Map3D is through a leasing arrangement controlled by a time Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D Overview based protection key The program is normally l
165. B Strength Stress are src Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress 25 Plot gt Strength Factors gt dS1 Excess Stress tn Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTmax Excess Stress The contour range is set using Based Plot gt Range Any of these components can be added to the contouring toolbar if desired t Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar gt Stress The user may find it handy to add the Sy More Stress Components Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 155 button to the contouring toolbar for quick access to all stress components The intermediate principal stress is normally used in the calculation of the octahedral shear stress Toa Plot gt Stress gt Toct Octahedral shear Stress or the mean stress Za Plot gt Stress gt Smean Mean Stress 4 3 1 4 Maximum Shear Stress Contours the maximum shear stress 1 2 0 07 In elastic analysis the maximum shear stress is normally used with the minor principal stress and the Mohr Coulomb or Hoek Brown strength criterion BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Strength Parameters to estimate the amount of damage due to over stressing Since none of the parameters have any orientation sensitivity this criterion is representative for homogeneous rock mass stability By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the f
166. D gt Build gt Redo Point Upon completion of grid plane construction the user is prompted to enter the properties This allows you to specify a name for the grid plane Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 253 Grid Properties Name Mining block Grid Type Active Grid v Grid Group Colour 7 1 X Fixed Grid Spacing v a CParams Undo Cancel Name specifies a descriptive name for the grid Grid Type specifies whether you want the grid to be active used in the stress analysis or inactive not used in the stress analysis Fixed Grid Spacing specifies the user grid spacing This parameter can be used to force uniform discretization on selected grids Extreme caution should be used in specifying this value since a small value can easily lead to enormous problem size In general this option should not be used unchecked and discretization should be left to the AG parameter This latter parameter will concentrate elements only where analysis results are requested thus optimizing the use of elements and minimizing problem size CAD gt Properties Control Parameters Undo unselects the last point entered and returns to the grid construction routine 2 CAD gt Build gt Undo Point Build completes grid construction and enters the block into the model database Once you have completed this operation you have one last chance to undo this and remove this grid from the model database by selec
167. D gt Build gt Undo Build Cancel aborts block construction Note that it is possible to create zero volume blocks for example by specifying a zero length offset vector This allows users to construct individual FF surfaces if desired While this is permissible it is not recommended as this can lead to unclosed volumes DD blocks can be extruded into 3D FF blocks at any time simply by changing the element type 8 CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties Offset Vector In this case corners 1 through 8 define the base of the block The top and sides are automatically generated during the extrusion process Note that it is possible to create zero volume blocks for example by specifying a zero length offset vector This allows users to construct individual FF surfaces if desired While this is permissible it is not recommended as this can lead to unclosed volumes Notes Different colour numbers should be used to represent logical groupings of blocks e g for different levels sections or logical mining units such as development stoping etc These colours are user definable Tools gt Custom Colours Any blocks with the same colour number will be automatically combined into single complex shapes by Map3D Since it is easy to toggle on and off the display of specific block colour numbers ty View gt Hide Block Colours This provides an efficient method to work with complex model data Map3D International Ltd 1990
168. D BEM analysis Analysis gt Options gt Accelerate Use the matrix accelerator during Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt Options gt Linear Use higher order boundary elements during Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt Options gt C T 6 12 indicates the number of cores threads currently active Analysis gt Options gt Async I O Use Windows asynchronous I O routines during Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt Options gt Zero Strain Placement Analysis gt Options gt Initialization Initialize the model so that the analysis continues from where a previous analysis completed Miscellaneous Options Analysis gt Options gt Batch Set up analysis batch queue Analysis gt Options gt Reset CAD Build Block Builds a fully three dimensional FF Fictitious Force type block These are used for 3D excavations alternate material zones ore zones or dykes and backfilled zones The block surfaces will be further subdivided into boundary elements at a later stage in the program In Map3D Non Linear these zones can yield and behave non linearly Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 238 Map3D User s Manual Multiple blocks can be combined to create complex 3D shapes The FFLoop routine CAD gt Build gt FF Loop can be used to extrude a series of 3D FF blocks from a floor plane or section and can be used to interpolate between multiple floor planes or sections 7 6 CAE A
169. D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials a Map3D SV51 001 Map3D Course DER MD File View Analysis CAD Visualization Tools Help CIECSCS CSCS ps e on ee sre us 3 5 FFLoop Drift Example Step 1 Import digitized mine plans e The plans for this example are in a file called bulk dxf e These are imported using the File gt Open Construction Lines command Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 120 Map3D User s Manual Map3D SV 51 4001 Map3D Course ER View Analysis CAD Visualization Tools Help paja A New Model CAD rnmsorenmccaas Open Model Eldy Sopw Ediv Grdw Cont Save Model Save Model As Wel onstruction Lines Open Construction Lines Save Construction Lines As Open Analysis Results Alt N Subtract Results Files Restart an Analysis Update Results file Mining Step Alt M gt Output gt Image viewer Save View Restore View Recent Files Exit Loads a construction line file PNT or DXF format Step 2 Next we start the FFLoop routine and set the CLoop snap mode e FFLoop can be started by selecting then 6 CAD gt Build gt FFLoop e CLoop snap mode can be set by selecting a CAD gt Snap gt Trace CLoop Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials 121 Xx l 55 gt gt gt Length Hidw Hblw Hele Stpw Conf File View Analysis CAD Visualization Tools Help engt
170. D planes Fault Gouge in DD planes Backfill Hyperbolic in DD planes Mohr Coulomb tan 0 AT COR vss Coh tan c Strength Stress can be determined as Cohesion o tan p 7 2 dTs Excess Shear Stress can be determined as At T Cohesion o tan p The contour range is set using Based Plot gt Range This component can be added to the contour toolbar if desired Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar Related Topics Plot gt Surface Components gt dTs Excess Shear Stress 4 3 7 13 Excess Shear Stress Contours the excess stress At on DD elements This feature is used only in non linear analyses 3D FF blocks in Map3D Non Linear and DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip For details refer to CAD gt Properties gt Material Properties At each creep step the stress state on all yielding elements elements where the stress exceeds the strength is calculated as the strength plus the creep resistance This limits the size of plastic creep increment Agplasio On each yielding element t Strength C Ae At plastic C G t where the creep resistance is determined as the creep coefficient C times the plastic strain rate Note that the user must select both the creep coefficient C and the time step size At then specify the quotient of these as the viscous modulus G The contribution to the stress t made by the creep increment is the excess stress given by Map3D Inte
171. DD planes can be used as a flow rule in DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip Map3D Non Linear or Map3D Visco Plastic In elastic analyses the failure criterion is used only for strength factor calculations and contour plotting and does not affect the analysis results In non linear analyses 3D FF blocks in Map3D Non Linear 3D FF blocks in Map3D Visco Plastic and DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip the failure criterion is used as a flow rule to control yielding and non linear deformations Map3Di Setup Sets up the Map3Di analysis Map3Di allows one to superimpose external field loading effects into the Map3D model For details on this feature refer to Map3Di When you check a Map3Di loading file for use you will be prompted to search for a file name location If the search is successful the file will be checked The Map3Di loading file is specified in polyline file format Refer to Contour Plane Options for details on generating a Map3Di loading file Comment lines must start with an asterisk in column 1 2D planes are stored as a series of triangle or quadrilateral polylines as follows xi y1 Z1 3 values X y2 Ze 2 values X Y3 Z3 2 valuess X Y4 Za 2 valuess 3D blocks are stored as a series of tetrahedral or hexahedral polylines as follows Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands xi y z1 3 values X y2 z2 2 values x3 y3 Z3 2 valuess X Y4 Za 2 values4 X Ys Zs 1 values Xs Ys Ze 1 valuess X y7 z7 1 value
172. During block construction points are selected in sequence This allows points to be unselected during construction of the following entities CAD gt Build gt Block 9 CAD gt Build gt FF Loop a CAD gt Build gt DD Loop CAD gt Build gt Grid Plane CAD gt Build gt Grid Line B CAD gt Build gt Construction Lines Any unselected points can be reselected using CAD gt Build gt Redo Point Once you have completed block construction you can undo this and remove this block from the model database by selecting 10 levels of undo redo are supported 2 CAD gt Build gt Undo Build You can then redo the block construction This allows you to repeat any trial meshing operation J CAD gt Build gt Undo Redo Redo Build During block construction points are selected in sequence This allows any points that have been unselected to be reselected during construction of the following entities CAD gt Build gt Block CAD gt Build gt FF Loop a CAD gt Build gt DD Loop CAD gt Build gt Grid Plane CAD gt Build gt Grid Line B CAD gt Build gt Construction Lines Points can be unselected using 21 CAD gt Build gt Undo Point Once you have completed block construction you can undo this and remove this block from the model database by selecting 10 levels of undo redo are supported 2 CAD gt Build gt Undo Build Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Comman
173. E fey 1 2 Oy 1 v ey v 8 82 1E 1 149 1 20 ia 1 v Ezz v Ey Ey 1 E 1 v 1 24 Ey Ey El 1 v ve 8 El 1 v ex Elite Strains are specified in dimensionless strain units i e 0 001 would specify 1000 micro strain E and v represent respectively Young s modulus and Poisson s ratio Map3D automatically determines which material the corner of the 3D block is located within and uses the corresponding material properties The strains may be determined from in situ or laboratory measurements of temperature or fluid pressure or from another numerical modelling program such as a thermal analysis code These can also be estimated from seismic monitoring data The strains that should be applied can be determined from the temperature through an expansion coefficient A where the temperature change or fluid pressure change from the background value induces the initial stresses 6 6 0 A AF For fluid flow problems the expansion coefficient A should be set to unity positive one for saturated media For thermal problems the expansion coefficient should be specified as a negative quantity given by A aE 1 2 where a represents the coefficient of thermal expansion i e the linear expansivity Notes This function must be set up before conducting the Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt BEM Analysis i CAD gt Properties gt Map3Di Setup gt View enables viewing of the Map3Di data
174. E de 269 Control Parameters sh at rat due due ue ade cta da tes ce tea ces teta cine tes EE cent t a tes ces see cine Stee cede ste seine see 269 Mining Step a 273 Material PrOPertieS lt as secs sccesexenccencnescnnsenenccensaedcnescnenccessvescnasenancunnevadcnasenenceancsadcoassnencsanssadczeathesceenss 274 Map3DiSelUPriian aa rustica o o ees 274 AAA O AAN 277 O OOOO 277 ENUty RrOperlOS xs secccatsctesteanctenscunceessvanctenscuectensvanc enssuectensvunceenssuectessvunceunssuectesseunctuncseecteusenstuashenss 277 Erase Entities ios ga A a eines vies nein eee eis 280 MGOVO EMU ici O clea eta dulce OA 281 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Contents Vill Copy Entities uranio AE achat E NE E E E ec E lag aac N E ead icici 283 Scie EMU OS A tae ere ead art cae eae ae ie te a nt Re te ante cece tae nats oat AN 284 Rotate AZIMU e le a A At 286 Rotate DIP wee sscccin sizcasrccnvencseassancseneaensuensvancsanovansuensnancsansue scnassnanceanseecunsenenceanevessoassnanssanseesevestaessnenss 287 Dumps a a a a cae lutein cae cae Ea 289 GROUPIE NIUE S at sak le ae lat cal cles tee AA 290 SMOC MES o cae i ath O ae ee 291 MOVE VertiCciOS TO Pont rsen ctuccncncneccpcnctuscacncrecchcnctussncpcrecshcncteccececrecshcucteccecsstecchcuctescecespeccnencpenszenas 293 MoveVenicles to actes dad ds e od hl Aot 294 MOVE VECES O A A eee nec nae ia 295 MOWE Veces a O as 297 Move Vertici s to Pl o rica T aora AT AATA AE T TT 298 SUbdiMdS EJES A
175. Excess Stress BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Rockmass Strength Parameters MB Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters 4 3 6 13 In plane Excess Shear Stress Contours the strength for in plane shear To calculate the in plane shear and normal stresses the stress state at each point on the grid plane is reoriented to determine the maximum shear stress parallel to the grid plane and the stress normal to the grid plane Sip Grid plane Dip direction Dip direction PA Din of In elastic analysis the maximum in plane shear and normal stresses can be used with the Mohr Coulomb strength criterion MA Plot gt Strength Factors gt In plane Parameters to estimate the amount of slip due to over stressing on a fault joint set or bedding plane oriented in the same way as the grid plane Since these parameters are orientation dependant this criterion is representative for anisotropic rock mass stability By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of non linear strain or the strain rate predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in DD planes Fault Gouge in DD planes Backfill Hyperbolic in DD planes Here we assume that the
176. Expansion Coefficient and Conductivity are only used in Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow can be used to simultaneously solve steady state heat fluid flow coupled to the stress analysis Elastic only when checked this material will respond elastically only i e strength parameters will not be used e This can be used to define zones with different elastic properties and or initial stress states This could include for example stiff dykes soft ore zones backfill or support elements Elasto Plastic when checked this material will respond elasto visco plastically i e the strength parameters will be used as a flow rule e This can be used to define zones with both different elastic properties and strength parameters e Note that in Map3D Fault Slip only DD elements i e fault gouge are permitted to respond non linearly e In Map3D Non Linear the 3D rock mass can also yield plastically e Yielding of Drucker Prager materials is not supported at this time Inactive when checked this material will not be used in the stress analysis and hence will not affect the predicted stresses strains or displacements e This can be used to define zones with different strength parameters to be used when generating contours of strength factors Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 300 Map3D User s Manual 5 4 4 User Defined allows specification of user defined parameters to be used in contouring e Different par
177. File Format i c cecteeececiveticentuctatecteetet suse eustentueueteutvereventucnavediecueteudvevs ecducnetesteerstentuetivey 373 File gt Open gt Recent Directories oocccccccccccncncnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnononononnnnnnonononononnnonononenenenenenonenenenenenenenenen 381 File gt Open gt Merge Geometries cccccccccccccccccccncncncncnnnnnononnnnnononnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnonononenenenennnnnnnnnnnenenenenenens 381 File gt Model Fil Formats coi ta 381 Materials ii ii ia an daa cbedasevecetuutschsdvvescectsveeeet 382 Materials gt Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF BIOCKS ccccccccccccccccncncncnononononononononnnnnnonononononononnnnnnonononenenenenenenos 382 Materials gt Hoek Brown in 3D FF BIOCKS ccooomncnncccncccoonnnnccnnncnoonnnnnnnnnnno nana nenrrnnnna anar ener cnn enanat tak 386 Materials gt Drucker Prager in 3D FF BIOCKS ccccccccccccccccnnncnnnnnnnnnnonononononononononononononononononnnnnnnnononononos 388 Materials gt Fault Gouge in DD PlanNeS occcccccccccccccccnncnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnonononnnnnnnnnnnnnonenenennnnonenonnnonenenenenenos 390 Materials gt Hyperbolic Backfill in DD Planes occccccccccccccncccncnnncnnnnnonononononnnonnnnnnnnonononononononenennnnnnanos 394 Materials gt Quadratic Backfill in DD Planes occcccccccccccccncncnonononnnnnnnnnnnnononononononononononononenononenenenenon 399 Materials gt Equilibrated Gouge in DD PlanesS ccccccccccccccccnnccnnnnononnnnnnononononon
178. Fluid Flow as this code allows for calculation of steady state pore pressure distributions Induced Absolute induced stress or absolute stress components i e the stress without the pre mining stress contribution Strains en ten pen strain in the direction normal to the surface its trend and plunge This parameter is only used for DD planes and is calculated as the normal displacement closure divided by the thickness es tes pes maximum shear strain in the plane of the surface its trend and plunge This parameter is only used for DD planes and is calculated as the shear displacement ride divided by the thickness esi es2 shear strain components in the plane of the surface es1 is parallel to the first side i e the side defined by x y zi X y2 z2 es2 is perpendicular to es1 in the direction of the second side i e the side defined by x2 y2 Z2 xs ys Zs Elastic Plastic Total elastic plastic or total strain components These options are used for DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip and also used in Map3D Non Linear as this code allows for calculation of non linear strains Induced Absolute induced strain or absolute strain components i e the stress without the pre mining stress contribution Displacements dn tdn pdn normal displacement closure in the direction normal to the surface its trend and plunge This parameter is only used for DD planes Note that the elastic plastic or total value can b
179. G two or less will provide maximum lumping however stresses distributions near excavation surfaces will deteriorate in accuracy and become erratic Larger values of DOG four or more will provide less lumping but accuracy and smooth stress distributions will be ensured DOG should be set to 2 for coarse analysis results 4 for detailed analysis results and 8 when very high accuracy is required Note that large values of DOG results in increased matrix size and longer run times but greater accuracy Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D User s Manual Part Map3D User s Manual 3 Model Building Tutorials 3 1 Freehand Sketching Room and Pillar Mining Coal Pillar CA Coal Pillar 2m Z Elevation To demonstrate the freehand sketching technique let s start by building a simple room and pillar coal mining geometry The roadways measure 2m wide by 2m high and the coal pillars measure 6m towards the East and 4m towards the West We want to start with a clean slate so we will select File gt New Model Before beginning please note that the user can hover over any button to obtain a tooltip identifying that buttons function Also the use can right click on any item to obtain detailed help on that function Building the Intersection Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials 53 First let s construct an intersection This will be constructed using blocks with 8 corners T
180. Inferred Displacement from Seismic Events Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Seismic Events Recorded by Seismic System A gt CS SI mune aa PS o 3 n i y PA PHHEP H HH om A i 5 11 Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow thermal stress fluid flow analysis Includes all capabilities from Map3D Fault Slip and adds simultaneous solution of steady state thermal stress fluid flow The program is set up so that the user need only specify the temperature head boundary conditions then the thermal stress problem is solved simultaneously This feature is useful for simulation of heating cooling effects and drained undrained response Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 926 Map3D User s Manual Contours of Head Contours of Flux Ro Map3D Non Linear 5 12 Map3D Non Linear Map3D Non Linear non linear rock mass response Includes all capabilities from Map3D Fault Slip and adds the capability for the 3D rock mass to yield to loads that exceed the rock strength and deform non linearly to dissipate the excess stresses This feature is useful for simulation of thick seams over stressed pillars abutments backfill and creep response This formulation solves the non linear problem on the surface of the boundary elements and interpolates these effects between these boundaries This represents a first approximation to inelastic modelling that boasts the advantage of large pro
181. L to permit small elements to be generated The recommended value of DON is 0 5 for narrow stopes problems and 1 for narrow pillar problems AL should normally be set equal to the width of the narrowest pillar or the smallest hangingwall to footwall distance This will permit the discretization routine to use as small size elements as are necessary to ensure proper matrix conditioning In summary AL should be set equal to the width of the narrowest pillar or the smallest hangingwall to footwall distance Larger values may be necessary if too many elements are generated DON should be set to 0 5 for normal problems and 1 0 for problems where narrow pillars are defined During discretization Map3D will attempt to satisfy the specified DON ratio for all elements When discretizing the maximum number of boundary elements that any block or plate edge can be divided into is 256 If this number of subdivisions is reached and the specified DON ratio has still not been achieved Map3D will issue a warning message instructing the user to subdivide the block or plate into smaller pieces Once discretization is complete the distance Delem can be plotted using 2s Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Delem Distance to nearest element on surfaces The ratio of Delem Lelem can be plotted using 2 Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Delem Lelem DON ratio on surfaces Locations where DON is small less than 0 5 could result in a non convergent solution process
182. M Use the conjugate gradient solver during Map3D BEM analysis This solver will accelerate convergence even for poorly conditioned problems and can reduce the total number of iterations by half or more This option can be used in conjunction with the matrix accelerator Analysis gt Options gt Accelerator to provide a reduction in the total number of iterations by a quarter or more Notes This function must be checked before conducting the Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt BEM Analysis It is recommended that this option be used 5 1 17 Analysis gt Options gt Closure Conducts closure and overlap checking and resolves Boolean intersections during intersection analysis Complex excavation shapes are checked to ensure that their bounding surfaces form a continuous envelope with no gaps or missing surfaces Locations where a gap is detected are identified by coordinate numbers in that vicinity Interference between intersecting features such a fault and an ore zone are automatically resolved by Map3D Surfaces are subdivided to create edges where these features meet A solid modelling Boolean operation is then performed to determine which feature persists through the other Since it is not clear whether the fault should persist through the ore or the ore should persist through the fault a convention has been adopted in Map3D such that the feature with the higher material number takes priority over a feature with a low
183. Materials such as props or backfill are placed at near zero initial stresses In elastic analysis the shear and normal stresses in the plane of weakness on a fault joint set or bedding plane are normally used with the Mohr Coulomb strength criterion to estimate the amount of damage due to over stressing One can expect that more excess stress in an elastic analysis would in general correlate with increased amounts of plastic strain slip in a non linear analysis Since these parameters are orientation dependant this criterion is representative for anisotropic rock mass stability Fault Gouge in DD planes Ts Cohesion tan 9 Ts Excess Stress ATs Cohesion A Over stressing can be presented in several ways including tel Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTip In Plane excess shear stress a Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTub Ubiquitous plane excess shear stress S se Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ip Strength Stress st ste Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ub Strength Stress By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used in this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the plastic strain or the plastic strain rate predicted by the model as an indicator of damage In DD planes the elastic str
184. ON vimoiciioncacididanioniindnaieidadan cueesbideeeconshertecdnadsvectashexcensdssecenserscaanes 432 Translating the Model iiinis eaaeo daanan anaana ae rre 432 View gt Render gt Discretize ticccciccicscccticevecedcccccssnbsecesndsdrscddnsesvecedecssecansssdebacevenecadesveesdss 433 Visualization gt Make Point oooooocoonccccccooccconnnonnnnnnonnnnnonnnnnnnennnnnnrnnnnnnnrrnnnnnrrnnannrrnnann 433 Global TFANSTOM Zk UP civic dia 434 Global Transform Z Up 2 nncccccccnnononananononcnnnnnnnnnn rr rr rn 435 Index 437 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D User s Manual Part 2 Map3D User s Manual 1 1 1 1 2 Map3D Overview Introduction Map3D is a fully integrated three dimensional layout CAD visualization GIS and stability analysis package BEM stress analysis Various program modules Map3D Versions can be used to construct models analyze and display stresses strains displacements strength factors and probability of failure contours Map3D is suitable for building and modelling rock and soil engineering design problems involving both irregular 3D massive excavations tunnels faults and tabular shapes Models can include underground excavations rock slopes open pits tunnels fractures and surface infrastructure loads The stress analysis models can simulate yielding non linear zones of different moduli e g stiff dykes or soft ore zones and loads due to steady state thermal fluid flow Excavati
185. OT dx The recommended units for C are J m s 8C The various flow parameters can be plotted using Sr Plot gt Flow Map3D Analysis Stages A Map3D analysis proceeds in five stages Stage 1 Model building and editing This stage is used to setup the Map3D analysis Analysis gt Go to CAD The user can add new mining blocks and edit existing blocks using the CAD functions built into Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D This can include tunnels large irregular shaped excavations ore zones massive and tabular excavations open pits faults fractures and more Various parts of the model can be saved in separate component files and merged for final analysis Analysis gt Load Model At this stage material properties are assigned and the desired mining sequence is set up This can include ore placement excavation and backfilling Field point grids are positioned at locations where off reef results are desired For the case of tabular excavations often only on reef results are required and hence field points grids are optional Stage 2 Contact and intersection analysis Analysis gt Intersections Intersections are built between blocks that cut through one another Boolean operations are performed to resolve the mining sequence Comprehensive model integrity checking is conducted Stage 3 Block and grid discretization Analysis gt Discretization The model is discretized into boundary elements
186. Over view iia a ra 9 Applications viii A tees ete each aie 10 Model Building Overview oooooooonnnnnconcnncnnononnnnrnnnnnnrnnnonnnnnn rr rr 11 Boundary Element Formulation ooocccccccccononnnnnnnnnnncnononnnnnn ceases cnn 11 Rock Mass Response Predictions Using Numerical Modelling cccccseesseseeeeeeeeeeeeees 14 Implementation of Modelling into the Mine Design Process sccsecseeseeseeeeeeeeeeenaes 21 Model Building and Editing 25 Model Building and Editing oommmccccccccoononnnnnnnnnonenononnnnnn anaandaa niaba rre 25 Building Surface Models 220ceceseccccseseeeeeeeseeecececeeeseeeseeecececuenseerseeecececnecaeeeserececeens 25 Building Models out Of BIOCKS oooooocccccccononononannncnnncnononannnnn cnn nr cnn recreos 27 Constructing Alternate Material Zones oooonccccccccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonannnnnnn nn n ron rre 28 Material Codes Mining Step Sequence oommmncccccccccnononanannnononennnnnnnnanrr re rr craneo 31 Defining Ground Surface c cc00 iec sevice vezecece ac cucs rr rr 33 Defining Open Pits jie sc eannan aeann a anarad enra aa chek en eee cae ee a 33 Defining Fault Planes and Tabular Mining Zones cccceeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaneneeeeeeeeseeeaes 34 Defining Inactive Blocks for Visualization Purposes cccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaneneeneeeeeeeanans 36 Common Problems When Model Building ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaaeeseeeeeseeeeeaaeeees 36 Discretizaito
187. Spacing AG Element Discretization DON Grid Discretization DOL Analysis gt CParams and by specifying the maximum element width for 3D FF blocks and DD planes CAD gt Edit gt Entities gt Maximum Element Width as well as for field point grids 48 CAD gt Edit gt Entities gt Maximum Element Width Refer to Discretization and Lumping for a thorough discussion on how to set up these control parameters Options Analysis gt Options gt MSCALC Analysis gt Options gt LERD LSS Analysis gt Options gt Lumping Related Topics Analysis Dialog Analysis gt Suspend Analysis gt ABORT Analysis gt Restart Analysis gt Go to CAD Re loads the model if necessary closes the Analysis dialogue box and returns to the graphics display Related Topics Analysis gt Graphics Analysis gt Graphics Closes the Analysis dialogue box and returns to the graphics display at the current analysis stage Related Topics Analysis gt Go to CAD Analysis gt Intersections Conducts contact and intersection analysis One of the keys to ease of use in Map3D is model construction using solid modelling technology This permits users to build models using a series of three dimensional building blocks and DD planes These entities which can be any desired shape size and orientation are used to construct excavations and accesses as well as to define non homogeneous zones e g ore zones dykes an
188. Stress Tolerance STOL 0 03 y Relaxation Parameter APAR 1 200 Element Length AL Grid Spacing AG Grid Discretize DOL Element Discretize DON Matrix Lumping DOC Element Lumping DOE Grid Lumping DOG Aspect ratio DOR Comments Enter the following Job Title Tabular Mining All parameters can be left at their default values except the stress tolerance element length and grid spacing Stress Tolerance 0 03 MPa should be set to approximately 0 1 of the far field stress state This ensures that during solution the surface stresses will be calculated with 0 03 MPa numerical accuracy Element Length 20 should be set equal to twice the thickness of the Dyke the dyke is 10 metres thick since this is the narrowest feature used in this model This parameter is used to control the minimum boundary element size that will be used at locations where narrow seams or pillars are located This ensures that a well conditioned readily solvable problem will be formulated The Grid Spacing is not used since we have not defined any field point grids Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials 105 Suggested values for the discretization and lumping parameters are as follows DON 0 5 DOL DOC 1 DOE DOG 2 for 10 20 error DON 0 5 DOL DOC 2 DOE DOG 4 for 5 10 error DON 1 0 DOL DOC 4 DOE DOG 8 for lt 5 error Coarse analysis results are recommended for all problems except those where
189. We will want to force the discretization on these planes to a suitable element size using the Fixed Element Width parameter To do this use CAD gt Edit gt Properties gt Entity Properties This function can be selected from the CAD toolbar as follows activate the CAD toolbar if it is not visible using Tools gt CAD Toolbar CAD ENEE EE Select x CAD gt Edit from the CAD toolbar You will be presented with the sub menu of edit functions Edit Entities CIEJENEN IEA enoja im mr ojo Now select 8 CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties This will open the edit entities toolbar Edit Entities ES eh in in IRALA CITE BS Scio When you initiate this routine you will first be prompted to build a list of entities that you wish to edit Hold the shift key down and pick all of the DD planes that represent the mining steps When you have selected all of the mining you can pick 8 CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties again or double click on any entity to open the Entity Properties dialogue box If any of the fields in the dialogue box read Variable it is because some of the blocks you have selected have different properties for that field If you wish to leave these properties as they are i e different for each block leave the field as Variable If you wish to change the value of that field for all selected blocks enter the desired value Entity Properties DDplane rea 34268 336000 Block N
190. When the routine is initiated the user is prompted to select the first 4 corners that define one side e g the bottom of a 6 sided block Once these are entered the user is prompted for 4 additional corners corners 5 6 7 and 8 that define the opposite side of the block e g the top Corners can be ordered in the either the clockwise or counter clockwise sense provided the top and bottom are entered in the same order with the top side corners 5 6 7 and 8 laying directly above the bottom side corners 1 2 3 and 4 7 8 5 Any of the corners can be repeated to define 3 sided shapes and wedges Offset Vector Once the base is defined corners 1 2 3 and 4 the remaining corners 5 6 7 and 8 can be generated by offsetting or extruding CAD gt Build gt Offset Remaining The coordinates of the corners can be typed in from the keyboard 4 CAD gt Build gt Enter Point selected by freehand drawing picked from other entities other blocks or construction lines or digitized al CAD gt Digitizer Setup gt Activate A large variety of drawing tools are available to assist in visually selecting points from the model sx CAD gt Snap Corners can be unselected using 2 CAD gt Build gt Undo Point Corners can be reselected using CAD gt Build gt Redo Point The block is considered to be complete when either the 8n corner is entered or the user selects B Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 M
191. You can also restore the same selection set and modify the same set of entities again be selecting 1 Redo Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties gt DDPlane Thickness Specifies the thickness of the material inserted into the DD element i e fault gouge seam width mining width or pillar height Normal displacement closure of the feature when in filled will be limited to this thickness Also the normal displacement closure and shear displacement ride are divided by the thickness to determine the strain occurring in the in filling material This parameter should be specified in the same units used to specify the coordinate positions e g metres or feet This parameter is not used for 3D FF blocks Related topics B CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties CAD gt Edit gt Entities Edit grid name and maximum spacing When you initiate this routine you will first be prompted to build a list of entities that you wish to edit Edit Entities DEFAR Lo swe ro 007 sep v ce e If Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you must hold down the shift key to make multiple selections e Use of this toolbar is detailed in Build A List of Entities for Editing e Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used Once you have selected the desired entities you can either pick any of the edit buttons B
192. Z Ss Al ee Al a Al do on x y z gt 28668 984 39516 174 3076 58 offset gt 68 938 205 646 142 760 Step 4 Set the snap mode to CLoop then build the inner loops CLoop snap mode can be set by selecting a CAD gt Snap gt Trace CLoop The inner loops are defined by picking the entry and exit points for each loop The 1st loop is defined by points 1 and 2 The 2nd loop is defined by points 3 and 4 The 3rd loop is defined by point 5 The 4th loop is defined by points 6 and 7 The 5th loop is defined by points 8 and 9 The 6th loop is defined by points 10 and 11 The 7th loop is defined by point 12 The 8th loop is defined by point 13 The 9th loop is defined by points 14 and 15 The 10th loop is defined by point 16 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 ne Map3D User s Manual Map3D SV51 001 Map3D Course AA DER File View Analysis CAD Visualization Tools Help ad Plato in wr ean om r Build Entity Xx a A PALA PARES dP PAPAS x y z gt 28418 885 39268 625 3076 58 offset gt 41 898 6 407 5 027 Step 5 Signal completion of construction e Now that all of the loops have been defined we pick CAD gt Build gt DDLoop again to signal completion of construction e This can also be signalled by picking the last point i e point 16 a second time Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials Map3D SV51 001 Map3D Course j yy Entit
193. ad rate the number of MBytes read from the disk per second You should expect more than 5 10 MB second Multiply sec the number of floating point multiplies done per second You should expect more than 50 MFLOPS Smooth Scroll Activates smooth scrolling in the information area of the analysis dialogue box Analysis Dialog Since smooth scrolling limits the rate at which information can be written to the information area it can considerably slow down the Map3D analysis It is recommended that smooth scrolling not be used Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 as Map3D User s Manual 4 6 7 4 6 7 1 4 7 4 8 4 9 4 9 1 Cursor Pick Box Size Small Pick Box Defines the desired size of the pick box that is displayed at the cursor cross hairs Shift key Selection When checked the user must hold the shift key in order to make multiple selections when building a list of entities to edit using any of the CAD gt Edit commands If the shift key is not held down the edit command will be automatically executed after the first selection When not checked the edit command will not be automatically executed Once the list of entities is complete the user must either e pick any of the edit buttons _ execute the highlighted function e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e or right click for a list of options Crosshairs Toggles drawing of cursor crosshairs Crosshairs can be drawn using
194. ada Romec n v Belgium Agnico Eagle Division Laronde Canada Queensland University Australia Geomechanics Research Centre Laurentian U Canada Agnew Gold Australia Western Mining Corp Australia Tao Lekoa Mine South Africa AngloGold Ashanti South Africa and Australia Kalgoorlie Consolidated Gold Mines Australia INWE Rock Engineering Lourence Geotechnical Australia Western Deep Levels South Mine West Mine Regional Office Zinkgruvan Mining AB Sweden Zinkgruvan Mining AB Sweden Elandsrand Gold Mine South Africa TWP Consulting South Africa Tshepong Mine South Africa CAMBIOR Inc Canada Natural Resources Canada Avmin Target Mine South Africa SRK Consulting South Africa and Australia U of Waterloo Canada St Ives Gold Australia Mine Geant Dormant Canada Normandy Jundee Operation Australia KULeuven Unit Mining Belgium Leinster Nickel Operation Australia Doyon Mine Canada ISS International South Africa ISS Pacific Australia Musselwhite Mine Canada Finsch Diamond Mine South Africa Queen s University Canada Plutonic Gold Mine Australia Campbell Mine Canada JCI Travistock Colliery South Africa Strata Control Technology Australia Cayeli Bakir Isletmeleri A S Turkey Asker Thabazimbi ISCOR South Africa Douglas Partners Australia U of Queensland Australia Bambanani Mine South Africa Palabora Mining Company Ltd South Africa Newcrest Mining
195. adient in the X dx datum and Y dy datum directions Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 366 Map3D User s Manual 5 2 14 5 3 5 3 1 For user convenience the slope of the place can be specified using either the Dip and Dip direction of the plane or the Dip direction and Dip of the Normal to the plane The gradients are automatically determined from these later values as follows dx datum sin 0 sin dy datum cos 0 sin hence tan 6 dx dy tan sqrt dx 2 dy 2 Defined in this way the stresses vary both with depth and horizontal position CAD gt Build Activate the Build toolbar Build Entity EJ ACCA This toolbar is meant to provide quick access to the entity building functions that are used in the model building and editing stage of the Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt Go to CAD 9 CAD gt Build gt FF Loop Build a multi cornered 3D FF type block used for excavations and alternate material zones a CAD gt Build gt DD Loop Build a multi cornered DD type block used for tabular mining thin seams or fault planes B CAD gt Build gt Grid Plane Build a grid plane where analysis results are calculated CAD gt Build gt Grid Line Build a grid line where analysis results are calculated 5 CAD gt Build gt Construction Lines Build construction lines to define detailed locations of underground features such as excavations contacts structure etc 4
196. ailure Error from the solve toolbar During analysis the solve toolbar will be displayed when you suspend the analysis Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 352 Map3D User s Manual Analysis gt Suspend only if the Tools gt Solve Toolbar has been checked 5 1 43 Analysis gt Disable Disables boundary elements that have a surface stress error Serr greater than ten times the root mean square value Ams for all elements During matrix solution Map3D is attempting to progressively solve the simultaneous equations saved in the coefficient matrix along with any other equations describing the alternate material zones fault slip creep etc A converged solution is assumed to have been obtained when the maximum surface stress error and the maximum failure criterion error are reduced below the user specified stress tolerance STOL Analysis gt CParams gt STOL In some problems certain elements will not converge to a solution due to excessively poor numerical conditioning If the user is satisfied the current level of accuracy a solution can for forced by checking this option This function instructs Map3D to disable any elements with values of Serr gt 10 Rms A few iterations after executing this function additional elements may appear with the same problem requiring this function to executed again After a few times all elements will be disabled and the solution can proceed to convergence Extreme caution should
197. ailure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of non linear strain or the strain rate predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks Over stressing can be presented in several forms including Sa sa Plot gt Strength Factor gt SF A Strength Stress sra s Plot gt Strength Factor gt SF B Strength Stress se se Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress 21 Plot gt Strength Factors gt dS1 Excess Stress tal Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTmax Excess Stress The contour range is set using Read Plot gt Range Any of these components can be added to the contouring toolbar if desired at Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar gt Stress The user may find it handy to add the 27 More Stress Components button to the contouring toolbar for quick access to all stress components 4 3 1 5 In Plane Shear Stress Contours the maximum shear stress acting on the grid plane and the stress component normal to the grid plane or parallel to a line grid Sr Plot gt Grid Selection To calculate the in plane stresses the stress state at each point on the grid plane is reoriented to Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 156 Map3D User s Manual determine the maximum shear stress parallel to the grid plane and the stress normal to the plane Note that oip is oriented normal to the grid plane and parallel to the direction of
198. ain inactive until a material code is assigned Blocks which are never assigned a material code will be assigned a block type of 98 or 99 i e inactive these blocks will be included in the database for visualization purposed only they will not be used in the analysis nor will intersections be created for these surfaces Mining_Step_Title This parameter permits the user to specify a descriptive name for each mining step The program will use this name when supplying information concerning the mining step This is optional but if used it must appear in single quotation marks N This parameter is the block identification number used to identify which blocks are assigned the specified material code These may be entered in any desired order O specifies the end of each mining step list Mc This parameter sets the material code for the block Mc 0 surface stresses equal to zero This is normally used to indicate stress free excavation surfaces Mc M A negative material number inserts applies the initial stress state for the material as a boundary condition This allows you to specify any desired surface loading conditions This is actually equivalent to inserting a material that has a zero stiffness and thus can neither accumulate nor dissipate stress This is normally used to indicate excavations with some internal stress state due to ground support backfill or active pressurization For most analyses the host is so stiff compared to th
199. ains are determined from the stresses by ts tt Shear Modulus eselastic Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 where Shear Modulus and Normal Modulus represent respectively the elastic moduli of the gouge material in the shear and normal directions and t and or represent the initial stress state in the shear and normal directions and on of Normal Modulus gnelastic Eselastic Oselastic Thickness Enelastic Onelastic Thickness where dcelastic and Snelastic represent respectively the elastic component of the shear displacement ride and normal displacement closure and Thickness represents the DD plane thickness i e fault gouge seam width mining width or pillar height The DD plane thickness is set using a CAD gt Build gt DDLoop and can be modified using 8 CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties In DD elements if the shear stress goes above the strength the plastic strain can be determined by limiting the stress Ts Ts C Aesplastio At Cohesion tan p on on C Agnplastio At where ts Shear Modulus esplastic on Normal Modulus npiastic The accumulated plastic strain spiasic is determined as the sum of the plastic creep increments As plastic for all creep steps If the normal stress goes below the tension cutoff the plastic strain can be determined by limiting the stress On On C Agnplastic At To In the case of shear failure the plastic normal strain can also ha
200. al must be specified All parameters must appear on one line All parameters must be specified if Mfis non zero Strength parameters may be specified in four different ways M0 No failure criterion used Mf1 Top Tor UCSp UCSr Cohesionp Cohesionr wp wr wi These parameters are defined in detail in Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF Blocks Mohr Coulomb in DD Planes Mf2 Top Tor sc p scr mp mr sp sr These parameters are defined in detail in Hoek Brown in 3D FF Blocks Mf 3 Top Tor UCSp UCSr Cohesionp Cohesionr wp wr These parameters are defined in detail in Drucker Prager in 3D FF Blocks 6 Grid Specification This section permits the user to define the location of grid planes where analysis results will be calculated N Gird_Name 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 0 0 0 0 N Grid_Name I1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 Type Thickness Width 1 line of data per block must be specified All parameters must appear on one line Use N 0 to end the list of grids N This parameter is the grid number Grids should by numbered consecutively from 1 but may be entered in any desired order k Grid_Name This parameter permits the user to specify a descriptive name for the Grid e g HW grid through 4540 stope The program will use this name when supplying information concerning the grid The grid name is optional but if used it must appear in single quotation marks Only the first 20 characters of any grid name will be used 11 12 13 14 These parameters represen
201. alculation is to be done If this box is left blank then the LERD calculation will be done for all steps Analysis gt Options gt LERD LSS DDPlane Thickness specifies the thickness of the material inserted into the DD element i e fault gouge seam width mining width or pillar height e Normal displacement closure of the feature when in filled will be limited to this thickness Also the normal displacement closure and shear displacement ride are divided by the thickness to determine the strain occurring in the in filling material Mohr Coulomb in DD planes Fault Gouge in DD planes Backfill Hyperbolic in DD planes e This parameter should be specified in the same units used to specify the coordinate positions e g metres or feet Mining Step n specifies the material code that will be used for this block in mining step n e In the above example the block is non existent at step 1 has material 2 Ore inserted in it at step 2 it is excavated at step 3 material code 0 means to excavate and finally at step 4 material 5 backfill is inserted e When you use a positive material number the material is placed into the block at the specified initial stress state and is then allowed to deform according to the elastic plastic properties you have set for that material number e When you use a negative material number the material is placed into the block at the specified initial stress state but the stress
202. all missing contour points will be generated via interpolation e This option applies only to plotting of selected contour points Points Window and closed Polyline e This option does not apply to plotting on an open polyline Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 229 e Map3D calculates results on a sparsely populated grid in order to save on analysis time e To view the location of the actual contour points enable display of trajectories Plot gt Options gt Trajectories e With this option unchecked only the actual contour points will be included in the plot e With this option checked all missing contour points will be included in the plot Line interpolation width Specifies the desired spacing at which contour points will be generated via interpolation e This option applies only to plotting on an open polyline e This option does not apply to plotting of selected contour points e If the Line interpolation width is set to zero only the ends of the open polyline will be plotted e Otherwise points will be generated along the polyline via interpolation at the specified Line interpolation width Step only Specifies that the results for step only will be dumped is the currently displayed loaded mining step Steps 1 5 Specifies that the results for all steps will be dumped e Note that this can take a considerable amount of time for large datasets so you must be patient and wait for Map3D to cycle thr
203. ally directly considers the plastic strain or the plastic strain rate predicted by the model as an indicator of damage Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 In DD planes the elastic strains are determined from the stresses by ts tt Shear Modulus eselastic on ot Normal Modulus nelastic where Shear Modulus and Normal Modulus represent respectively the elastic moduli of the gouge material in the shear and normal directions and t and or represent the initial stress state in the shear and normal directions and Eselastic Oselastic Thickness Enelastic Onelastic Thickness where dselastic and Snelastic represent respectively the elastic component of the shear displacement ride and normal displacement closure and Thickness represents the DD plane thickness i e fault gouge seam width mining width or pillar height The DD plane thickness is set using a CAD gt Build gt DDLoop and can be modified using 8 CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties In DD elements if the shear stress goes above the strength the plastic strain can be determined by limiting the stress Ts Ts C Agsplastic At Cohesion tan p Gn On C A nplastic At where ts Shear Modulus esplastic on Normal Modulus npiastic The accumulated plastic strain spiasic is determined as the sum of the plastic creep increments As plastic for all creep steps If the normal stress goes below the tension cutoff th
204. ame Variable Element Type Displacement Disc y Block Colour Variabl Fixed Element Width Py Matl_Code LERD LSS o y DDPlane Thickness py Mining Step 1 Variable ba Mining Step 2 Variable bd Mining Step 3 Variable Mining Step 4 Mining Step 5 More Steps Copy From In this case the only field we want to change is the Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials Fixed Element Width 20 Set this value to 20 then select OK This will force Map3D to subdivide the mining zone into uniform elements with width 20 metres during the discretization process This parameter can be set smaller later if a finer discretization is desired Saving the Geometry For this example it will be assumed that the geometry as defined thus far is satisfactory Since both the final geometry and mining sequence are now complete we should save the model To do this we select File gt Save Model As Let s save with the name TAB INP Building The Dyke As an added complication let s now build the dyke o construct the dyke use CAD gt Build gt FFLoop This function can be selected from the CAD toolbar as follows activate the CAD toolbar if itis not visible using Tools gt CAD Toolbar CAD ee ee Select 2x CAD gt Build from the CAD toolbar You will be presented with the sub menu of build functions Build Entity ES 69 a o Now select 9 CAD gt Build gt FFLoop Since we want to sn
205. ameters are defined for each material number e These parameters are used with Plot gt Stress gt User e This can be used to define zones with different strength parameters to be used when generating contours of strength factors Dump to File allows you to dump all material property data to a file for viewing in Notepad or Excel Copy from material allows you to copy the material properties from one material number to another e All properties including the stress state are copied Stress State specifies the initial far field stress state for the material e Most materials are inserted into blocks with the same far field stress state e Materials such as props or backfill are placed at near zero initial stresses Related Topics Mohr_Coulomb in 3D FF blocks Hoek Brown in 3D FF blocks Materials gt Fault Gouge in DD Planes Fault Gouge material can be used to describe non linear response in DD planes in both Map3D Fault Slip and Map3D Non Linear Material Name Material 2 Material RO Material Type Fault Gouge DD Peak Residual Tension Cutoff g xii y Cohesion pio ho y Friction Angle po Bo y Dilation Angle po y Py Normal Modulus faoo0o 40000 y Shear Modulus 24000 24000 Standard Dew fo x C Elastic only Vitcout Mod Gril lu Elasto Plastic E ee C Inactive A SO User Defined Expansion Coef Parameters Conductivity Dump to File 2 Copy from matl Stres
206. an be viewed by setting the View gt Render gt Cline dot radius parameter Before using this trace snap mode construction lines should be cleaned up using the CAD gt Pack and Renumber Clines function The CAD gt Edit gt Smooth Construction Lines function can also be used to aid in cleaning up construction lines Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 265 4 5 2 10 4 5 2 11 4 5 2 12 Trace Cloop Snap Snap to all corners along a construction line segment This snap mode can be used as a quick method for building DDLoops 8 CAD gt Build gt DDLoop and FFLoops P CAD gt Build gt FFLoop To use this snap mode you simply pick a single points on the desired construction line segment and all points on this line will be automatically selected For example if you select point 4 points 5 6 7 8 1 2 and 3 will automatically be selected Notes The location of all points along construction lines can be viewed by setting the View gt Render gt Cline dot radius parameter Before using this trace snap mode construction lines should be cleaned up using the CAD gt Pack and Renumber Clines function The CAD gt Edit gt Smooth Construction Lines function can also be used to aid in cleaning up construction lines Rectangular Grid Snap Snap to a rectangular grid No pick box is displayed at the intersection of the cursor cross hairs All cursor movement will be c
207. and Shear Modulus specify moduli in units of stress MPa or psi e The normal response is defined above N represents the value of the normal stress for o 0 at s 2 e B e The shear stresses acting on the surfaces of the elements are related to the elastic portion of the shear displacement ride through the shear modulus as in the Fault Gouge model Standard Deviation specify standard deviation in units of stress MPa or psi e This parameter describes the uncertainty you have in the strength parameters e This parameter is only used for plotting the probability of shear failure Plot gt Strength Factors gt In Plane Probability N distribution Viscous Modulus Gn and Gs These parameters are used only in non linear analyses 3D FF blocks in Map3D Non Linear and DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip e The viscous modulus describes the creep response where the creep resistance is determined as the creep coefficient C times the plastic strain rate Note that the user must select both the creep coefficient C and the time step size At then specify the quotient of these as the viscous modulus G e Gnis not used in the hyperbolic model e Specify the viscous modulus in units of stress MPa or psi Expansion Coefficient and Conductivity are only used in Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow e Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow can be used to simultaneously solve steady state heat fluid flow coupled to the stress analysis Elastic only when che
208. ange are not drawn Tension Cutoff Symbol when checked a special tension symbol will be plotted anywhere the stress state is below the specified tension cutoff This option is only used for strength factor plots Smooth Contours if you have not checked the linear analysis option results are only calculated at the centre of each boundary element and contour plots of surface values will appear very checkered This option smoothes these contours to assist in interpretation If you have checked the linear analysis option results are calculated at element corners Since no smoothing is required this option is ignored Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands a This option has no effect on grid plots Hex contours in the Visco Plastic version of Map3D this will enable display of values calculated at internal node points Horizontal Banner orients the contour interval banner horizontally Vertical Banner orients the contour interval banner vertically Topo Contours display contours as a topographical surface The height normal to the plane is scaled to the stress magnitude such that if the magnitude equals the minimum of the contour range the height is drawn with zero length If the magnitude equals the maximum of the contour range the vector is drawn with the length specified by the CRadius parameter For line grids the radius of the tube is scaled GSpacing sets the grid interval CRadius sets the
209. ap gt YZ Cursor constrains the cursor cross hairs and snap grid to the Y Z plane gt 2 CAD gt Snap gt XZ Cursor constrains the cursor cross hairs and snap grid to the X Z plane User defined coordinate system CAN gt Snap gt User defined Cursor constrains the cursor cross hairs and snap grid to the user defined plane The user defined coordinate system is only active with rectangular and circular grid snapping El CAD gt Snap gt Grid Snap and CAD gt Snap gt Cylinder Snap The user defined plane is specified by its dip dip direction 9 and rake a such that e The local x axis x is defined along the strike of the plane e The local y axis y is defined as down dip e The local z axis is perpendicular to the plane e Rake allows for rotation around the local z axis User defined coordinate syst X Dip Dip direction Rake Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 269 For an example on the use of grid snap mode in model building refer to Freehand Sketching Room and Pillar 4 5 3 Properties 4 5 3 1 Control Parameters Specification of analysis control parameters Control Parameters Job Title Project Title Maximum of Time Steps NLD 10000 X Maximum of Iterations NIT 10000 y Stress Tolerance STOL 0 100 y Relaxation Parameter RPAR 1 200 y Element Length AL Grid Spacing AG Grid Discretize DOL Element Discretize DON Matrix Lumpin
210. ap to the corners of the construction lines we must set the snap mode This is done using CAD gt Snap gt Nearest Corner This function can be selected from the Build Entity toolbar Build Entity ES A ave AAA lr lalo To activate the nearest edge snap select VAI CAD gt Snap gt Nearest Corner this only needs to be done if the Nearest Corner Snap button is not already highlighted a We could actually use edge snap mode here LCAD gt Snap gt Nearest Edge since the corners of the construction lines would be selected anyway as long as the corner is located within the pick box However using corner snap allows us to be sloppier with our selection since only corners will be selected Pick all four points as shown in the figure Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 98 Map3D User s Manual Tabular Mining P Point 4 we Z Elevation Y West X East If you select the wrong location for a point simply undo that selection using the undo button 2 CAD gt Build gt Undo Point then try again Finally reselect the first point i e point 1 When first point has been reselected the base of the block has been completely formed You will be prompted with the message To complete building the block we will generate the remaining 4 points from the first 4 corners by adding an offset to them To use this latter procedure select the offset function from the Build Entity toolbar CAD gt Bui
211. ap3D BEM analysis Analysis results can be calculated at user defined coordinate locations When you select MSCALC you will be prompted for a data file name and the desired output format as follows Data file format The data file contains is simply a text file txt with a list of the coordinate locations where the results are to be calculated The format of this file requires one set of coordinates per line Xi y1 Zi X y2 Z2 X3 Y3 Za X Y4 Za where xi yi zi represent the coordinates of each point Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Output file format Results are written back to the same data file with x y z coordinates followed by user specified parameters User defined output Results at MSCALC points ES syz sl s2 s3 Stresses sl tsl ps1 s2ts2ps2 s3ts3ps3 user Effective SEX SPY S22 SKY syz SK2 tmas toct smean Total ti tti pti si tsi psi slitslipsli s3i ts3i ps3i tuttu ptu sutsupsu slutslupslu s3uts3ups3u Strains el tel pel e2te2pe2 e3te3 pe3 C Plastic EX8 eyy ezz exy eyz exz emax eoct evol Total esi tesi pesi enitenipeni elitelipeli e3ite3ipe3i esu tesu pesu enu tenu penu elutelupelu e3u te3u pe3u Displacements Thermal Fluid Flow ut tut put Ux Uy uz t qt tqt pat qx qy qz uni tuni puni umi tumi pumi qni tqni pani qmi tami pami unu tunu punu umu tumu pumu qnu tgnu panu gmu tqmu Miscellaneous matl step Cartesian Principal Stresses s1 tsi psi major principal stress o its tre
212. ap3d com Email support Map3d Com n sE Eea iii Eear Eae eae E a aeaea a Ee aea a eaa a eaii 326 Email Key check to support map3d COmM ssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn 326 Download Map3D update setup exe Download Map3D update Map3D zip Download HTML User Manual iE e a aaa a aaa a state aa eaaa a iay Download PDF User s Manual ccccccconnnnnnccncnccnonannncnnncnnnnnnnncnnnnnno naar rr rr nnnn anne rre n nn rre rra Download Ebook User s Manual About Map3D Part V Appendix E E E T A td lloc donar dc didas 330 Analysis gt Options gt MSCALC Output File Name ccccccccccccccccccccncncncncnnnonononcnonononcnnncccnnononononononcnnnonono 330 EE SAA O 330 Analysis gt Auto Plot ccoo 330 Analysis gt A t Range iss cc csccciesccsccescseccteentcccecccseccdcanscaceeacaeccdcandcacaeacaeccdcanteacnsacauacteantsacnsactuacteastsastensted 330 Analysis gt BEM AnallySis coommooocccccconnnnananccnononnnananoncnnnnnnnn nano cenar anna n nr nn nn nana anne data larala tadilata dieti ranas 331 Analysis gt DiscretiZation cccccccccccccccccoccconocccococococonononononcccnonononononononcnnnncnononononononononononcnnnnncnnononennnns 331 Analysis gt Go to CAD iasiccccscsicccsccssccsssessccsssasscacccasccccccasiccccccscccascassccacccsccnascnbicnsscabicntscnbscnsscestantsachaacasncuie Analysis gt Graphics Analysis gt Intersections Analysis gt Load
213. ar is detailed in Build A List of Entities for Editing e Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used Once you have selected the desired entities you can either pick any of the edit buttons B CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties Edit block type colour mining sequence CAD gt Edit gt Erase Entities Erase selected entities Eal CAD gt Edit gt Move Entities Move selected entities gu CAD gt Edit gt Copy Entities Copy selected entities JB CAD gt Edit gt Scale Entities Scale selected entities CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Azimuth Rotate the azimuth of selected entities CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Dip Rotate the dip of selected entities S CAD gt Edit gt Dump to File Dump selected entities to a file 1 CAD gt Edit gt Group Group selected entities into a single block e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of options If any of the fields in the dialogue box read Variable it is because some of the blocks you have selected have different properties for that field If you wish to leave these properties as they are i e different for each block leave the field as Variable If you wish to change the value of that field for all selected blocks enter the desired value Construction Line Properties ES Colour a 1 y i Undo Buld Cancel Colour specifies the colour number th
214. ar plane is set using MB Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters The contour range is set using wad Plot gt Range This component can be added to the contour toolbar if desired cat Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar gt Stress The user may find it handy to add the 27 More Stress Components button to the contouring toolbar for quick access to all stress components Related topics Su Plot gt Stress gt Tub In plane Shear Za Plot gt Stress gt Sub In plane Normal Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 160 Map3D User s Manual Su Plot gt Stress gt S1i In plane Maximum a Plot gt Stress gt S3i In plane Minimum 4 3 1 13 Octahedral Shear Stress 4 3 1 15 Contours the octahedral shear stress Tae el lo 07 a a lo 0 3 a and mean stress Smean e 0 Op 03 In elastic analysis the octahedral shear stress is normally used with the mean stress and the Drucker Prager strength criterion BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Strength Parameters to estimate the amount of damage due to over stressing Since none of the parameters have any orientation sensitivity this criterion is representative for homogeneous rock mass stability By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilib
215. arameter should always be near zero unless some viscosity has been specified and the problem goes non linear In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Related Topics Plot gt Surface Components gt Serr Stress Error Analysis gt Options gt Creep Analysis Dialog Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 202 Map3D User s Manual 4 3 7 4 4 3 7 5 Shear stress Contours the maximum shear stress in the plane of the surface In elastic analysis the maximum in plane shear stress is normally used with the in plane normal stress and the Mohr Coulomb strength criterion to estimate the amount of slip due to over stressing on a fault joint set or bedding plane By contrast in non linear analysis the maximum in plane shear stress can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of slip predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in DD planes Fault Gouge in DD planes Backfill Hyperbolic in DD planes The contour range is set using fad Plot gt Range This component can be added to the contour toolbar if desired Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar Related Topics Plot gt Surface Components g
216. are required Easy construction of simple or complex 3D shapes Very large problem sizes easily solved on a desktop computer 1 200 000 degrees of freedom Automated facility to generate Excel plots from contoured data Probability of failure plots Automated block intersection capability relieves the user of manual construction effort Allows for backfill placement Multi step mining sequences High accuracy elements requires half as many elements to achieve the same degree of accuracy as most programs Do to advanced lumping procedures run times are very quick compared to other programs Up to 100 different material zones Visco plastic fault slip simulations Tabular mining with yielding pillars Automated discretization ensures easily controlled and consistent degree of accuracy Powerful integrated results viewer Easy manipulation of results for interpretation of rock mass failure slip on fault planes results on oriented bore holes and ubiquitous slip on bedding planes or joint sets Integrated interactive visualization database allows for display and contouring of seismic data Contour plotting of user defined functions Program support is included Continuous development and enhancements for over 22 years Incorporation of both Fictitious Force and Displacement Discontinuity elements as well as special elements for thermal fluid flow and 3D plasticity Higher order elements for bending problems Planar grids line grids and point grids
217. at will be used to display the construction line e A total of 10 colours are available for display These are numbered respectively 1 through 10 11 through 20 21 through 30 etc e such that the same colour is displayed for numbers 1 11 21 2 22 32 3 23 33 etc OK completes editing of construction lines and modifies any properties that have been changed Cancel aborts editing of entities Once you have completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the modifications by selecting 221 Undo You can also restore the same selection set and modify the same set of entities again be selecting Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 360 Map3D User s Manual 5 2 8 Redo You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time For examples on the use of construction lines in model building refer to Model Building Tutorials CAD gt Edit gt Build A List of Entities for Editing This routine can be initiated either by picking any edit function e g P button or simple right clicking on any entity When you initiate any entity editing routine you will first be prompted to build a list of entities that you wish to edit Edit Entities ABB Bad os fo set Bn cat 0 ser ve B re o c e If Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you must hold down the shift key to make multiple selections By default selected entities are added to the list how
218. atabase but not the CAD system e views stress analysis results generated by any of the Map3D analysis codes e displays contours on cutting planes along lines and at specific points e user defined contouring functions e direct ink to Excel for plotting x y graphs e display of 3D trajectories e display of all stress strain displacement and strength parameters including principal components and resultant values on user defined planes and lines e export in dxf and pnt format for compatibility with other CAD and display systems Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 e probability of failure contours e safety factor contour e light source shaded models e topographical contours Map3D Fault Slip adds elastic rock mass and fully plastic fault slip stress analysis capabilities Includes the 3D CAD modeller the results viewer and the visual database The stress analysis utilizes the BEM boundary element method and has many features e the ability to analyze very large problem sizes one million degrees of freedom e full 3D complex excavation shapes e multiple elastic zones with different moduli stiff dykes or soft ore e zones with different pre mining stress state e tabular mining with yielding pillars e discrete non planar fault planes that slip and dilate elasto visco plastically including creep e multiple mining steps 40 e automatic intersections allowing for excavations and faults to cross and overlap A demonstrat
219. atabase by selecting 2 CAD gt Build gt Undo Build Cancel aborts grid construction For examples on the use of field point grid planes refer to Model Building Tutorials Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last build function that was used Construction Lines Builds construction lines These are meant to represent the mining outlines and are used as aids for building your model Construction lines are generally digitized from drawings or imported from other CAD packages When the routine is initiated the user is prompted to select a series of corners that define the perimeter of the desired zone The construction line is considered to be complete when either the 1st corner is repeated or the user selects CAD gt Build gt Build Offset Vector Once at least two points have been entered the remaining points can be generated by offsetting CAD gt Build gt Offset Remaining The coordinates of the corners can be typed in from the keyboard 4 CAD gt Build gt Enter Point selected by freehand drawing picked from other entities other blocks or construction lines or digitized al CAD gt Digitizer Setup gt Activate A large variety of drawing tools are available to assist in visually selecting points from the model sx CAD gt Snap Corners can be unselected using 2 CAD gt Build gt Undo Point Corners can be reselected using Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 256 Map3D User
220. ated over an edge the nearest point on that edge will be selected Otherwise the nearest point on the surface will be selected The pick box must be located over an entity or construction line Midpoint of Line Snap to the midpoint of the selected edge The m on thi wi sele If the pick box is located over the corner of an entity that corner will be selected Otherwise the midpoint on the nearest edge will be selected The pick box must be located over an entity or construction line Tangent Snap Force cursor tangent to the selected edge Cursor movement will be constrained The edge nearest the pickbox will be selected The pick box must be located over an entity or construction line Once selected all cursor movement will be constrained to the tangent defined by the selected edge Points can now be selected anywhere along this tangent Once a point is selected tangent snap is automatically cancelled Tangent snap can be cancelled at any time by pressing the escape key Esc or right click the mouse To select points at even spacing along the tangent line tangent snap can be used in conjunction with any of E CAD gt Snap gt Grid Snap Snap to a rectangular grid CAD gt Snap gt X Gird Snap Snap to the selected edge at an even X grid spacing CAD gt Snap gt Y Grid Snap Snap to the selected edge at an even Y grid spacing Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 263 2 CAD gt Snap
221. ates above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium e This parameter indicates the maximum viscous stress for all of the equations rms root mean square of all surface stress errors ratio ratio of the current value of rms divided by the value of rms at the previous iteration e This provides an indications of how quickly the solution is progressing converging indicator that the problem is converging e This indicator may also read diverging if the ratio is greater than one Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 354 Map3D User s Manual 5 2 5 2 1 Notes Since smooth scrolling limits the rate at which information can be written to the information area it can considerably slow down the Map3D analysis It is recommended that smooth scrolling not be used Tools gt Smooth Scroll CAD CAD gt Properties gt Map3Di Setup gt View This option enables visualization of Map3Di data Map3Di Plotting Map3Di file smi pnt Plot Equation squt f2 2 3 2 Plot Variables Operators xyz 11203 field alee OU Functions sin cos tan asin acos atanf sgrt loaf abs expf M Outlined Y Zero Contour Persist Translucent Map3Di File The Map3Di data file is simply an ASCII data file with the default extension PNT Refer to CAD gt Properties gt Map3Di for details concerning data format Refer to Visualization gt Plane gt Make Map3Di File
222. ation Toolbar Before rotating the model you should set the desired centre of rotation View gt Centre of Rotation Translation Toolbar Activate the translation toolbar Translate ES wl t wel The model can be translated by using these buttons or by dragging the model to the desired position Zoom In Enter or key Translate Up up arrow Zoom Out Ctrl Enter or key Translate Left left arrow Translate Down down arrow Translate Right right arrow View gt Zoom Factor View gt Translation Increment e Jo fe Le SES Notes If the translation toolbar is not visible it can be activated with Tools gt Translation Toolbar Before zooming in Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands a 21 Zoom In you should set the desired centre of rotation 9 View gt Centre of Rotation 4 6 2 3 Contour Toolbar Activate the contouring toolbar after Map3D BEM analysis The default configuration for this toolbar is as follows Contours LS Ss Emos Se site sw User Range ora Opt Cont This toolbar is meant to provide quick access to commonly used stress parameters Su Plot gt Stress gt S1 Major Principal Stress Sa Plot gt Stress gt S3 Minor Principal Stress Ima Plot gt Stress gt Tmax Maximum Shear Stress sz Plot gt Stress activates the stress toolbar This toolbar contains all stress components st Plot gt Surface Components activates the surfa
223. ays be desired Translucent draws the points as translucent spheres Zero Contour when unchecked contours below the minimum contour range are not drawn This is useful for displaying contours where only the upper part of the contour range is important Range specifies the minimium maximum and interval for radius scaling and contouring i Plot regenerates the plot This button can be placed on either the View Toolbar Tools gt View Toolbar Configure or the Contour Toolbar Tools gt Contour Toolbar Configure 5 2 2 CAD gt Build gt Block Mesh Spacing Specifies the desired block mesh spacing When building Blocks 8 CAD gt Build gt Block CAD gt Build gt FF Loop a CAD gt Build gt DD Loop surfaces will be subdivided into smaller parts at the specified mesh spacing 5 2 3 CAD gt Snap Activates the snap toolbar Snap ES AAA PEA RAF Snap functions assist in visually selecting points from the model during block building and other editing functions Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 356 Map3D User s Manual 5 2 4 This toolbar is meant to provide quick access to the snap functions that are used in the model building and editing stage of the Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt Go to CAD __ CAD gt Snap gt None Disable snapping I CAD gt Snap gt Edge Snap to the nearest edge VAI CAD gt Snap gt Corner Snap to the nearest corner CAD gt Snap
224. bar 4 10 Help 4 10 1 Contents and Index Opens the help contents and index 4 10 2 What s This Activates context sensitive help Once activated a question mark cursor appears You can then use this to pick any menu item or toolbar button to obtain help This has the same effect as simply right clicking on an item 4 10 3 Web www map3d com Opens www map3d com in the default web browser Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 326 Map3D User s Manual 4 10 4 4 10 5 4 10 6 4 10 7 Email support map3d com Emails support map3d com using the default emailer Email Key check to support map3d com Emails Key Check results to support map3d com using the default emailer These results are required for debugging installation problems and determining lease expiry dates etc Download Map3D update setup exe Download Map3D update setup exe 18M B Downloads the latest Map3D update from the Map3D website www map3d com update htm The complete update includes all Map3D executables automated installation routines the Map3D User s Manual in HTML format and Sentinel SuperPro key drivers as well as a few sample files As the complete update setup exe is quite large 8MB an alternative is to download the updated executables only Map3D zip 7 Download Map3D update Map3D zip 8MB This does not include the installation routines the Map3D User s Manual in HTML format nor the Sentinel Su
225. be exercised when using this function as the results will contain numerical errors which could be significant Notes The distribution of surface stress error can be displayed by selecting Plot gt Surface Components gt Serr Stress Error from the solve toolbar The distribution of failure criterion error can be displayed by selecting Plot gt Surface Components gt Ferr Failure Error from the solve toolbar During analysis the solve toolbar will be displayed when you suspend the analysis Analysis gt Suspend only if the Tools gt Solve Toolbar has been checked Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Oo d 5 1 44 Analysis Dialog Displays a scrollable dialogue of analysis activity including INFO messages describing current operations WARNING messages describing possible inconsistencies that may cause problems ERROR messages describing errors that will cause program execution to terminate During matrix solution Map3D is attempting to progressively solve the simultaneous equations saved in the coefficient matrix along with any other equations describing the alternate material zones fault slip creep etc A converged solution is assumed to have been obtained when the maximum surface stress error Plot gt Surface Components gt Serr Stress Error and the maximum failure criterion error Ef Plot gt Surface Components gt Ferr Failure Error are reduced below the user specified stress tolerance
226. be used e This can be used to define zones with different elastic properties and or initial stress states This could include for example stiff dykes soft ore zones backfill or support elements Elasto Plastic when checked this material will respond elasto visco plastically i e the strength parameters will be used as a flow rule e This can be used to define zones with both different elastic properties and strength parameters e Note that in Map3D Fault Slip only DD elements i e fault gouge are permitted to respond non linearly e In Map3D Non Linear the 3D rock mass can also yield plastically e Yielding of Hoek Brown materials is not supported at this time Inactive when checked this material will not be used in the stress analysis and hence will not affect the predicted stresses strains or displacements e This can be used to define zones with different strength parameters to be used when generating contours of strength factors User Defined allows specification of user defined parameters to be used in contouring e Different parameters are defined for each material number e These parameters are used with Les Plot gt Stress gt User e This can be used to define zones with different strength parameters to be used when generating contours of strength factors Dump to File allows you to dump all material property data to a file for vewing in Notepad or Excel Copy from material allows you to copy the material pr
227. below the mining To do this select Ei CAD gt Edit from the CAD toolbar CAD Puks kakae This will open the edit toolbar Edit Entities CEARA Aeee fol To copy entities select Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 100 Map3D User s Manual ul CAD gt Edit gt Copy Entities This will open the copy entities toolbar Edit Entities ES DEDO When you initiate this routine you will first be prompted to build a list of entities that you wish to edit Click on the dyke This will open the copy offset vector dialogue box Copy Offset Yector X offset Y offset 50 Z offset 200 X Length 206 155281 v Plunge 75 964 v Direction 180 y Pick 2 points to define this vector Entity will be copied across by this amount gt Est ok Cancel Let s pick this location graphically using the Pick function Tabular Mining Point 2 A Z Elevation Y West X East This will define the offset vector X offset 0 Y offset 50 Z offset 200 Now pick OK This will copy the dyke below the mining Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials NON Main Access Tabular Mining Z Elevation A This completes the model construction Specifying Material Properties for the Host Rock mass We must now specify properties for the host material These are entered using the material properties function CAD gt Pro
228. below the minimum contour range are not drawn This is useful for displaying contours where only the upper part of the contour range is important Make Point adds of a new point Plane enables setup of the contour plane Range specify the minimum maximum and interval for radius scaling and contouring Plot regenerates the plot This button can be placed on either the View Toolbar Tools gt View Toolbar Configure or the Contour Toolbar Tools gt Contour Toolbar Configure 4 9 2 Visualization Database This feature can be used to display a database of useful geologic information such as grade rockmass quality etc Each point can be tagged with a series of numeric values e g colour magnitude orientation etc keywords text messages file names e g graphics files documents spreadsheets etc To activate this feature you right click on a visualization data point see Visualization If there are no visualization points one can be created using Make Point adds of a new point Upon right clicking you will be presented with a popup menu with the following options Display Location A Display C Map3D Map3D52 smn bmp Display C Map3D Map3D53 q xls Display C Map3D Map3D53 Doc2 doc Keyword Filter Show Keyword Filter Hide Add Text Keyword Parameter Add File Parameter Remove Parameter Edit Parameter The Display items in the upper section of this menu are data that are attached to the da
229. ble click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of options Move normal to Plane x coordinate 0 000000 Y coordinate 0 000000 Z coordinate 0 000000 v Dip of Plane 10 000000 v Dip Direction 0 000000 x Search Width 0 000000 X Pick 1 point to define a location on the plane Selected coordinates will be moved to the plane Cancel X Y Z coordinate specify the coordinates of any point on the plane Pick activates the cursor cross hairs allowing interactive selection of the x y z coordinates of the point on the plane from the model To assist in visually selecting points from the model all snap functions are available Dip of Plane specify the dip of the plane positive down in degrees Dip Direction specify the azimuth of the dip vector degrees Norm activates the cursor allowing interactive selection of a surface The dip and dip direction of the plane will be set parallel to the selected surface Search width all coordinates with the search width distance of the specified plane will be moved even if they are not in the list To assist in visually selecting points from the model all snap functions are available sex CAD gt Snap Once selected the components of the offset vector are displayed in the dialogue box OK completes editing of the offset vector and stretches the selected vertices Cancel aborts stretching of vertices Once you have
230. bled Tools gt OpenGL all grids can be displayed simultaneously Without OpenGL enabled only two grids can be displayed simultaneously Hide All Hides all grids 1af Unhide All Unhide all grids The user can construct multiple field point grid planes using B CAD gt Build gt Grid Plane Z CAD gt Build gt Grid Line Individual grid selection buttons can be placed on the view toolbar if desired using Tools gt View Toolbar Configure 4 3 11 Plot Options Sets up contour plot options This routine can be initiated either by picking the button or simple right clicking on any contour Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands x Trajectory Label Options 3D Fixed Length TLenath B y 3D Scaled Length 2D Fixed Length TSpacing 0 gt 2D Scaled Length Small Numbers Large Numbers 2 o o ie e Contour Options I Contour Lines V Opaque Translucent Display Options Blank H Colour E 0 z Grid Lines Outlines GSpacing 100 Discretization CRadius 2 Min Contour Max Contour Horizontal Banner Tension Cutoff V Vertical Banner Smooth Contours l Topo Contours Hex Contours Apply OK Trajectory Label Options lst 1 lt 1d 104 EN 3D Fixed Length display fixed length 3D orientation indicators The indicator is constructed as a 3D vector with an arrow head placed on the end that points away from you i e into the display This permits
231. blem sizes and very fast execution speeds Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 7000 annn Plastic Strain Map3D Visco Plastic 5 13 Map3D Visco Plastic Map3D Visco Plastic 3D elasto visco plastic rock mass response still under development not available commercially at this time Includes all capabilities from Map3D Fault Slip and adds the capability for the 3D rock mass to behave elasto visco plastically This model features a full solution of the non associated incremental plasticity equations and adds the capability for the 3D rock mass to yield to loads that exceed the rock strength and deform non linearly to dissipate the excess stresses This simulation capability provides the large displacements required to simulate ground support and backfill interaction studies This feature is useful for simulation of thick seams over stressed pillars abutments backfill and creep response This formulation solves the non linear problem throughout specified zones in the rock mass Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 928 Map3D User s Manual Plastic Strain r Displacement Map3D Overview 5 14 Model Building Tutorials Freehand Sketching Room and Pillar Mining Bulk Mining Example Tabular Mining Example DDLoop Pillar Example FFLoop Drift Example FFLoop Stope Example 5 15 Plot gt Stress Activate the stress toolbar after Map3D BEM analysis Stress Components ES AAA This toolbar is mea
232. by picking the button or simple right clicking on any vertex When you initiate this routine you will first be prompted to build a list of vertices that you wish to move Edit Vertices addr e If Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you must hold down the Shift key to make multiple selections By default selected entities are added to the list however if the Ctrl key is held down selected entities will be removed from the list While holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key you can drag open a crossing window Use of this toolbar is detailed in Build A List of Vertices for Editing Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used Holding the Alt key when you right click automatically repeats the last edit function that was used Once you have selected the desired entities you can either pick any of the edit buttons CAD gt Edit gt Stretch Vertices B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Point B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to X B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Y B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Z CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Plane 2 CAD gt Edit gt Subdivide Construction Lines 21 CAD gt Edit gt Smooth Construction Lines CAD gt Edit gt Remove Construction Vertex e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of options Move to Z Coordinate Z co
233. ce Only you can decide if the effort can be justified i e it is worth following through on this There are other less obvious limitations There may be geologic features that cannot be adequately characterized for modelling For example often the details of the location shape extent and condition of various faults are not well enough known to be included in a numerical model with any accuracy Exclusion of such features can invalidate the model results Through proper application of Terzaghi s Observational Approach to Design you can establish that there is no reliability in the model predictions and be left with an unpredictable situation at least unpredictable as far as your existing model is concerned Geology in geology out Finally if local conditions such as pre mining stresses lithology or jointing vary rapidly from place to place it may be impractical to monitor with sufficient resolution to identify the effects of such changing features There are modelling examples where these changing conditions have been taken into account The resulting stress analyses produced predictions with remarkable agreement to the observed deformations In these cases at lease this demonstrates that the variability in results is due to changing local conditions not due to model error Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D Overview 21 This type of variation is normally not taken into account and shows up as large scatter in your predictions t
234. ce toolbar This toolbar contains all surface components Sz Plot gt Strength Factors activates the strength factor toolbar This toolbar contains all strength parameter components Plot gt Stress gt User User defined stress plot Bard Plot gt Range specifies the contour range minimum maximum interval of the currently plotted contour Sy Plot gt Grid Selection Activate the grid selection toolbar 2 Plot gt Surface Components gt Options specifies contour plot options trajectories contour lines t Tools gt Contouring Toolbar Configure add or remove buttons from the contouring toolbar Notes Buttons can be moved around on the toolbar simply by holding down the left mouse button and dragging the button to the desired location The contouring toolbar can only be activated after the model building CAD Stage Map3D Analysis Stages 4 6 2 4 Configure Contour Toolbar Adds or remove buttons from the contouring toolbar Simply check or uncheck the desired item to add or remove the desired item from the toolbar Notes The contouring toolbar can only be activated Tools gt Contouring toolbar after the model building CAD Stage Map3D Analysis Stages Buttons can be moved around on the toolbar simply by holding down the left mouse button and Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 310 Map3D User s Manual dragging the button to the desired location The toolbar configurati
235. cement closure in the direction normal to the surface its trend and plunge This parameter is only used for DD planes Note that the elastic plastic or total value can be specified ds tds pds maximum shear displacement ride in the plane of the surface its trend and plunge This parameter is only used for DD planes Note that the elastic plastic or total value can be specified ds1 ds2 shear displacement ride components in the plane of the surface ds1 is parallel to the first side i e the side defined by x y Zi X y2 Z2 ds2 is perpendicular to ds1 in the direction of the second side i e the side defined by xe y2 Z2 xs ys Zs Elastic Plastic Total elastic plastic or total strain displacement components These options are only used for DD planes Miscellaneous area the area of the surface matl the number of the material assigned to the surface step the mining step number blk the block number name the name of the block surface dof the degree of freedom number Data Format Points data will be written out as a series of points with one point per line x1 y Z1 values X2 y2 Ze Valuese Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 144 Map3D User s Manual Xa y3 Za valuess X4 Y4 Za Valuesa where x yi zi represent the coordinates of each point values represents the values of the list of user selected components at each point The user defined values will be listed as a comment line i e a line
236. cement its trend and plunge ux uy uz Cartesian displacement components 6 5 uni displacement normal to the grid plane umi maximum displacement tangential to the grid plane i unu displacement normal to the ubiquitous plane u umu maximum displacement tangential to the ubiquitous plane 6 Thermal Fluid Flow t temperature head qt total flow its trend and plunge oxay az Cartesian flow components qni displacement normal to the grid plane ami maximum displacement tangential to the grid plane anu displacement normal to the ubiquitous plane amu maximum displacement tangential to the ubiquitous plane Functions e sin cos tan sine cosine and tangent trigonometric functions e asin acos atan Inverse trigonometric functions e sqrt square root function e log natural logarithmic function e abs absolute value e exp exponential function antilogarithm Oo n an normal and inverse normal probability distribution The argument used with the normal distribution is Ac s which represents the excess major principal stress divided by the standard deviation see Nai Mt Ntl t at tand inverse t probability distribution The argument used with the t distribution is Ao Sg n 2 where Ao represents the excess major principal stress s represents the standard deviation n represents the number of data points and g represents the factor 1 1 n o S1 2 53 n 1 where m repr
237. cessive approximations This parameter indicates the error for each of the equations fer failure criterion error This parameter is only used for non linear creep analyses including fault slip and 3D material non linearity This parameter should always be near zero unless some viscosity has been specified and the problem goes non linear In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium This parameter indicates the viscous stress for each of the equations Effective Total effective stress or total stress components These options are only used in Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow as this code allows for calculation of steady state pore pressure distributions Strains en ten pen strain in the direction normal to the surface its trend and plunge This parameter is only used for DD planes and is calculated as the normal displacement closure divided by the thickness es tes pes maximum shear strain in the plane of the surface its trend and plunge This parameter is only used for DD planes and is calculated as the shear displacement ride divided by the thickness esi es2 shear strain components in the plane of the surface es1 is parallel to the first side i e the side defined by x y Zi xe y2 z2 es2 is perpendicular to es1 in the direction of the second side i e the side defined by X y2 Z2 xs ys Zs Displacements dn tdn pdn normal displa
238. cification Material Property Specification Grid Specification Mining Step Specification NOaR doh Comment lines must start with an asterisk in column 1 Blank lines are skipped Maximum line length is 256 characters Commas or spaces can be used to separate data fields 1 Job Title This section permits the user to specify a descriptive project title 1 line of data must be specified Quotation marks are not necessary Only the first 70 characters will be used 2 Control Parameters This section permits the user to specify job control parameters NLD NIT NPS RPAR STOL AL AG DOL DON DOC DOE DOG DOR 1 line of data must be specified All parameters must appear on one line Only the first 7 parameters NLD NIT NPS RPAR STOL AL AG must be specified The remaining parameters will be assigned default values which may or may not be appropriate for your application For a detailed description of parameters refer to CAD gt Properties gt Control Parameters NPS This item specifies the number of planes of symmetry to be used in the analysis Normally no planes of symmetry are used If symmetry is used the far field stresses Stress State must be aligned with the axis of symmetry NPS 0 no symmetry NPS 1 x lt gt x the geometry is reflected in the y z plane NPS 2 x lt gt x and y lt gt y the geometry is reflected in the y z and x z planes NPS 3 x lt gt X y lt gt y and Z lt gt z the geometry
239. cked this material will respond elastically only i e strength parameters will not be used e This can be used to define zones with different elastic properties and or initial stress states This could include for example stiff dykes soft ore zones backfill or support elements Elasto Plastic when checked this material will respond elasto visco plastically i e the strength parameters will be used as a flow rule e This can be used to define zones with both different elastic properties and strength parameters e Note that in Map3D Fault Slip only DD elements i e fault gouge are permitted to respond non linearly e In Map3D Non Linear and Map3D Visco Plastic the 3D rock mass can also yield plastically Inactive when checked this material will not be used in the stress analysis and hence will not affect the predicted stresses strains or displacements e This can be used to define zones with different strength parameters to be used when Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Appendix 397 generating contours of strength factors User Defined allows specification of user defined parameters to be used in contouring e Different parameters are defined for each material number e These parameters are used with Je Plot gt Stress gt User e This can be used to define zones with different strength parameters to be used when generating contours of strength factors Dump to File allows you to dump all material property data
240. completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the modifications by selecting 21 Undo You can also restore the same selection set and modify the same set of entities again be selecting Redo You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time 4 5 4 16 Subdivide Edges Inserts vertices on block edges or construction line edges also see CAD gt Edit gt Remove Construction Vertex This routine can be initiated either by picking the 2 button or simple right clicking on any edge When you initiate this routine you will first be prompted to build a list of locations where you wish to insert vertices Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 300 Map3D User s Manual Edit Vertices ES OLITE Fa 4 5 4 17 FICE If Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you must hold down the Shift key to make multiple selections By default selected entities are added to the list however if the Ctrl key is held down selected entities will be removed from the list While holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key you can drag open a crossing window Use of this toolbar is detailed in Build A List of Vertices for Editing Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used Holding the Alt key when you right click automatically repeats the last edit function that was used Once you have selected the desired entities you can either pick any of the edit buttons
241. contour plot Hoek Brown Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands Strength Parameters Material 1 X Material Type Hoek Brown w Standard Dev Tension Cutoff Sigma C m Hoek Brown s Hoek Brown Material specifies the material number Material 1 represents the host material Other material numbers are used to define alternate material zones such as ore fault gouge backfill etc Material Type specifies the material type Mohr Coulomb Hoek Brown Drucker Prager or None Standard Deviation specifies the uncertainty you have in the failure criterion measured in the o direction specified in units of stress MPa or psi Tension Cutoff Sigma C m and s the Hoek Brown criterion defines strength in terms of principal stresses as follows Hoek Brown Tension cutoff and Sigma C are specified in units of stress MPa or psi Plot regenerates the contour plot Drucker Prager Strength Parameters Material 1 X Material Type Drucker Prag v Standard Dev Tension Cutoff UCS Friction Angle Material specifies the material number Material 1 represents the host material Other material numbers are used to define alternate material zones such as ore fault gouge backfill etc Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 178 Map3D User s Manual Material Type specifies the material type Mohr Coulomb Hoek Brown Drucker Prager or None Standard Deviation specifies the uncertainty
242. coordinates of each point 3 indicates that this point is the beginning of a new line 2 indicates that this point is a continuation of the same line value for geometric entities this represents the colour number for the surface For contours this represents the value of the contoured parameter at each corner of the surface File gt PNT Construction Line File Format PNT format is a universal ASCII data file with the extension PNT This format is useful for exchanging raw model data with other CAD software Comment lines must start with an asterisk in column 1 Construction lines are stored as a series of polylines as follows x1 y Z1 3 colour X2 y Z 2 X3 Y3 Z3 2 X4 Ya Za 2 X yi Zi represent the coordinates of each point 3 indicates that this point is the beginning of a new line 2 indicates that this point is a continuation of the same line colour specifies the colour number that will be used to display the construction line A total of 10 colours are available for display These are numbered respectively 1 through 10 11 through 20 21 through 30 etc such that the same colour is displayed for number 1 11 21 31 2 22 32 etc Any number of points can be specified for each polyline Additional polylines are specified by repeating the sequence i e starting a new line with the Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 368 Map3D User s Manual 5 3 5 number 3 Notes Different colour number
243. copied to the location specified by this offset o T m Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 204 Map3D User s Manual 4 5 4 5 Pick activates the cursor cross hairs allowing interactive selection of the offset vector from the model This requires that you select two points to define this vector Length Plunge and Direction specify the components of the offset vector All selected entities will be copied to the location specified by this offset Norm activates the cursor allowing interactive selection of a surface to make the offset vector normal to e This requires that you select two points to define this vector e Once selected the components of the offset vector are displayed in the dialogue box To assist in visually selecting points from the model all snap functions are available sx CAD gt Snap Once selected the components of the offset vector are displayed in the dialogue box Edit completes editing and invoked editing of the entity properties for the selected blocks OK completes editing of the offset vector and moves the selected blocks Cancel aborts moving of entities Once you have completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the modifications by selecting 21 Undo You can also restore the same selection set and modify the same set of entities again be selecting Redo You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time Scale Entities Scale the selected
244. ctor gt SF A Strength Stress se se Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress tal Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTmax Excess Stress teal Plot gt Strength Factors gt dToct Excess Stress MB Plot gt Strength Factors gt In plane Parameters UB Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters 4 3 6 11 SF C Stress Strength Contours the strength using method C In elastic analysis the major and minor principal stresses can be used with the Mohr Coulomb or Hoek Brown strength criteria BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Strength Parameters to estimate the amount of damage due to over stressing Since none of the parameters have any orientation sensitivity this criterion is representative for homogeneous rock mass stability By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 192 Map3D User s Manual the amount of non linear strain or the strain rate predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks Method C assumes that the stress path to failure takes place by increasing o while loosing confinement This is representative of an abutment failure where o os is considered to be the drivi
245. d yielding zones The program automatically builds intersections between excavations faults and multiple material zones By coupling this capability with the built in Boolean operations complex Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 oo d multi step mining sequences can be constructed with ease Options Analysis gt Options gt Collapse Analysis gt Options gt Planarity Analysis gt Options gt Closure Related Topics Analysis Dialog Analysis gt Suspend Analysis gt ABORT 5 1 10 Analysis gt Load Model Loads a model from a file INP or DXF format Once loaded the user can use Analysis gt Go to CAD to add or edit mining blocks and set up the Map3D analysis While loading the model Map3D checks for basic consistency of the modelling parameters e g if a material is used its properties must be specified in the material list Options Analysis gt Options gt Reunmber Analysis gt Options gt Collinearity Related Topics Analysis Dialog Analysis gt Suspend Analysis gt ABORT 5 1 11 Analysis gt Minimize Minimizes the graphics display during analysis The analysis dialogue box can be minimized by selecting the minimize button from the windows system menu at the top right of the dialogue box 5 1 12 Analysis gt Options gt Accelerator Use the matrix accelerator during Map3D BEM analysis This solver will accelerate convergence even for poorly c
246. d 4 will become the DD plane and the remainder of the block sides will be discarded Notes Different colour numbers should be used to represent logical groupings of blocks e g for different levels sections or logical mining units such as development stoping etc These colours are user definable Tools gt Custom Colours Any blocks with the same colour number will be automatically combined into single complex shapes Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 206 Map3D User s Manual 4 5 1 3 by Map3D Since it is easy to toggle on and off the display of specific block colour numbers tte View gt Hide Block Colours This provides an efficient method to work with complex model data For discussion on model building aspects refer to Model Building and Editing For tutorials on model building refer to Model Building Tutorials Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last build function that was used DD Loop Builds DD Displacement Discontinuity type block These are used for tabular mining thin seams or fault planes In all versions of Map3D these zones can yield and behave non linearly Multiple DD s can be combined to create complex offset and rolling shapes A few examples demonstrating this routine can be found under Model Building Tutorials Refer specifically to e DDLoop Pillar Example e Tabular Mining Example DDLoop When the routine is initiated the user is prompted t
247. d be used before using the CAD gt Edit gt Smooth Construction lines function This function should be used before using the CAD gt Snap gt Trace Cline Snap function Construction lines can be unpacked using the CAD gt Unpack Clines function Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 307 4 5 13 Unpack Clines 4 6 4 6 1 4 6 1 1 4 6 1 2 4 6 1 3 Unpacks all construction lines All corners will be given there own coordinate point numbers and hence will move separately in any coordinate editing operation Cad gt Edit Construction lines can be packed using the CAD gt Pack and Renumber Clines function Tools Mouse Options Mouse Buttons Allows you to specify custom mouse rotation translation and zoom functionality e PA Mouse Butt Mouse Rotate Buttons Mouse Translate Buttons r Mouse Zoom Buttons r Left Button I Left Button I Right Button V Right Button V Right Button Middle Button Middle Button Middle Button M Alt T Alt T Alt T Cul T Cul T Ctl FT Shift FT Shift l Shift V Z up rotation l Reverse Mouse Wheel I Z up rotation Reset Close Note that a maximum of two buttons can be specified for each function These buttons will be saved from session to session Z up rotation specifies that the Z axis is constrained to point vertically such that when the the Z axis points upwards dragging the mouse to the left rotates the model to the left Z up ro
248. d hence can be set to zero Pick Stress State to open the stress state dialog box Pre mining Stress State Datum 1000 o constant 30 constant 20 constant 20 v As variation 0 02700000 As variation 0 01300000 As variation 0 01300000 y trend py plunge o y trend jo y th constant py Ath variation 0 y Copy from Cartesian The appropriate far field stress state for this model is oa constant 30 MPa o constant 20 MPa oc constant 20 MPa We will set the variation of stress with depth to zero Aca variation 0 027 MPa m Ao variation 0 013 MPa m Acc variation 0 013 MPa m Also the stress orientations trend and plunge should be set to zero thus defining oa and ob as horizontal and oc as vertical The Datum can be set to 1000 metres to define the variation with depth as o Ao z Datum Defined in this way the stress oa equals 30 MPa at depth z equals 1000m and increases at a rate of 0 027 MPa m of depth Specifying Material Properties for the Ore We must now specify properties for the ore These are entered using the material properties function CAD gt Properties gt Material Properties Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials 103 Selecting this item opens a sub menu of items associated with editing the material properties Note that material number 1 is by definition the host material Other material numbers are used to
249. d in five different ways Mt 1 Ep Er vp w Gn Gs 0 0 A C Material Name where Ep Er vp vr represent respectively the peak and residual values for Young s modulus Poisson s ratio E 9 BS 3B S v 3B 2S 6B 2S Gn Gs represent respectively the normal and shear viscous moduli A C represent respectively the expansion coefficient and conductivity only used in Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow For more details refer to Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF Blocks Mohr Coulomb in DD Planes Mt 2 Bp Br Sp Sr Gn Gs 0 0 A C Material Name where Bp Br Sp Sr represent respectively the peak and residual values for the bulk and shear moduli B E 1 2v 3 S E 2 14 v J Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 378 Map3D User s Manual Gn Gs represent respectively the normal and shear viscous moduli A C represent respectively the expansion coefficient and conductivity only used in Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow Mt 3 Knp Knr Ksp Ksr Gn Gs 0 0 A C Material Name where Knp Knr Ksp Ksr represent respectively the peak and residual values for the normal and shear stiffness Kn N Thickness Ks S Thickness Gn Gs represent respectively the normal and shear viscous moduli A C represent respectively the expansion coefficient and conductivity only used in Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow This material type can only be used in DD planes Mt 4 Np Nr Sp Sr Gn Gs B Et A C Material Name where Np Nr Sp Sr represent respectively the peak and res
250. d to making a prediction We are literally adding information to our model The wealth of information that comes from seismic monitoring is enormous Seismic monitoring provides the volume and spatial distribution of information on the rock mass response that can be obtained in no other way at reasonable cost Map3Di provides a mechanism to directly use this information for model calibration Owing to the real time nature of seismicity it becomes practical to traverse the mine monitor redesign loop for every increment of mining Thus instead of spending years making visual observations to develop a history of rock mass response there is potential to calibrate your model much more quickly Perhaps the most important part of this is that it provides the possibility of adapting to changing rock mass conditions in real time This allows one to recognize and adapt to rapidly changing local conditions such as lithology or jointing You can update your model calibration as conditions change This has the potential to significantly improve the reliability of predictions Finally by incorporating for example some fault slip indicated by seismicity you have in fact characterized the effect of that fault slip and incorporated its effect into your model For example if your seismicity is telling you that you are getting shearing at some location then this can be enforced in the model thereby redistributing the stresses to accommodate this exact effect
251. database The stress analysis utilizes the BEM boundary element method and has many features Very large problem sizes Map3D can conduct stress analysis on models with thousands of excavations over one million degrees of freedom This allows for detailed representation of the geometry and eliminates the need to simplify large models over simplification is a primary source of error in modelling Mine wide models can by readily simulated Full 3D complex excavation shapes As built detailed models and complex 3D shapes can readily be analyzed Since the stress analysis is based on the boundary element method BEM only the surfaces of the excavations and other features needs to be specified There is no need for definition Subdivision into elements of the pillars between adjacent excavations Any arbitrary shapes are readily combined into a single large model ready for analysis Multiple elastic zones with different moduli stiff dykes or soft ore Map3D is fully capable of incorporating alternate material zones This makes consideration of stiff or soft rock types easy to consider Zones with different pre mining stress states Tabular mining with yielding pillars This approximation is often appropriate for large narrow vein mines Discrete non planar fault planes that slip and dilate elasto visco plastically including creep These features are implemented using the displacement discontinuity method Elasto visco plastic flow ru
252. de length Dgrid DOL During grid assembly all elements that fit within the dimension Dgrid DOE will be lumped together During grid assembly all grid points that fit within the dimension Dgrid DOG will be lumped together For more details refer to CAD gt Properties gt Control Parameters Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 214 Map3D User s Manual 4 3 8 3 4 3 8 4 4 3 8 5 4 3 8 6 Related topics 2 Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Delem Lelem DON ratio on surfaces Delem Lelem DON ratio on surfaces Contours the distance to the nearest element Delem divided by the element width Lelem Delem is determined by Map3D as the smallest distance between adjacent model surfaces Small values of DON can be related to convergence problems For more details refer to CAD gt Properties gt Control Parameters Dgrid Lelem DOL ratio on surfaces Contours the distance to the nearest grid Dgrid divided by the element width Lelem Dgrid is determined by Map3D as the smallest distance between model surfaces and grid planes Small values of DOL can be related to low accuracy predictions DOL 1 for 10 20 error DOL 2 for 5 10 error DOL 4 for lt 5 error For more details refer to CAD gt Properties gt Control Parameters Dratio on surfaces Contours the coefficient ratio on surfaces This ratio identifies locations where surfaces are very close to one another indicating possible construction errors Dgr
253. ds Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar gt Displacement The user may find it handy to add the More Displacement Components button to the contouring toolbar for quick access to all displacement components 4 3 4 User defined plot Contours a user defined stress component User defined plot atan Ti S i Friction angle Stresses sls2s3 sxx spy SZZ sxy syz sxz C Eff Ind tmax toct smean tisislis3i tususlus3u Tot Abs Strains el e2e3 exx eyy ezz exy eyzexz Elas Plas Ind emax eoctevol esienielie3i esuenuelu Tot Abs Displacements Thermal Fluid Flow ut ux uy uz Uni Umi unu umu t qt qx qy qz gni qmi qnu Functions Strength sin cos tan asin acos atan ds1 dtmax dtoct sgrt log abs expf nf t anf at dtip dtub UCS phi q Location r Miscellaneous Operators xyz dgrid dol f1 f2 A a amp Stresses S1 S2 S3 principal stress components o o o Sxx Syy Szz Sxy Syz Sxz Cartesian stress components o oy 9z Ty Tyz Tx e Tmax maximum shear stress Y 0 07 Toct octahedral shear stress t q 1 3 0 07 0 03 03 0 2 e Smean mean stress Ohean 1 3 0 0 07 Ti Si maximum shear and normal stress in the grid plane 1 Sip S1i S3i maximum and minimum stress tangential to the grid plane oz Tu Su maximum shear and normal stress in the ubiquitous plane 1 Syp The orientation of the ubiquitous shear plane is set using MB Pl
254. ds 261 You can then redo the block construction This allows you to repeat any trial meshing operation J CAD gt Build gt Undo Redo 4 5 2 Snap 4 5 2 1 None Disable snapping No pick box is displayed at the intersection of the cursor cross hairs Points will be selected at the location indicated by the cross hairs This mode is useful for freehand sketching or digitizing When digitizing all three coordinate values are scaled off of the drawing However when freehand sketching only two of the coordinates can be located and the third must be supplied from the snap base CAD gt Snap gt Cursor Grid Base This is the recommended setting while digitizing 4 5 2 2 Nearest Edge Snap to the nearest edge The nearest point on this edge will be selected If the pick box is located over the corner of an entity that corner will be selected Otherwise the nearest point on the nearest edge will be selected The pick box must be located over an entity or construction line 4 5 2 3 Nearest Corner Snap to the nearest corner This corner will be selected The corner nearest the pick box will be selected The pick box must be located over an entity or construction line Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 262 Map3D User s Manual 4 5 2 4 4 5 2 5 4 5 2 6 Nearest Surface Snap onto the surface If the pick box is located over the corner of an entity that corner will be selected If the pick box is loc
255. ds in Geomechanics Nagoya 1985 is also apparently implemented but the details on exactly how this done are unclear ERR Calculation in Map3D Both of p and p can be determined from numerical modelling For example given the normal displacement closure amp determined at distance a behind the advancing face p can be determined using equation 1 as Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 208 Map3D User s Manual 4 3 7 12 P 8m Va 17 Similarly given the stress o at distance b ahead of the advancing face p can be determined using equation 2 as P S VD 18 Note that there is no reason for a to be equal to b and hence there is no requirement for uniform boundary element sizes Once either or both of p and p are determined EAR is readily calculated from equation 5 15 or 16 Detailed studies of stress and displacement distributions near the crack tip reveal that for constant DD elements both the aperture and stress are consistently over estimated Fortunately the degree of over estimation is closely related to the element size and it can be found that if ais multiplied by 3 2 and bis multiplied by 2 3 much more accurate results can be obtained With these substitutions and using equation 17 and 18 ERR can be determined from ERR 1 6 n 5m om V 2 3 b V 3 2 a 1 6 T m om V b a 19 This equation is used to calculate ERR in Map3D An Example With E of 60000 MPa v of 0 2
256. dxf and pnt capability as well a quick way of displaying line data Light source shaded models OpenGL light source shading is supported for enhanced model representation Includes a full suite of editing functions including copy move stretch flatten scale rotate and more This allows for easy graphical manipulation of the above entities The GIS visual database can be used store analyze and display a database of any desired information including seismic data and geologic information such as grade rock mass quality etc Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 3D Points tagged with Information ic Data fwith De i 3D points can be tagged with a series of numeric values e g colour magnitude orientation time etc keywords for filtering text messages file names e g graphics files documents spreadsheets drawings etc Display of these items can be filtered in various ways The location of each point can be displayed as colour shaded spheres with size and colour scaled according to various combinations of parameters Point magnitude density can be contoured on a plane according to user defined density functions Contour planes can be user defined of fitted using automated linear regression Map3D Results Viewer 5 9 Map3D Results Viewer Map3D Results Viewer viewing and analysis of stress analysis results Includes the GIS visual database but not the CAD system e views stress analysis results genera
257. e Building VRM Panels The VRM panels can now be built These will be constructed using FFLoop blocks with 8 corners To begin building select CAD gt Build gt FFLoop Since we want to snap to corners of previously constructed blocks we must set the snap mode to CAD gt Snap gt Nearest Corner This function can be selected from the Build Entity toolbar Build Entity FA A va Ca EA IAS pa siil tt To activate the nearest corner snap select 4s CAD gt Snap gt Nearest Corner this only needs to be done if the nearest edge snap button is not already highlighted A This corn In corner snap mode a pick box will be displayed at the intersection of the cross hairs The nearest corner on the entity or construction line under the pick box will be selected snapped to thus all 3 coordinate values x y and z are uniquely specified We could actually use edge snap mode here Z CAD gt Snap gt Nearest Edge since the corners of the blocks would be selected anyway as long as the corner is located within the pick box However using corner snap allows us to be sloppier with our selection since only corners will be selected Select the first 4 points as shown below Remember to reselect point 1 to complete construction of the floor plan loop Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials Sele Select point 8 here Select point 6 here Select point 5 here Select poin
258. e Displays the file name containing user defined points Analysis gt Options gt MSCALC Analysis gt Abort Aborts execution of the analysis Related Topics Analysis gt Suspend Analysis gt Auto Plot Activates the auto plot feature When checked Map3D automatically plots the selected surface components as the Map3D BEM analysis proceeds Any desired surface component can be plotted By default the surface stress error is plotted Plot gt Surface Components gt Serr Stress Error To change the surface component that is plotted 1 During analysis select Analysis gt Suspend 2 Select the desired component from the solve toolbar Tools gt Solve Toolbar 3 To continue the analysis select Analysis gt Resume Notes You must check Tools gt Solve Toolbar for the solve toolbar to be displayed when you suspend the analysis To have Map3D automatically modify the contour range as the Map3D BEM analysis proceeds check Analysis gt Auto Range Analysis gt Auto Range Activates the auto range feature When checked Map3D automatically modifies the contour range as the Map3D BEM analysis proceeds To automatically plot surface components you must activate Analysis gt Auto Plot Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 penx st 5 1 5 Analysis gt BEM Analysis Starts the Map3D BEM analysis Options Analysis gt Options gt VRAM Analysis gt Options gt PRAM Analysis gt Options gt Drive 1
259. e fault gouge backfill etc Material Type specifies the material type Mohr Coulomb Hoek Brown Drucker Prager Fault Gouge Hyperbolic Backfill Quadratic Backfill Equilibrated Gouge Yielding Pillar or none e Hyperbolic Backfill defines the failure envelope as a straight line in the same as Mohr Coulomb in DD planes but without UCS e Strength is defined in terms of in plane shear and normal stresses as follows Hyperbolic Backfill in DD plane Ts Cohesion ti Cohesion e Tension Cutoff and Cohesion are specified in units of stress MPa or psi e Friction angle and dilation angle are specified in degrees e Cohesion and friction angle define the shear response e The tension cutoff defines the response in the direction normal to the shear plane e Peak values of these parameters are used up until failure e After yielding the residual values are used to provide a strain softening response e Residual values are ignored in elastic analyses B et for DD planes the Hyperbolic Backfill criterion defines the hyperbolic normal response as follows Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 3 Map3D User s Manual Hyperbolic Backfillin DD plan on 0 N en B en e The normal stress varies according to the hyperbolic relation e As the strain approaches the value B the normal stress rapidly become infinite thus limited the amount of normal displacement closure that can take place Normal
260. e or should the ore be assumed to be persistent and cut off the dyke In either of these cases it is the feature which is assigned the higher material number which is persistent If the fault was assigned material number 4 the dyke assigned material number 3 and the ore assigned material number 2 the fault would persist throughout Because it has the highest material number the fault would be continuous though the ore and through the dyke but not through excavations of course Since the ore has the lowest material number it would not cut through the dyke but rather the dyke would cut through the ore You can use the following hide functions to assist in resolving which material cuts through other materials a View gt Hide gt Solids umed View gt Hide gt Unused Logic has been built in to support the intersection of up to five features simultaneously i e the intersection of blocks with five different block numbers An unlimited number of blocks may intersect but a maximum of five can only intersect at the same location This will permit specification for example of multi layer ore zones with excavations on either side of the contact and a fault running along the contact Map3D automatically detects blocks which are partially or totally enclosed within other blocks and blocks which are adjacent to other blocks thus permitting a practically unlimited number of regions with different material types to be considered in any analysi
261. e Components gt Value gt Plastic Plot gt Surface Components gt Value gt Total Notes The surface components toolbar can only be activated after the model building CAD Stage Map3D Analysis Stages Any of these components can be added to the contour toolbar if desired cat Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 432 Map3D User s Manual 5 19 5 20 Stress Orientation Icon The orientation of the far field principal stress state is indicated by the stress orientation icon located at the upper right corner of the display a ho 2 In the view above the o axis points mostly into the screen and a bit to the right the o2 axis points mostly to the right and a bit out of the screen and the os axis points straight up Note that the backside of the icon is shaded in blue 3 boi 2 In the view above the o axis points mostly to the right and a bit into the screen the o2 axis points mostly out of the screen and a bit to the right and the os axis points straight up Note that the inside of the icon is shaded in red Note that the length of the axes are scaled according to the magnitude of the principal stress components Translating the Model Translating the Model The model can be translated by holding down the right mouse button and wait for the drag mouse pointer Y to appear then drag out a pan vector Dragging towards the top or bottom translates the model up
262. e backfill that the amount of accumulate or dissipation of stress is insignificant The exception would be non linear material deformation or large closure areas Mc M_ A positive material number M specifies insertion of material number M at the initial stress state specified for that material The material is placed with the starting stress state equal to the initial stress state for the material then is allowed to accumulate or dissipate stress with deformation The amount of stress change will depend on the stiffness of the inserted materialThis option is used assign alternate material properties to zones defined by type 1 blocks or to place gouge or backfill material into type 2 elements displacement discontinuities to simulate faults or backfilled tabular mining zones A simple example illustrating this feature is given in the following table Mining Step Specification Mining Step 1 N Mc Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Block 1 is assigned properties of Ore Material 2 1 2 0 Block 1 is excavated 1 0 0 Block 1 is backfilled with Material 3 1 3 0 5 3 11 File gt Open gt Recent Directories Each time you open a model file or restart file its working directory is saved for quick access at a later session To reopen one of these directories just pick it from the list Related Topics File gt Open gt Recent Files 5 3 12 File gt Open gt Merge Geometries If this option is checked
263. e been discretized into boundary elements You must have set outlines on in order to see the individual elements View gt Render gt Block Outlines To see how the grid has been discretized you must select the Plot gt Grid Selection gt Grid 1 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 106 Map3D User s Manual If everything is satisfactory you can now proceed to the BEM Analysis matrix assembly and solution by selecting Analysis from the main menu then selecting BEM Analysis When the analysis is complete select Analysis gt Graphics When in graphical mode you can contour any desired parameter For example to display the normal displacement closure on the tabular mining select 2 Plot gt Surface Components gt Dn Normal Displacement Closure This will generate a contour plot on the DD planes Building The Main Access This will be built by drawing a floor plan with DDLoop then extruding this into a 3D block To do this we must return to the CAD stage of the Map3D analysis by selecting Analysis gt Go to CAD from the analysis dialogue box Then select Analysis gt Graphics To begin select the DDLoop building menu function a CAD gt Build gt DD Loop Set the snap mode to nearest edge or nearest corner Z CAD gt Snap gt Nearest Edge this only needs to be done if the edge snap button is not already highlighted MA You will see that the DDLoop building routine is promp
264. e corners of one block to join along the side of the other In this example the upper block has been snapped onto the top edge of the lower block leaving a gap There is an overlap here In order to eliminate this gap one could snap the corners of the lower block onto the bottom edge of the upper block using the stretch function But this will create an overlap and hence does not fix the problem Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 o Map3D User s Manual a Snap these comers onto the construction line The alternative is to create a joiner block as described above However a simpler alternative is to create a construction lines that soans the problem area and snap corners from the upper and lower block to these lines This procedure would have to be completed for both the back and front faces of the stoping blocks This method has the draw back that it does alter the shape of the stoping blocks possibly in undesirable ways E Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building and Editing The best alternative is probably to subdivide one or both of the stoping blocks This is the most effective technique for eliminating gaps and joining miss fitting blocks Connecting Offset Stoping Blocks Often the situation arises where the shape of one stoping block does not match the adjacent stoping block dea There is an overlap here This situation can be easily accommodated by the built in Boolean inters
265. e desired entities you can either pick any of the edit buttons CAD gt Edit gt Stretch Vertices CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Point CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to X B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Y B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Z CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Plane 24 CAD gt Edit gt Subdivide Construction Lines CAD gt Edit gt Smooth Construction Lines CAD gt Edit gt Remove Construction Vertex e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of options Once you have completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the modifications by selecting 21 Undo You can also restore the same selection set and modify the same set of entities again be selecting Redo You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time Notes e The location of all points along construction lines can be viewed by setting the View gt Render gt Cline dot radius parameter e Before using this trace smoothing function construction lines should be cleaned up using the CAD gt Pack and Renumber Clines function e You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time 4 5 5 Grid Selection Selects a field point grid for viewing Grid ES ua a Analysis results stresses strains and displacements can be contoured on element surfaces and on field point
266. e grid sx Plot gt Grid Selection To calculate the in plane strains the strain state at each point on the grid plane is reoriented to determine the maximum shear strain parallel to the grid plane and the strain normal to the plane Note that sip is oriented normal to the grid plane and parallel to the direction of a line grid Eni Grid plane Dip direction Dip direction ne Din of e dip direction is measured positive clockwise from the y axis e dip of the plane is measured positive down from the horizontal i e the dip direction e plunge of the normal is measured positive down i e negative up from the horizontal In elastic analysis the maximum in plane shear stress is normally used with the in plane normal stress and the Mohr Coulomb strength criterion Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks to estimate the amount of damage due to over stressing By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of non linear strain or the strain rate predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in DD planes to estimate the amount of slip due to over stressing on a fault joint set or bedding plane oriented in the same way as the grid plane Since these parameters are orientation depe
267. e mining step number when the calculation is to be done If this box is left blank then the LERD calculation will be done for all steps Analysis gt Options gt LERD LSS Mining Step n specifies the material code that will be used for this block in mining step n In the above example the block is non existent at step 1 has material 2 Ore inserted in it at step 2 it is excavated at step 3 material code O means to excavate and finally at step 4 material 5 backfill is inserted When you use a positive material number the material is placed into the block at the specified initial stress state and is then allowed to deform according to the elastic plastic properties you have set for that material number When you use a negative material number the material is placed into the block at the specified initial stress state but the stress state is held at these vales regardless of the deformations thereby providing a stress boundary condition More Steps allows specification of additional mining steps Clear All Steps clears all mining steps 1 100 Undo unselects the last point entered and returns to the block construction routine 2 CAD gt Build gt Undo Point Copy From allows you to select another block to copy the entity properties from Mesh builds the block with surfaces subdivided into smaller parts at the specified block grid spacing Build completes block construction and enters the block into th
268. e mining stress state can now be specified _ Stress State_ CAD gt Properties gt Material Properties gt Stress State Pre mining Stress State ES Datum constant 5 x S constant 5 x constant fo y As variation o x As variation o y As variation o x trend o y plunge fo y trend o y Uh constant o y Ath variation o x 2 Copy from Cartesian Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 e Map3D User s Manual The appropriate far field stress state for this model is oa constant 5 MPa ov constant 5 MPa oc constant 10 MPa We will set the variation of stress with depth to zero Aoa Variation 0 MPa m Ao variation 0 MPa m Aoc variation 0 MPa m Also the stress orientations trend and plunge should be set to zero thus defining oa and ob as horizontal and oc as vertical The Datum can also be set to zero since this is only used to define the variation with depth Specifying Material Properties for the Coal Seam We must now specify properties for the coal seam These are entered using the material properties function CAD gt Properties gt Material Properties Selecting this item opens a sub menu of items associated with editing the material properties Recall that when building the coal pillar we specified that material number 2 was to be used for that block Let s set Material to 2 Material Properties Material Name Coal Seam Material 2 Material Type
269. e model database Once you have completed this operation you have one last chance to undo this and remove this block from the model database by selecting CAD gt Build gt Undo Build Cancel aborts block construction Note that it is possible to create zero volume blocks for example by specifying a zero length offset vector This allows users to construct individual FF surfaces if desired While this is permissible it is not recommended as this can lead to unclosed volumes FF blocks can be collapsed into DD planes at any time simply by changing the element type 8 CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties In this case the base of the block the side defined by corners 1 2 3 and 4 will become the DD plane and the remainder of the block sides will be discarded Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands am Notes Different colour numbers should be used to represent logical groupings of blocks e g for different levels sections or logical mining units such as development stoping etc These colours are user definable Tools gt Custom Colours Any blocks with the same colour number will be automatically combined into single complex shapes by Map3D Since it is easy to toggle on and off the display of specific block colour numbers tty View gt Hide Block Colours This provides an efficient method to work with complex model data For discussion on model building aspects refer to Model Building and
270. e mouse click tus View gt Length activates a graphical length measuring tool You will prompted to select the two ends of the length vector by picking each with a single mouse click These points must be selected on the model or on a contour The length dip and dip direction of the selected vector is reported If you hold down the shift key while selecting points you can define a line composed of multiple segments and obtain the total length If you define a closed polygonal shape by holding down the shift key while selecting points on a contour plot the average contour value within the polygon will be reported see Plot gt Polygon Box Simple rectangular widow shapes can be defined by holding the shift key and dragging open a window View gt Hide activates the hide toolbar tv View gt Hide Block Colours activates the hide block colour toolbar View gt Hide CLine Colours activates the hide construction line colour toolbar x File gt Mining Step activates the mining step selection toolbar Tools gt View Toolbar Configure adds or removes buttons from the view toolbar Notes Buttons can be moved around on the toolbar simply by holding down the left mouse button and dragging the button to the desired location Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 312 Map3D User s Manual 4 6 2 8 4 6 2 9 4 6 2 10 Configure View Toolbar Adds or remove buttons from the view toolbar Simply check or uncheck
271. e parts of model data in different files then easily merge them together into one model database Another way of merging multiple files is to select the Merge Geometries option prior to selecting the additional file you want to add to the existing model database This is useful if you already have a model open and want to add additional model data to this Notes For quick access at a later session each time you open a file its name is saved under File gt Recent Files and the working directory is saved under File gt Open gt Recent Directories To load analysis results use File gt Open Analysis Results To restart an analysis that was aborted or interrupted by a power failure or operating system crash use File gt Restart an Analysis Save Model CAD Saves the current model to a file with its current file name location and file format To save with a different file name location or file format use File gt Save Model As Save Model As CAD Saves the current model with a different file name location and file format Models can be saved in several file types e Map3D INP format is an editable ASCII data file with the extension INP This is the recommended Map3D model format All Map3D functionality is supported with this format e AutoCAD DXF format is a popular drawing exchange file with the extension DXF This format is useful for exchanging model data with other CAD software e Point file fo
272. e plastic strain can be determined by limiting the stress On On C Agnplastic At To In the case of shear failure the plastic normal strain can also have a dilation component Enplastic tan dilation angle esplastic The total strain is equal to the sum of the elastic and plastic parts The creep response is simulated using a linear Bingham creep model Strength Elastic At each creep step the stress state on all yielding elements elements where the stress exceeds the strength is calculated as the strength plus the creep resistance Strength L Anplastic At C GAt where the creep resistance is determined as the creep coefficient C times the plastic strain rate Note that the user must select both the creep coefficient C and the time step size At then specify Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 304 Map3D User s Manual the quotient of these as the viscous modulus G The creep resistance can be used simply as a technique for damping the non linear deformations or for real time dependent creep simulation Analysis gt Options gt Creep The strains shear displacement ride and normal displacement closure can be presented in several ways including Plot gt Surface gt Value gt Elastic Plot gt Surface gt Value gt Plastic Plot gt Surface gt Value gt Total Plot gt Strain gt E1 Major principal strain Es Plot gt Surface gt Es Shear Strain Plot
273. e reduced Larger values of DOC two or more will provide less lumping but accuracy and good matrix conditioning will be maintained DOC should be set to 1 for coarse analysis results 2 for detailed analysis results and 4 when very high accuracy is required Note that large values of DOC results in increased matrix size and longer run times but greater accuracy DOE Element Lumping During the calculation of field points i e grid assembly the distance Dgrid between these points and groups of Blocks and DD planes is examined to see if these groups can be lumped together for calculation purposes The amount of lumping depends on how many elements can fit into a zone with side length Lgrid determined from the relation Lgrid Dgrid DOE A value for DOE of 2 0 is recommended for all problems except those where increased accuracy is Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 s Map3D User s Manual required With a value of 2 0 an error of 10 20 can be expected A value of 4 0 should provide 5 10 error A value of 8 0 should provide less than 5 error Although higher values of DOE result in larger analysis times this is necessary to obtain increased accuracy DOE controls the way in which elements are lumped during field point calculations Elements with combined side length Lorid are lumped if the distance Doria to the field point exceeds the required DOE ratio Small values of DOE two or less will provide maximum lumping h
274. e same set of entities again be selecting Redo You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time 5 2 9 CAD gt Edit gt Build A List of Verticies for Editing This routine can be initiated either by picking any edit function e g button or simple right clicking on any vertex When you initiate any entity editing routine you will first be prompted to build a list of vertices that you wish to edit Edit Vertices ES A e Off Pry Rem kx Ca E e If Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you must hold down the Shift key to make multiple selections e By default selected entities are added to the list however if the Ctrl key is held down selected entities will be removed from the list e While holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key you can drag open a selection window e Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used e Holding the Alt key when you right click automatically repeats the last edit function that was used This toolbar controls the various functions used in list building Aborts editing P Select vertices by picking one at a time Eu Select vertices by picking groups Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 362 Map3D User s Manual Include all entities within the selected window e Entities will only be selected if the entire entity is contained within the window e This function can also be activated by holding down t
275. e specified ds tds pds maximum shear displacement ride in the plane of the surface its trend and plunge This parameter is only used for DD planes Note that the elastic plastic or total value can be specified ds1 ds2 shear displacement ride components in the plane of the surface ds1 is parallel to the first side i e the side defined by x yi Zi X y2 Z2 ds2 is perpendicular to ds1 in the direction of the second side i e the side defined by x2 y2 Z2 xs ys Zs Miscellaneous L Length along a line Use the Polyline command to select the desired line X coordinate value Y coordinate value Z coordinate value area the area of the surface matl the number of the material assigned to the surface step the mining step number blk the block number name the block name Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 235 dof the degree of freedom number ERR energy release rate plot 44 Analysis 4 4 1 Analysis Opens the Map3D Analysis dialogue box that controls all stress analysis functions _ Open Rett aA H T Auto range M Model CAD MEMMNAAAAN Options Intersections TEES FT Discretization Materials 7 BEM Analysis Minimize Edit log Goto CAD Analysis gt Open Loads a model from a file Analysis gt Restart Restarts an analysis that was aborted or interrupted by a power failure or operating system crash Analysis gt Model CAD Loads a model from a file
276. e this location This point will remain stationary during scaling Centroid Cancel X Y and Z coordinates specify the coordinates of the centre of rotation Pick activates the cursor cross hairs allowing interactive selection of the centre or rotation from the model To assist in visually selecting points from the model all snap functions are available sex CAD gt Snap Once selected the components of the centre for scaling are displayed in the dialogue box Centroid calculates the centre of all selected entities OK completes editing of the coordinates and prompts you for the scale factors Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 2 Rotation Angle Dip Direction 60 X Selected entites will be rotated by the specified angle in degrees Dip specifies the angle in degrees through which you want the selected entities to be rotated Dip Direction specifies the azimuth in degrees at which the dip is to take place The dip direction is 90 from the strike of the dip plane Z Dip Directi Centre Dip Edit completes editing and invoked editing of the entity properties for the selected blocks OK completes editing of the dip and dip direction and rotates the selected entities Cancel aborts the rotating of entities Once you have completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the modifications by selecting 21 Undo You can also restore the same selection se
277. ean ia ately Maa Oi titi 154 Intermediate Principal StresS ooonninnnnnnninnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnrn 154 MINO PANCITA et 154 Madmum ShearStessipin ot do dd Dn ee a de A o O A A A Mieke 155 In Rlane Shea SOS S lt a E ninia T E ETE A RARA sesh IRA RARA rata Riad 155 im Plane Normal Stress sn ot ita loto e 155 In Plane MAxiIMUME SIESS 1 A Id ci ace ah one ta cae oct 157 In Plane MIMMU Stes sie ce cee ee a a a Oe ae a ahs 157 Ubiquitous Plane SHCA Stress cts a e a ea e a ea a a aaa Aa raea aa P aaa ha PSR a ianoaiiaea rSh piiI iis 157 Wbhiquitous Plane Normal Ses cc a a e a a a e E 157 Ubiquitous Plane Maximum StTESS ccccccccccncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnss 159 Ubiquitous Plane Minimum StresS cccccccccccncnnncnnncnonononinononononanonanonononenononenonononenononononononenananeneness 159 OctahedraliShear Stresses 228 rason Beg a cachet TAE TEA TE TA neds EE 160 ES Saas st O 160 DOC CAI Si cn eee ead cunt E ce whee enn sh cath nek dae Eea EE vend cad sn AE A ad ca wien aheevt A Spates 160 Syy Cartesian Stress aaa inicia EIA 160 zz Cals Stress tidad ds dd dd dos Seas 160 TXY Cartesian Mas 160 TAZ CMS MIS as ca ca cs eae can AEA EEEE A eee eat 160 yz Cartesian Stress te Raa aaa Raa a 160 NY AN rae NR 161 Effective Stres Seer ia a a a a da rd ena ea eae ae 161 AA A a anh ee aE en Ec os Aen nt oe a ne ee 161 INdUCSA IS INOS S diante ta o ate od seh ae de do s
278. earest edge snap button is not already highlighted MA In this mode a pick box will be displayed at the intersection of the cross hairs N Although the coordinates of the current cursor location are indicated on the status bar if the pick box is located over the corner of a construction line that corner will be selected otherwise the nearest point on the edge of the construction line under the pick box will be selected In either case all 3 coordinate values x y and z are uniquely specified You will see that the FFLoop building routine is prompting you to enter the first corner of the block on the status bar Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials a Move the cursor about until you locate point 1 Select this point by clicking the left mouse button once You will now be prompted for the next block corner As you move the cursor about you will see that not only is the current cursor location indicated at the lower left hand corner of the display but also the offset of the current point from the last one selected i e the offset vector from point 1 to point 2 Select point 2 Repeat this selection process for point 3 and 4 If you select the wrong location for a point simply undo that selection using the undo button 2 CAD gt Build gt Undo Point then try again Finally reselect the first point i e point 1 When first point has been reselected the base of the block has been completely
279. eased on an annual basis however multiple year leases can be negotiated in advance Sales and support are provided by the author and through a network of agents worldwide including MINCAD Systems Ken McNabb Mincad Systems Pty Limited Box 2114 Richmond South Victoria 3121 Australia Email mincadhgOmincad com au Website www mincad com au Tel 61 3 9427 1085 Fax 61 3 9428 1197 ACI FOC Kine John Hadjigeorgiou Georock Inc 17 Highborne Road Toronto Ontario Canada M5P 2J1 Email georock rogers com Tel 1 647 351 0841 so OHMS Administration and Orders Danie Truter Tina Samuel Technical Support Gerrit Kotze Open House Management Solutions PO Box 200 77 Dr James Moroka Avenue Potchefstroom 2531 South Africa Tel 27 18 293 1400 Mobile 27 18 293 1940 Email Danie Truter ohms co za Email tina samuel ohms co za Email gerrit kotze ohms co za Website www ohms co za Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Oe Map3D User s Manual TECNOLOGIA Y GEOCIENCIAS Claudio Martinez Tecnologia Y Geociencias Limitada Valenzuela Castillo 1341 Of 205 Providencia Santiago Chile Tel 56 2 2 275 61 08 Mobiile 56 9 0153889 Email info tecnologiaygeociencias cl Website http www tecnologiaygeociencias cl Mahdi Bayuargo 2M Engineering Jl KPR Pemda 2 SP V No 45 Timika Papua Indonesia 99910 Tel 62 81389 202349 Email mahdi mmeconsultant com
280. ecting the desired data then OK you will be prompted for a file name to save the data You can select CSV comma separated delimited data TSV tab separated delimited data or TXT space sepatrated delimited data You can also specify to automatically open the file in Excel or Notepad Note that you should not use CSV files with commas as decimal points Save in B Map3D60 v e E er Edy Name y Date modified Type Le aidan 28 05 2012 3 48 PM_ File folder Le Alksnis 16 10 2012 10 55 File folder p Amec 31 10 2012 12 28 File folder p Claudio 2 10 2012 10 30 AM File folder p Coleman 2 10 2012 11 20 AM File folder m r O Save astype ASCII files csv tsv bt e Cancel Recent Directories OpeninExcel OpeninNotepad Use commas as decimal points Stresses Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands m sn tsn psn stress normal to the surface its trend and plunge ts tts pts maximum shear stress in the plane of the surface its trend and plunge ts1 ts2 shear stress components in the plane of the surface ts1 is parallel to the first side i e the side defined by x y 21 xe y2 z2 ts2 is perpendicular to ts1 in the direction of the second side i e the side defined by x y2 Z2 xs ys Za ser surface stress error Iterative solvers function by determining the error in the current solution of each simultaneous equation then reducing these errors by a process of suc
281. ection capabilities of Map3D The program will automatically create the intersection between the two blocks during stage 2 of the analysis These routines work best if all points on the bottom side of the upper block and all points on the topside of the lower block are at the same elevation This can be achieved using BE CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Z The routines will even work if the bottom side of the upper block and the topside of the lower block are non planar and at different elevations as long as they do in fact intersect one another In this latter case however the resulting intersection may contain many complex elements While these shapes will work fine they could slow the analysis down owing to their large number and the fact that often they must be discretized heavily Connecting A Drift to a Stoping Block Often the situation arises where one wants to intersect a drift with stoping block As above this situation can be easily accommodated by the built in Boolean intersection capabilities of Map3D The program will automatically create the intersection between the drift and the stoping block during stage 2 of the analysis Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 42 Map3D User s Manual 2 11 These routines work best if the intersecting faces are planar and parallel The routines will even work if the intersecting faces are non planar and non parallel as long as they do in fact intersect one another In this latter
282. ection of the z axis E Plot gt Strain gt Ey Cartesian Strain Component normal strain in the direction of the x y plane e Plot gt Strain gt Ev Cartesian Strain Component normal strain in the direction of the y z plane el Plot gt Strain gt e Cartesian Strain Component normal strain in the direction of the xz plane Note that there are three components of strain that can be contoured Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Elastic Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Plastic Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Total There are also two different ways of presenting the strain ws Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Induced Strain Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Absolute Strain The contour range is set using Based Plot gt Range This component can be added to the contour toolbar if desired Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar gt Strain The user may find it handy to add the tx More Strain Components button to the contouring toolbar for quick access to all strain components Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 169 4 3 2 21 Value 4 3 2 21 1 Elastic strain Selects the elastic plastic or total strain component For details refer to Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks 4 3 2 21 4 Induced Strain Plot the induced or absolute strain component Induced strain is the strain without the pre mining strain contribution This represents the strain change since the pre mining condition Absolute st
283. ector All selected entities will be moved by this amount Norm activates the cursor allowing interactive selection of a surface to make the offset vector normal to This requires that you select two points to define this vector Once selected the components of the offset vector are displayed in the dialogue box To assist in visually selecting points from the model all snap functions are available sex CAD gt Snap Once selected the components of the offset vector are displayed in the dialogue box Az Offset Vel For example if you have constructed the base of a 3D block points 1 2 3 and 4 and you wish to generate the remaining points 5 6 7 and 8 at one metre elevation above the base you would simply enter the offset vector as 0 0 1 7 6 et 1 I I 5 oi Offset I l I l Vector l l I l 0 0 1 I l EED EED I Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 259 Note that it is possible to create zero volume blocks for example by specifying a zero length offset vector This allows users to construct individual FF surfaces if desired While this is permissible it is not recommended as this can lead to unclosed volumes 4 5 1 10 Undo Point During block construction points are selected in sequence This allows points to be unselected during construction of the following entities CAD gt Build gt Block CAD gt Build gt FF Loop a CAD gt Build gt DD Loop CAD gt Build
284. ed The AutoCAD THICKNESS must be set equal to zero 3DFACE Two dimensional surfaces can also be generated using the AutoCAD 3DFACE command This method is more general but since all corners of the AutoCAD 3DFACE must be specified it is also more complex 3DMESH Complex two dimensional surfaces can be generated using types of 3DMESHs with N larger than 4 e g Rulesurf Tabsurf Revsurf etc For these shapes the DXF conversion routine creates a series of 3DFACEs to describe the excavation surface These surfaces are structured identically to Map3D surface plates Surface closure is fairly easy to ensure for these cases owing to the regular nature of the construction Unsupported AutoCAD Entities There are a number of unsupported AutoCAD entities meaning that Map3D was not designed to reconstruct these as they appear from within AutoCAD These entities include the CIRCLE ARC and DOUGHNUT entities These entities may be supported in future Map3D updates Note that most shapes can be generated by alternate means using the AutoCAD ELLIPSE command or 3DMESH command Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Appendix 373 5 3 10 File gt INP Model File Format INP format is an editable ASCII data file with the extension INP This is the recommended Map3D model format All Map3D functionality is supported with this format The file is organized into 7 sections Job Title Control Parameters Block Specification Coordinate Spe
285. ed by holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key and dragging open a crossing window e if su surface select mode is active only surfaces will be included e If J entity select mode is active all surfaces making up the block will be included Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Selected entities will be added to the list Fm Selected entities will be removed from the list Undo last selection _ Redo the last section Once you have selected the desired entities you can either pick any of the edit buttons B CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties Edit block type colour mining sequence etc CAD gt Edit gt Erase Entities Erase selected entities Eal CAD gt Edit gt Move Entities Move selected entities al CAD gt Edit gt Copy Entities Copy selected entities JB CAD gt Edit gt Scale Entities Scale selected entities CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Azimuth Rotate the azimuth of selected entities _ CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Dip Rotate the dip of selected entities S CAD gt Edit gt Dump to File Dump selected entities to a file 281 CAD gt Edit gt Group Group selected entities into a single block e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of options Once you have completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the modifications by selecting 21 Undo You can also restore the same selection set and modify th
286. ed for grid spacing discretization and lumping parameters until the desired density of boundary elements and grids points is achieved Once you are satisfied you can proceed to the BEM Analysis matrix assembly and solution by selecting Analysis from the main menu then selecting BEM Analysis When the analysis is complete select Analysis gt Graphics When in graphical mode you can contour any desired parameter For example to display the major principal stress contours select Plot gt Stress gt S1 Major Principal Stress This will generate a contour plot on the grid plane Interpretation of the results will not be discussed here Tabular Mining Example This example demonstrates model building for a multi step tabular mining example Construction lines are used to define detailed locations of underground features such as excavations contacts structure etc A Map3D model is normally built on top of this construction line data The mine plans have been previously digitized using Map3D CAD gt Digitizer Setup or some other CAD program These plans can be saved in either Point file format is a universal ASCII data file with the extension PNT This format is useful for exchanging raw construction line data with other CAD software AutoCAD DXF format is a popular drawing exchange file with the extension DXF This format is useful for exchanging construction line data with other CAD software We want to s
287. ed shapes and wedges These blocks can be stacked together to create complex excavation shapes or ore zone boundaries They are linked together either by sharing common corners or by virtue of the fact that they intersect Sides which are common to more than one block or penetrate other blocks are automatically cut off and deleted The volume contained within the block structure defines an excavation ore zone yield zone backfilled zones etc Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 28 Map3D User s Manual 2 4 lt To illustrate this point consider a simple drawpoint configuration which has been assembled out of 4 blocks Block 1 represents the extraction drift block 2 represents the crosscut block 3 represents the drawpoint and block 4 represents the stope The pre processor in Map3D identifies the connections between these blocks cuts them off and deletes the surfaces which are common to adjacent blocks Constructing Alternate Material Zones Models which use multiple materials are built using similar principles as normal excavation type models Instead of defining the interior of a block as excavated i e material code zero one simply specifies the number of the material that exists inside the block By default the host material is material number 1 Any region which has a different set of properties initial stress elastic response or strength must be defined just as an excavation would be defined using Fictitious
288. ed surface envelope This routine can be initiated either by picking the 8 button or simple right clicking on any entity When you initiate this routine you will first be prompted to build a list of entities that you wish to group Edit Ss a Surf Col Matl Name E E Rem K9 Cu e If Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you must hold down the Shift key to make multiple selections By default selected entities are added to the list however if the Cirl key is held down selected entities will be removed from the list While holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key you can drag open a crossing window Use of this toolbar is detailed in Build A List of Entities for Editing Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used Holding the Alt key when you right click automatically repeats the last edit function that was used Once you have selected the desired entities you can either pick any of the edit buttons Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 2a B CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties Edit block type colour mining sequence 2 CAD gt Edit gt Erase Entities Erase selected entities Eal CAD gt Edit gt Move Entities Move selected entities CAD gt Edit gt Copy Entities Copy selected entities B CAD gt Edit gt Scale Entities Scale selected entities CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Azimuth Rotate the azimuth of selected entities E CAD gt
289. eer ne aa CAC 161 ABSOIULE SITES Secs 8 ss ahs hac Bas he hate eth a is Messe A dl ad eats Sead teh sa ete hate ats Beda ek athe tana 161 SUD ui eidetad tected etep ted citsteteven ted raped tes ara Saa aaa aaa Aea aaaea aaa Sata Aapa aa aN 161 ERA O NA 161 Intermediate Principal MA 161 Minor RrncipallStrdllN coc cece a tenance senecsne tenance seneasne tenance sceecsnetezassoesctecsnedshenseenszenss 161 Maximum Shear Stratics scsi sees a adc os nae ee ean ee es en es 162 In Plane Shear Stel tee ia re ee A a oe Oe a i oak Cn Su oe oa ee as 163 IncPlane Normal Strains occ eee iets a eo aes aaa ae isa ape a aiid 163 In Plane Maximunmt Strain lt 2 hot ss Satta hae oan add iaa A teeth a 164 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D User s Manual In Plane Minimu Strains esnea a oa aa ieee A E aa 164 Ubiquitous Plane Shear StralN coooomooncccncconnncasacancnnnnnnnanaconanannnnnnsanonann nana nanonenaca nana naccnnnnnn nana saccnnans 165 Ubiquitous Plane Normal ST a 165 Ubiquitous Plane Maximum StTAiN o ooonnoocccccccccnnnonacnnnnncnnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnn nono no nnnnnnn canon ono nn cnn nn nnnnnonnos 166 UbiquitoUs Plane Minimum Strains sses eo eee ID ae cata Sea 166 Octahedral Shear Straini s ek eet ak iets a cle cet ces dla e ave cone Senco anh vee epee vent veh aie eben vee sense pe ee 167 VOIUMOLTICES EAN 167 EXx SUralisGOMPpPONSNMtt te csccsscscecscachsnaatzcsctuscechcrecchcoctucsacpcrecshcncteccncesrecshcuctescnce
290. eismicity 5 8 Map3D Modeller Map3D Modeller 3D CAD and GIS visual database This module is used for constructing and visualizing 3D models This software is used for civil geological and mining projects Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 420 Map3D User s Manual Underground Mine Workings ersecting Tunnels Easy to use 3D CAD OpenGL based system includes free hand sketching digitizing or object picking to build and edit 5 basic entity types 3D blocks These entities are used to construct stopes ore zones dykes and tunnels Construction is most easily approached by defining a series of cross sections or level plans each can have a different shape and different number of points Map3D can readily simplify these if desired and then interpolate between the loops to form complex 3D shapes 2D features These entities are used to construct faults tabular mining ground topography and fractures These features need not be planar Curved and offset fractures and faults are fully supported Grid planes Cross sections can be defined for contouring or simply slicing the model Grid lines These are particularly useful for representing the location of bore holes and ground support Instrument locations and orientations are easily identified Construction lines Simple survey data such as drift centre lines are most easily represented using construction lines This allows for easy import export to other CAD packages full
291. either as E1 Ep E3 or Ex Ey Ez Ey Ev En If only s1 e2 es are specified these principal strains are applied parallel to the principal stresses The strains are used to determine the initial stress o using aj 1 v e v e e E 1 v 1 2 a 1 v e v 8 1E 1 v 1 9 o 1 v ey v e 1 E 1 v 1 4 If all of ex yy Ezz exy eyz en are Specified these strains are applied as Cartesian components The strains are used to determine the initial stress o using a 8 vle EE fey 1 2 Oy 1 v ey v 8 82 1E 1 149 1 20 ia 1 v Ezz v Ey Ey 1 E 1 v 1 24 Ey Ey El 1 v ve 8 El 1 v ex Elite Strains are specified in dimensionless strain units i e 0 001 would specify 1000 micro strain E and v represent respectively Young s modulus and Poisson s ratio Map3D automatically determines which material the corner of the 3D block is located within and uses the corresponding material properties The strains may be determined from in situ or laboratory measurements of temperature or fluid pressure or from another numerical modelling program such as a thermal analysis code These can also be estimated from seismic monitoring data The strains that should be applied can be determined from the temperature through an expansion coefficient A where the temperature change or fluid pressure change from the background value induces the initial stresses 6 6
292. el data from a recently used directory 381 Loading model data from a recently used file Loading system stiffness calculation 343 Local energy release rate calculation 343 Lumping and discretization 42 213 214 215 219 130 132 333 366 146 146 150 152 311 269 331 Map3D 2 9 10 11 414 416 Map3D analysis options 236 Map3Di 224 274 322 Materialcodes 31 Material property specification 224 274 332 363 364 382 386 388 390 394 409 414 Matrix conditioning 42 213 214 219 269 331 Matrix lumping 42 213 214 219 269 331 Matrix solution 333 335 349 Maximum shear strain 162 Maximum shear stress 155 Mean stress 160 Mean value of contour points 227 Menu Commands Analysis dialogue box 136 219 269 330 331 332 333 351 352 Menu Commands Analysis dialogue box 235 Menu Commands Analysis Options dialogue box 333 334 335 336 337 338 340 342 343 347 348 349 350 Menu Commands Analysis Options dialogue box 236 Menu Commands CAD 304 305 306 307 Menu Commands CAD gt Build 237 241 246 252 253 255 256 257 259 260 Menu Commands CAD gt Build menu 355 366 Menu Commands CAD gt Edit 277 280 281 283 284 286 287 289 290 291 293 294 295 297 298 300 302 Menu Commands CAD gt Edit menu 359 356 397 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 mo Map3D User s Manual Menu Commands CAD gt Properties 219 223 Merge coordi
293. enables simulation of ground support elements When simulating stiff support systems such as arches steel sets props thick liners chalks strong backfill etc it is necessary to model the ground movement up to the point of support placement then insert the support elements either in a stress strain free state or with a prescribed pre stressing This feature is particularly useful for simulation of structural support elements and can accommodate placement modification of Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 o d properties and subsequent removal if desired This option has been enabled for use with 3D FF blocks and or DD planes To enable this feature you must first excavate the desired support element either a 3D FF block or DD plane to the desired pre stressed state use a zero material code for zero stresses or a negative material number for a prescribed stress state then in a subsequent mining step insert the support material use a positive material number to do this With the Analysis gt Options gt Zero Strain Support Placement option checked Map3D conducts the necessary calculations to place support elements in a stress strain free state or with a prescribed pre stressing at the current mining step The action of excavation to a zero or prescribed stress state followed by insertion of an alternate material signals Map3D to conduct the required calculations Without this option all materials are placed at the pre mining de
294. ence The mining step sequence is specified simply by designating appropriate material codes at the desired mining step The material code represents the number of the material that exists inside the block By default the host material is material number 1 Any region which has a different set of properties initial stress elastic response or strength from the host should simply be assigned a positive material code number to indicate the properties to be associated with each particular group of blocks Material code 0 specifies that the element will have zero surface stresses This is the default and is normally used for excavation surfaces ground surface and open pit walls Material code M e g 2 specifies that the element will have surface stresses equal to the stress state associated with material number M This is useful for modelling pressurized openings or stresses that vary with depth e g backfill Material code M e g 2 specifies that the enclosed region will behave with the properties associated with material number M This code is used to specify regions that have properties different from the host material e g ore dyke backfill etc Material codes are assigned during model building using 48 CAD gt Build gt Block a CAD gt Build gt DD Loop CAD gt Build gt FF Loop Material codes can be assigned at any time using 8 CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties You will be prompted as follows
295. ent view position can be saved Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 154 Map3D User s Manual 4 2 21 4 2 22 4 3 4 3 1 4 3 1 1 File gt Save View or restored File gt Restore View between sessions View 640x480 Resizes the window to 640x480 pixels to enable standard screen dump size Continuous Rotation Set the model to continuously rotate Plot Menu Stress Major Principal Stress Contours the principal stresses o o o In elastic analysis the major principal stress is normally used with the minor principal stress and the Mohr Coulomb or Hoek Brown strength criterion BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Strength Parameters to estimate the amount of damage in the rockmass due to over stressing Since none of the parameters have any orientation sensitivity this criterion is representative for homogeneous rock mass stability By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of non linear strain or the strain rate predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks Over stressing can be presented in several forms including 3ra sra Plot gt Strength Factor gt SF A Strength Stress sra sra Plot gt Strength Factor gt SF
296. enu Commands 230 Upon completion of block construction the user is prompted to enter the block properties This allows you to specify the various parameters including the block colour and mining sequence Block Volume 5 000000 Block Name Mining Block Element Type Fictitious Force Block Colour i Fixed Element Width y CodeLERD Mstep Mining Step 1 Mining Step 2 Mining Step 3 Mining Step 4 Mining Step 5 FT Generate separate loop blocks Offset More Steps Clear All Steps Undo Copy From Mesh Build Cancel Block Volume displays the volume of the block Block Name specifies a descriptive name for the block Element Type specifies the type of boundary element that will be used for the block e Fictitious Force FF elements should be used for three dimensional features such as excavations alternate material zones back filled stopes etc e Displacement Discontinuity DD elements should be used for tabular mining excavations fractures and fault planes e Inactive elements can be used to display features that are to be included for visualization purposes only and not to be used for the actual stress analysis Block Colour specifies the colour number that will be used to display the block Specifies the colour number that will be assigned to each button A total of 10 colours are available for display These are numbered respectively 1 through 10 11 through 20 21 throug
297. ep 6 Construction Complete e This completes construction of the stope 55 E gt gt h Hidw File View Analysis CAD Visualization Tools Help Lengen idv bly Helw Stpy Cont Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D User s Manual Part 130 Map3D User s Manual 4 4 1 4 1 1 Menu Commands File Menu New Model CAD Clears all current model data All FF blocks DD planes field point grids and materials are erased Quick Open View Only Quickly loads a model from a file but skips all preprocessing Note that you cannot use any of the CAD functions until you have loaded the file with Open Model CAD or selected Go To CAD on the main program menu Merging multiple files into one model You may select multiple files simultaneously by holding the standard windows shift or ctrl keys for multiple selections These files will be merging into one model database This allows you to keep separate parts of model data in different files then easily merge them together into one model database Another way of merging multiple files is to select the Merge Geometries option prior to selecting the additional file you want to add to the existing model database This is useful if you already have a model open and want to add additional model data to this Open Model CAD Loads a model from a file Once loaded the user can execute any desired Map3D Analysis Stage T
298. er guaranteed The user must define excavations with a series of surface plates all assigned the same AutoCAD colour number which must join along their edges and completely envelope the excavation with a continuous surface skin These surfaces are structured identically to Map3D surface plates Closure of all surfaces is not guaranteed when using this method since the user may leave out a surface patch thus forming a hole in the excavation surface The user must take care to place all plates such that all surfaces close perfectly LINE PLINE 3DPOLY POLYLINE and ELLIPSE THICKNESS Only N PLI Thickness Th These entities can be used to define two dimensional plates One simply defines an AutoCAD UCS user coordinate system for the plate then defines the edge of the plate using any of the AutoCAD LINE PLINE 3DPOLY POLYLINE or ELLIPSE commands The AutoCAD COLOUR Map3D block number and AutoCAD THICKNESS plate width are specified using the AutoCAD CHANGE PROPERTIES command The AutoCAD WIDTH must be set equal to zero LINE PLINE 3DPOLY POLYLINE and ELLIPSE with WIDTH Only Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 372 Map3D User s Manual o User s Manual Na E Using these entities one defines the centre line of the plate using any of the AutoCAD LINE PLINE 3DPOLY POLYLINE or ELLIPSE commands The width is then specified using the AutoCAD PEDIT command Either a constant width or changing width at each vertex may be specifi
299. er material number For example if the ore were assigned material number 2 and the fault were assigned material number 3 the fault would be assumed to be continuous through the ore Note that excavations are assumed to cut through all other features For additional discussion refer to Constructing Alternate Material Zones Notes This function must be checked before conducting the intersection analysis Analysis gt Intersections It is recommended that you check this option 5 1 18 Analysis gt Options gt Collinearity Merge coordinate points that are close to one another during file load Coordinate points that are very close to one another are merged together Coordinate points that are very near an edge of a surface are moved onto that edge By default Map3D will move these points if they are within a search radius of 1000th of the edge length from the surface If desired the user can define a search radius by entering a value in the data box Other CAD Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 336 Map3D User s Manual 5 1 19 5 1 20 packages may not link corners of surfaces together This feature is useful for eliminating small gaps and overlaps between adjacent surfaces and blocks Extreme caution should be used when specifying a non zero value for this parameter since large values can cause more problems then it will fix by merging too many points together Notes This function must be checked before loading
300. ersist Translucent V Zero Contour Event File The event file is simply a text file txt This format is useful for exchanging raw model data with other CAD software Comment lines must start with an asterisk in column 1 Seismic data are stored as a series of points as follows X y 2 f1 f2 f3 text message file name X Y Z 11 f2 f3 text message file name X Y Z 11 12 f3 text message file name where x y z represent the coordinates of each point f1 f2 f3 indicates an optional series of numeric values e g colour magnitude orientation etc text message indicates an optional series of text strings that must be enclosed in double quotes file name indicates an optional series of file names that must be enclosed in double quotes e The text message and file name are displayed in the status bar across the bottom of the screen by picking an event with the left mouse button e They can also be edited by picking an event with the right mouse button e Picking with the right mouse button also allows for display of the file if the file name has been associated with an application refer to Windows documentation on how to Associate a file with a program Merging multiple files into one database You may select multiple files simultaneously by holding the standard windows shift or ctrl keys for multiple selections These files will be merging into one database This allows y
301. es Copy selected entities B CAD gt Edit gt Scale Entities Scale selected entities CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Azimuth Rotate the azimuth of selected entities E CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Dip Rotate the dip of selected entities 4 CAD gt Edit gt Dump to File Dump selected entities to a file CAD gt Edit gt Group Group selected entities into a single block e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of options You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time Group Entities Group the selected entities into a single block This is an advanced option that should only be used by experienced users At times you may need to erase or build individual surfaces then group them together to form a single block This function groups entities together to form seamless closed block from individual surfaces Note that when using this operation the user must ensure that the grouped surfaces form a seamless closed surface envelope with no internal surfaces The presence of internal surfaces may cause errors The group function was implemented to allow advanced users to erase a few surface elements and rebuild them It is also useful for joining surfaces together that are brought in from CAD packages Note that the user is required to ensure that there are no internal surfaces and the surfaces you group together do form a seamless clos
302. es for the dyke These are entered using the material properties function CAD gt Properties gt Material Properties Selecting this item opens a sub menu of items associated with editing the material properties Note Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 104 Map3D User s Manual that material number 1 is by definition the host material Other material numbers are used to define alternate material zones such as ore fault gouge backfill etc The user is first prompted to enter the material number that is to be edited First let s define properties for the host material Let s set Material to 3 All parameters can be set as desired If Map3D Non Linear is being used the user should take special care in this case since this feature can behave non linearly yielding in compression and shearing refer to the section on Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF Blocks Be sure to Pick Stress State to open the stress state dialog box as set the stress state in the dyke to be the same as in the host Copy from material 1 Specifying Control Parameters We must now specify parameters to control model discretization and solution These are entered using the control parameters function CAD gt Properties gt Control Parameters Selecting this item opens a dialog box of items associated with the control parameters Control Parameters Job Title Tabular Mining Maximum of Time Steps NLD hooo Maximum of Iterations NIT hooo
303. es the user of the tedious process of manually discretizing their model while improving accuracy and minimizing problem size Problem Size Map3D can accommodate over 1 200 000 degrees of freedom on a PC with a few GBs of disk space Although small problems can be solved in minutes the largest problems can require overnight or a few days This tremendous efficiency is achieved by use of matrix lumping This permits users to specify existing mine wide mining geometry in detail and add new mining as required This greatly reduces the effort required to set up and run analyses and permits the whole mine to be considered when necessary Multi Processing Multi Disk Map3D fully supports parallel processing features such that computation times scales linearly with the number of processors 6 core processors solve problems 6 times faster than single core In addition the program has built in overlapped disk functionality allowing read and write rates to scale linearly with the number of disks 4 disk read write rates are 4 times faster than single disk Pre processing A complete CAD package is incorporated into Map3D featuring numerous facilities for exchanging data with other CAD packages Many features including the automated trace and extrude functions allow complex models to be built with ease Extensive error checking and automatic correction routines allow almost any model geometry to be used Boolean intersection routines correct overlapping a
304. esents the mean value of o and s represents the standard deviation of o Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands Strength e ds excess major principal stress Ao e dtmax excess maximum shear stress Art e dtoct excess octahedral shear stress At e e dtip excess in plane shear stress At e dtub excess ubiquitous plane shear stress Ar p e UCS phi q Mohr Coulomb strength parameters defined using BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Rockmass Strength Parameters Location e xyz coordinate of grid point Miscellaneous e Dgrid distance to the nearest surface from each grid point e Dol distance to the nearest grid Dgrid divided by the grid spacing Lgrid e fi f2 user defined material parameters These can be defined using Plot gt Properties gt Material Properties gt User defined Parameters Operators e addition subtraction multiplication division and exponentiation operators Note that exponentials are computed first followed by multiplication and division and finally addition and subtraction e styles of brackets Pairs of brackets must match e gt maximum value For example if the plot equation is specified as s1 gt 10 the larger of s1 or 10 will be plotted e lt minimum value For example if the plot equation is specified as s1 lt 10 the smaller of s1 or 10 will be plotted e comment Other e phi atan Ti Si plots the friction angle necessary
305. esses or a negative material number for a prescribed stress state then in a subsequent mining step insert the support material use a positive material number to do this With the Analysis gt Options gt Zero Strain Support Placement option checked Map3D conducts the necessary calculations to place support elements in a stress strain free state or with a prescribed pre stressing at the current mining step The action of excavation to a zero or prescribed stress state followed by insertion of an alternate material signals Map3D to conduct the required calculations Map3D can be applied to the analysis of underground layout and mining sequence problems as well as the assessment of pillar designs stope span stability and fault stability Depending on the version being used non linear material behaviour can be used when modelling pillars seams and abutments There is a facility to superimpose external field loading effects into the Map3D model Map3Di There is also a facility to visualize point data Seismic Points can be displayed as light source shaded spheres with diameter and or colour varying as magnitude Each point can be tagged with a series of numeric values e g colour magnitude orientation etc and a text message Upon clicking on a point the location magnitude and text message are displayed on the status bar This feature can be used to display a database of useful geologic information such as grade rock mass quality etc
306. eters actually come into play in the mine design process Although it will be fairly easy to list these parameters it will be much more difficult to define exactly how to use this information Some examples could be e level of ground stability e stand up time e risk of ore loss e level of ground support required The rock mass response must be characterized in terms of parameters which can be directly measured underground for example level of joint alteration displacement strain closure stress change but also in terms of parameters which are more subjective such as ground support integrity level of stability or amount of ground deterioration The rock mass at each mine site of interest must be characterized by use of scan line surveys and point load strengih tests Additional information in the form of displacements and strain measurements extensometers and closure points as well as stress change monitoring CSIRO cells or IRAD gauges should also be used where appropriate This work is very important because it provides a repeatable objective measure of current ground conditions By continuing to monitor the rock mass conditions in this way a record of when and Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 22 Map3D User s Manual where conditions change is made This not only permits one to compare different sites to one another but also to develop a direct method to relate in situ ground conditions to measurable
307. etween the stress state at the time of each burst and a linear strength criterion The coefficient of correlation of this data is 0 90 Stated in a different way the mean error in prediction of o1 is approximately 17 MPa This gives a coefficient of variation of only 9 The LERD at the time of the burst as each location also shows a strong correlation between the stress state at the time of each burst and a linear criterion The coefficient of correlation of this data is 0 88 Stated in a different way the mean error in prediction of LERD is approximately 0 045 MPa m This gives a coefficient of variation of only 14 While the Wk and Wf components are readily calculated in this way the definition of LSS is not so straightforward However a representative LSS can be determined as follows Identify a representative area for which the LSS is to be determined This is done by building a test block that should encompass the anticipated yield zone You construct the test block as you would any other feature but identify this block as a test block by specifying the desired Material Code for the LERD LSS calculation using CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties gt Matl Code LERD LSS The Material Code for the Mining Steps should be set according to how you want this zone to be Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 306 Map3D User s Manual 5 1 29 treated during the mining sequence These blocks ca
308. ever if the Ctrl key is held down selected entities will be removed from the list While holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key you can drag open a crossing window Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used Holding the Alt key when you right click automatically repeats the last edit function that was used This toolbar controls the various functions used in list building Aborts editing Select entities by picking one surface at a time Select entities by picking whole groups making up a block Include all entities with the selected number Include all entities with the selected colour m Include all entities with the selected material number e The same block may have different materials in it depending on the currently active mining step e When using this function make sure to select the appropriate mining step x File gt Mining Step el Include all entities excavated with the selected mining step number Include all entities within the selected window e Entities will only be selected if the entire entity is contained within the window e if su surface select mode is active only surfaces will be included e if entity select mode is active all surfaces making up the block will be included _ Include all entities within the crossing window e Entities will be selected if even a part of the entity is within the window e This function can also be activat
309. f 10 times for small problems and more than 100 times for larger problems Notes This function must be checked before conducting the discretization analysis Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 348 Map3D User s Manual 5 1 32 5 1 33 5 1 34 Analysis gt Discretization The matrix lumping procedure is conducted during the Map3D BEM analysis whether this option is selected or not This is a time consuming procedure that should only be conducted if you need to accurately determine disk space requirements prior to Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt Options gt Lumping Accuracy When this option is checked lumping will only be allowed between adjacent elements that share the same local coordinate system i e parallel normals and parallel sides This ensures relatively good accuracy of lumped zones When this option is not checked lumping will be allowed between all adjacent elements regardless of the orientation This procedure will result in increased lumping and hence smaller coefficient matrix size but at the expense of reduced accuracy of the results The boundary element method generates a fully populated coefficient matrix of size 4 n bytes where n is the number of degrees of freedom Even for small problems disk space requirements and analysis time can become quite large e g 20 000 degrees of freedom requires 2 GBytes of disk space without lumping Large problems quickly become impractical to solve e g 200
310. f edges that link the wrong way to other edges highlighted in Wire e detection of edges that do not link to any other edges highlighted in BB e detection of edges that link to too many other edges highlighted in MAIM The above model problems will not necessarily stop Map3D from running properly but close scrutiny of these locations will help user s debug problems and find unintended construction errors Analysis gt Options gt Batch Set up analysis batch queue If the user has multiple models that need to be run these can be specified in this batch queue By selecting Analysis gt Options gt Batch gt Execute Batch Queue all checked models will be run without any request for interactive response from the user When you check a batch file for execution you will be prompted to search for a model file name location and file format If the search is successful the model will be checked The second column in the Batch File Setup dialogue box allows you to set analysis options if desired These setting override any options set in the Analysis gt Options dialogue box Notes Batch model files names are saved and restored each time Map3D is executed Model files that are not checked will not be executed in batch mode The batch queue can be interrupted at any time simply by aborting the current analysis Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 penx 395 Analysis gt Abort 5 1 16 Analysis gt Options gt CG
311. face A value for DOE of 2 0 is generally adequate and can be expected to provide solutions with 10 20 error If higher accuracy is required a value for DOE of 4 0 should give 5 10 error Use a value of 8 0 for less than 5 error Although higher values of DOE result in longer run times this is necessary to obtain increased accuracy Once discretization is complete the distance Dgrid can be plotted on grids using Pi Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Delem distance to nearest element on grids Grid Lumping DOG specifies the desired distance to element length ratio During grid assembly all grid points that fit within the dimension Dgrid DOG will be lumped together Dgrid represents the distance to the nearest field point grid surface A value for DOG of 2 0 is generally adequate and can be expected to provide solutions with 10 20 error If higher accuracy is required a value for DOG of 4 0 should give 5 10 error Use a value of 8 0 for less than 5 error Although higher values of DOG result in longer run times this is necessary to obtain increased accuracy Once discretization is complete the distance Dgrid can be plotted on grids using Psi Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Delem distance to nearest element on grids Aspect Ratio DOR specifies the desired element aspect ratio A value for DOR of 5 0 is recommended for all problems except where the user wants narrow elements subdivided into more uniform shapes Comment
312. failure Use the model to conduct numerical experiments to clarify conflicting ideas about what is going on in the field Some examples of controlling mechanics are as follows e Compressive yielding of the hangingwall pillar formed between stopes and hangingwall fault is the cause of the dilution e Lack of confinement of the hangingwall is the cause of the dilution e Excessive span is the cause of the dilution 4 Use the simplest possible model that will allow the important mechanisms to occur 2D 3D elastic plastic faults water heat dynamics etc Implement this model and verify that it either ties in with your expectations or if not identify the weakness in the model or in your expectations and adjust e Although two dimensional analysis may be applicable early in the mining at very low extraction ratios and late in the mining at very high extraction ratios three dimensional analysis is usually necessary e Slip on a weak fault may dominate the stress redistribution thus requiring the use of fault slip simulations e Pillar yielding may be responsible for significant stress redistribution thus requiring the use of non linear analysis 5 Once you have learned all you can from simple models you may want to run more complex and detailed models to refine accuracy and explore those neglected aspects of the geology and rock mass response in the simple models 6 Develop simple trends from the results to be used for desig
313. for details concerning data format Plot Equation Defines the parameter that will be plotted The pull down window allows you to store up to 20 different equations These are stored between Map3D sessions in the map3d ini file Plot Variables f1 f2 f3 data fields in the event file Functions sin cos tan sine cosine and tangent trigonometric functions asin acos atan Inverse trigonometric functions sqrt square root function log natural logarithmic function abs absolute value exp exponential function antilogarithm Location x y z coordinate of grid point Operators Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 o dE addition subtraction multiplication division and exponentiation operators Note that exponentials are computed first followed by multiplication and division and finally addition and subtraction 0 styles of brackets Pairs of brackets must match gt maximum value For example if the plot equation is specified as f1 gt 10 the larger of f1 or 10 will be plotted lt minimum value For example if the plot equation is specified as f1 lt 10 the smaller of f1 or 10 will be plotted Point Plotting Options Outlined Map3Di data patches are outlined Other Persist when checked the points will be re plotted each time the model is reoriented translated or zoomed Since this may be time consuming for large models this option may not alw
314. formation state This can cause erroneous large stresses particularly in stiff support elements Notes This function must be checked before conducting the Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt BEM Analysis This option requires additional calculations and hence increases analysis time 5 1 41 Analysis gt Suspend Suspends execution of the analysis Select Analysis gt Resume to continue execution 5 1 42 Analysis gt Conclude Concludes the current analysis During matrix solution Map3D is attempting to progressively solve the simultaneous equations saved in the coefficient matrix along with any other equations describing the alternate material zones fault slip creep etc A converged solution is assumed to have been obtained when the maximum surface stress error and the maximum failure criterion error are reduced below the user specified stress tolerance STOL Analysis gt CParams gt STOL If the user is satisfied the current level of accuracy is acceptable the analysis can be concluded by checking this option Extreme caution should be exercised when using this function as the results will contain numerical errors which could be significant Notes The distribution of surface stress error can be displayed by selecting Plot gt Surface Components gt Serr Stress Error from the solve toolbar The distribution of failure criterion error can be displayed by selecting Plot gt Surface Components gt Ferr F
315. formed You will be prompted with the message To complete building the block we will generate the remaining 4 points from the first 4 corners by adding an offset to them To use this latter procedure select the offset function from the Build Entity toolbar CAD gt Build gt Extrude Offset Remaining You will be prompted for this offset vector as follows Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D User s Manual Offset Vector X offset 0 000000 Y offset 0 000000 v Z offset 5 y Length 5 000000 FO gt D PRS 30 000000 y Direction 0 v Pick 2 points to define this vector Entity will be extruded by this amount Cancel Enter the offset as X offset gt 0 Y offset gt 0 Z offset gt 5 3 0z Points 5 6 7 and 8 will be generated respectively from points 1 2 3 and 4 by adding the offset values to their coordinates Upon completion of block construction you will automatically be prompted to enter the block properties 62 CAD gt Build gt FFLoop Entity Properties Block Yolume 8 000000 Block Name Intersection Element Type Fictitious Force y Block Colour ii 1 y Fixed Element Width y Matl_Code LERD LSS Mining Step 1 Mining Step 2 Mining Step 3 Mining Step 4 Mining Step 5 IV Generate separate blocks for each loop More Steps Clear All Steps Undo Copy From Enter the following Block Name Intersection Element Type Fictitious Force B
316. g Mining Step 1 leave this field blank Mining Step 2 0 We are now finished and can Build this block The adjacent panel can be constructed using the same procedure giving the final geometry Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 82 Map3D User s Manual Saving the Geometry At this point we have constructed the footwall access drifts and two VRM panels Before proceeding further it would be a good idea to save the model as built so far To do this we select File gt Save Model As Let s save with the name VRM INP Building Grid Planes We must now decide where we want results to be calculated In this example we are interested in the stress in the pillar formed between the two VRM panels We will therefore define a level grid plane that passes mid height through the pillar We will be using the snap grid function This can be set up now or after we start the build grid plane function To set this up now pick the Sex button from the CAD toolbar CAD ee sie Ee ete cn Since we are going to be freehand drawing we must set up the snap grid This is done using CAD gt Snap gt Rectangular Grid Snap This function can be selected from the Snap toolbar Snap ES AAA LALA EA lalala le To activate the snap grid select EEI CAD gt Snap gt Rectangular Grid Snap Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials s this only needs to be done if the grid snap button is not already highlighted
317. g DOC Element Lumping DOE Grid Lumping DOG Aspect ratio DOR Comments Job Title specifies a descriptive project title Maximum of Time Steps NLD specifies the maximum number of steps that will be used during analysis This parameter is only relevant if you are conducting a non linear creep analysis Analysis gt Options gt Creep where this limits the actual number of time steps Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 270 Map3D User s Manual If this parameter is exceeded the program stops and the user is prompted for instructions on how to proceed This parameter can be modified during solution Unless the user has some special reason for limiting the number of time steps this parameter should be set to an arbitrarily large number Maximum of Iterations NIT specifies the maximum number of iterations that will used during matrix solution If this parameter is exceeded the program stops and the user is prompted for instructions on how to proceed This parameter can be modified during solution Unless the user has some special reason for limiting the number of time steps this parameter should be set to an arbitrarily large number Stress Tolerance STOL specifies the required accuracy of the matrix solution During matrix solution the accuracy is successively improved with each iteration When the maximum stress error falls below this value the matrix can be considered to be solved The suggested val
318. gitizer Setup gt Activate A large variety of drawing tools are available to assist in visually selecting points from the model sex CAD gt Snap Corners can be unselected using 2 CAD gt Build gt Undo Point Corners can be reselected using 1 CAD gt Build gt Redo Point Upon completion of block construction the user is prompted to enter the block properties This allows you to specify the various parameters including the block colour and mining sequence Block Volume 5 000000 Block Name Mining Block Element Type Fictitious Force Block Colour i D Fixed Element Width CodeLERD Mstep Mining Step 1 Mining Step 2 Mining Step 3 Mining Step 4 Mining Step 5 Generate separate loop blocks Offset More Steps Clear All Steps Undo Copy From Mesh Build Cancel Block Volume displays the volume of the block Block Name specifies a descriptive name for the block Element Type specifies the type of boundary element that will be used for the block Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 200 Map3D User s Manual e Fictitious Force FF elements should be used for three dimensional features such as excavations alternate material zones back filled stopes etc e Displacement Discontinuity DD elements should be used for tabular mining excavations fractures and fault planes e Inactive elements can be used to display features that are to be included for visualizatio
319. grids With OpenGL enabled Tools gt OpenGL all grids can be displayed simultaneously Without OpenGL enabled only two grids can be displayed simultaneously _tsit Hide All Hides all grids Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 304 Map3D User s Manual 4 5 6 1 Unhide All Unhide all grids The user can construct multiple field point grid planes using CAD gt Build gt Grid Plane CAD gt Build gt Grid Line Individual grid selection buttons can be placed on the view toolbar if desired using Tools gt View Toolbar Configure Digitizer Setup Setup the digitizer Digitizer Location Point 1 x coordinate 1 000000 Y coordinate 1 000000 Z coordinate 0 000000 X Point 2 x coordinate 1 000000 X Y coordinate 1 000000 Z coordinate 0 000000 X Point 3 X coordinate 1 000000 w Y coordinate 1 000000 X Z coordinate 0 000000 y l ctivatel View The digitizing plane is uniquely scaled located and oriented by specifying 3 points on the drawing to be digitized The procedure for doing this is to 1 select 3 points on the drawing 2 enter the coordinates of each point 3 then pick the points with the digitizer puck 4 Pick activates the digitizer puck to allow selection of each point al CAD gt Digitizer gt Activate toggles activation of the digitizer for selecting points from a drawing This button can be placed on the CAD toolbar using Tools
320. gt Grid Plane Z CAD gt Build gt Grid Line 8 CAD gt Build gt Construction Lines Any unselected points can be reselected using CAD gt Build gt Redo Point Once you have completed block construction you can undo this and remove this block from the model database by selecting 10 levels of undo redo are supported 2 CAD gt Build gt Undo Build You can then redo the block construction This allows you to repeat any trial meshing operation 1 CAD gt Build gt Undo Redo 4 5 1 11 Redo Point During block construction points are selected in sequence This allows any points that have been unselected to be reselected during construction of the following entities CAD gt Build gt Block CAD gt Build gt FF Loop a CAD gt Build gt DD Loop CAD gt Build gt Grid Plane 1 CAD gt Build gt Grid Line 8 CAD gt Build gt Construction Lines Points can be unselected using 2 CAD gt Build gt Undo Point Once you have completed block construction you can undo this and remove this block from the model database by selecting 10 levels of undo redo are supported 21 CAD gt Build gt Undo Build Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 260 Map3D User s Manual 4 5 1 12 4 5 1 13 You can then redo the block construction This allows you to repeat any trial meshing operation CAD gt Build gt Undo Redo Undo Build
321. gt SF A Strength Stress sr s Plot gt Strength Factor gt SF B Strength Stress se se Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used in this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the plastic strain or the plastic strain rate predicted by the model as an indicator of damage In 3D FF blocks the elastic strains are determined from the stresses by Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Ox Oxf 1 v Exxelastic V Eyyelastic Ezzelastic Es 1 v 1 2v Oyy Oyf 1 v Eyyelastic V Ezzelastic Exxelastic El 1 v 1 2v Ozz Ozzf 1 v Ezzelastic V Exxelastic Eyyelastic El 1 v 1 2v Dy Tyf Exyelastic E 1 v Tyz Tyzt Eyzelastic Ej 1 v Txz Txzt Exzelastio E 1 v where E and v represent respectively Young s modulus and Poisson s ratio and ot and t represent the initial pre mining stress state In Map3D Non Linear if the stress goes above the strength the plastic strain can be determined by limiting the stress o1 01 C Agiplastic At UCS q 03 03 C Aesplastic At where 1 v E1plastic v E2plastic Esplastic E 1 v 1 2v 1 v e2plastic v Espla
322. gt Strain gt Value gt Plastic Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 386 Map3D User s Manual Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Total Plot gt Strain gt E1 Major principal strain 2 Plot gt Strain gt E2 Intermediate principal strain Plot gt Strain gt E3 Minor principal strain m Plot gt Strain gt Emax Maximum shear strain xt Plot gt Strain gt Evolume Volumetric shear strain Related Topics Hoek Brown in 3D FF blocks Drucker Prager in 3D FF blocks 5 4 2 Materials gt Hoek Brown in 3D FF Blocks Hoek Brown material can only be used as a failure criterion for elastic analyses in Map3D Fault Slip Material Name Host Material 1 Material 1 v Material Type Hoek Brown F y Peak Residual Tension Cutoff fo v fo X Sigma C lab scale so y so y m Hoek Brown 8 600 y 8 600 s Hoek Brown 1 v f y y Young s Modulus eooo y fsoo0o gt Poisson s Ratio 0 250 0 250 y Standard Dev fo x Elastic only Viscous Mod Gn ou O Elasto Plastic Viscous Mod Gs fo gt E nective User Defined Expansion Coef Moo y Parameters Conductivity OOo y Dump to File 2 Copy from matl Stress State _ Close Material Name specifies a descriptive name for the material Material specifies the material number e Material 1 is reserved for the host material e Other material numbers are used to define alternate material zones s
323. gt Value gt Plastic epiasic Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Total etota Notes The strain toolbar can only be activated after the model building CAD Stage Map3D Analysis Stages Any of these components can be added to the contour toolbar if desired eet Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar 5 18 Plot gt Surface Components Activate the surface components toolbar after Map3D BEM analysis Surface Components ES caca ea This toolbar is meant to provide quick access to the surface component plots Plot gt Surface Components gt Serr Stress Error E Plot gt Surface Components gt Ferr Failure Error Plot gt Surface Components gt Ts Shear Stress S Plot gt Surface Components gt Sn Normal Stress Es Plot gt Surface Components gt Es Shear Strain Plot gt Surface Components gt En Normal Strain Plot gt Surface Components gt Ds Shear Displacement Ride 2 Plot gt Surface Components gt Dn Normal Displacement Closure ste Plot gt Surface Components gt Strength Stress 25 Plot gt Surface Components gt dTs Excess Shear Stress Plot gt Surface Components gt dEs Incremental Shear Strain xl Plot gt Surface Components gt dTs dEs Stress Strain rate Xh Plot gt Surface Components gt Temperature Head _ Plot gt Surface Components gt qn Normal Flux Plot gt Surface Components gt Value gt Elastic Plot gt Surfac
324. gth Steady state thermal fluid stress analysis can be simulated The built in solid modelling technology makes model construction very straightforward by building complex intersections internally The discretization routines built into Map3D relieve the user of the burden of attempting to optimize the use of elements by automatically concentrating them only where results are requested The internal lumping procedures reduce both matrix size and computational effort to a nearly linear dependence on problem size Rock Mass Response Predictions Using Numerical Modelling The simple goal of numerical modelling is to predict with accuracy and reliability how the rock mass will respond to mining We specify the loading conditions specify the geometry this can include dykes faults bedding etc require equilibrium and continuity assume that elasticity and or non linearity applies then solve these equations for the stresses strains displacement etc throughout the rock mass By examining the results from the stress analysis we can identify locations that are for example over stressed or yielding We can determine what locations need support and what type of support is appropriate etc Knowing what problems to expect and the time and location of these problems is the ultimate goal This allows you to compare alternative mine layouts and sequences and to develop strategies to deal with problems when they occur It avoids unexpected production i
325. h 30 etc such that the same colour is displayed for numbers 1 11 21 2 22 32 3 23 33 etc Fixed Element Width specifies the user defined element width This parameter can be used to force uniform discretization on selected entities Extreme caution should be used in specifying this value since a small value can easily lead to enormous problem size In general this option should not be used unchecked and discretization should be left to the AL and AG parameters These latter parameters will concentrate elements only where analysis results are requested thus optimizing the use of elements and minimizing problem size For further discussion refer to Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 200 Map3D User s Manual CAD gt Properties Control Parameters This parameter can also be used to avoid making surfaces with sides larger than this during the intersection analysis Any surfaces whose side length exceeds this dimension will not be collapsed Analysis gt Options gt Collapse During the discretization process any surface whose side length exceeds this dimension will be subdivided to prevent surfaces having sides larger than this For an example of the use of this parameter refer to Tabular Mining Example Matl_Code LERD MStep specifies the material code that will be substituted into the block for the LERD LSS calculation The first box is for the material code The second box is to specify th
326. h Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands Note that there are three components of strain that can be contoured Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Elastic Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Plastic Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Total There are also two different ways of presenting the strain Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Induced Strain Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Absolute Strain The contour range is set using Based Plot gt Range This component can be added to the contour toolbar if desired Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar gt Strain The user may find it handy to add the z More Strain Components button to the contouring toolbar for quick access to all strain components Related topics a Plot gt Strain gt esi Ubiquitous plane Shear Plot gt Strain gt eni Ubiquitous plane Normal Eu Plot gt Strain gt elu In plane Maximum al Plot gt Strain gt e3u In plane Minimum 4 3 2 13 Octahedral Shear Strain Contours the octahedral shear strain n Vel ee le Ae E PI and the volumetric strain Ep E By Es In elastic analysis the major principal stress is normally used with the minor principal stress and the Mohr Coulomb or Hoek Brown strength criterion to estimate the amount of damage due to over stressing By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the
327. h rate View gt Render gt Bright Shading blocks are drawn with a bright light source shading model You are prompted for an edge radius when you activate this feature The edge radius is used to shade edges and corners to give them a rounded appearance The edge radius should be specified as a fraction of the block thickness Shading can considerably slow down the refresh rate View gt Render gt Block Numbers blocks are drawn with numbers on their surfaces These numbers correspond to the currently selected render mode Block Colours Material Numbers or Mining Step Numbers View gt Render gt Block Names blocks are drawn with the block names on their surfaces View gt Render gt Coordinate Numbers blocks are drawn with the block names on their surfaces View gt Render gt Backfacing Surfaces when activated back facing surfaces of 3D FF blocks are drawn Generally the user does not need or want to see these surfaces View gt Render gt Discretize Toggles the display of discretized and non discretized views of the model View gt Render gt Perspective Toggles the display of perspective or orthogonal viewing In orthogonal mode all dimensions are drawn to true scale In perspective view entities further from the observer are drawn smaller in size View gt Render gt Clines Dot Radius specifies the radius of dots that will be drawn at all corner points along construction lines This significantly slo
328. h unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of non linear strain or the strain rate predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks Method B assumes that the stress path to failure takes place by increasing co without loss of confinement This is representative of a pillar failure where o os is considered to be the driving force Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 135 Mohr Coulomb y 1 03 ssl Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF B Strength Stress can be determined as UCS q Gy 07 o 9 s Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF B Strength Stress can be determined as 0 o UCS q 53 03 Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ac excess stress can be determined as Ao o UCS q o 3 Naj Plot gt Strength Factors gt N Ao std Probability using the Normal distribution the same as in method A Hoek Brown VM0 03 S Og 01 03 sel Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF B Strength Stress can be determined as V m 6 0 6 2 o 17 93 s Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF B Strength Stress can be determined as s 6 V m 0 07 so 25 Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ao excess stress can be determined as Ao 0 07 mo d SoZ Noi Plot gt Strength Factors gt N Ao
329. he system that is being modelled This helps to simplify and control the model A model is a simplification of reality rather than an imitation of reality It is an intellectual tool that has to be designed or chosen for a specific task The fundamental problem is the question of resolution One is nervous of over simplifying the problem It is futile ever to expect to have sufficient data to model rock masses in the conventional for example in electrical or aerospace engineering way As one includes more and more detail one loses intellectual control of the model and so it becomes less instead of more effective What is the conventional approach for applying numerical modelling to mine design In most other engineering disciplines electrical or aerospace engineering numerical modelling is normally based on predicting response based on laboratory measured properties of materials This generally works well if the materials geometry and loading conditions are well known By contrast the conventional method for applying numerical modelling to mine design is based on Terzaghi s Observational Approach to Design Initially i e pre mining you can conduct parametric studies You can compare alternate designs and identify important factors affecting stability You may find that certain orientations are more favourable than others or perhaps that certain sequences are better choices than others You can make some broad estimate of the cost benef
330. he Shift key or Ctrl key and dragging open a crossing window Selected entities will be added to the list Selected entities will be removed from the list 221 Undo last selection _ Redo the last section Once you have selected the desired entities you can either pick any of the edit buttons CAD gt Edit gt Stretch Vertices CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Point B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to X CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Y B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Z CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Plane CAD gt Edit gt Smooth Construction Lines CAD gt Edit gt Remove Construction Vertex 24 CAD gt Edit gt Subdivide Construction Lines e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of options Once you have completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the modifications by selecting 21 Undo You can also restore the same selection set and modify the same set of entities again be selecting Redo You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time 5 2 10 CAD gt Digitizer gt Activate Activates the digitizer for selecting points from a drawing to set up the digitizer refer to CAD gt Digitizer Setup Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 5 2 11 CAD gt Properties gt Material Properties gt Stress State Datum 1000 Stma Constant 30
331. he associated colour The buttons labelled s1 s2 s3 are used to hide mining steps The remaining buttons are labelled with the associated block colour number and are used to hide these The block name associated with each colour number is displayed in the tooltip and on the menu list Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 150 Map3D User s Manual 4 2 3 4 2 3 1 4 2 4 4 2 4 1 4 2 5 4 2 5 1 Hide Cline Colours Hide All This allows you to hide all construction lines with the selected colour TE i CELTE Selecting the 7 button on the View toolbar activates the Hide Cline Colours toolbar View gt Hide Cline Colours gt Hide All Hide all construction lines w View gt Hide Cline Colours gt Unhide All Unhide all currently hidden construction lines The first row hide and un hides all clines with the associated colour The remaining buttons are labelled with the associated cline colour number and are used to hide these Hide Grid Colours Hide All This allow you to hides all grids with the selected colour aan oon a AA A EE e ees 1 View gt Hide Grid Colours gt Hide All Hide all grids 1al View gt Hide Grid Colours gt Unhide All Unhide all currently hidden grids The first row hide and un hides all grids with the associated colour The buttons labelled with the associated grid colour number and are used to hide these The grid name associated with each colour
332. he design during construction important savings can be made by designing on the basis of the most probable rather than the most unfavourable possibilities The gaps in the available information are filled by designing during construction and the design is modified in accordance with the findings This basis of design may be called the observational procedure Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D Overview 4 Intact yq KJooooo Pillar Width Span La Unsupportable Heavy Support Light Support No Support p Non Linear Strain o Unstable Stable K _ _ o In order to use the observational procedure in earthwork engineering two requirements must be satisfied First of all the presence and general characteristics of the weak zones must be disclosed by the results of the subsoil exploration in advance of construction Secondly special provisions must be made to secure quantitative information concerning the undesirable characteristics of these zones during construction before it is too late to modify the design in accordance with the findings These requirements could not be satisfied until the mechanics of interaction between soil and water were clearly understood and adequate means for observation were developed Depending on the nature of the project the data required for practising the observational procedure are obtained by measuring pore pressures and piezometric level
333. he grid plane its trend and plunge Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 100 Map3D User s Manual si tsi psi normal stress in the grid plane its trend and plunge sli ts1i ps1i maximum stress tangential to the grid plane its trend and plunge s3i ts3i ps3i minimum stress tangential to the grid plane its trend and plunge tu ttu ptu maximum shear stress in the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge su tsu psu stress normal to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge slu ts1u psiu maximum stress tangential to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge s3u ts3u ps3u minimum stress tangential to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge The orientation of the ubiquitous plane is specified in MB Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters Effective Total effective stress or total stress components These options are only used in Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow as this code allows for calculation of steady state pore pressure distributions Strains el tel pel major principal strain s its trend and plunge e2 te2 pe2 intermediate principal strain 2 its trend and plunge e3 te3 pe3 minor principal strain es its trend and plunge exx eyy ezz exy eyz exz Cartesian strain components emax maximum shear strain e Y2 4 amp eoct octahedral shear strain s 1 3 amp 3 z evol volumetric strain esi tesi pesi maximum shear strain
334. he number of bits used for the colour buffer Depth Buffer Bits indicates the number of bits used for the z buffer OpenGL Antialiasing Enables smoothing of points lines and edges of polygons This OpenGL feature provides improved appearance but slows rendering View gt Render gt Line Width can be used to enable drawing of wider lines This would also help smooth line drawing with as much impact on performance OpenGL Redraw Enables OpenGL redrawing of the screen when the window needs to be refreshed The Map3D display window must be refreshed every time a dialogue box is moved or removed This refresh can either be done by saving the display window to a back buffer this option is not checked or by simply redrawing the screen this option is checked This option should normally be checked but can be disabled for problem graphics adaptors OpenGL Pick Enables OpenGL to locate graphics entities on the screen When you left click on an entity Map3D must determine which entity you have selected This can be determined either by OpenGL or internally by Map3D This option should normally be checked but can be disabled for problem graphics adaptors Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 4 6 4 6 4 6 4 7 4 6 5 4 6 6 Menu Commands 317 OpenGL Crosshairs Toggles between OpenGL and Windows API drawing of cursor crosshairs This option should normally be checked but can be disabled for problem graphics adaptors T
335. he polyline by selecting the starting point e If you define a closed polygonal shape those contour points enclosed in the polygon will be plotted If you define an open polyline shape a series of points along the length of the polyline will be plotted To view the location of the actual contour points enable display of trajectories Plot gt Options gt Trajectories The contour points are located where the trajectories are drawn Polyline open activates a graphical pick polygon e You can select two points to define a single line segment e If you hold down the Shift key multiple line segments can be selected e You can specify the desired spacing at which contour points will be generated via interpolation with using the Line interpolation width parameter e The user may find it useful to superimpose a regular grid on top of the contours View gt Render gt Grid Lines to assist in selecting the polyline location e If the Line interpolation width is set to zero only the ends of the open polyline will be plotted If you define an open polyline shape a series of points along the length of the polyline will be plotted If you define a closed polygonal shape those contour points enclosed in the polygon will be plotted Excel Chart Control New chart creates a new Excel chart Extend existing chart adds data to the existing Excel chart All plot parameters must be the same as those used previously Change series changes
336. his amount Cancel Enter the offset as X offset 1 Y offset 0 Z offset 0 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 no Map3D User s Manual This will generate points 3 and 4 and complete building the DDLoop You will automatically be prompted to enter the block properties Entity Properties DDPlane Area 1 000000 Block Name Guy Element Type Displacement Disc y Block Colour mm Fixed Element Width Py Matl_Code LERD LSS Py DDPlane Thickness Mo y Mining Step 1 Mining Step 2 Mining Step 3 Mining Step 4 Mining Step 5 Enter the following Block Name Gully Element Type Fictitious Force When you do this you will be prompted to enter the offset vector that will be used to extrude the block 7 a ae 6 Y Offset vector x offset Y offset ro 0 Z offset Length Plunge N o j m Direction Entity will be extruded by this amount Cancel Enter the offset as Pick 2 points to define this vector X offset 0 Y offset 0 Z offset 1 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials Block Colour 1 Fixed Element Width leave this unchecked This access should be excavated at mining step 1 This is indicated by specifying Mining Step 1 0 We are now finished and can Build this block Discussion Before proceeding with the analysis we must modify the Element Length AL control parameter to accommodate these new additions to
337. hod to work with complex construction line data For examples on the use of construction lines in model building refer to Model Building Tutorials Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last build function that was used Build Completes construction of the following entities by filling in default values for all remaining points B CAD gt Build gt Block CAD gt Build gt FF Loop Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands a CAD gt Build gt DD Loop CAD gt Build gt Grid Plane CAD gt Build gt Grid Line B CAD gt Build gt Construction Lines Upon completion of block construction the user is prompted to enter the block properties 8 CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties This allows you to specify the various parameters including the block colour and mining sequence Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last build function that was used 4 5 1 8 Enter Point The coordinates of the corners can be typed in from the keyboard during construction of the following entities CAD gt Build gt Block 9 CAD gt Build gt FF Loop a CAD gt Build gt DD Loop CAD gt Build gt Grid Plane CAD gt Build gt Grid Line 8 CAD gt Build gt Construction Lines Coordinate Point x coordinate 0 000000 Y coordinate 0 000000 i Z coordinate 0 000000 y Pick 1 point to define this location The build
338. hus reducing you reliability While Terzaghi s Observational Approach is sound it may only serve to demonstrate the lack of reliability you really have Clearly we would like to find a way around these problems e We would like to shorten the calibration loop e We would also like to be able to characterise geologic features well enough for incorporation into numerical modelling e Finally we would like to reduce scatter and develop a model with high reliability How are we going to improve on these shortcomings One promising avenue of research is integration of numerical modelling with seismic monitoring Map3Di 1 8 Implementation of Modelling into the Mine Design Process The only way numerical modelling will be fully implemented into the mine design process is if evidence of correlation between modelling results and rock mass response is demonstrated through case studies To be of real value the results from the numerical model must be directly related to rock mass response This is best approached from three distinct points of view e parameters that are relevant to mine operators e physical aspects of rock mass behaviour and e results from numerical modelling Rock response related characteristics which have an important influence on mine design decisions must be identified and specified from an operating point of view It is necessary to specify what parameters are of critical importance in decision making and how these param
339. i uu eae EE EAA EEA EA EE EA EAE AA 133 New Construction Line Sirisiri i a aaa aaa 133 Quick Open Construciton Lines View Only ssnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn 133 Open Construction Lines cccccccccccccccccccccccccnonocononononononononononononononononononononononononononononnnnnonononcnononenenenes 134 Save Construction LiNE Sisaren a ea aa eE a eE aTa aE eaa eE aa aE aa aa aa EE aa a 134 Save Construction Lines AS omccccccccccccccccnnccccncncncccnononcncnncnononnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnanenos 135 Open Analysis Results ioiei diraeta anspent ananin aaran Enana nep ERE Eek Eeen EEr ene aaaea EEE ene naraenia Eaa 135 Subtract Restart File Sasiia rerainan tatanan tanaan tanata tenata aiaiai inan 135 R st rtan Analy S pear a ana aaa aa a Ea aa Eea EA EA Ea EA ERA EA Ea Ea EA EA EE Ea ERE EEEE EAEE 136 Update NN 136 Mining AA O 136 A A 137 Copy Screen to libra dd AD 137 Copy Screen Ba WMIPPOd viv fet cer da a A one cnt veins Sen see cb wn Men cee eb neon 137 PNG GIF JPEG or BMP Screen Mage eer araea aaa aa aara AA ra aa Aea a EA EA TAEA PEA Ka A a Daea Eanna 137 PNG GIF JPEG or BMP BAW fp ea eee e ra ee rae Dae raroa aaa aeae ranea aa aede raada raddar rapeaa kain Eat 138 DXF Screen Mage isis ga A E ea oa ea ee eed 138 MSN Mag eis ees ees OT 138 WRE Screen Magos aaa E A ea aan a aah ahaa 138 OBd SCreen Images Eeeh O 138 Selected Grid Com
340. iable or unreliable your predictions are Once you have established the reliability you are in a position to fine tune your design A well calibrated model allows you a glimpse into the future to predict how the rock mass will respond When properly applied this procedure is extremely valuable You can trim pillars and modify the design with confidence leaving ore only where you need to You avoid unexpected interruptions in production You can mine with confidence To reinforce this concept let s consider a real example Consider multiple violent pillar failures that occurred over several years of mining For each failure a numerical model was run to determine the stress state at the time and location of the failure If we plot all of these stress predictions ona Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D User s Manual set of s1 versus s3 axes we obtain the following 03 This figure illustrates that there is a strong correlation between the stress state at the time of each failure and a linear strength criterion The coefficient of correlation of this data is 0 90 Let s state this in a different way If you calculate the difference between the stress state for each pillar and the best fit line then take the mean of these errors you find that the mean error in prediction of s1 is approximately 17 MPa This gives a coefficient of variation of only 9 It is evident that for this particular example that this approach can
341. ial type Mohr Coulomb Hoek Brown Drucker Prager Fault Gouge Hyperbolic Backfill Quadratic Backfill Equilibrated Gouge Yielding Pillar or none e Drucker Prager defines the failure envelope as a straight line e For 3D FF blocks the Drucker Prager criterion defines strength in terms of principal stresses as follows Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Drucker Prager in 3D FF Toot UCS q 1 Om 1 2 2 Toot q 1 UCS 2 2 q fo where Tot 1 3 01 G2 02 o3 03 01 Om 1 3 01 02 03 q tan 45 1 e Note that the strength parameters have been chosen so that the criterion simplifies to the Mohr Coulomb criterion when o2 equals os e Tension cutoff and UCS are specified in units of stress MPa or psi e Friction angle and dilation angle are specified in degrees e Cohesion is not used for 3D FF blocks e Only the peak values are used Young s Modulus and Poisson s Ratio specify Young s Modulus in units of stress MPa or psi e Only the peak values are used Standard Deviation specify standard deviation in units of stress MPa or psi e This parameter describes the uncertainty you have in the strength parameters e This parameter is only used for plotting the probability of shear failure Plot gt Strength Factors gt Rockmass Probability N distribution Viscous Modulus Gn and Gs These parameters are not used for the Drucker Prager material
342. ial zones back filled stopes etc If you want to use these as Displacement Discontinuity DD type elements used for tabular mining excavations fractures and fault planes you will need to edit these using CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties and change the element type e File gt Open gt Merge Geometries e File gt Open gt Merge Materials appears at the bottom of the open file dialogue box Merging multiple files into one model You may select multiple files simultaneously by holding the standard windows shift or ctrl keys for multiple selections These files will be merging into one model database This allows you to keep separate parts of model data in different files then easily merge them together into one model database Another way of merging multiple files is to select the Merge Geometries option prior to selecting the additional file you want to add to the existing model database This is useful if you already have a model open and want to add additional model data to this Notes For quick access at a later session each time you open a file its name is saved under File gt Recent Files and the working directory is saved under File gt Open gt Recent Directories To load analysis results use File gt Open Analysis Results Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 133 4 1 10 To restart an analysis that was aborted or interrupted by a power failure or operating system c
343. ical pick polygon You will be prompted to select a series of corners to define a polygon by picking each with a single mouse click e You must hold the Shift key down while selecting these points e If you define a closed polygonal shape those contour points enclosed in the polygon will be Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 142 Map3D User s Manual included e If you define an open polygonal shape a series of points along the length of the polyline will be included e To view the location of the actual contour points enable display of trajectories Plot gt Options gt Trajectories The contour points are located where the trajectories are drawn e Simple rectangular widow shapes can be defined by holding the Shift key and dragging open a window same as with the Window button 4 1 19 10 Selected Surface Components Dumps selected surface components to a text file txt in a user controlled format By default all points on all surfaces are dumped If you want to dump only a selected set of points use the window function defined below xyz sn ts Stresses sntsnpsn tsttspts tslts2 serfer Effective Total Strains Elastic entenpen estespes esl es2 ea Plastic Displacements dntdnpdn dstdspds dsl ds2 Total Thermal Fluid Flow 5 ill t_qntgn pan Steps 1 to Miscellaneous area matl step blk name doft ERA Data Format Points Polplines Use Commas a Window Polyline ox Cancel Upon sel
344. icient matricies and hence longer run times this is necessary to obtain increased accuracy Once discretization is complete the distance Delem can be plotted using 2s Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Delem distance to nearest element on surfaces Element Lumping DOE specifies the desired distance to element length ratio During grid assembly all elements that fit within the dimension Dgrid DOE will be lumped together Dgrid represents the distance to the nearest field point grid surface A value for DOE of 2 0 is generally adequate and can be expected to provide solutions with 10 20 error If higher accuracy is required a value for DOE of 4 0 should give 5 10 error Use a value of 8 0 for less than 5 error Although higher values of DOE result in longer run times this is necessary to obtain increased accuracy Once discretization is complete the distance Dgrid can be plotted on grids using Bard Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Delem distance to nearest element on grids Grid Lumping DOG specifies the desired distance to element length ratio During grid assembly all grid points that fit within the dimension Dgrid DOG will be lumped together Dgrid represents the distance to the nearest field point grid surface A value for DOG of 2 0 is generally adequate and can be expected to provide solutions with 10 20 error If higher accuracy is required a value for DOG of 4 0 should give 5 10 error Use a value of 8 0 for les
345. ickness 11 Mining Step 1 h Mining Step 2 Mining Step 3 Mining Step 4 lil Mining Step 5 Extrude DD into FF block More Steps Clear All Steps 1 100 a Copy From E Block Volume If you have selected all FF blocks the total combined volume of the blocks will be displayed If you have selected all FF blocks the total combined volume of the blocks will be displayed DDPlane Area If you have selected all DD blocks displays the combined area of all of the DDPlanes included in the DDLoop Block Name specifies a descriptive name for the block Element Type specifies the type of boundary element that will be used for the block e Displacement Discontinuity DD type elements should be used for tabular mining excavations fractures and fault planes e Fictitious Force FF type elements should be used for three dimensional features such as excavations alternate material zones back filled stopes etc e Inactive elements can be used to display features that are to be included for visualization purposes only and not to be used for the actual stress analysis e Note that DD type elements can be changed into GPlanes Block Colour specifies the colour number that will be used to display the block Specifies the colour number that will be assigned to each button A total of 10 colours are available for display These are numbered respectively 1 through 10 11 through 20 21 through 30 etc e such
346. id pad Plato Py ont Bldy S w Ediy Grdw Cont x is ple ah ea gr Cu lal Le Cs ot le Mlle bf i X Y Z gt 1631 742 1079 384 1009 772 Step 3 Build the FFLoop e The FFLoop is built by selecting one of the points on the desired construction line E E File View Analysis CAD Visualization Tools Help Length Hidw Hblw Hel Stpw Cont Bldw Snpw Ediw Grdw Cont tJ ple ea gt alal ex 7 aE eh LL dB 10 228 X Y Z gt 1675 012 1118 981 1009 77 offset gt 26 512 40 981 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 122 Map3D User s Manual Step 4 Extrude the floor plan into a 3D drift e Atthis point we have constructed the floor plan of the drift e This can now be extruded into a 3D shape by picking g CAD gt Build gt Offset Extrude e Set the offset vector to 0 O 5 Map3D SV51 001 Map3D Course Offset Vector X offset Build Entity 3x E iba Aaa PAEPFE ERAN PARAR TES EARAPARFS E Y offset Length POS 30 000000 Z offset E Direction 0 v A E o Pick 2 points to define this vector Entity will be extruded by this amount x y z gt 1618 457 1103 665 1009 77 offset gt Step 5 Build the drift e The FFLoop can now be built using the function e Specify 10 as the Mesh Spacing then press OK
347. id Distance to nearest element on grids Contours the distance to the nearest surface from each grid point Dgrid is determined by Map3D as the smallest distance between grid planes and model surfaces During the discretization process all grid planes are subdivided into elements with side length Dgrid DOL During grid assembly all elements that fit within the dimension Dgrid DOE will be lumped together During grid assembly all grid points that fit within the dimension Dgrid DOG will be lumped together For more details refer to CAD gt Properties gt Control Parameters Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 215 4 3 8 7 4 3 8 8 4 3 9 Related topics Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Dgrid Lgrid DOL ratio on grids Dgrid Lgrid DOL ratio on grids Contours the distance to the nearest grid Dgrid divided by the grid spacing Lgrid Dgrid is determined by Map3D as the smallest distance between model surfaces and grid planes Small values of DOL can be related to low accuracy predictions DOL 1 for 10 20 error DOL 2 for 5 10 error DOL 4 for lt 5 error For more details refer to CAD gt Properties gt Control Parameters Matl Material Number on Grids Plots material number as coloured contour Contour Range Specifies the contour range minimum maximum interval of the currently plotted contour This routine can be initiated either by picking the Bad button or simple right clicking on any conto
348. ide lines shown in yellow Cuida These are simply defined as construction lines For an example refer to http www map3d com t htm Guide lines must traverse the perimeter loop from edge to edge Multiple guide lines can be defined that intersect one another thus defining multiple zones Cuida Interior Zones Multiple interior zones e g pillars can be defined by tracing around their periphery as shown below The direction you traverse the interior zone is not relevant As many interior zones as desired can be defined in this way Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 208 Map3D User s Manual Alternatively these interior zones may be conveniently constructed by tracing around the outer perimeter 22 CAD gt Snap gt Trace CLoop and using guide lines to define the desired interior shapes Extrusion using Offset Once at least two points have been entered the remaining points can be generated by offsetting the remaining points using CAD gt Build gt Offset Remaining Offset Vector Note also that DD elements can be extruded into FF zones simply by changing the element type from DD to FF Miscellaneous The coordinates of the corners can be typed in from the keyboard ta CAD gt Build gt Enter Point selected by freehand drawing picked from other entities other blocks or construction lines or digitized Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 29 al CAD gt Digi
349. idual values for the normal and shear moduli Gn Gs represent respectively the normal and shear viscous moduli A C represent respectively the expansion coefficient and conductivity only used in Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow This material type can only be used in DD planes For more details refer to Fault Gouge in DD planes Miz5 Np Nr Sp Sr Gn Gs B Et A C Material Name where Np Nr Sp Sr represent respectively the peak and residual values for the normal and shear moduli Gn Gs represent respectively the normal and shear viscous moduli B Et represent respectively the compression limit and transition strain A C represent respectively the expansion coefficient and conductivity only used in Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow This material type can only be used in DD planes For more details refer to Backfill Hyperbolic in DD planes For the host rock mass and non homogeneous zones enclosed by FF elements the value for Mt must be 1 or 2 For in filling material placed in DD elements any value of Mt may be used For elastic analysis only the peak value is used In non linear analysis fault slip or material yielding in Map3D Non Linear the residual value is only used after the material yields oy Peak Strength Residual Strength Residual Elastic Peak Elastic Material Property Specification Line 3 Strength Parameters Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Appendix 379 1 line of numeric data per materi
350. ield 1981 and incorporates simultaneous use of both fictitious force and displacement discontinuity elements Special proprietary boundary elements are incorporated for the thermal and non linear analysis versions This Boundary Element formulation offers many advantages over other stress analysis techniques Direct Boundary Element formulations require approximately twice the computational effort to assemble and solve the boundary element matrix compared to the indirect method used in Map3D Matrix lumping techniques are used to reduce the matrix size and as a result very large problems more than 333333 elements 1000000 degrees of freedom can be accommodated on PC platforms Without lumping a 64000 element problem would take 147 GB of disk space With lumping this can be reduced to less than 1 GB This permits users to specify existing mining geometry in detail and add new mining as required This greatly reduces the effort required to set up and run analyses and permits the whole mine to be considered when necessary With the Boundary Element formulation one starts with an infinite homogeneous elastic medium rock mass The process of model building consists of making excavations and superimposing non homogeneous zones dykes ore zones or yielding zones and any faults or joints upon which slip may occur Since one starts with an infinite medium far field boundaries are automatically accommodated This is unlike domain formulatio
351. ies of e numeric values e g colour magnitude orientation etc e text messages e file names e g graphics files documents spreadsheets etc Upon left clicking on a point the location magnitude and text message are displayed on the status bar Right clicking on a point activates the Visual Database This feature can be used to display a database of useful geologic information such as grade rock mass quality etc Upon activating the feature the user will be prompted to supply the coordinates of the new visualization point Note that if a visualization file is already active this new point will be added to the file If there is no active visualization file the user will be prompted open one and this new point will be added to the file Make New Point x coordinate 0 000000 z p Y coordinate 0 000000 l Z coordinate 0 000000 l Pick 1 point to define this location Centroid Cancel X Y and Z coordinate specifies the coordinates of the visualization point Pick activates the cursor cross hairs allowing interactive selection of the coordinates from the model To assist in visually selecting points from the model all snap functions are available Sex CAD gt Snap Once selected the coordinates of the visualization point are displayed in the dialogue box Centroid activates the cursor so the user can select an entity from the model The coordinates will Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015
352. ifies the material number e Material 1 is reserved for the host material e Other material numbers are used to define alternate material zones such as ore fault gouge backfill etc Material Type specifies the material type Mohr Coulomb Hoek Brown Drucker Prager Fault Gouge Hyperbolic Backfill Quadratic Backfill Equilibrated Gouge Yielding Pillar or none e Fault Gouge defines the failure envelope as a straight line in the same as Mohr Coulomb in Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 DD planes but without UCS e Strength is defined in terms of in plane shear and normal stresses as follows Fault Gouge in DD planes Ts Cohesion ti Cohesion e Tension Cutoff and Cohesion are specified in units of stress MPa or psi e Friction angle and dilation angle are specified in degrees e Cohesion and friction angle define the shear response e The tension cutoff defines the response in the direction normal to the shear plane e Maximum values specify the maximum allowable interpolated strength e Min values specify the minimum allowable interpolated strength Normal and Shear Modulus specify moduli in units of stress MPa or psi e In DD planes the shear and normal stresses acting on the surfaces of the element are related to the elastic portion of the shear displacement ride and normal displacement closure through the shear and normal moduli e Peak values of these parameters are used up until failure
353. il Map3D User s Manual Model NO Tati cios nena eii Depa e A epevchetlenecsha A e a A E a aA E EEA aAA 227 NE AA ecco ren 227 POIYQON BOX ita atada 227 Excel Plot GridS isoiocoiinonana a 228 Excel Plot SUHACES rotirea a a a aca tegh suche EEE neaveuanedanegananeeanens 231 DANI SIS AE T T A A da regina 235 ADAY Si NN 235 Analysis Options onrera TEETE ii 236 5 CAD ENSEN A O EATA 237 AA OS 237 Block A ode 237 FE LOOP AS 241 E A Akane ee as 246 Grid Planers A di 252 AAA NN 253 SN ANNO 255 B illd ensa a cs 256 AAA A A 257 EXTUAS OMR cado 257 O O 259 Redo PA a Gites 259 A NA 260 O A NN 260 A T E T T I E 261 INN AAAA TO 261 NEAR 0 6 E EEEE A E E NAAA 261 NES NN 261 Nearest Surface snm lodo do dato islas 262 Mi dc ls 262 NA 262 EEN 263 Trace VinUal LIS NP canten TETE TETE TETE TETE E TE TETE TETT TT TTE TTE 264 race Clin Snap sea S 264 Trace Gloop Snap zaa aai oe atone sate E a A A AAT E dunk dest AAT Ea dust eaaa 265 Rectangular Grid Snap sss aaa aa a A raa aA aAA Aaa AA Aa NAAA AAA Aa NAAA aAa Saaana aatia 265 LCV ETEO kelat AAA ON 265 Grid Snapiw A a a aS 266 NANO 266 PAES A eee cai ents E E tel E dente E E E E E 267 CT EEE AEAEE NN 268 XY CUS AP O 268 VA US OM A ee E E E EA EE ee a A T A ale cd ae a ui oe a uate T aa 268 D TATE NN 268 User defined cooordinate SyStem eeeessesesesseesesesererreertrertrertttttetetetttetttttettteteteteteteteteteeeeetereeeeeeeeee 268 a A A
354. ilaterals the following distribution is used a bx cy dxy For 3D block shapes as many terms as possible of the distribution are used a bx cy dz exyr fyz gzx hxyz The actual field loading effects can be specified in several ways 2D Planes 2D planes define a Displacement Discontinuity with specified normal displacement closure n and shear displacement ride 5s such that valuesi can be specified either as dn 9 or dn 351 350 If only 9 5 are specified the shear displacement ride is applied parallel to the maximum in plane shear stress for the 2D plane If all of 5 5 5 are specified the shear displacement ride component 5 is applied parallel to the first side i e the side defined by xi yi Zi Xe y2 Zz 5 is applied perpendicular to 5 in the direction of the second side i e the side defined by x2 y2 Z2 xs ys Zs Shear displacement ride and normal displacement closure are specified in displacement units i e the same units as the geometry is specified in metres The shear displacement ride and normal displacement closure may be determined from in situ or laboratory measurements of shear closure and or crack opening or from another numerical modelling program such as a reservoir or hydraulic fracture simulator These can also be Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 225 Map3D User s Manual estimated from seismic monitoring data 3D Blocks 3D blocks define a zone with specified strain e
355. ile WRL in VRML format VRML is useful for exchanging model data with other CAD and virtual reality modelling software This is a vector format that can be imported into many software packages for further rendering OBJ Screen Image Dumps a screen image to a file OBJ in Wavefront format This is useful for exchanging model data with other CAD and virtual reality modelling software This is a vector format that can be imported into many software packages for further rendering Selected Grid Components Dumps selected grid components to a text file txt in a user controlled format By default all points on all grids are dumped If you want to dump only a selected set of points use the window function defined below Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 139 xyz sl s2 s3 m Stresses sl tsl ps1 s2ts2ps2 s3ts3 ps3 C Effective SEX SPY 522 SKY syz sz max toct smean Total ti tti pti si tsi psi slitslipsti 3i ts3i ps3i tuttuptu sutsupsu slutslupslu s3uts3u ps3u r Strains el tel pel e2te2pe2 e3te3pe3 C Elastic Plastic exx eyy ezz exy eyz exz emax eoct evol Total esi tesi pesi eni teni peni eli teli peli edi te3i pe3i esutesu pesu enutenupenu elutelupelu e3u te3u pe3u Displacements gt r Thermal Fluid Flow ut tut put Ux Uy uz t qt tqt pat qx qy qz uni tuni puni umi tumi gnitgni pqni qmi tami pqmi pumi qhu tqnu panu gmu tqmu porn m Miscellaneous user grid colf matl step
356. iles with the extensions 001 002 003 where the number refers to the mining step number 5 3 7 File gt Construction Line File Formats Construction lines can be saved in several file types Point file format is a universal ASCII data file with the extension PNT This format is useful for exchanging raw construction line data with other CAD software AutoCAD DXEF format is a popular drawing exchange file with the extension DXF This format is useful for exchanging construction line data with other CAD software Construction lines from different files can be merged The merge option File gt Open gt Merge appears at the bottom of the open file dialogue box Related Topics File gt Open Construction Lines File gt Save As 5 3 8 File gt DXF Construction Line File Format DXF format is an AutoCAD drawing exchange file with the extension DXF This format is useful for exchanging model data with other CAD software Construction lines are saved as a series of AutoCAD DXF POLYLINE entities Construction lines can be imported as a series of AutoCAD DXF POLYLINE LINE 3DLINE or 3DFACE entities Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 370 Map3D User s Manual 5 3 9 File gt DXF Model File Format DXF format is an AutoCAD drawing exchange file with the extension DXF This format is useful for exchanging model data with other CAD software Three Dimensional Block Type AutoCAD Entities The most re
357. ill result in excessive paging of your operating system which will significantly slow down the analysis Analysis gt Options gt Precondition Precondition the matrix during Map3D BEM analysis This option instructs Map3D to search through the matrix for unreasonably large off diagonal coefficients These normally result from construction errors and are disabled when this option is check Notes This function must be checked before conducting the Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt BEM Analysis It is recommended that this option be used Analysis gt Options gt Renumber Renumber surfaces so the volume is positive during file load Map3D surfaces are defined with a top and bottom to enable distinction between the inside and outside of excavations alternate material zones etc Other CAD packages may specify surfaces in a manner inconsistent with the Map3D convention This option renumbers all surfaces with the Map3D convention such that they form zones with a positive volume Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 350 Map3D User s Manual 5 1 37 5 1 38 5 1 39 5 1 40 Notes This function must be checked before loading the model file Analysis gt Load Model It is strongly recommended that you check this option Analysis gt Options gt Reset Set all analysis options to their default recommended settings Analysis gt Options gt V ram Store part of the coefficient matrix in virtual RAM
358. in is determined by dividing the normal displacement closure by the DDplane thickness B CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties gt DDplane Thickess Note that there are three components of strain that can be contoured Plot gt Surface Components gt Value gt Elastic Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 204 Map3D User s Manual 4 3 7 9 4 3 7 10 Plot gt Surface Components gt Value gt Plastic Plot gt Surface Components gt Value gt Total The contour range is set using Bard Plot gt Range This component can be added to the contour toolbar if desired t Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar Related Topics 5 Plot gt Surface Components gt dn Normal Displacement Closure Shear Displacement Ride Contours the ride or shear displacement occurring on DD elements Note that there are three components of shear displacement that can be contoured Plot gt Surface Components gt Value gt Elastic Plot gt Surface Components gt Value gt Plastic Plot gt Surface Components gt Value gt Total There are also two different ways of presenting the displacement Es Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Induced Strain Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Absolute Strain The contour range is set using Based Plot gt Range This component can be added to the contour toolbar if desired t Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar Related Topics 2 Plot gt S
359. in rate predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks Method B assumes that the stress path to failure takes place by increasing co without loss of confinement This is representative of a pillar failure where o os is considered to be the driving force Mohr Coulomb O1 yo ie sal Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF B Strength Stress can be determined as UCS qo o 53 s Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF B Strength Stress can be determined as a 0 UCS q 53 03 al Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ac excess stress can be determined as Ao o UCS qo 3 Naj Plot gt Strength Factors gt N Ao std Probability using the Normal distribution the same as in method A Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands to Hoek Brown VM0 03 S 00 01 03 za Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF B Strength Stress can be determined as V m 0 07 S0 0 17 93 s Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF B Strength Stress can be determined as 0 6 V m G8 so Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ao excess stress can be determined as Ao 0 o mo 03 Maj Plot gt Strength Factors gt N Ao std Probability using the Normal distribution the same as in method A Drucker Prager is only defined using method C Strength parameters are setup using BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Strength Parameters Related topics ra sa Plot gt Strength Fa
360. in several ways including tel Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTip In Plane excess shear stress tw Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTub Ubiquitous plane excess shear stress S se Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ip Strength Stress sre srel Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ub Strength Stress By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used in this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the plastic strain or the plastic strain rate predicted by the model as an indicator of damage In DD planes the elastic strains are determined from the stresses by t Y Shear Modulus e lestic Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 402 Map3D User s Manual o of Normal Modulus e 3Stc t 2 B e elastic where Shear Modulus and Normal Modulus represent respectively the elastic moduli of the gouge material in the shear and normal directions and t and or represent the initial stress state in the shear and normal directions and elastic _ 3 elastic Thickness lastic _ lasti f Es astic _ 5 astic Thickness Where Sselasic and Snelasic represent respectively the elastic component of the shear displacement ride and normal displacement closure and Thickness represents the DD plane thickness i e fa
361. in the grid plane its trend and plunge eni teni peni normal strain in the grid plane its trend and plunge eli teli peli maximum strain tangential to the grid plane its trend and plunge e3i te3i pe3i minimum strain tangential to the grid plane its trend and plunge esu tesu pesu maximum shear strain in the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge enu tenu penu strain normal to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge elu telu pelu maximum strain tangential to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge e3u te3u pe3u minimum strain tangential to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge Elastic Plastic Total elastic plastic or total strain components These options are only used in Map3D Non Linear as this code allows for calculation of non linear strains Displacements ut tut put total displacement its trend and plunge ux uy UZ Cartesian displacement components uni tuni puni displacement normal to the grid plane its trend and plunge umi tumi pumi maximum displacement tangential to the grid plane its trend and plunge unu tunu punu displacement normal to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge umu tumu pumu maximum displacement tangential to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge Flow t temperature head at tat pat total flow its trend and plunge ax ay az Cartesian flow components ani tani pani displacement normal to the grid plane its trend and plunge ami tami pami maximum displacement tange
362. increased accuracy is required At this setting numerical errors of 10 20 in stress predictions can be expected The settings for detailed analysis results provide 5 10 numerical error The settings for high accuracy results provide less than 5 numerical error The user is free to specify higher accuracy settings for these parameters however this will result in larger problem size and hence longer run times Running a Map3D Analysis At this point we have completed construction of the model and are ready to begin an analysis If you are using Map3D Fault Slip you will obtain an elastic solution to this problem If you are using Map3D Non Linear a complete non linear analysis will be conducted Analysis is executed from the main menu MM Map3D Analysis Open Restart ltab inp v IV Auto rang I Load Model z Options I Intersections CParams Discretization Materials l BEM Analysis Minimize Go to CAD You can run through the complete analysis by selecting BEM Analysis here we will do this in stages So first select Discretization If you have modified the model in any way since the last time you saved you will be prompted to save these modifications When the Intersections and Discretization analyses are complete select Analysis gt Graphics When in graphical mode you should select the discretized view option View gt Render gt Discretize This will enable you to see how the block surfaces hav
363. ines As Open nalysis Results Alt N Subtract Results Files Restart an Analysis Update Results file Mining Step Alt M gt Output gt Image Viewer Save View Restore View Recent Files Exit Loads a construction line file PNT or DXF Format Step 2 Next we start the FFLoop routine and set the CLoop snap mode e FFLoop can be started by selecting Srl then 69 CAD gt Build gt FFLoop e CLoop snap mode can be set by selecting a CAD gt Snap gt Trace CLoop Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials 125 __ Map3D SV51 001 Map3D Course View O A ox E rol mav ere naiz voy cos 7 d LK H aog IRELE E w T y Fa E an pag a x y z gt 4428 661 6824 568 9843 200 Step 3 Build the FFLoop e The FFLoop is built by selecting one points on each construction line e Note that points are automatically be generated at 10m intervals along long sides e Itis best to pick points that are at sharp corners or bends as the line between the loops will guide the construction process Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 125 Map3D User s Manual Map3D SV51 001 Map3D Course k ere DER a File View Analysis CAD Visualization Tools Help teng Hidw Hely Hey Sep Cont z x y z gt 4591 061 6728 226 9843 20 offset gt 101 138 20 557 49 700 Step 4 Signal completion of construction e Now that all of
364. ing a plane with 4 corners To construct this plane select the grid building menu function CAD gt Build gt Grid Plane Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials 35 This function can also be selected from the CAD toolbar as follows CAD espe Ee oe Oo Select 24 CAD gt Build from the CAD toolbar You will be presented with the sub menu of build functions Build Entity INIA Now select CAD gt Build gt Grid Plane Since we are going to be freehand drawing we must make sure that CAD gt Snap gt Rectangular Grid Snap This function can be selected from the Build Entity toolbar Build Entity amp avarararabararal ella To activate the snap grid select EE CAD gt Snap gt Rectangular Grid Snap this only needs to be done if the grid snap button is not already highlighted B You will see that the grid plane building routine is prompting you to enter the first corner of the plane Select the four corners of the plane Y North Upon selecting the 4th point you will automatically be prompted to specify the grid plane properties B CAD gt Build gt Grid Plane Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 s Map3D User s Manual Grid Properties Name Plan Grid Type Active Fixed Grid Spacing Y Enter a descriptive Name for the grid plane make sure the Grid Type is Active and leave the Fixed Grid Spacing box unchecked Specifying Material P
365. ing to be freehand drawing we must set up the snap grid This is done using CAD gt Snap gt Rectangular Grid Snap This function can be selected from the Build Entity toolbar Build Entity LO woe Head Ah bra co IAN es es FAA a a To activate the snap grid select EE CAD gt Snap gt Rectangular Grid Snap this only needs to be done if the grid snap button is not already highlighted B The coordinates of the current cursor location are indicated on the status bar To set the current z value click on 4 CAD gt Snap gt Cursor Grid Setup you will be prompted as follows Cursor Grid Setup 0 000000 0 000000 0 000000 K 15 v H Intervals 50 v XY cursor YZ cursor XZ cursor Cancel Set the origin and snap spacing as follows X Origin gt 0 Y Origin gt 0 Z Origin gt 2 Snap spacing gt 1 If the cursor cross hairs are not moving the x y plane select the XY cursr button You will see that the grid plane building routine is prompting you to enter the first corner of the plane Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials e Move the cursor about until you locate the desired point Xy z gt 9 4 2 Select this point by clicking the left mouse button once You will now be prompted for the next block corner Select point 2 at x y z gt 17 4 2 If you select the wrong location for a point simply undo that selection 2 CAD gt Build gt Undo Point
366. ining Company Limited Australia Mirarco Mining Inovation Canada Northam Platinum Limited Zondereinde Division South Africa Open House Management Solutions South Africa Great Noligwa Mine South Africa Konkola Copper Mines Zambia Osborne Mines Australia Politecnico di Torino Italy Atomic Energy Canada Ekati Diamond Mine Canada Musslewhite Mine Canada Cadia Holdings Ltd Australia INGWE Rock Engineering South Africa Mountan University of Technology Austria Australian Centre for Geomechanics Granites Gold Mine Australia Northparkes Mines Australia Basis Soft Inc Korea Japan Nuclear Development Institute JNC Science amp Technology Central South University Changsha Hunan China Groundwork Consulting Australia LionOre Australia MPI Mines Australia Lisheen Mine Ireland Northeastern University Shengyang Liaoning P R China Beck Arndt Engineering Australia La Mine Niobec Canada Second Avenue Subway New York USA Anglo Platinum South Africa Ressources MSV Inc Canada Selwyn Operations Australia Newmont Australia Technical Services Australia Kigam Geotechnical Engineering Division Korea Dempers and Seymour P L Australia Cobar Management Pty Ltd Australia Big Bell Mining Operations Australia Auriongold Kalgoorlie Operations Australia Peak Gold Mines Australia Driefontein Consolidated Pty Ltd South Africa Newmont Pajingo Joint Venture Australia AurionGo
367. ining excavations While the effect of geologic features such as faults or changing lithology can be readily incorporated into the model often the location orientation and behavioural properties of such features is uncertain This can result in modelling results of low reliability and hence of limited use to mine operators Map3Di allows one to superimpose external field loading effects into the Map3D model The field loading can come from thermal heating fluid pressure non linear behaviour etc In addition these can be determined from many forms of in situ monitoring including for example fluid pressures e g well drawdown dams hydrofracturing heating e g natural heating nuclear waste storage and deformations e g monitored with extensometers Another important source of in situ field loading information comes from seismic activity By definition the presence of seismicity indicates that the rock mass is yielding to load and hence deforming in some way The seismicity could indicate shearing on a fault plane or 3D material non linearity possibly resulting due to a weak lithological feature Map3Di allows you to superimpose the deformations indicated by the seismicity onto your Map3D mine model For example if your seismicity is telling you that you are getting shearing at some location then this can be enforced in the model thereby redistributing the stresses to accommodate this effect The concept behind Map3Di is to superimpose s
368. ints Users are free to define elements with subdivisions mid way along their edges provided no gaps exist Fault planes and tabular mining are built using the same principles as normal excavation type models These features are simply specified along with other excavations and multiple material zones and can be used simultaneously with all other Map3D features Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building and Editing 35 Fault planes and tabular mining zones are defined using displacement discontinuity elements These can only be specified in terms of plate definitions The four corners of the plate define the extremities of the displacement discontinuity Displacement discontinuities can intersect excavations at any location since Map3D builds edge intersections internally As in the section above the only consideration which must be strictly observed when defining fault planes is the convention that higher material numbers take priority over lower material numbers When considering the intersection of two different features such as a fault with a dyke it is the feature that has been assigned the higher material number that will persist through the other A concern which must be addressed when using non linear modelling whether fault slip or generalised yielding in Map3D Non Linear is that the far field stress should not exceed the strength If the far field stresses exceed the rock mass strength then the rock mass itself wi
369. ion version of Map3D Fault Slip is available at no charge All features are available except the user is only permitted to run small size problems This version is extremely useful for teaching the fundamentals of modelling and 3D CAD Map3Di Integrated Seismicity allows one to superimpose external field loading effects into the stress analysis Includes all capabilities from Map3D Fault Slip and adds the field loading effects The field loading can come from thermal heating fluid pressure non linear behaviour and deformations indicated by seismicity These effects can be used to characterize geologic features accommodate changing lithology and incorporate seismic loading effects into the stress analysis Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow adds thermal stress fluid flow analysis Includes all capabilities from Map3D Fault Slip and adds simultaneous solution of steady state thermal stress fluid flow The program is set up so that the user need only specify the temperature head boundary conditions then the thermal stress problem is solved simultaneously This feature is useful for simulation of heating cooling effects and drained undrained response Map3D Non Linear adds non linear rock mass response Includes all capabilities from Map3D Fault Slip and adds the capability for the 3D rock mass to yield to loads that exceed the rock strength and deform non linearly to dissipate the excess stresses This feature is useful for simulation of thic
370. ions Minimum Spacing Spacing 0 000000 ne Angle 10 000000 Pick 2 points to define the spacing All line segments shorter than this value will be removed Cancel The Spacing value limits the minimum space between points For example if the Spacing was specified as 2m and the trace length between points 4 and 5 in the following figure was 1 5m point 4 would be removed and replaced by a straight line between points 3 and 5 1 5m A zero value for this parameter indicates that it will not be used Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 302 Map3D User s Manual 4 5 4 18 The Angle value limits the minimum angle between successive line segments For example if the Angle was specified as 10 and the direction of line segment 3 4 was 7 different than the direction of line segment 4 5 in the following figure point 4 would be removed and replaced by a straight line between points 3 and 5 7 A zero value for this parameter indicates that it will not be used OK completes editing of the offset vector and stretches the selected vertices Cancel aborts stretching of vertices Once you have completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the modifications by selecting 221 Undo You can also restore the same selection set and modify the same set of entities again be selecting Redo You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time Notes e The l
371. irections and t and or represent the initial stress state in the shear and normal directions and g elastic _ g elastic Thickness S S elastic _ elastic H Ea 6 Thickness where dselastic and Snelastic represent respectively the elastic component of the shear displacement ride and normal displacement closure and Thickness represents the DD plane thickness i e fault gouge seam width mining width or pillar height The DD plane thickness is set using a CAD gt Build gt DDLoop and can be modified using 8 CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties In DD elements if the shear stress goes above the strength the plastic strain can be determined by limiting the stress 1 1 2 C Ag Plastic At Cohesion tan p 0 0 C As Plastio at where Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 308 Map3D User s Manual t Shear Modulus e_Plastic 0 gt Normal Modulus e Plastic The accumulated plastic strain ePl28tic is determined as the sum of the plastic creep increments Az plastic for all creep steps If the normal stress goes below the tension cutoff the plastic strain can be determined by limiting the stress o 0 C Ae Plastic At To In the case of shear failure the plastic normal strain can also have a dilation component Plastic tan dilation angle Plastic The total strain is equal to the sum of the elastic and plastic parts The creep response is simulated using a linear Bingham creep
372. is into there cost benefit considerations Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 16 Map3D User s Manual Consider these two questions If you had demonstrable proof that model predictions were 99 reliable 1 error why wouldn t you use them If you had demonstrable proof that model predictions were 1 reliable 99 error why would you use them The crux of the matter here is really reliability We must know how reliable our predictions are or we have nothing Wiles 2006 and Wiles 2007 Then how does one obtain reliable designs The solution to this problem is the same tried and proven approach to design that all engineers use The procedure used to establish the reliability is called Terzaghi s Observational Approach to Design Terzaghi and Peck 1967 e Decide on some sort of initial mine layout parametric studies e Begin mining e Monitor the rock mass response normally visual e Redesign based on the observed behaviour model calibration This process constitutes model calibration Whether we use modelling or not this is basically the approach we all use to design our mines Temzaghi s Observational Approach A el Design on the basis of the most unfavourable assumptions is inevitably uneconomical but no other procedure provides the designer in advance of construction with the assurance that the soil supported structure will not develop unanticipated defects However if the project permits modifications of t
373. is parameter also ensures that a sufficient number of stress points will be calculated within in the pillar to generate smooth contours The user is free to select a larger value for the grid spacing This will result in smaller problem size and hence shorter run times However with larger boundary elements results will be less accurate especially near the model surfaces also with wider grid spacing smooth contours cannot be generated Suggested values for the discretization and lumping parameters are as follows DON 0 5 DOL DOC 1 DOE DOG 2 for 10 20 error DON 0 5 DOL DOC 2 DOE DOG 4 for 5 10 error DON 1 0 DOL DOC 4 DOE DOG 8 for lt 5 error Coarse analysis results are recommended for all problems except those where increased accuracy is required At this setting numerical errors of 10 20 in stress predictions can be expected The settings for detailed analysis results provide 5 10 numerical error The settings for high accuracy results provide less than 5 numerical error The user is free to specify higher accuracy settings for these parameters however this will result in larger problem size and hence longer run times Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials a9 Running a Map3D Analysis At this point we have completed construction of the model and are ready to begin an analysis If you are using Map3D Fault Slip you will obtain an elastic solution to this problem If you are using Map3D Non Linear
374. is set using Barsd Plot gt Range This component can be added to the contour toolbar if desired Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar gt Strain The user may find it handy to add the 7 More Strain Components button to the contouring toolbar for quick access to all strain components Related topics Eu Plot gt Strain gt elu Ubiquitous plane Maximum a Plot gt Strain gt e3u Ubiquitous plane Minimum a Plot gt Strain gt esi In plane Shear 5 Plot gt Strain gt eni In plane Normal 4 3 2 11 Ubiquitous Plane Maximum Strain Contours the maximum and minimum strains tangential to the ubiquitous plane 1 To calculate the ubiquitous strains the strain state at each point on the grid plane is reoriented to determine the maximum and minimum strain parallel to the ubiquitous plane Note that enu is not oriented normal to the ubiquitous plane and is not parallel to the direction of a line grid Line Grid Enu Ubiquitous plane Dip direction Kew Dip direction SS low i n4 E3u Dip of Fi ubiquitous plane Plunge of normal to Plunge of ubiquitous plane normal e dip direction is measured positive clockwise from the y axis e dip of the plane is measured positive down from the horizontal i e the dip direction e plunge of the normal is measured positive down i e negative up from the horizontal The orientation of the ubiquitous shear plane is set using W Plot gt Strengt
375. it is used to specify the apparent thickness of the in filing material i e fault gouge seam width mining width or pillar height Normal displacement closure of this feature when in filled will be limited to this thickness Also the normal displacement closure and shear displacement ride are divided by the Thickness to determine the strain occurring in the in filling material This parameter should be specified in the same units that are used to specify the coordinate positions i e metres or feet Width specifies the maximum width permitted This parameter can be used to force uniform discretization on selected entities Extreme caution should be used in specifying this value since a small value can easily lead to enormous problem size In general this parameter should be left blank i e not used and discretization should be left to the AL and AG parameters These latter parameters will concentrate elements only where analysis results are requested thus optimizing the use of elements and minimizing problem size For an example of the use of this parameter refer to Tabular Mining Example A Simple Example Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 376 Map3D User s Manual A gt To illustrate the use of model building using three dimensional building blocks consider the construction of a simple drawpoint configuration This model has been assembled out of 7 blocks Blocks 1 2 and 3 form the extraction drift block
376. it of increased production versus increased maintenance and support requirements Knowing what type of problems to expect and locations that are particularly susceptible is certainly useful information as this allows you to develop strategies to deal with problems if and when they occur But if you want to use modelling to lay down hard design numbers for support requirements specific pillar widths acceptable stope heights and actual costs you need to have confidence in the accuracy of your predictions For example there would be no point in specifying that a pillar be made 1 2m wide based on a model prediction if you had no idea how reliable this prediction was You would never allow personnel to walk under a brow based on modelling results that indicated the brow was safe unless you also were confident that the predictions were reliable It is fundamentally necessary to have knowledge of the reliability of a prediction to access risk and base cost benefit decisions on It is worth spending a moment to reflect on this statement can think of no examples where predictions of unknown reliability are of any value You may admit that the reliability of your prediction is low and that your predictions could be 100 error alternatively you may have evidence to demonstrate that the reliability of your prediction is very high and that your prediction has less than 10 error Anyone in a decision making position needs to know this so they can weigh th
377. ities OK completes editing of the coordinates and prompts you for the scale factors Rotation Angle Azimuth 30 y Selected entites will be rotated by the specified angle in degrees Azimuth specifies the angle in degrees through which you want the selected entities to be rotated e The rotation takes place in the X Y plane thus all vertical lines remain vertical Z y Azimuth Rotate gt Edit completes editing and invoked editing of the entity properties for the selected blocks OK completes editing of the azimuth and rotates the selected entities Cancel aborts the rotating of entities Once you have completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the modifications by selecting 2 Undo You can also restore the same selection set and modify the same set of entities again be selecting Redo You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time 4 5 4 7 Rotate Dip Rotate the dip of selected entities This routine can be initiated either by picking the _ button or simple right clicking on any entity When you initiate this routine you will first be prompted to build a list of entities that you wish to edit Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 288 Map3D User s Manual Edit Entities 5 Ril i E he E ed Lo Bk om cot te sur va o e If Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you must hold down the Shift key to make multiple selections
378. iven by Ao C Aeplastic At The maximum excess stress for all yielding elements is indicated by Plot gt Surface Components gt Ferr If this creep option is activated Map3D will execute only one creep increment for each mining step Thus the elapsed time can be determined as the product of the current time step number is Analysis Dialog with the user defined time step size At Total Elapsed Time is At The user may wish to repeat several mining steps without adding any new mining simply to allow the model to creep for a controlled number of steps If this creep option is not activated Map3D will execute as many creep increments as is required to reduce fer below the stress tolerance STOL before moving onto the next mining step In either case the accumulated plastic strain piasic is determined as the sum of the plastic creep increments Agpiasic for all creep steps Related Topics 2 Plot gt Surface Components gt DTs Excess Shear Stress Plot gt Surface Components gt DEs Incremental Shear Strain Plot gt Surface Components gt Ts Shear Stress Es Plot gt Surface Components gt Es Shear Strain This function must be checked before conducting the Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt BEM Analysis Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 338 Map3D User s Manual 5 1 22 Analysis gt Options gt C T 5 1 23 Displays the number of cores threads active Map3D fully su
379. jacent surfaces 336 168 169 171 212 Overview of model building 11 Plot gt Displacement 169 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Plot gt Strength Factors 175 179 180 182 184 186 188 190 191 193 195 196 199 S Plot gt Stress 154 155 157 159 160 161 171 212 Plot gt Surface Components 201 202 203 204 205 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 Sales and support 2 Saving a model to a file 131 Plot menu 215 216 227 303 428 429 430 431 ng a model to a newfile name 131 133 Saving construction line data to a file 134 Plot options 216 Sai i n fil Plotting surface components during analysis 330 E Sl 331 PNG 137 138 145 367 a a iat eee i PNT construction line file format 367 369 e a PNT dump of analysis results 138 142 PNT dump of the screen 138 367 Screen dump 137 138 145 146 367 PNT model file format 368 381 Seismic 318 322 325 354 PNT screen image file format 138 367 Senem 216 a00 we SEH Poorly conditioned problems 42 213 214 219 269 331 Principal strains 161 Principal stresses 154 Probability 175 179 180 182 186 188 191 193 Scaling model data 284 Seismic Moment 227 Smooth scrolling in the analysis dialogue box 317 Smoothing construction lines 300 302 Snap toolbar 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 312 355 362 195 196 199 Soluti 42 213 214 215 219 269 Problem size 42 219 269 331 ouuon accuracy 213 214 215 219 269
380. k 8 CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties again or double click on the Gully or Main Access to open the Entity Properties dialogue box If any of the fields in the dialogue box read Variable it is because some of the blocks you have selected have different properties for that field If you wish to leave these properties as they are i e different for each block leave the field as Variable If you wish to change the value of that field for all selected blocks enter the desired value Entity Properties Block Volume 3 000000 Block Name Variable Element Type Fictitious Force Block Colour mm Fixed Element Width y Matl_Code LERD LSS Py DDPlane Thickness Mo y Mining Step 1 Mining Step 2 Mining Step 3 Mining Step 4 Mining Step 5 More Steps Copy From In this case the only field we want to change is the Element Type parameter Set this to Inactive Fictitious Force Element Type Inactive Fictitious Force then select OK You can now start the BEM analysis again by selecting BEM Analysis MM Map3D Analysis Open Restart tabi inp vA MV Auto range Load Model Options Intersections CParams I Discretization Materials l BEM Analysis Minimize Go to CAD Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials 113 3 4 DDLoop Pillar Example Step 1 Import digitized mine plans e The plans for this example are in a file called t pnt e These are imported using the
381. k defines the extent of the ore zone A Excavation Host inside the mateiral ore zone outside the gt ore zone The second method of defining regions is a more global approach where an entire excavation system or part of it is enveloped in a set of blocks which define for example the ore zone It is permissible to enclose one envelope with another i e like an onion skin and to overlap envelopes Drifts for example are permitted to protrude through the ore zone into the host rock mass Map3D constructs the required intersections These two methods can be used simultaneously It is permissible to use blocks that define a global region using the second method These blocks can either completely or only partially envelop other excavations defined using the first method Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D User s Manual Fault Vi Y Ore Zone The only consideration which must be strictly observed when defining multiple material zones is the convention that higher material numbers take priority over lower material numbers This convention has been adopted to overcome the ambiguity when considering the intersection of two different features such as a fault with a dyke When a fault and a dyke intersect it is not clear whether the fault should be assumed to persist through the dyke or visa versa Another example is the case where a dyke intersects an ore zone Should the dyke be assumed to be persistent and cut through the or
382. k can be treated as a separate mining unit If you do not specify this option then a single large block will be created Offset allows you to offset a planar loop to extrude the block into a 3D shape This operation can also be done using Extrude Offset Remaining More Steps allows specification of additional mining steps Clear All Steps clears all mining steps 1 100 Undo unselects the last point entered and returns to the block construction routine 21 CAD gt Build gt Undo Point Copy From allows you to select another block to copy the entity properties from Mesh builds the block with surfaces subdivided into smaller parts at the specified block grid spacing Build completes block construction and enters the block into the model database Once you have completed this operation you have one last chance to undo this and remove this block from the model database by selecting 21 CAD gt Build gt Undo Build Cancel aborts block construction Note that it is possible to create zero volume blocks for example by specifying a zero length offset vector This allows users to construct individual FF surfaces if desired While this is permissible it is not recommended as this can lead to unclosed volumes FF blocks can be collapsed into DD planes at any time simply by changing the element type 8 CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties In this case the base of the block the side defined by corners 1 2 3 an
383. k seams over stressed pillars abutments backfill and creep response This formulation solves the non linear problem on the surface of the boundary elements and interpolates these effects between these boundaries This represents a first approximation to inelastic modelling that boasts the advantage of large problem sizes and very fast execution speeds Map3D Visco Plastic adds 3D elasto visco plastic rock mass response still under development not available commercially at this time Includes all capabilities from Map3D Fault Slip and adds the capability for the 3D rock mass to behave elasto visco plastically This model features a full solution of the non associated incremental plasticity equations and adds the capability for the 3D rock mass to yield to loads Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 as Map3D User s Manual that exceed the rock strength and deform non linearly to dissipate the excess stresses This feature is useful for simulation of thick seams over stressed pillars abutments backfill and creep response This formulation solves the non linear problem throughout the rock mass 5 7 Map3D Fault Slip Map3D Fault Slip elastic rock mass and fully plastic fault slip stress analysis This module is used for conducting stress analysis of 3D models This software is used for civil geological and mining projects Includes the 3D CAD modeller Map3D Modeller results viewer Map3D Results Viewer and the GIS visual
384. ke Grid creates a model grid plane from the contour plane Make Map3Di file generates a data file from the contoured data to be used for seismic loading in a Map3Di analysis more on this below Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands Contour Plane Options Num in voxel the count of the number of points within each voxel is contoured Sum in voxel the sum of the plot equation values for all points located in the voxel is contoured Sum Num in voxel the quotient of the two values is contoured Voxel Height Grid spacing the grid spacing used to contour the seismic data Since the voxel is centred at each grid corner this parameter controls the density of the voxels Note that if the grid spacing is smaller than the voxel width adjacent voxels will overlap Voxel width the voxel width is measured parallel to the edges of the grid plane Voxel height the voxel height is measured perpendicular to the grid plane This allows the user to limit the distance from the grid plane within which data will be included in the contouring Outlines draws the actual voxel outlines Persist when checked the points will be re plotted each time the model is reoriented translated or zoomed Since this may be time consuming for large models this option may not always be desired Translucent draws the points as translucent spheres Zero Contour when unchecked contours below the minimum contou
385. laced in part of a stope To ensure you will not have problems it is advisable to use the highest material numbers for backfill When simulating stiff support systems such as arches steel sets props thick liners chalks strong backfill etc it is necessary to model the ground movement up to the point of support placement then insert the support elements either in a stress strain free state or with a prescribed pre stressing To accomplish this you must first excavate the desired support element either a 3D FF block or DD plane to the desired pre stressed state use a zero material code for zero stresses or a negative material number for a prescribed stress state then in a subsequent mining step insert the support material use a positive material number to do this With the Analysis gt Options gt Zero Strain Support Placement option checked Map3D conducts the necessary calculations to place support elements in a stress strain free state or with a prescribed pre stressing at the current mining step The action of excavation to a zero or prescribed stress state followed by insertion of an alternate material signals Map3D to conduct the required calculations This procedure is particularly useful for simulation of structural support elements and can accommodate placement modification of properties and subsequent removal if desired This option has been enabled for use with 3D FF blocks and or DD planes Without this option all mate
386. lastically i e the strength parameters will be used as a flow rule e This can be used to define zones with both different elastic properties and strength parameters e Note that in Map3D Fault Slip only DD elements i e fault gouge are permitted to respond non linearly Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 406 Map3D User s Manual e In Map3D Non Linear the 3D rock mass can also yield plastically Inactive when checked this material will not be used in the stress analysis and hence will not affect the predicted stresses strains or displacements e This can be used to define zones with different strength parameters to be used when generating contours of strength factors User Defined allows specification of user defined parameters to be used in contouring e Different parameters are defined for each material number e These parameters are used with Plot gt Stress gt User e This can be used to define zones with different strength parameters to be used when generating contours of strength factors Dump to File allows you to dump all material property data to a file for viewing in Notepad or Excel Copy from material allows you to copy the material properties from one material number to another All properties including the stress state are copied Stress State specifies the initial far field stress state for the material e Most materials are inserted into blocks with the same far field stress state e
387. ld Paddington Gold Pty Limited Australia Mincor Operations Australia Falconbridge Ltd Canada Sons of Gwalia Southern Cross Operations Australia E Mining Technology S A Chile Beaconsfield Gold Australia Zinefex Rosebery Mine Australia Instituto Innovacion en Mineria y Metalurgia Chile IRSM of Chinese Academy of Sciences China Brently Lucas amp Associates South Africa Kirkland Lake Gold Inc Canada Chelopech Mining AD Bulgaria Northwind Enterprises Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 6 Map3D User s Manual Australia Cameco Corporation Canada Barrick Goldstrike Mines USA Barrick Gold Lawlers Gold Mine Australia RMIT Faculty of Engineering Australia Perilya Broken Hill Ltd Australia Placer PNG Porgera Joint Venture Papua New Guinea Codelco Chile Division Andina Chile Codelco Chile Division El Teniente Chile Codelco Chile Division Norte Chile IM2 S A Filial Codelco Chile Codelco Chile Division Salvador Geo Engineering Technology Limitada Chile Xstrata Copper Australia Xstrata Nickel Australia Mining Geotechnical Solutions Australia Freeport McMoRan Copper amp Gold USA Kopanang Gold Mine South Africa Seoul National University Korea Lawlers Gold Mine Australia Bendigo Mining Limited Australia Codelco Gerencia Corporativa Chile Stawell Gold Mines Australia Samancor Western Chrome Mines South Africa Mponeng Mine South Africa
388. ld gt Extrude Offset Remaining You will be prompted for this offset vector as follows Offset Vector X offset Y offset oa Z offset 200 y Length 206 155281 y Pinge 75 964000 y Direction 0 y Pick 2 points to define this vector Entity will be extruded by this amount Cancel Enter the offset as X offset gt 0 Y offset gt 50 Z offset gt 200 Points 5 6 7 and 8 will be generated respectively from points 1 2 3 and 4 by adding the offset values to their coordinates Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials 99 Upon completion of block construction you will automatically be prompted to enter the block properties CAD gt Build gt FFLoop Entity Properties Block Volume 804005 680000 Block Name Dyke Element Type Fictitious Force w Block Colour Be 9 Fixed Element Width Matl_Code LERD LSS Mining Step 1 Mining Step 2 Mining Step 3 Mining Step 4 Mining Step 5 More Steps Clear All Steps Undo Copy From Enter the following Block Name Dyke Element Type Fictitious Force Block Colour 9 The Fixed Element Width should be unchecked to disable this feature This dyke should be assigned material 3 at mining step 1 This is indicated by specifying Mining Step 1 3 We are now finished and can Build this block by pressing the 244 button We need to extend the dyke below the mining as well To do this we can copy this block
389. le 30 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials The dilation angle is not used in this case and hence can be set to zero The pre mining stress state can now be specified _Stress State CAD gt Properties gt Material Properties gt Stress State Pre mining Stress State Datum constant S constant constant As variation 0 027 F As variation 0 013 y As variation 0 013 x s trend plunge trend t4h constant 0 y Ath variation 0 v Copy from Cartesian The appropriate far field stress state for this model is oa constant 30 MPa o constant 20 MPa oc constant 20 MPa We will set the variation of stress with depth to zero Aca variation 0 027 MPa m Ao variation 0 013 MPa m Aoc variation 0 013 MPa m Also the stress orientations trend and plunge should be set to zero thus defining oa and ob as horizontal and oc as vertical The Datum can be set to 1000 metres to define the variation with depth as o Ao z Datum Defined in this way the stress oa equals 30 MPa at depth z equals 1000m and increases at a rate of 0 027 MPa m of depth Specifying Control Parameters We must now specify parameters to control model discretization and solution These are entered using the control parameters function CAD gt Properties gt Control Parameters Selecting this item opens a dialog box of items associated with the control parameter
390. le in DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip Map3D Non Linear or Map3D Visco Plastic Hyperbolic Backfill in DD planes can be used as a flow rule in DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip Map3D Non Linear or Map3D Visco Plastic Quadratic Backfill in DD planes can be used as a flow rule in DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip Map3D Non Linear or Map3D Visco Plastic Equilbrated Gouge in DD planes can be used as a flow rule in DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip Map3D Non Linear or Map3D Visco Plastic Yielding Pillar in DD planes can be used as a flow rule in DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip Map3D Non Linear or Map3D Visco Plastic In elastic analyses the failure criterion is used only for strength factor calculations and contour plotting and does not affect the analysis results In non linear analyses 3D FF blocks in Map3D Non Linear 3D FF blocks in Map3D Visco Plastic and DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip the failure criterion is used as a flow rule to control yielding and non linear deformations Map3Di Setup Sets up the Map3Di analysis Map3Di allows one to superimpose external field loading effects into the Map3D model For details on this feature refer to Map3Di When you check a Map3Di loading file for use you will be prompted to search for a file name location If the search is successful the file will be checked The Map3Di loading file is specified in polyline file format Refer to Contour Plane Options for details on generating a Map
391. le the Mohr Coulomb criterion defines strength in terms of principal stresses as follows Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 108 Map3D User s Manual Mohr Coulomb tan ATup Coh tan Sup Tension Sup Cutoff Tension cutoff UCS and Cohesion are specified in units of stress MPa or psi Friction angle is specified in degrees Standard Deviation specifies the uncertainty you have in the failure criterion measured in the Tip direction specified in units of stress MPa or psi Dip of plane specifies the dip of the ubiquitous plane in degrees The dip of the normal is automatically adjusted to reflect changes in this value Dip Direction specifies the dip direction of the ubiquitous plane in degrees Dip of Normal specifies the dip of the normal to the ubiquitous plane in degrees The dip of plane is automatically adjusted to reflect changes in this value Grid Normal sets the ubiquitous plane parallel to the currently selected grid plane In this case all in plane results will be identical to the ubiquitous plane results Plot regenerates the contour plot UB 2 amp UB 3 activates strength parameters for ubiquitous plane 2 and or 3 When checked the minimum for all active ubiquitous planes is presented for all strength parameters New Plot gt Strength Factor gt Probability N distribution srt sr Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ub Stress Strength and ta Plot
392. lectable rotation models 1 Rotations can be applied to the current geometry This mode allows for a non horizontal horizons 2 Rotations can be applied such that the horizon always remains horizontal assuming the Z axis is up Tools gt Global Transform Z up This causes the mouse rotation to occur in the opposite way to Tools gt Global Transform Z up 3 Rotations can be applied such that the horizon always remains horizontal assuming the Z axis is up Tools gt Global Transform Z up This causes the mouse rotation to occur in the opposite way to Tools gt Global Transform Z up The model can be rotated by holding down the left mouse button and wait for the drag mouse pointer y to appear then drag the orientation icon around to the desired position Dragging towards the top or bottom rotates the model up or down Near the bottom of the screen dragging towards the left or right rotates the model left or right Near the top of the screen dragging towards the left or right rotates the model counter clockwise or clockwise The model can be rotated by using the rotation toolbar or keyboard keys Tools gt Rotation Toolbar Notes Before rotating the model you should set the desired centre of rotation Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 9 View gt Centre You can adjust the drag wait time using Tools gt Drag Wait Time Rotation and translation operations can be repeated automatically by typing n before selecting the
393. les are implemented to accommodate a variety of different types of behaviour Fault slip analysis for both mining as well as earthquake simulation is readily accommodated Cracks and fractures can be simulated including energy release rate and stress intensity calculations Fracture propagation can be simulated as a series of discrete steps Multiple mining steps are required to consider effects such as backfill placement or crack propagation Map3D currently allows for 40 steps Various materials can be substituted into excavations or fractures at any stage Automatic Boolean intersections allows for excavations faults and fractures to cross and overlap Without this capability modelling of intersecting features would be practically impossible for complex models Map3D handles these situations with ease Automated discretization Models can be manually discretized if desired or this can be left to the automated routines built into the program These routines ensure that elements are concentrated only where needed providing consistently high accuracy while optimizing for analysis time Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Fault Slip Model Fault Slip Model A demonstration version of Map3D Fault Slip is available at no charge All features are available except the user is only permitted to run small size problems This version is extremely useful for teaching the fundamentals of modelling visualization and 3D CAD Map3Di Integrated S
394. less elastic manner This simply means that the deformations are relatively small in magnitude and are mostly recoverable Non linearity At locations where the stresses are concentrated to the point where they exceed the strength the rock will yield to these loads and deform This means that the deformations can be relatively large in magnitude and are mostly non recoverable This can include the effects of fault slip cracking and generalized 3D non linear yielding How does numerical modelling work Numerical modelling achieves this simulation by using certain physical constraints on how the rock mass can respond Equilibrium Applied forces must always balance one another at all locations in the model If you cut out a small cube of material and examine the stresses acting on this cube these stresses must be in equilibrium 06 0X Ot 0y 0t 0Z X 0 01 0X do 3Y 01 02 Ya 6t 0X 01 0y 00 02 Z 0 Note that terms X Y and Z represent body forces that can be used to apply any sort of external field loading Such field loading can be the result of heating fluid pressures material non linearity etc In addition these can be determined from many forms of in situ monitoring including for example fluid pressures e g well drawdown dams hydrofracturing heating e g natural heating nuclear waste storage deformations e g monitored with extensometers and seismic activity e g definition of fault slip or ma
395. liable method of generating Map3D compatible data is to use three dimensional AutoCAD entities This type of entity generates blocks which are structured identically to Map3D 3D FF blocks and thus can be passed directly through to Map3D Closure of all surfaces is guaranteed when using this command since each three dimensional entity defines a closed block There are many ways of generating such objects from within AutoCAD as described below 3DMESH N 4 N 3 A E 2 The recommended method of defining three dimensional AutoCAD entities is to use the 3DMESH command with AutoCAD THICKNESS and WIDTH set equal to zero These 3DMESH s can be specified with any desired values of M and N If Nis set equal to 3 or 4 these entities will come into Map3D as blocks This approach is the most general but also the most complex to specify since the layout of both the floor and back of the drift must be defined along its length PLINE POLYLINE or ELLIPSE with WIDTH and THICKNESS Thickness S PLI Wi Thi k The simplest technique for generating a drift or stope with a regular rectangular cross section and uniform height is to use the AutoCAD PLINE command One simply defines an AutoCAD UCS user coordinate system for the drift then defines the floor elevation centre line of the drift using the AutoCAD PLINE command The width of the drift is then specified using the AutoCAD PEDIT command Either a constant width or changing width at each vertex
396. ll be unstable Although this may be admissible in some creep problems it is generally not acceptable and steady state i e non creeping solutions are not possible t ba 02 This limitation is more severe when simulating faults Any fault may be at or very near static equilibrium i e stresses equal to the strength with the far field stress state For weak faults under high stress ratios the principal stresses must be oriented almost perpendicular or parallel to the fault plane otherwise the fault will be unstable and slip even without any mining This condition is Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D User s Manual 2 9 2 10 generally not acceptable since steady state i e non creeping solutions are not possible For the case where o is oriented at the angle 9 from the fault plane the shear stress and normal stress acting on the fault are given by Ts 01 02 sin 9 cos 9 Gn o1 Sin 9 o2 cos 9 substituting these into the shear strength relation ts Cohesion on tan q it can be found that the stress state must satisfy a1 o2 sin cos 9 Cohesion o sin 9 o2 cos 9 tan p For example with o1 32 MPa o2 16 MPa Cohesion 0 o 10 then 9 must be less than 11 or between 69 and 90 With o1 60 MPa o2 16 MPa Cohesion 0 p 30 then 9 must be less than 15 or between 45 and 90 Defining Inactive Blocks for Visualization Purposes
397. llaneous Lx YZ area matl step blkH name dof ERR F Fully populated Line interpolation width 1 000000 X Step2ony Steps1 5 C Use Commas Excel Chart Control Restart Newchat Addpoints Change series Excel a lt lt Details Points Window Polyline Close de populated Specifies that all missing contour points will be generated via interpolation e This option applies only to plotting of selected contour points Points Window and closed Polyline This option does not apply to plotting on an open polyline Map3D calculates results on a sparsely populated grid in order to save on analysis time To view the location of the actual contour points enable display of trajectories Plot gt Options gt Trajectories e With this option unchecked only the actual contour points will be included in the plot With this option checked all missing contour points will be included in the plot Line interpolation width Specifies the desired spacing at which contour points will be generated via interpolation e This option applies only to plotting on an open polyline e This option does not apply to plotting of selected contour points e If the Line interpolation width is set to zero only the ends of the open polyline will be plotted e Otherwise points will be generated along the polyline via interpolation at the specified Line interpolation width Step only Specifies that the results for step only will be dumped
398. lly by typing n before selecting the operation For example to produce an animated display of a stress plot specify the following Plot gt Options gt Persist Plot gt Stress gt Sigma 1 View gt Rotation Increment gt 10 Select the Auto button Type in 35 Select rotate right either from the rotation toolbar or the PageDown key A series of files numbered name001 to name036 will be created These can be imported into presentation software for animation and display Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 146 Map3D User s Manual 4 1 20 4 1 21 4 1 22 4 1 23 4 1 24 Stress contours that change as mining progresses can be displayed by grabbing a series of plots as the mining step is advanced Image Viewer Displays PNG Portable Network Graphics PNG GIF Graphics Interchange Format or BMP Windows device independent bitmap BMP files in a window When the viewer is started the current screen image is displayed The viewer can be used to display individual images animated GIFs and sequences of images Screen images can be saved to files using e File gt Output gt PNG GIF or BMP Image e File gt Output gt PNG GIF or BMP B amp W flipped e File gt Output gt Image Recorder Save View Save the current view position to a file VEW The current orientation and position is saved along with the current contour ranges This view can be restored later using File gt Restore View
399. lock Colour 1 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials This intersection block should be excavated at mining step 1 This is indicated by specifying Mining Step 1 0 We are now finished and can Build this block by pressing the 844 button By repeating the above FFLoop construction procedure the entire level can be constructed as a series of blocks Building Complex Blocks Let s now construct more complex shaped blocks 1 14 2 3 13 10 12 Pa This can be done using the same FFLoop construction technique described above except we will select all 14 points as the floor plan Once the point 14 has been selected you must reselect point 1 to complete the base of the block You will be prompted with the message To complete building the block select the offset function from the build entity toolbar as before CAD gt Build gt Extrude Offset Remaining Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D User s Manual This construction procedure will create one large continuous block covering the entire floor plan If desired the user could build one block using the point sequence 1 2 3 4 5 6 9 10 13 14 1 to build the hangingwall drive then 13 10 11 12 and 9 6 7 8 to build the cross cuts as separate blocks This later procedure would be desirable if the cross cuts were to be mined at a different mining step than the hangingwall drive Now build the access drifts on the lower level using the same procedur
400. longer run times Running a Map3D Analysis At this point we have completed construction of the model and are ready to begin an analysis If you are using Map3D Fault Slip you will obtain an elastic solution to this problem If you are using Map3D Non Linear a complete non linear analysis will be conducted Analysis is executed from the main menu Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials om EM Map3D Analysis Open Restart F Auto plot Auto range I Load Model Options Intersections CParams I Discretization Materials l BEM Analysis Minimize Go to CAD You can run through the complete analysis by selecting BEM Analysis Here we will do this in stages So first select Discretization If you have modified the model in any way since the last time you saved you will be prompted to save these modifications When the Intersections and Discretization analyses are complete select Analysis gt Graphics When in graphical mode you should select the discretized view option View gt Render gt Discretize This will enable you to see how the block surfaces have been discretized into boundary elements You must have set outlines on in order to see the individual elements View gt Render gt Block Outlines To see how the grid has been discretized activate the Contour toolbar if it is not visible using Tools gt CAD Toolbar you must select Srl Plot gt Grid Selectio
401. lthough higher values of DON results in generation of more boundary elements and hence longer run times this is necessary to obtain a well conditioned solvable problem for very narrow excavations or pillars Once discretization is complete the ratio of Delem Lelem can be plotted using 2 Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Delem Lelem DON ratio on surfaces Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 272 Map3D User s Manual Matrix Lumping DOC specifies the desired distance to element length ratio During matrix assembly all elements that fit within the dimension Delem DOC will be lumped together Delem represents the distance to the nearest model surface Just as for DOL a value for DOC of 1 0 is generally adequate and can be expected to provide solutions with 10 20 error If higher accuracy is required a value for DOC of 2 0 should give 5 10 error Use a value of 4 0 for less than 5 error Although higher values of DOC result in larger coefficient matricies and hence longer run times this is necessary to obtain increased accuracy Once discretization is complete the distance Delem can be plotted using been Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Delem distance to nearest element on surfaces Element Lumping DOE specifies the desired distance to element length ratio During grid assembly all elements that fit within the dimension Dgrid DOE will be lumped together Dgrid represents the distance to the nearest field point grid sur
402. m Spacing specifies the maximum spacing permitted e This parameter can be used to force fine uniform discretization on selected grids Extreme caution should be used in specifying this value since a small value can easily lead to enormous problem size e In general this parameter should be left blank i e not used and discretization should be left to the AG parameter This latter parameter will concentrate elements only where analysis results are requested thus optimizing the use of elements and minimizing problem size CAD gt Properties Control Parameters e If this field is left blank this parameter is not used OK completes editing of blocks and modifies any properties that have been changed Cancel aborts editing of entities Once you have completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the modifications by selecting 21 Undo You can also restore the same selection set and modify the same set of entities again be selecting Redo You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 penn ss 5 2 7 CAD gt Edit gt Entities Edit construction line colour When you initiate this routine you will first be prompted to build a list of entities that you wish to edit Edit Entities DEFAR o eee rn 07 0 v c e f Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you must hold down the shift key to make multiple selections e Use of this toolb
403. m contours the maximum flux tangential to the ubiquitous plane Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands Gnu Line Grid biquitous plane Dip direction Amu Dip direction R Dip of F i ubiquitous plane Plunge of normal to Plunge of ubiquitous plane normal e dip direction is measured positive clockwise from the y axis e dip of the plane is measured positive down from the horizontal i e the dip direction e plunge of the normal is measured positive down i e negative up from the horizontal Notes The flux toolbar can only be activated after the model building CAD Stage Map3D Analysis Stages The orientation of the ubiquitous shear plane is set using UB Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters The contour range is set using ad Plot gt Range This component can be added to the contour toolbar if desired eet Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar gt Displacement The user may find it handy to add the Sr More Flow Components button to the contouring toolbar for quick access to all flow components 4 3 6 Strength Factors 4 3 6 1 Rockmass Strength Parameters Sets up the strength parameters for generating strength factor contour plots in terms of principal stress components In elastic analysis the major and minor principal stresses can be used with the Mohr Coulomb Hoek Brown or Drucker Prager strength criteria to estimate the amount of damage due to over stressi
404. m where a previous model completed All non linear zero strain and seismic loading seismic loading only in Map3Di components are passed on to the new model from the previous analysis Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 In order for this function to work properly the new model must have all of the model data geometry that the initialization model has plus any new data mining steps or grids There is no requirement to use the same discretization or grid planes In order to initialize the following files must be intact file 00n where n represents the mining step number where the previous analysis finished file dms this file is only used with the zero strain option Analysis gt Options gt Zero Strain Support Placement file hms this file is only used by Map3Di and are used to accumulate the field loading as the analysis progresses Notes This function must be checked before conducting the Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt BEM Analysis This option requires additional calculations and hence increases analysis time Refer to Analysis gt Options gt Restart to restart an analysis that was aborted or interrupted by a power failure or operating system crash 5 1 27 Analysis gt Options gt Initialization file name Displays the name of the initialization file file 00n where n represents the mining step number where the previous analysis finished Analysis gt Options gt Initialize 5 1 28 Analysis gt Opti
405. me is saved under File gt Recent Files and the working directory is saved under File gt Open gt Recent Directories To reload the model file for and editing mining blocks and setting up the Map3D analysis use Analysis gt Go to CAD To load a different model file use File gt Open Model To restart an analysis that was aborted or interrupted by a power failure or operating system crash use File gt Restart an Analysis 4 1 15 Subtract Restart Files Subtracts results in the selected restart file from the results that are currently loaded You will be prompted to search for a restart file name location and file format Notes Only results on grid planes are subtracted This feature can be used to subtract one mining step from another If results from different models are subtracted these models must have identical grid planes Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 136 Map3D User s Manual 4 1 16 4 1 17 4 1 18 When subtracting all Cartesian components stress strain and displacement are subtracted then principal components of these changes are recalculated for display The model geometry for the currently loaded model is retained for display Restart an Analysis Restarts an analysis that was aborted or interrupted by a power failure or operating system crash This function will scan all mining steps associated with the selected restart file to determine at which mining step the a
406. me you specify e g name0001 png name0002 png name0003 png The recorder dialogue box provides information on the current animation and allows you to control recording and specify animation options Recorder f bmp The current number of images in the animation is displayed along with the status of the recorder Various status states include Ready Paused animation file is open and ready to record Press Grab or Auto to add an image Capturing Image image is being added to the animation Ready Auto Capture displayed images will be automatically added to the animation as you update the screen Recorder Off animation file is closed and not ready to record Grab adds the current displayed image to the animation Auto automatically adds displayed images to the animation as you update the screen This includes all rotation translation and plotting operations you perform Pause disables automatic mode End stops the recorder and closes the animation file Options allows specification of options Currently the only option is Background foreground flipped the background and foreground normally black and white will be reversed Notes Additional images can be appended to an existing sequence of images be checking File gt Output gt Image Recorder gt Append Images when selecting the file name for the animation sequence Rotation and translation operations can be repeated automatica
407. meters are set up using MB Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters Related topics Te Plot gt Stress gt Tub Ubiquitous plane Shear Z Plot gt Stress gt Sub Ubiquitous plane Normal Su Plot gt Stress gt S1u Ubiquitous plane Maximum S Plot gt Stress gt S3u Ubiquitous plane Minimum S sel Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ub Strength Stress tel Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTip Excess 28 Plot gt Strength Factors gt dSip Excess Mel Plot gt Strength Factors gt NTip Probability UB 2 amp UB 3 activates strength parameters for ubiquitous plane 2 and or 3 When checked the minimum for all active ubiquitous planes is presented for all strength parameters New Plot gt Strength Factor gt Probability N distribution Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ub Stress Strength and Tel Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTub Excess Stress To determine which ubiquitous plane has the minimum strength you can plot tel Plot gt Strength Factors gt UB with minimum strength or left click on and strength parameter plot Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 201 4 3 7 Surface Components 4 3 7 1 Surface Contours Off Turns the contours off 4 3 7 2 Serr Stress error Contours the surface stress error During matrix solution Map3D is attempting to progressively solve the simultaneous equations saved in the coefficie
408. mply hold down the left mouse button will dragging the cursor across the screen Translation is achieved by holding down the right mouse button The model can be zooming in or out by holding down both mouse buttons Position the view so that the construction lines are readily visible Building Footwall Access Drifts and Cross Cuts There are numerous methods that can be used to consiruct these entities In this tutorial a few different techniques will be demonstrated Building Blocks One at a Time The simplest although the most time consuming approach is to construct a series of 8 cornered blocks one at a time Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D User s Manual To construct the first block use CAD gt Build gt FFLoop This function can be selected from the CAD toolbar as follows activate the CAD toolbar if itis not visible using Tools gt CAD Toolbar CAD ice So ee Se ae Select x CAD gt Build from the CAD toolbar You will be presented with the sub menu of build functions Build Entity ES OME Now select CAD gt Build gt FFLoop Since we want to snap to construction lines we must set the snap mode This is done using CAD gt Snap gt Nearest Edge This function can be selected from the Build Entity toolbar Build Entity wo wm ora ca CiMalcisolsici ls To activate the nearest edge snap select ZICAD gt Snap gt Nearest Edge this only needs to be done if the n
409. n Dip direction oN Dip of J y grid plane Plunge of normal Plunge of to grid plane normal To calculate the ubiquitous plane 1 displacements the displacement state at each point on the grid plane is reoriented to determine the maximum displacement parallel to the ubiquitous plane 1 and the displacement normal to the plane Note that is not oriented normal to the grid plane u Plot gt Displacement gt 3 Ubiquitous plane normal contours the displacement component normal to the ubiquitous plane Bn Plot gt Displacement gt y Ubiquitous plane maximum contours the maximum displacement tangential to the ubiquitous plane Snu Line Grid uitous plane Dip direction Smu Dip direction Od Dip of AF id ubiquitous plane Plunge of normal to Plunge of ubiquitous plane normal e dip direction is measured positive clockwise from the y axis e dip of the plane is measured positive down from the horizontal i e the dip direction e plunge of the normal is measured positive down i e negative up from the horizontal Notes The displacement toolbar can only be activated after the model building CAD Stage Map3D Analysis Stages The orientation of the ubiquitous shear plane is set using E Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters The contour range is set using ad Plot gt Range This component can be added to the contour toolbar if desired Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Comman
410. n gt Grid 1 from the contour toolbar Contours LS Ss Emo Sy site sra User Ronad arar Opt cone Grid ES CINE The discretization analysis can be repeated as many times as desired with different values specified for grid spacing discretization and lumping parameters until the desired density of boundary elements and grids points is achieved Once you are satisfied you can proceed to the BEM Analysis matrix assembly and solution by selecting Analysis from the main menu then selecting BEM Analysis Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D User s Manual 3 2 When the analysis is complete select Analysis gt Graphics When in graphical mode you can contour any desired parameter For example to display the major principal stress contours select Su Plot gt Stress gt S1 Major Principal Stress This will generate a contour plot on the grid plane Interpretation of the results will not be discussed here Bulk Mining Example To demonstrate model building using digitized mine plans let s build a simple VRM bulk mining geometry Construction lines are used to define detailed locations of underground features such as excavations contacts structure etc A Map3D model is normally built on top of this construction line data The mine plans have been previously digitized using Map3D CAD gt Digitizer Setup or some other CAD program These plans can be saved in either Point file forma
411. n purposes only and not to be used for the actual stress analysis Block Colour specifies the colour number that will be used to display the block Specifies the colour number that will be assigned to each button A total of 10 colours are available for display These are numbered respectively 1 through 10 11 through 20 21 through 30 etc such that the same colour is displayed for numbers 1 11 21 2 22 32 3 23 33 etc Fixed Element Width specifies the user defined element width This parameter can be used to force uniform discretization on selected entities Extreme caution should be used in specifying this value since a small value can easily lead to enormous problem size In general this option should not be used unchecked and discretization should be left to the AL and AG parameters These latter parameters will concentrate elements only where analysis results are requested thus optimizing the use of elements and minimizing problem size For further discussion refer to CAD gt Properties Control Parameters This parameter can also be used to avoid making surfaces with sides larger than this during the intersection analysis Any surfaces whose side length exceeds this dimension will not be collapsed Analysis gt Options gt Collapse During the discretization process any surface whose side length exceeds this dimension will be subdivided to prevent surfaces having sides larger than this
412. n Stress Component shear stress in the x z plane The contour range is set using Read Plot gt Range Any of these components can be added to the contouring toolbar if desired t Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar gt Stress The user may find it handy to add the 27 More Stress Components button to the contouring toolbar for quick access to all stress components 4 3 1 21 Value 4 3 1 21 1 Effective stress Selects the effective or total stress component Effective stress is the skeletal stress i e without the pore pressure component Total stress is the skeletal stress plus the pore pressure or thermal component This option is only used with Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow the Thermal stress Fluid flow analysis version of Map3D Refer to Expansion Coefficient and Conductivity for details 4 3 1 21 3 Induced Stress Plot the induced or absolute stress component Induced stress is the stress without the pre mining stress contribution This represents the stress change since the pre mining condition Absolute stress is the stress including the pre mining stress contribution Also see Ea Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Induced Strain Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Absolute Strain 4 3 2 Strain 4 3 2 1 Major Principal Strain Contours the major intermediate and minor principal strains In elastic analysis the major principal stress is normally used with the minor principal stress and the Moh
413. n and Lumping cccceceeeeeee ence seen cece ee eeaa ee neee rr rre 42 Model Building Tutorials 52 Freehand Sketching Room and Pillar Mining ooooonnnnnnccnnncnonnnnanancnnononnnonannnnnnnnnnnnnos 52 Bulk Mining Example oomooccccccccnononncncnncnnncnononnnnrn rr nr 72 Tabular Mining Example ooooonnncccccccoocononnnnncnonennconnnnnn rr rr rr 90 DDLoop Pillar Example ooooommooccccccocononnanancnnnnnnconnnnnannn rr 113 EFLOOp Drift Example io esecied fe detennbentichveeeec ctaeccuuchvaeessucestactutvacerseteccssuatieee 119 FFLoop Stope Example oooomoconncoccnonacinnnn nn danasin anaana aNu aiaa 124 Menu Commands 130 A ean weenie sone cnnekaxtahis eaten teliesuncresbeawenekacenseee 130 New Model CAD cccccccscccscevadcaatevacevacevaccaacevaccaadevadcuacetadcuadeuadeuacetaiehasevaanhainiaidhasdhaanhaintaddhasevisdhjedededenedede 130 Quick Open View Only cccccccccccccccccccccccccncncconononononononononononononononononononononononononononononononcnnnnnnncncnnncnnnononono 130 Open Model CAD ici AAA ATA AAA AAA 130 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Contents l Save Model CAD ririn a a E a a a a Goce 131 Save Model AS CAD nri rererere EEr EEEE EEEE EEE EELEE EEE EEE EEE EEE EEO EE EEEE Ea EE EEEE EEEE ENEE 131 Import model from DXF or PNT ou ieii iei eit e aidaa aaia aaa Eaa 132 Export model as DXF or PNT araea eaaa aaa iin i eaaa nana 133 Restore last CAD S ta te rinira eraren EEA nesta ease ai sana es
414. n be determined as UCS 9 1 mean V 2 tat Gre se SF C Stress Strength can be determined as ta l UGS G 1 ran 2 g 2 todl Dtoct Excess can be determined as Ta UCS 1 aia V 2 q 2 where Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 188 Map3D User s Manual q tan 45 2 Toot 1 3 VE oo 10 P H0 0 mean la 6 0 03 Note that the strength parameters have been chosen so that the criterion simplifies to the Mohr Coulomb criterion when o equals o Strength parameters are setup using BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Strength Parameters Related topics 3ra sa Plot gt Strength Factor gt SF A Stress Strength sra s Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF B Stress Strength 21 Plot gt Strength Factors gt dS1 Excess Stress MB Plot gt Strength Factors gt In plane Parameters MB Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters 4 3 6 9 SF A Stress Strength Contours the strength using method A In elastic analysis the major and minor principal stresses can be used with the Mohr Coulomb or Hoek Brown strength criteria BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Strength Parameters to estimate the amount of damage due to over stressing Since none of the parameters have any orientation sensitivity this criterion is representative for homogeneous rock mass stability By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some cree
415. n be used as alternate material zones and excavated if desired Assuming that this test block is filled with a fictitious material whose post peak stiffness exactly matches the loading system response and that the behaviour of the test block can be described by o1 LSSe1 o2 LSSe2 03 LSS es The energy density can be calculated as V2 01 1 02 2 03 3 The mean energy density can be estimated as Wk Wi Volume Hence the loading system stiffness can determined from LSS Y 01 02 03 Volume Wk Wt If we do this calculation for the data presented above we obtain the following plot 90000 80000 70000 C X 60000 Lss 50000 MPa 40000 30000 20000 10000 The LSS at the time of the burst as each location shows a strong stress independent value The mean error in prediction of LSS is approximately 4730 MPa This gives a coefficient of variation of only 7 This LSS calculation is only representative provided the stresses are uniformly distributed throughout the test block In cases where this is not true poor correlation with LSS is found Notes This function must be checked before conducting the discretization analysis Analysis gt Discretization Analysis gt Options gt LERD LSS file name Displays the file name where results from the LERD LSS calculations are to be written Analysis gt Options gt LERD LSS Map3D International Ltd 1
416. n e for all creep steps plastic S determined as the sum of the plastic creep increments Ac plastic Note that since the user must select the time step size At in order to define the viscous modulus G the shear strain rate is easily determined from the incremental shear strain As simply by dividing by the time step size plastic Related Topics 25 Plot gt Surface Components gt dTs Excess Shear Stress Plot gt Surface Components gt Ts Shear Stress Es Plot gt Surface Components gt Es Shear Strain Analysis gt Options gt Creel Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 211 4 3 7 15 Stress Strain rate Contours the excess stress divided by the plastic creep increment At Ae on DD elements plastic This feature is used only in non linear analyses 3D FF blocks in Map3D Non Linear and DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip For details refer to CAD gt Properties gt Material Properties At each creep step the stress state on all yielding elements elements where the stress exceeds the strength is calculated as the strength plus the creep resistance This limits the size of plastic creep increment Agpiasic on each yielding element t Strength C Ae At plastic C GAt where the creep resistance is determined as the creep coefficient C times the plastic strain rate Note that the user must select both the creep coefficient C and the time step size Af then specify the quotient
417. n images in all colours GIF format has been implemented using the specification Version 89a 1987 1988 1989 1990 Copyright CompuServe Incorporated Columbus Ohio Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 188 Map3D User s Manual 4 1 19 4 4 1 19 5 4 1 19 6 4 1 19 7 4 1 19 8 4 1 19 9 This software uses the Freelmage open source image library See http freeimage sourceforge net for details Freelmage is used under the GNU GPL or FIPL version license version PNG GIF JPEG or BMP B amp W flipped Dumps a bitmap of the screen to a PNG Portable Network Graphics PNG GIF Compuserve Graphics Interchange Format or BMP Windows device independent bitmap BMP file with the screen background and element outline colours exchanged This file can be loaded into other software for report presentation and printing For more details refer to File gt Output gt PNG JPEG GIF or BMP image DXF Screen Image Dumps a screen image to a file DXF in AutoCAD drawing exchange format This is a vector format that can be imported into many software packages for further rendering PNT Screen Image Dumps a screen image to a file PNT in a universal ASCII data file with the extension PNT The PNT format is useful for exchanging raw model data with other CAD software This is a vector format that can be imported into many software packages for further rendering WRL Screen Image Dumps a screen image to a f
418. n mining steps using this feature is quicker than loading a restart file using File gt Open Analysis Results since element and grid sorting do not have to be repeated for the same model For quick access to different mining steps use x File gt Mining Step from the view toolbar Tools gt View Toolbar Individual mining step buttons can be placed on the view toolbar if desired using Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands You can quickly advance or retard on mining step by holding the Alt key and pressing respectively the key or key Tools gt View Toolbar Configure 4 1 19 Output 4 1 19 1 Copy Screen to Clipboard Dumps a bitmap of the screen to the windows clipboard This image can be pasted into other applications Since normally the screen background is black and element outlines are white the user may want to select File gt Output gt Copy Screen B amp W flipped to exchange these two colours 4 1 19 2 Copy Screen B amp W flipped Dumps a bitmap of the screen to a PNG Portable Network Graphics PNG GIF Compuserve Graphics Interchange Format or BMP Windows device independent bitmap BMP file with the screen background and element outline colours exchanged This file can be loaded into other software for report presentation and printing For more details refer to File gt Output gt PNG GIF or BMP image 4 1 19 3 PNG GIF JPEG or BMP Screen Image Dumps
419. n model building refer to Tabular Mining Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 264 Map3D User s Manual 4 5 2 8 4 5 2 9 Trace Virtual Line Snap Generate points along a virtual line segment This snap mode is generally used in conjunction with 17 CAD gt Snap gt Trace Cline as a quick method for building DDLoops CAD gt Build gt DDLoop and FFLoops CAD gt Build gt FFLoop To use this snap mode you simply define the virtual line segment by picking the start and end points and the function will automatically generate points along this line For example if you select points 4 and 10 the points along the dashed line will be automatically generated Notes The location of all points along construction lines can be viewed by setting the View gt Render gt Cline dot radius parameter Trace Cline Snap Snap to selected corners along a construction line segment This snap mode can be used as a quick method for building DDLoops CAD gt Build gt DDLoop and FFLoops CAD gt Build gt FFLoop To use this snap mode you simply pick the start and end points along the desired construction line segment and all point between these will be automatically selected For example if you select points 4 and 9 points 5 6 7 and 8 will automatically be selected Note that if you select the same point twice the entire loop will be selected Notes The location of all points along construction lines c
420. n purposes Assess sensitivity of Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D Overview NON these trends to various parameters assumed in the model Statistics may be useful here in defining the reliability of the predictions Some useful trends which could be presented are e Dilution volume versus span Dilution Span e of pillar intact versus pillar width Intact Pillar Width e Ground stability versus predicted stress state o Unstable Stable o 7 Monitor the rock mass response as the excavation progresses Verify that the observed response agrees sufficiently well with the predicted results Re model is necessary as new information and understanding of the mechanics progress How well does this approach work The value of this approach is that as mining progresses you learn how reliable or unreliable your model is Note that traditionally observations of the rock mass response are made visually and often supplemented with sparsely located instruments By making observations of rock mass response over time you literally get to see when the model works and when it does not You learn what features need to be included in the model e g fault planes lithology loading conditions etc You not only learn how to use the model to predict rock mass response but also gain confidence in the predictions and recognise situations where the model predictions are suspect In short you learn how rel
421. nable display of trajectories Plot gt Options gt Trajectories The contour points are located where the trajectories are drawn Polyline open activates a graphical pick polygon e You can select two points to define a single line segment e If you hold down the Shift key multiple line segments can be selected e You can specify the desired spacing at which contour points will be generated via Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 280 Map3D User s Manual interpolation with using the Line interpolation width parameter e The user may find it useful to superimpose a regular grid on top of the contours Plot gt Options gt Grid Lines to assist in selecting the polyline location e If the Line interpolation width is set to zero only the ends of the open polyline will be plotted e If you define an open polyline shape a series of points along the length of the polyline will be plotted e If you define a closed polygonal shape those contour points enclosed in the polygon will be plotted Excel Chart Control New chart creates a new Excel chart Extend existing chart adds data to the existing Excel chart All plot parameters must be the same as those used previously Change series changes or adds new series to an existing Excel chart Only the first plot parameter must be the same Additional plot parameters can be specified as desired Stresses s1 tsi ps1 major principal stress o its trend and plunge s2 t
422. nalysis was interrupted It will then verify that all required scratch files required to restart the analysis are available Finally it will display this information and offer the option of restarting the analysis from where it left off if this is possible In order to restart the following scratch files must be intact e file 0On where n is the mining step number where the analysis left off e file 1 and file 2 these files are used to restart the solver e file dms this file is only used with the zero strain option Analysis gt Options gt Zero Strain Support Placement e file hms this file is only used by Map3Di and are used to accumulate the field loading as the analysis progresses Notes Refer to Analysis gt Options gt Initialize to start a new analysis from where a previous model completed Update Restart Files Saves modified material strength properties to results files After elastic analyses are complete you are free to modify the strength properties since the calculated stresses do not depend on these This options allows you to save these modified setting to the results file Mining Step Selects a different mining step for viewing If the Map3D BEM Analysis for the selected mining step has been completed the restart file for this mining step will be loaded If the restart file does not exist because the analysis has not been completed only the geometry for that mining step will be displayed Changing betwee
423. nate points that are close to one another 224 227 269 273 274 277 335 Menu Commands CAD gt Snap 261 262 263 Merging model data 366 381 264 265 266 267 268 Mine design 21 Menu Commands CAD gt Snap menu 355 Mining step selection 136 Menu Commands CAD menu 216 303 Mining step sequence 31 Menu Commands File 133 134 Model building 11 25 27 28 31 33 34 36 52 Menu Commands File 130 131 132 133 134 72 90 224 237 241 246 252 253 255 274 277 135 136 145 146 280 281 283 284 286 287 289 290 291 293 Menu Commands File gt Output 137 138 142 294 295 297 298 300 302 304 332 335 336 348 349 355 357 359 366 381 Model data 130 131 132 133 146 224 274 333 335 349 366 368 370 373 381 414 Model orientation icon 434 435 Menu Commands File menu 366 381 Menu Commands Help menu 325 Menu Commands Plot 215 Menu Commands Plot gt Displacement 169 Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF Blocks 175 179 180 Menu Commands Plot gt Flow 174 182 184 186 188 190 191 382 Menu Commands Plot gt Miscellaneous 214 215 Mohr Coulomb in DD Planes 193 195 196 199 Menu Commands Plot gt Properties 219 223 409 224 227 269 273 274 277 Moving field points that are very close to boundary Menu Commands Plot gt Strain 161 162 163 surfaces 340 164 165 166 167 168 169 171 212 Moving model data 281 293 294 295 297 298 Menu Commands Plot gt St
424. ncncnnnnnns CAD gt Digitizer gt Activate cccccccccccccccccccccccccncnccconononoconcnoncccnncncnononononononononononononononcncnncnnonononenennnnnos CAD gt Properties gt Material Properties gt Stress State ooonmmccccccccncccncccnoncconononononcncncccncncncnncncncnnnnnnonos CAD gt Properties gt Material Properties gt Stress State gt Cartesian CAD gt Properties gt Material Properties gt Stress State gt Datum cccccceeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeseeeaeeeneeeees CAD ds A cee eh ce E E ceetuenccusaeeeteeeebasen File gt Open gt Merge Materials o occcccccccccccncncnnncncncnanc conocio nono no nonnnnnnononononononenenononenenenenenenenenenenenennnnns 366 File gt Output gt Animated GIF Recorder gt Append IMageS cccccccccccncccccnncnccnnnncnnonononononononnnnnononenenenenon 367 File gt PNT Output File ForMat oocccccccccccccccncncccnnncnonononcnonononononononononnnononononnnonononennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenennnnnnnnones File gt PNT Construction Line File Format Files PNT Model File ForMat iiici eel ieee cece ca Ea a E a EOE a NEES Files Restart File Formats rni a a ae Ea aaa a aaa a aaa e aaa al Eana File gt Construction Line File Formats oooccccccconnnnnnccnnncnonnnanccnnnnonannnnn cnn rnnnn cnn nr enn rn nn File gt DXF Construction Line File Format File gt DXF Model File Format Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 xi Map3D User s Manual 4 File NP Model
425. nd and plunge s2 ts2 ps2 intermediate principal stress o2 its trend and plunge s3 ts3 ps3 minor principal stress os its trend and plunge user User defined value SXX syy SZZ sxy syz sxz Cartesian stress components imax maximum shear stress tmax Y2 01 03 toct octahedral shear stress too 3 01 02 02 03 03 01 2 12 smean mean stress omean 3 01 G2 03 ti tti pti maximum shear stress in the grid plane its trend and plunge si tsi psi normal stress in the grid plane its trend and plunge sli ts1i psti maximum stress tangential to the grid plane its trend and plunge s3i ts3i ps3i minimum stress tangential to the grid plane its trend and plunge tu ttu ptu maximum shear stress in the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge su tsu psu stress normal to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge siutsiupsiu maximum stress tangential to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge s3u ts3u ps3u minimum stress tangential to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge The orientation of the ubiquitous plane is specified in MB Plot gt Strength Factors_ gt Ubiquitous Parameters Effective Total effective stress or total stress components These options are only used in Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow as this code allows for calculation of steady state pore pressure distributions Strains el tel pel major principal strain e its trend and plunge e2 te2 pe2 intermediate principal strain 2 its trend and plunge
426. nd mismatched block connections without user intervention There is full support of importing and exporting geometry files in either DXF or PNT ASCII format Post processing A complete display package is included featuring hundreds of plotting and data export functions User defined plots and visually selected dumps of data ease the effort required for interpretation and reporting Dumps can be done directly Excel and graphed automatically Why Use Map3D Map3D has been developed specifically for mining applications from the ground up The program is designed to allow you to get high accuracy answers quickly to get on with the engineering instead Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 4 Map3D User s Manual of the modelling Large complex problems can be built easily either with Map3D s own CAD interface or outside the program then imported in a variety of different formats No other program can handle the analyses that Map3D can in the time run pre amp post processing time cost may times cheaper and ease Map3D can be used on site for routine analyses Some of the advantages of Map3D are as follows e Convenient upgrade path from elastic fault slip thermal fluid flow non linear and visco plastic analysis Map3D Versions using the same interface Extensive training program for both program functionality and detailed engineering results interpretation see Map3D Training Powerful integrated CAD interface no third party softw
427. ndant this criterion is representative for anisotropic rock mass stability Note that there are three components of strain that can be contoured Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Elastic Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Plastic Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Total There are also two different ways of presenting the strain Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Induced Strain Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Absolute Strain The contour range is set using Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 164 Map3D User s Manual Bard Plot gt Range Any of these components can be added to the contouring toolbar if desired Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar gt Strain The user may find it handy to add the _ty More Strain Components button to the contouring toolbar for quick access to all strain components Related topics Plot gt Strain gt eli In plane Maximum 3 Plot gt Strain gt e3i In plane Minimum a Plot gt Strain gt esu Ubiquitous plane Shear Eu Plot gt Strain gt enu Ubiquitous plane Normal 4 3 2 7 In Plane Maximum Strain Contours the maximum and minimum strains tangential to the currently selected grid plane or perpendicular to a line grid Se Plot gt Grid Selection To calculate the maximum and minimum in plane strains the strains tangential to the grid plane are determined then resolved to give the maximum and minimum values Note that sni i
428. ng Since none of the parameters have any orientation sensitivity this criterion is representative for homogeneous rock mass stability By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of non linear strain or the strain rate predicted by the model Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 176 Map3D User s Manual Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks Mohr Coulomb Strength Parameters Material 1 X Material Type Mohr Coulom w Standard Dev Tension Cutoff ucs Friction Angle Material specifies the material number Material 1 represents the host material Other material numbers are used to define alternate material zones such as ore fault gouge backfill etc Standard Deviation specifies the uncertainty you have in the failure criterion measured in the o direction Material Type specifies the material type Mohr Coulomb Hoek Brown Drucker Prager or None Tension Cutoff UCS Friction Angle the Mohr Coulomb criterion defines strength in terms of principal stresses as follows Mohr Coulomb 0 6 UCS q tan 45 Tension cutoff and UCS are specified in units of stress MPa or psi Friction angle is specified in degrees Plot regenerates the
429. ng force Mohr Coulomb O1 q tan 45 UCS Ye 01 03 q UCS y el Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress can be determined as UCS Ya 0 0 q 1 VE Yo 03 q 1 se Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress can be determined as Veo 3 q 1 1 1 UCS Ye 0 02 q 1 zin Plot gt Strength Factors gt Atmax excess stress can be determined as AT max Y2 0 03 UCS 0 0 9 1 1 q 1 0 UCS q 03 1 q 1 Hoek Brown AT max 12A 01 03 YON 1g MO Ve o1 03 Moco S ons wits 01 03 se Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress can be determined as V 1 6 mo Val o 04 Mo S0 Ya mo o 07 se Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress can be determined as a o A VI 1 16 m o aia ta Mo 50 Ame Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands tea tal Plot gt Strength Factors gt Atay Xcess stress can be determined as Atmax AS 09 YA V the nPo Vo 63 Mo o 2 Ya mo Drucker Prager Toct q 1 V2 1 AToct q tan 4 UCSV2 2 q UCS q 1 Sm Fe SF C Strength Stress can be determined as UCS 9 1 Oman V 2 Toot 12 se SF C Stress Strength can be determined as ta 10054180 8 201 2 q 2 todl Dtoct Excess can be determined as ta UCS ela al 2 q 2 where q tan 45 2 Toot 1 3 VE ao 10 0 2 Tasan
430. ng the fracture into small planar zones then specifying the dilation in each zone You then simply tell Map3Di to use this field loading Map3Di conducts the necessary calculations to determine the stress contribution of the integrated field loading e Suppose from your seismicity you determine that portions of your rock mass are Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 424 Map3D User s Manual deforming and other parts are not This would be applied by subdividing the whole rock mass up into small 3D zones then calculating the deformation in each zone You then simply tell Map3Di to use this field loading Map3Di conducts the necessary calculations to determine the stress contribution of the integrated field loading Note that the Map3Di model can contain all of the regular features including excavations stiff dykes faults etc The effects of the field loading and all of these other features will be superimposed to provide a final composite prediction of the stresses strains and displacements throughout the rock mass How does Map3Di assist us in overcoming the shortcomings in applying Terzaghi s Observational Approach to Design There are many possible benefits from adopting this approach First let s recognize that we intend to apply known field loading conditions measured from field data seismicity temperature fluid pressures or deformations This in itself can be considered to be a calibration or fine tuning exercise as oppose
431. ngle are specified in degrees Cohesion is related to UCS and friction angle by the relationship UCS 2 Coh tan 45 2 If Cohesion is specified then UCS is determined from this relation e Peak values of these parameters are used up until failure After yielding the residual values are used to provide a strain softening response e Residual values are ignored in elastic analyses Young s Modulus and Poisson s Ratio specify Young s Modulus in units of stress MPa or psi e Peak values of these parameters are used up until failure e After yielding the residual values are used Residual values are ignored in elastic analyses Standard Deviation specify standard deviation in units of stress MPa or psi e This parameter describes the uncertainty you have in the strength parameters e This parameter is only used for plotting the probability of shear failure Plot gt Strength Factors gt Rockmass Probability N distribution Viscous Modulus Gn and Gs These parameters are used only in non linear analyses 3D FF blocks in Map3D Non Linear and DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip For 3D FF blocks only Gs is used e The viscous modulus describes the creep response where the creep resistance is determined as the creep coefficient C times the plastic strain rate Note that the user must select both the creep coefficient C and the time step size At then specify the quotient of these as the viscous modulus G e Specify the viscous mod
432. no coloured contour will be drawn Translucent draws the contours as translucent colours If both this option and the opaque option are unchecked only contour lines i e no coloured contour will be drawn Display Options Blank when checked contours are blanked out where the grid plane passes through excavation blocks This is useful to identify the extent of excavations when portions of the model have been hidden It is also useful for generation of 2D sections since the location of the excavations are clearly visible Blank Colour sets colour used for Blanking Grid Lines contours are drawn with lines at regular grid intervals The desired interval is set using the Spacing parameter Outlines outlines are drawn around the grid edges When using multiple grids you may not want to see these outlines Discretization the grid discretization is superimposed on the contours Min Contour when unchecked contours below the minimum contour range are not drawn This is useful for displaying contours where only the upper part of the contour range is important For example when displaying non linear strain components or excess stresses it is often useful to only have non zero portions of the contours visible If the desired parameter has a negative value simply swap the maximum and minimum contour range or plot the absolute value of the parameter Max Contour when unchecked contours above the maximum contour r
433. ns such as the Finite Element or Finite Difference methods where one starts with empty space For these latter methods model building consists of assembling the entire rock mass and all its components Elements must be assembled out to some far field boundary many diameters away from the excavations While Finite Element and Finite Difference formulations are very well developed for non linear Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 4 Map3D User s Manual 1 7 problems such as plasticity transient heat and fluid flow and dynamic simulations there are also very difficult to use and require very long run times The difficulty in use comes from the large amount of information required to discretize the host rock mass While this can be minimized by use of mesh generators and powerful front end graphics the cost and effort to learn the interface outweighs the simplicity with which the Map3D Boundary Element analyses can be conducted These fundamental differences make the boundary element method much more suitable and economic in terms of analysis time for rock mass problems Many of the supposed limitations of the boundary element method have been overcome in Map3D The program can accommodate multi step mining sequences and multiple material zones with different material properties and stress states These zones are permitted to behave non linearly Multiple intersecting fault planes can slip and open according to user specified shear stren
434. ns the distance Delem may be zero the minimum element side length AL must be specified AL should be set equal to twice the smallest pillar or stope width The same units used to specify the coordinates should be used e g metres or feet Once discretization is complete the distance Delem can be plotted using been Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Delem distance to nearest element on surfaces Note that if desired this behaviour can be overridden on an element by element basis by specifying the maximum width for each element CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties gt Maximum Width This allows users to force fine uniform discretization on surfaces in areas where there are no grid planes Grid Spacing AG specifies the minimum grid spacing During the discretization process all field point grids and model surfaces are subdivided into elements with side length Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 221 Lgrid Dgrid DOL where Dgrid is determined by Map3D as the smallest distance between model surfaces and grid planes Since at some locations the distance Dgrid may be zero the minimum grid spacing AG must be specified This same process is used to discretize model surfaces surfaces of FF blocks and DD planes that are near field point grids AG should be set equal to the smallest dimension of interest For example if the user needs to see the stress distribution across a 2m wide pillar a value for AG of 0 5
435. nt matrix along with any other equations describing the alternate material zones fault slip creep etc The iterative solver functions by determining the error in the current solution of each simultaneous equation the surface stress error then reducing these errors by a process of successive approximations A converged solution is assumed to have been obtained when the maximum surface stress error and the maximum failure criterion error are reduced below the user specified stress tolerance STOL Analysis gt CParams Related Topics Plot gt Surface Components gt Ferr Failure Error Analysis Dialog 4 3 7 3 Ferr Failure error Contours the surface failure criterion error During matrix solution Map3D is attempting to progressively solve the simultaneous equations saved in the coefficient matrix along with any other equations describing the alternate material zones fault slip creep etc The iterative solver functions by determining the error in the current solution of each simultaneous equation the surface stress error then reducing these errors by a process of successive approximations A converged solution is assumed to have been obtained when the maximum surface stress error and the maximum failure criterion error are reduced below the user specified stress tolerance STOL Analysis gt CParams The failure criterion error is only used for non linear creep analyses including fault slip and 3D material non linearity This p
436. nt to provide quick access to stress components Su Plot gt Stress gt S1 Major Principal Stress o1 Plot gt Stress gt S2 Intermediate Principal Stress o2 Ss Plot gt Stress gt S3 Minor Principal Stress os Tm Plot gt Stress gt Tmax Maximum Shear Stress 01 03 te Plot gt Stress gt Tip In Plane Shear Stress tip Sel Plot gt Stress gt Sip In Plane Normal Stress cip Su Plot gt Stress gt S1i In Plane Maximum Stress oi Sai Plot gt Stress gt S3i In Plane Minimum Stress ois tw Plot gt Stress gt Tub Ubiquitous Plane Shear Stress tub Sw Plot gt Stress gt Sub Ubiquitous Plane Normal Stress cub Su Plot gt Stress gt Stu Ubiquitous Plane Maximum Stress o1u Sul Plot gt Stress gt S3u Ubiquitous Plane Minimum Stress osu Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Hal Plot gt Stress gt Toct Octahedral Shear Stress toa 1 3 o1 G2 02 03 03 o1 Sx Plot gt Stress gt Smean Mean Stress omean 1 3 o1 02 03 2x Plot gt Stress gt Sxx Cartesian Stress Component ox Zy Plot gt Stress gt Syy Cartesian Stress Component oyy S Plot gt Stress gt Szz Cartesian Stress Component ozz Eu Plot gt Stress gt Txy Cartesian Stress Component txy Te Plot gt Stress gt Tyz Cartesian Stress Component tyz Plot gt Stress gt Txz Cartesian Stress Component tx Plot gt Stress gt Value gt Seff Effective Stre
437. ntal The orientation of the ubiquitous shear plane is set using UB Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters In elastic analysis the maximum ubiquitous plane shear stress is normally used with the ubiquitous plane normal stress and the Mohr Coulomb strength criterion UB Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters to estimate the amount of slip due to over stressing on a fault joint set or bedding plane at the specified orientation Since these parameters are orientation dependant this criterion is representative for anisotropic rock mass stability By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of non linear strain or the strain rate predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in DD planes Fault Gouge in DD planes Backfill Hyperbolic in DD planes Over stressing can be presented in several forms including srt sr Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ub Strength Stress a Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTub Excess Shear Stress The contour range is set using Based Plot gt Range This component can be added to the contour toolbar if desired Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar gt Stress The user may find it handy
438. nterest Suggested values for the discretization and lumping parameters are as follows e AL should be set equal to twice the smallest pillar or stope width Use the same units used to specify the coordinates e g metres or feet e AG should be set equal to the smallest dimension of interest Use the same units used to specify the coordinates e g metres or feet DON 0 5 DOL DOC 1 DOE DOG 2 for 10 20 error e DON 0 5 DOL DOC 2 DOE DOG 4 for 5 10 error e DON 1 0 DOL DOC 4 DOE DOG 8 for lt 5 error The details of the use of these parameters for control of discretization and lumping are described below DON and AL Matrix Conditioning During the discretization process all model surfaces surfaces of FF blocks and DD planes are subdivided into boundary elements with side length Lelem Delem DON where Delem is determined by Map3D as the smallest distance between adjacent model surfaces Since at some locations the distance Delem may be zero the minimum element side length AL must be specified AL should be set equal to twice the smallest pillar or stope width The same units used to specify the coordinates should be used e g metres or feet A value for DON of 0 5 is generally adequate for all problems except those with very narrow excavations or pillars In this latter case a value for DON of 1 0 is recommended Although higher values of DON results in generation of more boundary elements and hence longer run time
439. nternational Ltd 1990 2015 344 Map3D User s Manual to take place Results will be reported as follows Stp Volume Area Wk W A useful indicator of the nature of the response expected during yielding are the loading system stiffness LSS and local energy release density LERD At different locations in a model one can expect these indicators to change owing to geometric effects At locations where the LSS is stiffer that the post peak response of the yielding rock one can expect controlled failure that progresses in sequence with the advancing mining However at locations where the LSS is softer that the post peak response of the yielding rock one can expect uncontrolled failures The amount of excess energy available can be expected to correlate with the magnitude of the event In order to determine the LSS or LERD in a numerical model it is necessary to flex the model and observe the loading system response This is done by specification of the Material Code for the LERD LSS calculation using 8 CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties gt Matl Code LERD LSS This special Material Code is used to temporarily alter the material properties or boundary conditions in the test area to cause the model to deform in some way Since the LSS is expected to change from one location to another it is necessary do this at all locations of interest By carefully monitoring the loading system response during this deformation the LSS and the vari
440. nterruptions It allows you to lay down hard design numbers for support requirements specific pillar widths acceptable stope heights etc In short it provides a tool that helps you to design your mine While numerical modelling is reasonably straightforward interpreting the results is much more of a challenge Numerical modelling for rock mass predictions is not an exact science There will always be rock mass features that are not anticipated or understood The following quotation from Starfield and Cundall 1988 suggests several reasons why this is so Rock mechanics models fall into the class of data limited problems one seldom knows enough about the features and behaviour of the rock mass to model it unambiguously It follows that one cannot use models in rock mechanics in a conventional way for example in electrical or aerospace engineering and that there is a need to adopt a distinctive and appropriate methodology for rock mechanics modelling Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D Overview 15 Increasing Ecol Statistics Aerospace and Data electronics Rock Mechanics Increasing Understanding after Starfield and Cundall 1988 Problems are often ill posed leading to difficulties in interpreting the results and the nagging question of whether or not the correct problem has been modelled The design of the model should be driven by the questions that the model is supposed to answer rather than the details of t
441. ntial to the grid plane its trend and plunge gnu tqnu panu displacement normal to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge amu tamu pgmu maximum displacement tangential to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge Miscellaneous user User defined value grid the number of the grid where the point is located mati the number of the material within which the point is located The host material is material Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands mm number 1 In problems where multiple materials are used results may be calculated in an alternate material zone step the mining step number name the name of the grid area the area of the grid patch adjacent to the point picked dgrid distance to the nearest surface from each grid point dol distance to the nearest grid Dorid divided by the grid spacing Lgrid f1 f2 user defined material parameters These can be defined using Plot gt Properties gt Material Properties gt User defined Parameters Data Format Points data will be written out as a series of points with one point per line x1 y Z1 values X2 y2 z2 Values X y3 Za valuess X4 Y 4 Za Valuesa where xi yi zi represent the coordinates of each point values represents the values of the list of user selected components at each point The user defined values will be listed as a comment line i e a line beginning with an asterisk at the beginning of the file Polylines data
442. nto critical equilibrium at the first mining step Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 404 Map3D User s Manual Material Name Material 2 Material 2 X Material Type Equilibrated Gouge DD y Maximum Minimum Tension Cutoff Cohesion Friction Angle Dilation Angle Normal Modulus 40000 40000 Shear Modulus 24000 vw 124000 bd Standard Dev 0 Elastic only Viscous Mod Gn 0 E Elasto Plastic v Mod G C Inactive ode pel ajo xl User Defined Expansion Coef Parameters Conductivity Dump to File 2 Copy from matl Stress State aa At step 1 of the stress analysis the elastic stresses are calculated at all locations on the DD fault plane From this information the required strength parameters Cohesion and friction angle are determined by interpolation such that every location is exactly at the point of failure This is done by linearly interpolating between the specified minimum and maximum strength values If the elastic stress falls below the minimum the minimum is used If the elastic stress falls above the maximum the maximum is used The interpolated strength values are then used for all subsequent mining steps This can be considered to the the worst case scenario where any mining induced stress change has the potential to case slip on the fault Equilibrated G ouge in DD planes Material Name specifies a descriptive name for the material Material spec
443. nual different blocks will be excavated To display only excavations turn this option on View gt Hide gt Excavations When activated excavations are hidden Mud View gt Hide gt Unused When activated unused elements are hidden Unused elements are 3D block surfaces or DD planes that are not used in the analysis Such elements exist where a fault cuts through an excavation or where a material with a lower material number resides within a zone with a higher material number e g a dyke cutting through an ore zone As the mining sequence progresses x File gt Mining Step this may change To hide unused surfaces turn this option on Refer to Analysis gt Options gt Closure Constructing Alternate Material Zones for additional discussion I View gt Hide gt Translucent When activated hidden surfaces as displayed translucent Ey View gt Hide gt Show Errors Hide display errors when activated show only element errors Note that this option can be used with the View gt Hide gt Translucent option View gt Hide gt Hide Errors Hide display errors when activated do not show element errors At the CAD stage the various colours indicate the following problems e Purple gaps have been found and filled thus fixing this problem This message does not indicate an error and is given as user information e Green duplicate blocks have been found and deleted thus fixing this problem This
444. ny vertex When you initiate this routine you will first be prompted to build a list of vertices that you wish to move Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 206 Map3D User s Manual Edit Vertices ES SER eee MCS ili If Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you must hold down the Shift key to make multiple selections By default selected entities are added to the list however if the Ctrl key is held down selected entities will be removed from the list While holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key you can drag open a crossing window Use of this toolbar is detailed in Build A List of Vertices for Editing Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used Holding the Alt key when you right click automatically repeats the last edit function that was used Once you have selected the desired entities you can either pick any of the edit buttons CAD gt Edit gt Stretch Vertices CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Point BI CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to X CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Y B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Z CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Plane 24 CAD gt Edit gt Subdivide Construction Lines CAD gt Edit gt Smooth Construction Lines CAD gt Edit gt Remove Construction Vertex e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of options
445. o construct the first block use CAD gt Build gt FFLoop This function can be selected from the CAD toolbar as follows activate the CAD toolbar if it is not visible using Tools gt CAD Toolbar CAD EX EEX ESE Select CAD gt Build from the CAD toolbar You will be presented with the sub menu of build functions Build Entity ES i te a Now select 9 CAD gt Build gt FFLoop Since we are going to be freehand drawing we must set up the snap grid This is done using CAD gt Snap gt Rectangular Grid Snap This function can be selected from the Build Entity toolbar Build Entity AQAA aA PANN Fa A To activate the snap grid select E CAD gt Snap gt Rectangular Grid Snap this only needs to be done if the grid snap button is not already highlighted HH The coordinates of the current cursor location are indicated on the status bar You will notice that the x and y values change as you move the cursor about but not the z value To set the current z value click on 4 CAD gt Snap gt Cursor Grid Setup you will be prompted as follows Cursor Grid Setup 0 000000 0 000000 gt i 0 000000 zafe 15 v H Intervals 50 v XY cursor YZ cursor XZ cursor Cancel Set the origin and snap spacing as follows X Origin gt 0 Y Origin gt 0 Z Origin gt 0 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 ss Map3D User s Manual Snap spacing gt 1 If the cursor cross hairs are not moving
446. o add or edit mining blocks and set up the Map3D analysis use Analysis gt Go to CAD While loading the model Map3D checks for basic consistency of the modelling parameters e g if a material is used its properties must be specified in the material list You will be prompted to search for a model file name location and file format Models can be loaded from several file types e Map3D INP format is an editable ASCII data file with the extension INP This is the recommended Map3D model format All Map3D functionality is supported with this format e AutoCAD DXF format is a popular drawing exchange file with the extension DXF This format is useful for exchanging model data with other CAD software e Point file format is a universal ASCII data file with the extension PNT This format is useful for exchanging raw model data with other CAD software The model geometric and material data being loaded can either overwrite or be merged with existing model data The overwrite merge options e File gt Open gt Merge Geometries e File gt Open gt Merge Materials Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 131 appears at the bottom of the open file dialogue box Merging multiple files into one model You may select multiple files simultaneously by holding the standard windows shift or ctrl keys for multiple selections These files will be merging into one model database This allows you to keep separat
447. o be achieved with the resources available A ground stability reporting system should be established to systematically observe document and report on ground control related problems This should include a discussion on how the observed ground control problem could or could not be identified with instrumentation numerical modelling etc and controlled by use of modified sequence layout or ground support The underlying mechanism or cause should also be identified where possible Implications with regards to important parameters defined by operations should be addressed e g level of ground stability stand up time risk of ore loss level of ground support required etc This reporting system can be used as a forum for communication and education on the use of instrumentation numerical modelling and rock mechanics principles as applied to mine stability e When modelling one should always test for very specific problems and conditions Through a process of back analysis one can identify what stress states or stress paths lead to know problems underground Some ideas on how to do this are presented in Figure 3 After many back analyses have been completed one will have a good feel for the confidence that can be placed in the predictions This confidence level may be very good or very poor but it must be established Once these have been identified one can then attempt to make predictions with know reliability e Some form of routine monit
448. o build models using a series of three dimensional building blocks These blocks which can be any desired shape or size are used to construct excavations and accesses as well as to define non homogeneous zones ore zones dykes and yielding zones The program automatically builds intersections between excavations faults and multiple material zones By coupling this capability with the built in Boolean operations complex multi step mining sequences can be constructed with ease Map3D creates the required surface description and automatically discretizes these surfaces into elements for the boundary element stress analysis Rock mass Response Predictions Using Numerical Modelling 1 6 Boundary Element Formulation Numerical modelling is an attempt to mathematically simulate the way the rock mass responds to mining This is done by accommodating the effects of e Loading conditions Prior to mining the rock mass is loaded by overburden and tectonic Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 12 Map3D User s Manual forces Structural support elements There may also be loads do to mechanical ground support backfill heating etc Geometry When you make excavations these pre existing loads are redistributed around the excavations concentrating in abutments and pillars Stiff dykes and soft ore zones will also influence the response Elasticity At locations where the stresses do not exceed the strength the rock deforms ina more or
449. o completely disable drawing of the cursor crosshairs select Tools gt Crosshairs OpenGL Interactive Edit Enables interactive OpenGL drawing of modified shapes during editing operations This option should normally be checked but can be disabled for problem graphics adaptors Disk Performance Test Tests the performance of the hard disk system This test simulates the behaviour of Map3D during the solution stage of the BEM analysis Buffer Size Size of the buffer used for reads and write to disk Map3D uses a 256K buffer for its file read and writes Write Through Instructs the system to write through any intermediate cache and go directly to disk Map3D uses Write Through for its file writes No Buffering Instructs the system to write to the file with no intermediate buffering or caching Map3D uses No Buffering for its file writes Asynchronous I O Instructs the system to enable more than one read and or write operation to be performed simultaneously This option is only supported under Window NT 2000 Map3D can be instructed to use this feature with Analysis gt Options gt Async I O Size MB File size used for the test It is recommended that this test be done with a large file size considerably larger than the amount of RAM Drive Disk drive used for the test The important results are Write rate the number of MBytes written to the disk per second You should expect more than 5 10 MB second Re
450. o excavate and finally at step 4 material 5 backfill is inserted When you use a positive material number the material is placed into the block at the specified initial stress state and is then allowed to deform according to the elastic plastic properties you have set for that material number When you use a negative material number the material is placed into the block at the specified initial stress state but the stress state is held at these vales regardless of the deformations thereby providing a stress boundary condition Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 251 Extrude DD into FF blocks allows you to extrude a DD plane into an FF block You will be prompted for the extrusion vector More Steps allows specification of additional mining steps Clear All Steps clears all mining steps 1 100 Undo unselects the last point entered and returns to the block construction routine 21 CAD gt Build gt Undo Point Copy From allows you to select another block to copy the entity properties from Mesh builds the block with surfaces subdivided into smaller parts at the specified block grid spacing This routine generates interior points as required to maintain good shaped elements Build completes block construction and enters the block into the model database Once you have completed this operation you have one last chance to undo this and remove this block from the model database by selecting 21 CA
451. o select a series of loops that define the perimeter of the desired zones The direction you traverse each loop is not relevant The starting and end point of each loop e g points 1 and 11 or 12 and 22 must be at the same location to define closed loops Trace These points can be selected one at a time or all points along a construction line segment can be selected using the 42 CAD gt Snap gt Trace CLoop snap function Close The DDLoop routine is considered to be complete when one of the following two conditions is met e the user selects the final loop point i e point 12 22 a third time e a CAD gt Build gt DDLoop Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands The loops will then be subdivided into a series of 3 or 4 sided DD elements These surfaces will be further subdivided into boundary elements at a later stage in the program The routine that does this subdivision searches for corners that are near one another so the user should take care to define the loop such that the connections are straightforward In the above example it is recommended that points 4 and 5 be selected or generated The Mesh build function see below can be used to build the block with surfaces subdivided into smaller parts at the specified block grid spacing This routine generates interior points as required to maintain well shaped elements Guide Lines Multiple interior zones can be traced simultaneously by defining gu
452. ocation of all points along construction lines can be viewed by setting the View gt Render gt Cline dot radius parameter e Before using this trace smoothing function construction lines should be cleaned up using the CAD gt Pack and Renumber Clines function e You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time Remove Construction Line Vertex Smooths construction lines by eliminating individual corner points also see CAD gt Edit gt Smooth Construction Lines This routine can be initiated either by picking the lbutton or simple right clicking on any vertex When you initiate this routine you will first be prompted to build a list of vertices that you wish to remove Edit Vertices ES BABS ee Rem K Ou a e If Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you must hold down the Shift key to make multiple selections By default selected entities are added to the list however if the Ctrl key is held down selected Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 303 entities will be removed from the list While holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key you can drag open a crossing window Use of this toolbar is detailed in Build A List of Vertices for Editing Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used Holding the Alt key when you right click automatically repeats the last edit function that was used Once you have selected th
453. ocess to address 2GB for users with large amounts of RAM in their computer physical RAM can be accesses using AWE Address Windowing Extensions AWE allows access to all available RAM in your computer Most systems can support 4GB of RAM Some can support more than 64GB Various versions of Windows provide different levels of AWE support varying from 1GB up to 512GB AWE support is available in the following versions of Windows Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Professional and Server maximum of 4 GB Windows 2000 Advanced Server maximum of 8 GB Windows 2000 Datacenter Server maximum of 32 GB Windows XP Professional and Windows Server 2003 maximum of 4 GB Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition maximum of 32 GB Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition maximum of 64 GB Windows 7 amp 8 AWE requires SE_LOCK_MEMORY privilege To enable AWE follow these steps Control Panel gt Administrative Tools gt Local Security Policies Then set Local Policies gt User Rights Assignment gt Lock Pages in Memory gt Add User or Group gt Everyone You must reboot for this setting to take effect Notes This function must be checked before conducting the Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt BEM Analysis You should only allocate the amount of RAM you want Map3D to use making sure to leave adequate space for any other applications you intend to run You should never set this parameter larger than the available RAM since this w
454. of these as the viscous modulus G The contribution to the stress t made by the creep increment is the excess stress given by At OG A e At plastic The accumulated plastic strain e for all creep steps plastic S determined as the sum of the plastic creep increments Ac plastic Related Topics Plot gt Surface Components gt dTs Excess Shear Stress Plot gt Surface Components gt dEs Incremental Shear Strain Plot gt Surface Components gt Ts Shear Stress Es Plot gt Surface Components gt Es Shear Strain Analysis gt Options gt Creep 4 3 7 16 Cohesion Contours the Cohesion and Friction angle of the gouge material This is of particular interest when you use the Equilibrated Gouge material type since the cohesion and friction angle can vary from place to place 4 3 7 18 Temperature Head Contours the temperature or head Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow can be used to simultaneously solve steady state heat fluid flow coupled to the stress analysis The program is set up so that the user need only specify the temperature head boundary conditions then the coupled thermal fluid flow stress problem is solved simultaneously This feature is useful for the simulation of heating or cooling effects and drained or undrained response of soils For more details refer to Expansion Coefficient and Conductivity The contour range is set using Map3D International Ltd
455. ogether to form larger more complex excavation shapes by using common coordinate numbers Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Appendix 375 to specify adjacent blocks la l2 A If desired surfaces can be constructed using 3 or 4 sided surfaces by using only the first 4 corners 11 12 13 14 The next 4 corners 15 16 17 18 should be specified as zeros The corners can be entered in either clockwise or counter clockwise orientation Any of the corners can be repeated to define 3 sided shapes and wedges These surfaces can be linked together to form larger more complex excavation shapes by using common coordinate numbers to specify adjacent plates The user must take care to ensure that complete closing surfaces are constructed leaving no holes or missing plates Type 2 Displacement Discontinuity type elements should be used for tabular mining excavations fractures and fault planes Surfaces are constructed using 3 or 4 sided surfaces by using only the first 4 corners A 12 R 14 The next 4 corners 5 6 7 18 should be specified as zeros The corners can be entered in either clockwise or counter clockwise orientation Any of the corners can be repeated to define 3 sided shapes and wedges h l2 These surfaces can be linked together to form larger more complex shapes by using common coordinate numbers to specify adjacent surfaces Thickness This parameter is only used for type 2 displacement discontinuity elements where
456. ome known field loading along with regular modelling features pre mining stress model geometry dykes faults etc to provide a composite prediction of the stresses strain and displacements throughout the rock mass The integration of numerical modelling with seismic monitoring through the Map3Di boundary element method allows one to superimpose the deformations indicated by the seismicity into your numerical model This effectively characterizes geologic features and accommodates the effect these have on rock mass response The field loading information boils down to specification of ride and dilation on a segment of a slip plane and or deformation of a 3D zone But where does such information come from e Suppose you measure the temperature distribution throughout your mine and you want to apply this field loading to a Map3Di model This would be applied by subdividing the whole rock mass up into small 3D zones then specifying the temperature in each zone You would then need to calculate the free thermal expansion for each zone You then simply tell Map3Di to use this field loading Map3Di conducts the necessary calculations to determine the stress contribution of the integrated field loading e Suppose you inject some heavy grout into a fracture then after this sets drill some holes to determine the amount of dilation you caused in the fracture and you want to apply this field loading to a Map3Di model This would be applied by subdividi
457. omponent ox Aoxx Z Datum To determine appropriate values for each of these components the user must first select a depth z Datum where the stresses have known values These later values are the Oxx Oyy Ozz Txy Tyz Txz constant values The variation of each component with depth can then be specified as Aoxx Aoyy Aozz Atxy Atyz Atxz variation values If you have set up your coordinate system with z positive up then the variations should be specified as negative quantities so that the stresses increase with depth For example if you know that the oxx component has a value of 30 MPa at z 1000m and varies as zis positive up 0 027 MPa m you would specify Datum 1000 Oxx 30 Aoxx 0 027 5 2 13 CAD gt Properties gt Material Properties gt Stress State gt Datum x datum Y datum Z datum dx datum dy datum Dip of Plane Dip direction Dip of Normal 30 000000 2 Close The variation of each of the stress components is described as a linear variation in either principal or Cartesian components If desired this can be specified as a variation in the x y and z directions by defining a sloping datum This is meant to be used at locations where the topography has a dominant slope To define a sloping datum you are required to specify a point on the plane that represents the datum X datum Y datum and Z datum as well as the slope of the plane The slope is specified as a gr
458. on is saved between analyses in the map3d ini file 4 6 2 5 Solve Toolbar 4 6 2 6 Activate the solve toolbar during Map3D BEM analysis The default configuration for this toolbar is as follows Contours ECAA This toolbar is meant to provide quick access to parameters that are important during the solution stage of the Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt BEM Analysis 1 Plot gt Surface Components gt Serr Stress Error Plot gt Surface Components gt Ferr Failure Error Plot gt Surface Components gt Shear Stress Plot gt Surface Components gt Normal Stress Plot gt Surface Components gt Shear Displacement Ride six Plot gt Surface Components activates the surface toolbar containing all surface components Renae Plot gt Range specifies the contour range minimum maximum interval of the currently plotted contour 2 Plot gt Surface Components gt Options specifies contour plot options trajectories contour lines Tools gt Solve Toolbar Configure add or remove buttons from the solve toolbar Notes During analysis the solve toolbar is displayed when you suspend the analysis Analysis gt Suspend If this option is not checked the solve toolbar will not be activated when you suspend the Map3D BEM analysis Buttons can be moved around on the toolbar simply by holding down the left mouse button and dragging the button to the desired location The solve toolbar can onl
459. onal Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 183 to estimate the amount of damage due to over stressing Since none of the parameters have any orientation sensitivity this criterion is representative for homogeneous rock mass stability By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of non linear strain or the strain rate predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks Method A assumes that the stress path to failure takes place by increasing co without loss of confinement This is representative of a pillar failure where oi is considered to be the driving force Mohr Coulomb 0 UCS UCS q93 sa Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF A Strength Stress can be determined as UCS qo o Sa Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF A Strength Stress can be determined as o UCS q0 Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ao excess stress can be determined as Ao o UCS qo 3 Naj Plot gt Strength Factors gt N Ao std Probability using the Normal distribution the same as in method B Hoek Brown Oj Listos Oo VINIO O3 aNs 3 YMO 03 S Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF A Strength Stress can be determined as da v m 6 0 S Map
460. onditioned problems and can reduce the total number of iterations by half or more This option can be used in conjunction with the CGM option Analysis gt Options gt CGM to provide a reduction in the total number of iterations by a quarter or more Notes This function must be checked before conducting the Map3D BEM analysis Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 334 Map3D User s Manual 5 1 13 5 1 14 5 1 15 Analysis gt BEM Analysis It is recommended that this option be used Analysis gt Options gt Async I O Use Windows asynchronous I O routines during Map3D BEM analysis Windows allows disk I O to be conducted asynchronously from the BEM analysis This is supposed to allow disk I O to occur in parallel with other calculations thus reducing matrix solution time Notes This function must be checked before conducting the Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt BEM Analysis Analysis gt Options gt Auto Repair Attempts to repair you model by filling gaps deleting duplicates etc during file load Model pre processing to detect common model building errors including detection and automatic filling of simple gaps such as missing surfaces highlighted in black detection and automatic deletion of duplicate blocks highlighted in REESS detection of narrow gaps between adjacent blocks highlighted in PTE The warning is generated when ever the gap is less than 1 1000 of the element width e detection o
461. onononononononononcnnnononononononcnononenenenenos Analysis gt Options gt MSCALC occcccccccccccccccccncncccncncccncncncncnncncncnccnonononononononononnnoncnnnnononccnnncnnnnnncnnnnonenenes Analysis gt Options gt Initialization s ieies ieseana eee Enee nehanana ean aaen Eeen ena Ea aeaa ena EEn aaah Ena Eea Analysis gt Options gt Initialization file name Analysis gt Options gt LERD LS S rire E aR EE E Ea EEEa EE Ea Ea ERa EEEa Eaa Analysis gt Options gt LERD LSS file name sssnssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn Analysis gt Options gt LING Als siiccciscctecsccntaensacnsscnencnsccctecatecctccaccsccacacacacacaccsssusnsunnsaissnssnsnsnwnsnsnecebunthevein Analysis gt Options gt LUMPINY cccccccccccccccccccccncnonononononononcnononononononononononononononononononnnonononcnononononenenenenenes Analysis gt Options gt Lumping Accuracy Analysis gt Options gt Planar oeer rererere KELE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEEE EEA EANET ANENE AnalysiS gt Options gt Pram cisiiooionnninn dci iii iia Analysis gt Options gt Preconditi0N ccccccccccccccccccccnoconcccccnonononocononononcnnncncnoncnononcncnnncnnnoncncnonononenenenenes Analysis gt Options gt RenuMber a aa a e a a a e aa aa aaa ea aa aea aa aA aaa Analysis gt Options gt ReSet peera eE EEEE EEEE EEEE EE EEEE a EAE AEEA Eiaa iaia Analysis gt Options gt Viam nisoniosiconicn nic iia Analysis gt Options
462. ononononononononononononenenennnnnon 403 Materials gt Yielding Pillar in DD Planes coonmmnnnccnnccononnnnncnoneconanannccnnnononnnnnennrnnnn nan rr rrr enn rrrrnnnn 409 Materials gt User Defined Parameters occcccccccccncccncnnncncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnononennnnonenenenons 413 Materials gt DUMpito File zcigsitdsit i e a a Aaa tetera sPeutuetitey 413 Materials gt Expansion Coefficient and Conductivity ccccccccccncnncnnnnnononnnononnnnnononononononnnnnnnnnnononononnnnnos 414 MapSD Analysis Stages iii anida sananne naasa itkaa aaf aas asiat dees cecceccosceusect 414 Map3D Versions i aaia da aaia ea daaa aaa aaa ea a Aaaa a aaao aaa a G aliado as E araa 416 Map3D Faut Shp oia di aa 418 MapsD Modeller diaaa aaa sor send conocio cocacola eo laa aaa ana anii 419 Map3D Results Viewer ooooonmoncccccccoccononnancnnnnennonnnnnnnnn rre 421 Map3Di Integrated Seismicity coooonnnnnnnncnnnnncnonannnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnn rr rr 423 Map3D Thermal Fluid FIOW ooocccccoconnnnnncnccnonnncnononnnnnn nn nro 425 Map3D Non Linear co ciclista cla oia li 426 Map3D ViSCO PIASTIC ici e napana SEa ideana ainin Enada 427 Model Building Tutorials ooonncccccncnnnnnananncnnnencnon nana rr 428 Plot gt MESS iii ia iia do Tae iii ada AE laa ai mi 428 Plot Failure Modes ii aaa onaca adiciona cui 429 Plot Mac ii A eiii 430 Plot gt Surface Components ionccccccccccnnnanancnnonnnnno nana rr 431 Stress Orientation IC
463. ons gt LERD LSS Calculate energy release rate and loading system stiffness during Map3D BEM analysis This routine enables the user to calculate energy release rate ERR at any desired location and provides a wide range of flexibility for controlling how the calculation is conducted An alternative method is available where ERR is calculated ahead of an excavation face only Plot gt Surface Components gt ERR When you select LERD LSS you will be prompted for a data file name where the results from the LERD LSS calculations are to be written The default extension for this file is ERR Results will be written to this file in the following format If the test block is constructed as a 3D block using FF elements Block Volume Area Wk Wf LSS xyz o1 ti pi o2 te p os ts ps where oi ti pi represent a principal stress component its trend and plunge If the test block is constructed as a planar feature using DD elements Block Volume Area Wk W LSS xyz ts ts Ps on tn Pn where ts ts ps represent the maximum in plane shear stress its trend and plunge and on tn pn represent the normal stress its trend and plunge In both cases x y z are the coordinates of the centre of the test block where the stresses are calculated In addition the total energy release associated with new excavations made during for the current mining step will also be calculated Note that no test blocks need to be specified for this calculation Map3D I
464. ons can be intersected by multiple discrete faults non planar and gouge filled that slip and open Map3D can simulate ground support elements such as arches steel sets props thick liners chalks backfill etc The program is designed for fast easy building and visualization of 3D models e Self contained 3D CAD system for model construction e Integrated GIS for storing analyzing and displaying geographical reference information e Advanced boundary element BEM stress analysis Map3D is suitable for mining geotechnical and civil engineering applications What sets Map3D apart from other analysis programs is its ability to accommodate a very wide range of problems in 3D Large complex fully 3D problems can be built with ease using the built in CAD functionality Combined use of both FF and DD elements allows for simulations of 3D excavations with intersecting fractures or shear planes Powerful pre processing capabilities automatically fix most model construction problems Overlapping and intersecting surfaces are accommodated by the program without user intervention Model discretization can be optimized by setting a few control parameters to automatically concentrate elements at locations of interest These capabilities greatly ease the burden of model building letting you get on with engineering rather than spending your time debugging models Map3D Overview About Map3D Map3D is developed and supported by Dr Terry Wiles suppo
465. ons of underground features such as excavations contacts structure etc A Map3D model is normally built on top of this construction line data You will be prompted to search for a construction line file name location and file format Construction lines can be loaded from several file types e Point file format is a universal ASCII data file with the extension PNT This format is useful for exchanging raw construction line data with other CAD software e AutoCAD DXF format is a popular drawing exchange file with the extension DXF This format is useful for exchanging construction line data with other CAD software The construction line data being loaded can either overwrite or be merged with existing data The overwrite merge option File gt Open gt Merge Geometires appears at the bottom of the open file dialogue box Merging multiple files into one database You may select multiple files simultaneously by holding the standard windows shift or ctrl keys for multiple selections These files will be merging into one database This allows you to keep separate parts of construction line data in different files then easily merge them together into one database Another way of merging multiple files is to select the Merge Geometries option prior to selecting the additional file you want to add to the existing database This is useful if you already have construction line data open and want to add additional construction line da
466. onstrained to the grid points The grid can be oriented in either the X Y Y Z or X Z planes at any desired spacing and location To set up these parameters use CAD gt Snap gt Cursor Grid Setup setup the cursor grid spacing and orientation For an example on the use of grid snap mode in model building refer to Freehand Sketching Room and Pillar Circular Grid Snap Snap to a cylindrical grid No pick box is displayed at the intersection of the cursor cross hairs All cursor movement will be constrained to the grid points The grid can be oriented in either the X Y Y Z or X Z planes at any desired spacing and location To set up these parameters use 4s CAD gt Snap gt Cursor Grid Setup setup the cursor grid spacing and orientation Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 266 Map3D User s Manual 4 5 2 13 X Grid Snap 4 5 2 14 Snap to an x grid spacing If the pick box is located over the corner of an entity that corner will be selected Otherwise the nearest point at the x grid spacing on the nearest edge will be selected The pick box must be located over an entity or construction line Since the x coordinate values are constrained to the prescribed X grid spacing the y and z coordinate values are calculated from the equation of the selected line The grid spacing and location are defined either by picking the X Grid Snap button a second time or use CAD gt Snap gt Cursor Grid Setup setup the curs
467. ontal assuming the Z axis is up Tools gt Global Transform Z up This causes the mouse rotation to occur in the opposite way to Tools gt Global Transform Z up 3 Rotations can be applied such that the horizon always remains horizontal assuming the Z axis is up Tools gt Global Transform Z up This causes the mouse rotation to occur in the opposite way to Tools gt Global Transform Z up The model can be rotated by holding down the left mouse button and wait for the drag mouse Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 ase Map3D User s Manual pointer y to appear then drag the orientation icon around to the desired position Dragging towards the top or bottom rotates the model up or down Near the bottom of the screen dragging towards the left or right rotates the model left or right Near the top of the screen dragging towards the left or right rotates the model counter clockwise or clockwise The model can be rotated by using the rotation toolbar or keyboard keys Tools gt Rotation Toolbar Notes Before rotating the model you should set the desired centre of rotation 9 View gt Centre You can adjust the drag wait time using Tools gt Drag Wait Time Rotation and translation operations can be repeated automatically by typing n before selecting the operation For example to produce an animated display of a stress plot specify 2 Plot gt Options gt Persist Plot gt Stress gt Sigma 1 View
468. ooth Construction Lines CAD gt Edit gt Remove Construction Vertex e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of options Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 204 Map3D User s Manual 4 5 4 12 Move to Point x coordinate 0 000000 Y coordinate 0 000000 vw a Z coordinate 0 000000 j Pick 1 point to define this location The location of selected coordinates will be moved to this location Cancel X Y and Z coordinate specify the coordinates of the point All selected vertices will be moved to this point Pick activates the cursor cross hairs allowing interactive selection of the point from the model To assist in visually selecting points from the model all snap functions are available sex CAD gt Snap Once selected the components of the offset vector are displayed in the dialogue box OK completes editing of the offset vector and stretches the selected vertices Cancel aborts stretching of vertices Once you have completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the modifications by selecting 21 Undo You can also restore the same selection set and modify the same set of entities again be selecting Redo You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time Move Verticies to X Moves the X coordinate of selected vertices This routine can be initiated either by picking the _B button or
469. operation For example to produce an animated display of a stress plot specify 2 Plot gt Options gt Persist Plot gt Stress gt Sigma 1 View gt Rotation Increment gt 10 type in 35 from the keyboard lt select rotate right either from the rotation toolbar or the PageDown key Press the Esc key to cancel the animation Entering O will repeat the operation indefinitely Press the escape key to stop Related Topics Translating the model Selecting special view positions 5 24 Global Transform Z up 2 The orientation of the model is indicated by an orientation icon located at the bottom left corner of the display This icon indicates the direction of the axes X for East Y for North and Z up wey In the view above the Y axis points mostly into the screen and a bit to the right the X axis points mostly to the right and a bit out of the screen and the Z axis points straight up Note that the backside of the icon is shaded in blue Z ey x In the view above the Y axis points mostly to the right and a bit into the screen the X axis points mostly out of the screen and a bit to the right and the Z axis points straight up Note that the inside of the icon is shaded in red There are three selectable rotation models 1 Rotations can be applied to the current geometry This mode allows for a non horizontal horizons 2 Rotations can be applied such that the horizon always remains horiz
470. operties from one material number to another All properties including the stress state are copied Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 388 Map3D User s Manual Stress State specifies the initial far field stress state for the material e Most materials are inserted into blocks with the same far field stress state e Materials such as props or backfill are placed at near zero initial stresses Related Topics Mohr_Coulomb in 3D FF blocks Drucker Prager in 3D FF blocks 5 4 3 Materials gt Drucker Prager in 3D FF Blocks Hoek Brown material can only be used as a failure criterion for elastic analyses in Map3D Fault Slip Material Name Host Material 1 Material 1 X Material Type Drucker Prager FF v Peak Residual Tension Cutoff 0 y o y UCS rockmass 60 X 60 y Friction Angle 30 30 y E Young s Modulus eoo y eooo gt Poisson s Ratio o0 y o0 y Standard Dev fo x Elastic only Viscous Mod Gn bo H C Elasto Plastic A HAE C Inactive ares od Gs fo z User Defined Expansion Coef fi v Parameters Conductivity 1 Dump to File 2 Copy from matl Stress State Chose Material Name specifies a descriptive name for the material Material specifies the material number e Material 1 is reserved for the host material e Other material numbers are used to define alternate material zones such as ore fault gouge backfill etc Material Type specifies the mater
471. or adds new series to an existing Excel chart Only the first plot parameter must be the same Additional plot parameters can be specified as desired Stresses sn tsn psn stress normal to the surface its trend and plunge ts tts pts maximum shear stress in the plane of the surface its trend and plunge Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 234 Map3D User s Manual ts1 ts2 shear stress components in the plane of the surface ts1 is parallel to the first side i e the side defined by x y 21 xe y2 z2 ts2 is perpendicular to ts1 in the direction of the second side i e the side defined by X y2 Z2 xs ys Zs ser surface stress error Iterative solvers function by determining the error in the current solution of each simultaneous equation then reducing these errors by a process of successive approximations This parameter indicates the error for each of the equations fer failure criterion error This parameter is only used for non linear creep analyses including fault slip and 3D material non linearity This parameter should always be near zero unless some viscosity has been specified and the problem goes non linear In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium This parameter indicates the viscous stress for each of the equations Effective Total effective stress or total stress components These options are only used in Map3D Thermal
472. or grid spacing and orientation X grid snap can be used in conjunction with any of __ CAD gt Snap gt None Disable snapping Z CAD gt Snap gt Edge Snap to the nearest edge Hl CAD gt Snap gt Tangent Snap Force cursor tangent to the selected edge Y Grid Snap Snap to a y grid spacing If the pick box is located over the corner of an entity that corner will be selected Otherwise the nearest point at the y grid spacing on the nearest edge will be selected The pick box must be located over an entity or construction line Since the y coordinate values are constrained to the prescribed y grid spacing the x and z coordinate values are calculated from the equation of the selected line The grid spacing and location are defined either by picking the Y Grid Snap button a second time or use Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 4s CAD gt Snap gt Cursor Grid Setup setup the cursor grid spacing and orientation Y grid snap can be used in conjunction with any of __ CAD gt Snap gt None Disable snapping Eal CAD gt Snap gt Edge Snap to the nearest edge E CAD gt Snap gt Tangent Snap Force cursor tangent to the selected edge 4 5 2 15 Z Grid Snap Snap to a z grid spacing z gr thi 1 bi If the pick box is located over the corner of an entity that corner will be selected Otherwise the nearest point at the y grid spacing on the nearest edge will be selected
473. ord 0 000000 v Search width 0 000000 Pick 1 point to define this location The Z value of selected cooordinates will be moved to this location Z coordinate specify the Z coordinate of the point The Z coordinate of all selected vertices i e vertices in the list will be moved to this value Search width all coordinates with the search width distance of the specified z coordinate value will be moved even if they are not in the list Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 208 Map3D User s Manual 4 5 4 15 Pick activates the cursor cross hairs allowing interactive selection of the point from the model To assist in visually selecting points from the model all snap functions are available To assist in visually selecting points from the model all snap functions are available sex CAD gt Snap Once selected the components of the offset vector are displayed in the dialogue box OK completes editing of the offset vector and stretches the selected vertices Cancel aborts stretching of vertices Once you have completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the modifications by selecting 21 Undo You can also restore the same selection set and modify the same set of entities again be selecting Redo You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time Move Verticies to Plane Moves the selected vertices to a plane Vertices are moved in the direction normal to the plane This rou
474. ordinate number Coordinates may be entered in any desired order X Y Z These parameters represent the coordinate location It is recommended that X is used for East Yis used for North and Z is used for elevation positive up The values should be specified in units of length metres or feet 5 Material Property Specification This section permits the user to specify the properties for each material used in the model The properties for each material are defined in groups of three lines specifying respectively the stress state constitutive parameters and strength parameters M sa sb sc Dsa Dsb Dsc Ta Pa Tc Datum wth Dt h Mt Ep Er vp w Gn Gs A C Material Name Mf Top Tor UCSp UCSr Cohesionp Cohesionr _ fp fr fi For a detailed description of parameters refer to CAD gt Properties gt Material Properties 3 lines of data per material must be specified use N 0 to end the list Material Property Specification Line 1 Stress State This line of data sets up the starting stress state for material number N Material number 1 is reserved for the host rock mass M sa sb sc Dsa Dsb Dsc Ta Pa Tc Datum wth Dt h 1 line of numeric data per material must be specified All parameters must appear on one line Only the first 4 parameters M sa sb sc must be specified For a detailed description of parameters refer to Stress State Material Property Specification Line 2 Constitutive Properties Constitutive properties are specifie
475. ories Plot gt Options gt Trajectories The contour points are located where the trajectories are drawn The averaging is done by multiplying each selected value by the area of its associated surface or grid patch then summing these This result is presented as the Weighted Sum The Average is determined by dividing the weighted sum by the total area All values are accumulated as vector components Principal stresses are determined from the weighted mean of the Cartesian components Displacement flow and surface shear components are determined from the weighted mean of the vector components Note that for stresses the Weighted Sum is actually the total force acting on the surface If you multiply by the shear modulus the Weighted Sum of the plastic shear displacement ride is actually the Seismic Moment Complex polygonal shapes can be defined using Plot gt Polygon Box Polygon Box Calculates the weighted average value for all selected contour points This function can also be activated using View gt Length You will be prompted to select a series of corners to define a closed polygon by picking each with a single mouse click e You must hold down the Shift key so that multiple line segments can be selected e A closed polygonal shape is defined by closing the polyline by selecting the starting point e If you define a closed polygonal shape those contour points enclosed in the polygon will be included in the
476. oring should be implemented e g visual scan line closure ground movement monitors extensometers and stope outlines Scan lines can be repeated at the same location as ground conditions deteriorate as a quantitative log of ground response These items can be directly related to mining problems and numerical modelling results Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D User s Manual Part Model Building and Editing 25 2 Model Building and Editing 2 1 Model Building and Editing Building Surface Models Building Models Out of Blocks Constructing Alternate Material Zones Material Codes Mining Step Sequence Defining Ground Surface Defining Open Pits Defining Fault Planes and Tabular Mining Zones Defining Inactive Blocks for Visualization Purposes Common Problems when Model Building 2 2 Building Surface Models 3 Models can be built out of individual surface patches 1 CAD gt Build gt Block a CAD gt Build gt DD Loop These are defined by 3 or 4 sided polygons that need not be planar The corners can be entered in either clockwise or counter clockwise orientation Any of the corners can be repeated to define 3 sided shapes and wedges Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 25 Map3D User s Manual Surface patches can also be used to construct excavation surfaces and complex ore outlines if desired The CAD gt Build gt FF Loop routine can assist you in constr
477. ors gt dToct contours the excess octahedral shear stress Atoc A1 s o1 02 02 03 03 01 5 Plane Strength EB Piot gt Strength Factors gt In plane parameters modifies the Mohr Coulomb in plane strength parameters Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ip contours the strength stress ratio using in plane stresses Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 930 Map3D User s Manual 5 17 Ste Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ip contours the stress strength ratio using in plane stresses tel Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTip contours the excess in plane shear stress Atip Ubiquitous Plane Strength MB Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters modifies the Mohr Coulomb ubiquitous plane strength parameters srl Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ub contours the strength stress ratio using ubiquitous plane stresses srt Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ub contours the stress strength ratio using ubiquitous plane stresses tw Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTub contours the excess ubiquitous plane shear stress Atub Notes The strength factors toolbar can only be activated after the model building CAD Stage Map3D Analysis Stages Any of these components can be added to the contour toolbar if desired eet Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar Plot gt Strain Activate the strain toolbar after Map3D BEM analysis Strain Components This toolbar
478. oses only and not to be used for the actual stress analysis Block Colour specifies the colour number that will be used to display the block Specifies the colour number that will be assigned to each button A total of 10 colours are available for display These are numbered respectively 1 through 10 11 through 20 21 through 30 etc such that the same colour is displayed for numbers 1 11 21 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 250 Map3D User s Manual 2 22 32 3 23 33 etc Fixed Element Width specifies the user defined element width This parameter can be used to force uniform discretization on selected entities Extreme caution should be used in specifying this value since a small value can easily lead to enormous problem size In general this option should not be used unchecked and discretization should be left to the AL and AG parameters These latter parameters will concentrate elements only where analysis results are requested thus optimizing the use of elements and minimizing problem size For further discussion refer to CAD gt Properties Control Parameters This parameter can also be used to avoid making surfaces with sides larger than this during the intersection analysis Any surfaces whose side length exceeds this dimension will not be collapsed Analysis gt Options gt Collapse During the discretization process any surface whose side length exceeds this dimension will be
479. ot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters e Siu S3u maximum and minimum stress tangential to the ubiquitous plane o Szu e Effective Total effective stress or total stress components These options are only used in Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow as this code allows for calculation of steady state pore pressure distributions e Induced Absolute induced stress or absolute stress components i e the stress without the pre mining stress contribution Strains e ele2e3 major principal strain e e 3 a exx eyy ezz exy eyz exz Cartesian strain components e Ey Ea Ey En Ex Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 172 Map3D User s Manual emax maximum shear strain Y e eoct octahedral shear strain s a 1 3 8 Ep 83 87 4 evol volumetric strain e 3 esi eni maximum shear and normal strain in the grid plane e Eni eli e3i maximum and minimum strain tangential to the grid plane e esu enu maximum shear and normal strain in the ubiquitous plane e Es su Ehu elue3u maximum and minimum strain tangential to the ubiquitous plane e Ezy Elastic Plastic Total elastic plastic or total strain components These options are only used in Map3D Non Linear as this code allows for calculation of non linear strains Induced Absolute induced strain or absolute strain components i e the stress without the pre mining stress contribution Displacements ut total displa
480. otes 195 Ubiquitous paa OS a e a e aa a e p a Aa e a a DATA oa a paa Daa Da TAAA D 196 Ubiquitous EXc ss Shear SOS Simoca cora p E a 199 NTRA SAA TA 199 NT b NormalProbabilitY oii a a 199 AS SHOS Sey NO IN 199 SF b Stress Strength rynna vta eke beatae ieee beatae tb A 199 S tfa ce COMPONENTS cicicococononnnononcinnan ici ni ii iia 201 SUCEDA ds 201 EEN O E A ap eee at 201 Bert Failure rr a e cd tae acid 201 Shear A AA A A RO cn ee dad cnn he ARANA 202 Normal Stres Sed do ed e ead td 202 SNC dais Mat essa te 203 Accumulated Strains A keine Asad fe 203 NOMAS tiene A i A ar RR a cate at On te a tes a oat ane aes nae tN 203 Shear Displacement RIGE sive esses eee eee teu duit nese RENEE ENEKE PENEAN EENE HEEE PEKEE REPE KEHA E EPE NEk E Ro Meka marame nes 204 Normal Displacement Closure sssesesesesesssesesesesererererrrerertrtrtteteteretererttererteetetetereretererteeeereeereeeeeeee 204 PRR a ad SE aa aa dnd A 205 SEDESUTENGUA SSS Si tanta cet ces el cet cnet cee seh ies vine le seh es ene wines sah ine ane wines cat ioe wnat snes duet ibn Dees 208 Excess A o ad Ted 209 Incremental Shear Stral Mex c 2 het os Ass eee ed wea di dd peas aras 210 Str ss Strain rates seca A A he a o tota al dy 211 CONSSIOM A ere A 211 a i A A EAE a E A A cS E AI NL I Se Ne E E 211 IC NN 211 Normal Fl a Se os cion ad 212 MM A A A eC eee A 212 Elastic STO O 212 PlasticiStralot si o Mts e Aer dios oe ers 212 TN ci 212 ADS A e 212 CA Re ia
481. ou to keep separate parts of your visualization data in different files then easily merge them together into one database Plot Equation Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 320 Map3D User s Manual Defines the parameter that will be plotted e g f1 f2 3 The pull down window allows you to store up to 20 different equations These are stored between Map3D sessions in the map3d ini file Plot Variables f1 f2 13 data fields in the event file Functions sin cos tan sine cosine and tangent trigonometric functions asin acos atan Inverse trigonometric functions sqrt square root function log natural logarithmic function abs absolute value exp exponential function antilogarithm n t normal and t distribution an at inverse normal and t distribution Location xyz coordinate of grid point Operators addition subtraction multiplication division and exponentiation operators Note that exponentials are computed first followed by multiplication and division and finally addition and subtraction 0 0 styles of brackets Pairs of brackets must match gt maximum value For example if the plot equation is specified as f1 gt 10 the larger of f1 or 10 will be plotted lt minimum value For example if the plot equation is specified as f1 lt 10 the smaller of f1 or 10 will be plotted Point Plotting Options Filled points are filled with the specified colour cont
482. ough all of the steps Use Commas Specifies that the results dumped to Excel will have commas in place of decimal points for the number format Restart Excel If Map3D looses communication with Excel you must Restart Excel to re establish communications Points activates graphical picking of individual points e The nearest point to the pick point will be plotted e To view the location of the actual contour points enable display of trajectories Plot gt Options gt Trajectories The contour points are located where the trajectories are drawn Window activates a rectangular pick window e You will be prompted to select the two corners of the window by picking each with a single mouse click e Only grid points enclosed within the window will be included in the plot e To view the location of the actual contour points enable display of trajectories Plot gt Options gt Trajectories The contour points are located where the trajectories are drawn Polyline closed activates a graphical pick polygon e You must hold down the Shift key so that multiple line segments can be selected e A closed polygonal shape is defined by closing the polyline by selecting the starting point e If you define a closed polygonal shape those contour points enclosed in the polygon will be plotted If you define an open polyline shape a series of points along the length of the polyline will be plotted e To view the location of the actual contour points e
483. oured colour and or shaded Contoured Colours fill colour is adjusted according to the magnitude determined from the Plot Equation Dark fill colour is shaded to appear as light source shaded spheres using a dark rich colour scheme Light fill colour is shaded to appear as light source shaded spheres using a bright shinny colour scheme Outlined points are outlined with the specified colour or contoured colour Contoured Outline points are drawn with contour colours adjusted according to the magnitude determined from the Plot Equation Contour Plane enables or disables display of a contour plane refer to Plane Fixed Radius points will be plotted as spheres with a the specified Radius parameter Scaled Radius points will be plotted as spheres with radius scaled to the magnitude determined from the Plot Equation such that if the magnitude is less than the minimum of the contour range the sphere is drawn with zero radius If the magnitude equals the maximum of the contour range the vector is drawn with the radius specified by the Radius parameter Other Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 321 Persist when checked the points will be re plotted each time the model is reoriented translated or zoomed Since this may be time consuming for large models this option may not always be desired Translucent draws the points as translucent spheres Zero Contour when unchecked contours
484. ous amounts of energy transferred can be calculated Consider the simple example of a fault plane passing through a mining zone and ask the question How would this fault respond if it were to yield One could simply substitute a lower friction angle and observe how the rock mass deformed Let s call Stage the model with the fault at its normal friction angle and Stage II the same model but with the fault at some reduced friction angle At some location on the fault plane we can expect the following type of response Load Deformation The LSS is simply the slope of the load deformation response curve The maximum amount of energy that can be released as kinetic energy is the area of the upper triangle labelled as Wx one should expect this to correlate with observed event magnitude The minimum amount of energy that can be dissipated in the frictional deformation of the fault is the area of the lower rectangle labelled as W one should expect this to correlate with the amount of damage observed at the event source This calculation must be conducted at all locations on the fault plane in order to get the total energy transferred as a result of the reduction in friction angle Note that depending on how the material properties are set up there could be normal deformations dilation occurring with the shear response that this must be included in the energy calculations The same calculations can be done for a pillar between two drifts Fo
485. owever stresses distributions near excavation surfaces will deteriorate in accuracy and become erratic Larger values of DOE four or more will provide less lumping but accuracy and smooth stress distributions will be ensured DOE should be set to 2 for coarse analysis results 4 for detailed analysis results and 8 when very high accuracy is required Note that large values of DOE results in increased matrix size and longer run times but greater accuracy DOG Grid Lumping During the calculation of field points i e grid assembly the distance Dgrid between these points and groups of Blocks and DD planes is examined to see if these field points can be lumped together for calculation purposes The amount of lumping depends on how many field points can fit into a zone with side length Lgrid determined from the relation Lgrid Dgrid DOG A value for DOG of 2 0 is recommended for all problems except those where increased accuracy is required With a value of 2 0 an error of 10 20 can be expected A value of 4 0 should provide 5 10 error A value of 8 0 should provide less than 5 error Although higher values of DOG result in larger analysis times this is necessary to obtain increased accuracy DOG controls the way in which field points are lumped during field point calculations Field points with combined spacing length Lgrid are lumped if the distance DOG to the affecting element exceeds the required DOG ratio Small values of DO
486. p is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of non linear strain or the strain rate predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks Method A assumes that the stress path to failure takes place by increasing co without loss of confinement This is representative of a pillar failure where c is considered to be the driving force Mohr Coulomb UCS dia UCS q 93 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 139 sal Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF A Strength Stress can be determined as UCS qo o sa Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF A Strength Stress can be determined as o UCS q0 l Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ao excess stress can be determined as Ao o UCS q o 3 Nel Plot gt Strength Factors gt N Ao std Probability using the Normal distribution the same as in method B Hoek Brown O1 os o VMO O3 aNs 3 YMO 03 S Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF A Strength Stress can be determined as a V m 6 0 S o a sa Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF A Strength Stress can be determined as o o V m 0 03 so l Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ac excess stress can be determined as Ao o o mo 2 502 Nal Plot gt Strength Factors gt N Ao std Probability
487. p3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials 63 Now press OK and the selected entities will be copied by adding the offset vector to all coordinates To repeat this copy operation either rebuild the selection set or select to restore the previous selection set then copy the selected entities by picking the copy function again iu CAD gt Edit gt Copy Entities If desired this copy procedure can be repeated as many times as desired to duplicate the mining pattern in the x and y directions At this point the geometry can be considered complete We must now define the location of grid planes where results will be calculated and specify the material properties Building Grid Planes 3 We must now decide where we want results to be calculated In this example we are interested in the stress in the coal pillars We will therefore define a cross sectional grid plane that passes through the centre of one of the pillars This will be constructed using a plane with 4 corners To Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 64 Map3D User s Manual construct this plane select the grid building menu function CAD gt Build gt Grid Plane This function can also be selected from the CAD toolbar as follows CAD ENEE E Select x CAD gt Build from the CAD toolbar You will be presented with the sub menu of build functions Build Entity ES OBIE Now select CAD gt Build gt Grid Plane Since we are go
488. perPro key drivers Note that the HTML Map3D User s Manual Map3D chm is required for context sensitive help to function from within Map3D The user s manual can be downloaded in several formats Download HTML User s Manual Map3D chm 4MB The HTML User s Manual can be download from Tools gt Download HTML User s Manual This manual is in native Windows HTML help format Download PDF User s Manual Map3D_Help pdf 7MB The PDF User s Manual can be download from Tools gt Download PDF User s Manual This manual is in PDF format as is a good choice for printing Download Ebook User s Manual Map3D_Help exe 5MB The Electronic book User s Manual can be download from Tools gt Download Ebook User s Manual This manual is in a standalone electronic book format Download Map3D update Map3D zip Download Map3D update Map3D zip 8MB Downloads the latest Map3D update from the Map3D website www map3d com update htm This does not include the installation routines the Map3D User s Manual in HTML format nor the Sentinel SuperPro key drivers Note that the HTML Map3D User s Manual Map3D chm is required for context sensitive help to function from within Map3D Download Map3D update setup exe 18MB The complete update includes all Map3D executables automated installation routines the Map3D User s Manual in HTML format and Sentinel SuperPro key drivers as well as a few sample files Map3D International L
489. perties gt Material Properties Selecting this item opens a sub menu of items associated with editing the material properties Note that material number 1 is by definition the host material Other material numbers are used to define alternate material zones such as ore fault gouge backfill etc The user is first prompted to enter the material number that is to be edited First let s define properties for the host material Material Properties Material Name Granite Host Material 4 ooo Material Type MohrCoulomb Peak Residual Tension Cutoff py po y ucs 60 w 60 v Cohesion Friction ngle Dilation Angle py Py Young s Modulus e0000 e0000 y Poisson s Ratio 0 250 jo20 y Viscous Mod Gn 0 Elastic only Viscous Mod Gs fo y Elasto Plastic Inactive Expansion Coef 11 X ee User Defined Conductivity 1 v Parameters Copy from matl Stress State Enter the following Material Name Granite Host Material 1 Young s Modulus 60000 MPa Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 102 Map3D User s Manual Poisson s Ratio 0 25 The Viscous Moduli can be set to zero since they are only used to simulate creep response in non linear analysis We want to use the Mohr Coulomb criterion here To do this set Material Type Mohr Coulomb UCS 60 MPa The cohesion parameter is not used in this case and hence can be set to zero Friction angle 30 The dilation angle is not used in this case an
490. physical parameters The specific numerical modelling results which can be used to relate directly to the rock mass response are strain displacement stress safety factor and size of failed zone In order for these predictions to be reliable it is necessary that extensive calibration and back fitting of input parameters far field stress mechanical rock properties and rock strength properties be conducted This work can only proceed when the physical aspects of rock mass behaviour discussed above are characterized adequately The three items response characteristics specified by the operators the observed rock mass response and results obtained from numerical modelling must all be correlated to provide reliable predictive capability Concrete relationships between predictions measurements and the parameters that are relevant to the mine operators must be developed One must be able to reliably correlate for example the amount of joint alteration with the level of ground stability Demonstrations will be necessary so that operators can get a feel for how reliable or unreliable the predictions are and how seriously they should take these predictions Several different methods should be pursued simultaneously so that over time the most important and reliable indicators can be identified and verified Note that the reliability will change with time as rock mass response characteristics are collected It is very important that the far
491. plunge unu tunu punu displacement normal to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge umu tumu pumu maximum displacement tangential to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge Flow t temperature head at tat pat total flow its trend and plunge ax ay az Cartesian flow components ani tani pani displacement normal to the grid plane its trend and plunge ami tami pami maximum displacement tangential to the grid plane its trend and plunge gnu tqnu panu displacement normal to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge amu tamu pamu maximum displacement tangential to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge Miscellaneous matl the number of the material within which the point is located The host material is material number 1 In problems where multiple materials are used results may be calculated in an alternate material zone step the mining step number Other Cartesian configures for output of cartesian stress components Principal configures for output of principal stress components Notes This function must be checked before conducting the discretization analysis Analysis gt Discretization Any desired number of points can be specified The model is discretized according to the locations of the specified points Analysis gt Options gt Initialization Initialize the model so that the analysis continues from where a previous analysis completed This option enables you to start a new analysis fro
492. ponents stia nil ight dd a i 138 Selected Surface COMPpONENTS oooccocccccnnccnnncncnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnoncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnns 142 Image Recorders ess stv cites E ETET TE stanseshstaesess TE E E E E 145 IMage Vie Wer gee 146 Save Mii ai 146 Restore Vie Waern arer ra era E E a ea EE EEEa A vernal 146 Recent File Suida iaa 146 A E PE E ne A 146 2 View Monu A A A A AAEE AEA ana aso dd 147 de O 147 asa 147 UCI A A a a et a 147 A A NN 147 Colour NUMD ERS 35 3 seats added censales 147 Colours iO heii e ial e bel e a Ee at adit 147 FEV Yi T ng Sm ea 147 INCU Sic sh a A a i a O 147 MINING StS ss ra e ange a a a aa Aa Aaa oa Aaa Aa Aaa on Aaa AnNa on Aaa AA AN aa E aat 147 WINdWo os aio a a a tn to elote a a ae ee 147 AA TAN 147 Unido last Hiden esses ce cser ccs cveu sect eer cucu cueusuet ber cucu cucu suet ver sucucbeusued eer sucucbeusiet ber A evevendy es 147 A A 147 UNIJE AN Vas ao o o o a a a e a ile 147 A A A A da 147 AAA NN 147 EEX CAVALIOINS art cr TE AT aaa aia dci ET 147 DU o as 147 VU A E A A E 147 E eas as A ee ee a a E ee aie Geta a ee 147 Hide Block Colours ccccscccscccecececcscccesecsecdseededecededededededededededededededesndedeQededenedesedetedededeneeedesenedededeendedean eanteer 149 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 I Map3D User s Manual Hide N AAAA lila 149 VIS AMES A E E EAE EE A E AE E E E Aaa 149 Col A e O Ls 149 RN 149 Colour Sa lei li li ie anion eae
493. pports parallel processing and parallel disk I O with the multi processor multi drive option If you are licensed to use the multi processor multi drive option Map3D will conduct all analysis procedures in parallel distributed among all available processors CPU Recent CPU s are now available as dual quad and hex cores Map3D V58 now supports parallel processing which allows faster computational rates This results in more than 6x reduction in matrix assembly and grid assembly times Multi CPU computers would go even faster The following parallel processing benchmark clearly shows that you can expect dual cores CPU s to perform more than twice as fast quad cores to perform more than 4 times as fast and hex cores to perform more than 6 times faster In hyper threading enabled CPUs 2 computational threads are superimposed on the same core This is the reason why Map3D MP actually achieves performance better than the theoretical maximum Parallel Processing Benchmark Dual Core CPU 4 Quad Core CPU x Hex Core CPU Theoretical o rr bA e 2 S 7 E E a a In order to achieve these performance gains it is necessary to improve both the processing power and or disk I O rate Analysis gt Options gt Drive Analysis gt Options gt Drive Specify scratch drives for coefficient matrix during Map3D BEM analysis If you have multiple disk drives installed this option can be used
494. quitous shear plane and the stress normal to the ubiquitous shear plane Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands Line Grid uitous plane Dip direction Tub Dip direction E Dip of S ll f ubiquitous plane Plunge of normal to Plunge of ubiquitous plane normal In elastic analysis the maximum ubiquitous plane shear and normal stresses can be used with the Mohr Coulomb strength criterion to estimate the amount of slip due to over stressing on a fault joint set or bedding plane at the specified orientation Since these parameters are orientation dependant this criterion is representative for anisotropic rock mass stability By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of non linear strain or the strain rate predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in DD planes Fault Gouge in DD planes Backfill Hyperbolic in DD planes Standard Dew 0 v Tension 0 UCS rockmass 0 vif UB 2 UBA Cohesion v y Friction angle 30 w 28 w 1125 v e 577350 v losn70 vlom v Dip of plane bo x 30 v 160 v Dip direcion 0 w so y 90 5 Plunge of normal bo y 60 000000 30 000000 Grid Normal dip 90 dir 180 Apply OK Cohesion and Friction Ang
495. r Coulomb or Hoek Brown strength criterion to estimate the amount of damage due to over stressing By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of non linear strain or the strain rate predicted by the model Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 162 Map3D User s Manual 4 3 2 4 Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks Note that there are three components of strain that can be contoured Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Elastic Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Plastic Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Total There are also two different ways of presenting the strain Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Induced Strain Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Absolute Strain The contour range is set using Road Plot gt Range Any of these components can be added to the contouring toolbar if desired Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar gt Strain The user may find it handy to add the 7 More Strain Components button to the contouring toolbar for quick access to all strain components Maximum Shear Strain Contours the maximum shear strain Ya e ez In elastic analysis the major principal stress is normally used with the minor principal st
496. r ore bodies and irregular massive excavations The program is designed to be very versatile in its application It has the ability to simulate everything from simple tabular shapes to detailed 3D excavation shapes and large scale mine wide problems Models can include tunnels large irregular shaped excavations ore zones massive and tabular excavations open pits faults fractures and more It is possible for excavations to the intersected by multiple faults or discontinuities that are allowed to slip or open Problem size and complexity are only limited by the amount of detail the user wants to incorporate Map3D can simulate ground support elements such as arches steel sets props thick liners chalks strong backfill etc When simulating stiff support systems such as arches steel sets props thick liners chalks strong backfill etc it is necessary to model the ground movement up to the point of support placement then insert the support elements either in a stress strain free state or with a prescribed pre stressing This feature is particularly useful for simulation of structural support elements and can accommodate placement modification of properties and subsequent removal if desired This option has been enabled for use with 3D FF blocks and or DD planes To enable this feature you must first excavate the desired support element either a 3D FF block or DD plane to the desired pre stressed state use a zero material code for zero str
497. r range are not drawn This is useful for displaying contours where only the upper part of the contour range is important Range specifies the minimum maximum and interval for radius scaling and contouring Plot regenerates the plot This button can be placed on either the View Toolbar Tools gt View Toolbar Configure or the Contour Toolbar Tools gt Contour Toolbar Configure Linear Regression The linear regression is conducted by finding the plane that has the minimum rms value the root mean square or mean distance of all points to the fitted plane Standard theory on correlation coefficient is not suitable as a measure of goodness of fit in this case This is because we are not interested in the measure of the degree of association between variables but rather we want a measure of how well the fitted plane represents out data Note that if all data lies in a single horizontal plane we have a perfect plane fit By definition however there is zero correlation and hence the correlation coefficient equals zero because the z value does not depend on the x or y values This is not what we want Here a parameter similar to a coefficient of variation a measure of the variability divided by the magnitude is defined Cv is simply defined as the rms value the mean distance of all points to the Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 324 Map3D User s Manual fitted plane divided by the mean distance of all points
498. r this case let s call Stage I the model with the pillar intact In order to flex the model we could substitute a different material into the pillar and call this Stage II All of the above calculations and interpretations for Wk and Wi can then be taken again Note that as above there will be contributions from both normal and shear components included in the energy calculations Since Map3D calculates the stresses acting on boundary elements the total energy transfer can be calculated as the integral of the stresses through their deformations over all elements In the case of the pillar example above if we actually excavate the pillar to obtain stage II then divide Wx Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 W by the volume of the pillar we obtain the local energy release density LERD This has been found to correlate very well with violent failure episodes Note that for the case of tabular mining if you divide Wk W by the area in the plane of mining you obtain the classical energy release rate ERR To reinforce this concept lets consider a real example Consider multiple pillar bursts that occurred over several years of mining For each failure a numerical model was run to determine the stress state at the time and location of the failure If we plot all of these stress predictions on a set of o1 versus o3 axes we obtain the following This figure illustrates that there is a strong correlation b
499. radius for contouring of line grids Miscellaneous Apply regenerates the contour plot 4 3 12 Properties 4 3 12 1 Control Parameters Specification of analysis control parameters Control Parameters Job Title Project Title Maximum of Time Steps NLD hooo Maximum of Iterations NIT hooo Stress Tolerance STOL jo1o0 y Relaxation Parameter APAR 1 200 Element Length AL Grid Spacing G Grid Discretize DOL Element Discretize DON Matrix Lumping DOC Element Lumping DOE Grid Lumping DOG Aspect ratio DOR Comments Job Title specifies a descriptive project title Maximum of Time Steps NLD specifies the maximum number of steps that will be used during analysis This parameter is only relevant if you are conducting a non linear creep analysis Analysis gt Options gt Creep where this limits the actual number of time steps Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 220 Map3D User s Manual If this parameter is exceeded the program stops and the user is prompted for instructions on how to proceed This parameter can be modified during solution Unless the user has some special reason for limiting the number of time steps this parameter should be set to an arbitrarily large number Maximum of Iterations NIT specifies the maximum number of iterations that will used during matrix solution If this parameter is exceeded the program stops and the user is prompted for
500. rain is the strain including the pre mining strain contribution Also see Ei Plot gt Stress gt Value gt Induced Strain Plot gt Stress gt Value gt Absolute Strain 4 3 3 Displacement 4 3 3 1 Total displacement Activate the displacement toolbar after Map3D BEM analysis Displacement Components atest feet ea eal eae This toolbar is meant to provide quick access to displacement components Zal Plot gt Displacement gt 3 displacement Plot gt Displacement gt 5 X Displacement contours the x displacement component Plot gt Displacement gt gt Y Displacement contours the y displacement component Plot gt Displacement gt 5 ZDisplacement contours the z displacement component total 5 2 5 5 2 Total Displacement contours the total To calculate the in plane displacements the displacement state at each point on the grid plane is reoriented to determine the maximum displacement parallel to the grid plane and the displacement normal to the plane Note that dni is oriented normal to the grid plane and parallel to the direction of a line grid 44 Plot gt Displacement gt n In plane normal contours the displacement component normal to the grid plane nil Plot gt Displacement gt In plane maximum contours the maximum displacement tangential to the grid plane Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 170 Map3D User s Manual by Line Grid Grid plane Dip directio
501. range the vector is drawn with zero length If the magnitude equals the maximum of the contour range the vector is drawn with the length specified by the TLength parameter Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 218 Map3D User s Manual Small Numbers display small numbers on the contours The number corresponds to the magnitude of the contour at each point Large Numbers display large numbers on the contours The number corresponds to the magnitude of the contour at each point TLength set the length that the orientation indicators will be drawn If you set this parameter too small the trajectory vectors will be too small to see If you set this parameter too large the trajectory vectors will overlap and create a confusing display TSpacing set the spacing between adjacent orientation indicators or numbers If set this parameter to zero trajectories will be drawn at all grid points For finely discretized grids the trajectory vectors may be too concentrated and difficult to distinguish Larger values for this parameter will result in fewer trajectory symbols being drawn Contour Options Contour Lines draws lines between the contour colours These lines help highlight the boundary between different contour intervals and are particularly useful for black and white presentation Opaque draws the contours as opaque colours If both this option and the translucent option are unchecked only contour lines i e
502. rash use File gt Restart an Analysis Export model as DXF or PNT Saves the current model with a different file name location and file format Models can be saved in several file types e AutoCAD DXF format is a popular drawing exchange file with the extension DXF This format is useful for exchanging model data with other CAD software e Point file format is a universal ASCII data file with the extension PNT This format is useful for exchanging raw model data with other CAD software Note that all surfaces in the model will be saved as 3DFACEs Restore last CAD State Restores the last automatically saved CAD State During model editing every time you modify the geometry the current CAD state is saved to a scratch file that is maintained between Map3D sessions This allows to return to exactly where you left off in a new Map3D session or in the event of program crash New Construction Lines Clears all current construction line data Quick Open Construciton Lines View only Quickly loads construction line data from a file but skips all preprocessing Note that you cannot use any of the CAD functions until you have loaded the file with Open Construction Lines Construction lines are used to define detailed locations of underground features such as excavations contacts structure etc A Map3D model is normally built on top of this construction line data You will be prompted to search for a construction
503. rength Factors 175 179 180 182 184 186 188 190 191 193 195 N an 196 199 Menu Commands Plot gt Stress 154 155 157 i 159 160 161 171 212 Numerical Modelling 9 10 11 14 21 Menu Commands Plot gt Surface Components En O 201 202 203 204 205 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 Menu Commands Plot menu 428 429 430 431 Octahedral shear strain 167 Menu Commands Plot menu 216 227 Octahedral shear stress 160 Menu Commands Seismic 318 322 325 354 Open pits 33 Menu Commands Tools 152 307 308 309 310 OpenGL 316 317 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 Ore zones 25 27 28 Menu Commands Tools menuMenu Commands Overview of Map3D 9 ToolsTools menu 315 Menu Commands View gt Find Coordinate 151 Menu Commands View gt Hide 147 P Menu Commands View gt Hide Block Colours 149 Menu Commands Mos gt mas Ging Colours 150 Parametric studies 14 Menu Commanas VIEN gt Initialize 152 Pick boxsize 318 Menu Commands View gt Length 152 311 Plastic strain 169 212 Menu Commands View gt Pan 152 311 Menu Commands Mon gt Render 150 433 Plot gt Flow 174 Menu Commands View gt Zoom 152 311 Plot gt Miscellaneous 214 215 venu Comas VIEW ZOOM Eens 152 Plot gt Properties 219 223 227 269 273 277 Menu Commands View menu 152 153 Plot gt Properties menu 224 274 Meno commands RUS Tnana r36 Plot gt Strain 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 Merge ad
504. ress and the Mohr Coulomb or Hoek Brown strength criterion to estimate the amount of damage due to over stressing By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of non linear strain or the strain rate predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks Note that there are three components of strain that can be contoured Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Elastic Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Plastic Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Total There are also two different ways of presenting the strain Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Induced Strain Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Absolute Strain The contour range is set using Barad Plot gt Range Any of these components can be added to the contouring toolbar if desired Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar gt Strain The user may find it handy to add the 7 More Strain Components Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 163 button to the contouring toolbar for quick access to all strain components 4 3 2 5 In Plane Shear Strain Contours the maximum shear strain acting on the grid plane and the strain component normal to the grid plane or parallel to a lin
505. rial number e These parameters are used with Plot gt Stress gt User e This can be used to define zones with different strength parameters to be used when generating contours of strength factors Dump to File allows you to dump all material property data to a file for viewing in Notepad or Excel Copy from material allows you to copy the material properties from one material number to another All properties including the stress state are copied Stress State specifies the initial far field stress state for the material e Most materials are inserted into blocks with the same far field stress state e Materials such as props or backfill are placed at near zero initial stresses In elastic analysis the principal stresses are normally used with the Mohr Coulomb or Hoek Brown strength criterion to estimate the amount of damage due to over stressing One can expect that more excess stress in an elastic analysis would in general correlate with increased amounts of plastic strain in a non linear analysis Since none of the parameters have any orientation sensitivity this criterion is representative for homogeneous rock mass stability Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks 0 UCS q 93 oO Excess Stress Ao Over stressing can be presented in several ways including Plot gt Strength Factors gt dS1 Excess Stress tal Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTmax Excess Stress ra sa Plot gt Strength Factor
506. rials are placed at the pre mining deformation state This can cause erroneous large stresses particularly in stiff support elements The mining sequence achieved can be viewed while in Map3D graphics mode simple by flipping between mining steps using x File gt Mining Step Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building and Editing 2 6 2 7 Defining Ground Surface Ground surface viewed R Ground surface is best defined using a large FF zone with its lower surface as the ground surface By assigning a material code of zero to these elements Map3D will ensure zero normal and shear stresses along these surfaces thus simulating a free surface It is only necessary to define ground surface when your mining excavations are fairly shallow i e the depth of mining is less than approximately twice the lateral extent of the mining For these cases the free surface should extend at least twice the lateral extent of the mining in all directions The user should not extend field point grids near or through the free surface unless absolutely necessary since this will result in the discretization of the free surface into a large number of boundary elements Defining Open Pits Although open pits can be built using Displacement Discontinuity elements this is not recommended Open pits are best handled when constructed as excavations using block definitions with Fictitious Force elements adjacent to ground surface Thi
507. right click automatically repeats the last edit function that was used Once you have selected the desired entities you can either pick any of the edit buttons B CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties Edit block type colour mining sequence B CAD gt Edit gt Erase Entities Erase selected entities Eal CAD gt Edit gt Move Entities Move selected entities a CAD gt Edit gt Copy Entities Copy selected entities B CAD gt Edit gt Scale Entities Scale selected entities CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Azimuth Rotate the azimuth of selected entities 2 CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Dip Rotate the dip of selected entities 4 CAD gt Edit gt Dump to File Dump selected entities to a file CAD gt Edit gt Group Group selected entities into a single block e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of options If any of the fields in the dialogue box read Variable it is because some of the blocks you have selected have different properties for that field If you wish to leave these properties as they are i e different for each block leave the field as Variable If you wish to change the value of that field for all selected blocks enter the desired value Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 278 Map3D User s Manual DDplane Area 4 000000 Block Name Mining block Element Type Displacement Disc y Block Colour Fixed Element Width Code LERDMstep DDPlane Th
508. rium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of non linear strain or the strain rate predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks Over stressing can be presented in several forms including are se Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress eel Plot gt Strength Factors gt dToct Excess Stress Plot gt Strength Factors gt dS1 Excess Stress tal Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTmax Excess Stress The contour range is set using Renae Plot gt Range Any of these components can be added to the contouring toolbar if desired t Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar gt Stress The user may find it handy to add the 27 More Stress Components button to the contouring toolbar for quick access to all stress components Sxx Cartesian Stress Contours the Cartesian stress components 2x1 Plot gt Stress gt o Cartesian Stress Component normal stress in the direction of the x axis Sy Plot gt Stress gt Sy Cartesian Stress Component normal stress in the direction of the y axis Plot gt Stress gt o Cartesian Stress Component normal stress in the direction of the z axis Tal Plot gt Stress gt Ty Cartesian Stress Component shear stress in the x y plane Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands w Tel Plot gt Stress gt Te Cartesian Stress Component shear stress in the y z plane Plot gt Stress gt t Cartesia
509. rmat is a universal ASCII data file with the extension PNT This format is useful for exchanging raw model data with other CAD software To save with the same file name location or file format use File gt Save Model Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 132 Map3D User s Manual 4 1 6 Import model from DXF or PNT Loads a model from a DXF AutoCAD DXF or PNT Point file format file Once loaded the user can execute any desired Map3D Analysis Stage To add or edit mining blocks and set up the Map3D analysis use Analysis gt Go to CAD While loading the model Map3D checks for basic consistency of the modelling parameters e g if a material is used its properties must be specified in the material list You will be prompted to search for a model file name location and file format Models can be loaded from several file types e AutoCAD DXF format is a popular drawing exchange file with the extension DXF This format is useful for exchanging model data with other CAD software e Point file format is a universal ASCII data file with the extension PNT This format is useful for exchanging raw model data with other CAD software The model geometric and material data being loaded can either overwrite or be merged with existing model data The overwrite merge options Note that geometric information is imported as Fictitious Force FF type elements used for three dimensional features such as excavations alternate mater
510. rnational Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D User s Manual stope width Since the element side length Lelem can be calculated from the DON ratio as Lelem Delem DON such that Lelemis not less that AL small values of DON will generate small elements only near locations where stopes are narrow As one moves away from these areas the element size will very quickly increase The use of fictitious force elements to create this type of tabular shaped excavation can result in a poorly conditioned matrix unless a value of DON of approximately one half is used This must of course be accompanied by a sufficiently small value of AL to permit small elements to be generated AL should normally be set equal to the width of the narrowest pillar stope or the smallest hangingwall to footwall distance This will permit the discretization routine to use as small size elements as are necessary to ensure proper matrix conditioning e Del Lele Lelem The most difficult type of problem to solve is one where narrow pillars are defined or where narrowly spaced joints are used As above Delem is the stope or pillar width The element side length can also be calculated from the DON ratio however for this type of problem where excavations are very near one another creating narrow pillars a poorly conditioned unsolvable matrix will be created unless a value of DON of approximately one is used This must of course be accompanied by a sufficiently small value of A
511. rnational Ltd 1990 2015 210 Map3D User s Manual 4 3 7 14 At C Ae At s plastic The accumulated plastic strain s for all creep steps plastic S determined as the sum of the plastic creep increments As plastic Related Topics Plot gt Surface Components gt dEs Incremental Shear Strain Plot gt Surface Components gt Ts Shear Stress Es Plot gt Surface Components gt Es Shear Strain Analysis gt Options gt Creep Incremental Shear Strain Contours the plastic creep increment As on DD elements plastic This feature is used only in non linear analyses 3D FF blocks in Map3D Non Linear and DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip For details refer to CAD gt Properties gt Material Properties At each creep step the stress state on all yielding elements elements where the stress exceeds the strength is calculated as the strength plus the creep resistance This limits the size of plastic creep increment piastic On each yielding element t Strength C Ae At plastic C GAt where the creep resistance is determined as the creep coefficient C times the plastic strain rate Note that the user must select both the creep coefficient C and the time step size At then specify the quotient of these as the viscous modulus G The contribution to the stress ts made by the creep increment is the excess stress given by At CAs At Ss plastic The accumulated plastic strai
512. roperties for the Host Rock mass We must now specify properties for the host material These are entered using the material properties function CAD gt Properties gt Material Properties Selecting this item opens a sub menu of items associated with editing the material properties Note that material number 1 is by definition the host material Other material numbers are used to define alternate material zones such as ore fault gouge backfill etc The user is first prompted to enter the material number that is to be edited First let s define properties for the host material Material Properties Material Name Sandstone Host Material 1 v Material Type Mohr Couombe x Peak Residual Tension Cutoff o ifo ucs lll Cohesion po 0 Friction Angle 30 X Dilation Angle Young s Modulus 11000 11000 Poisson s Ratio 0 160 0 160 Viscous Mod Gn 0 v Elastic only Viscous Mod Gs 0 Elasto Plastic C Inactive Expansion Coef User Defined Conductivity oe 21 Copy from matl TE State Enter the following Material Name Sandstone Host Material 1 Young s Modulus 60000 MPa Poisson s Ratio 0 25 The Viscous Moduli can be set to zero since they are only used to simulate creep response in non linear analysis We want to use the Mohr Coulomb criterion here To do this set Material Type Mohr Coulomb UCS 60 MPa The cohesion parameter is not used in this case and hence can be set to zero Friction Ang
513. rovided they are parallel to one another Notes This function must be checked before conducting the intersection analysis Analysis gt Intersections This can result in a large reduction in problem size significantly reducing analysis time It is recommended that you check this option unless you specifically do not want adjacent surfaces to be merged Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Appendix 337 5 1 21 Analysis gt Options gt Creep Conduct elasto visco plastic creep analysis Strength Elastic Viscous This feature is used only in non linear analyses 3D FF blocks in Map3D Non Linear and DD planes in Map3D Fault Slip The creep model can be used simply as a technique for damping the non linear deformations or if this creep option is activated for real time dependant creep simulation At each creep step the stress state on all yielding elements elements where the stress exceeds the strength is calculated as the strength plus the creep resistance This limits the size of plastic creep increment Agplasio On each yielding element o Strength E Aeplastic At C GAt where the creep resistance is determined as the creep coefficient C times the plastic strain rate As plastic At Note that the user must select both the creep coefficient C and the time step size Af then specify the quotient of these as the viscous modulus G The contribution to the stress o made by the creep increment is the excess stress g
514. rt map3d com of Map3D International Ltd Development of Map3D began in the late 1970 s and has gone through many major revisions since then It has been commercially available since 1990 The program is constantly under development and supported by dedicated professionals who have been in the rock mechanics numerical modelling business for over 40 years The program is used by hundreds of mining civil and geotechnical companies consultants research centres and universities around the world including Armenia Australia Austria Belgium Botswana Brazil Bulgaria Canada Chile China Columbia Democratic Republic of Congo Egypt England Finland Guatemala Indonesia Ireland Italy Japan Kazakhstan Korea Mali Mexico Namibia Nedlands Nicaragua Papua New Guinea Peru Philippines Saudi Arabia South Africa Sweden Switzerland Tanzania Turkey UK USA Zambia and Zimbabwe Map3D is often specified as a prerequisite for employment on job advertisements The demo_version is used worldwide for teaching students the fundamentals of numerical modelling and 3D CAD Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D Overview 3 It has been used in many projects including underground and open pit mine design mine stability assessment nuclear waste repository design fracture propagation simulations fault slip problems in situ stress back analysis rock quarry design open pit wall stability hydraulic fracture propagation earth slope failures
515. ry compressive tests and point load test results are also very useful in this characterisation Just as for stiffness however it is necessary to fine tune the strength parameters to the actual in situ response This can only be achieved by use of parametric studies where one attempts model calibrations by trial and error for numerous different cases With time sufficient examples will be compiled to define a strength envelope which is truly representative of the rock mass under study It should be mentioned here that both the far field stress and mechanical properties will influence model results therefore before any parametric studies are conducted the best possible information must first be obtained for the former parameters As better far field stress information and mechanical property information becomes available strength parameters will have to be re evaluated for accuracy and adjusted to suit the new information This discussion is by no means complete however it is presented here to give users a start on developing their own scheme for using modelling In summary e Efforts should be made to clearly define the objectives of the modelling along the lines of Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D Overview 23 providing operations with reliable ground control and ground stability predictions All efforts should ultimately be directed towards achieving this objective A plan should be put in place on how these objectives are t
516. s When viewing the excavation geometry in graphics mode the user can move the mouse cursor over a block of interest Upon pressing a mouse button the block number and the block name will be displayed Also the material code assigned to that block and the material code of the region adjacent or enveloping that block surface will be displayed For example for block surfaces adjacent to the host material the adjacent material code will be one recall material one represents the host rock mass If the block surface is adjacent to an excavation which has been assigned material code 2 and then the adjacent material code will be 2 During the analysis results are generated on field point grids Map3D automatically detects whether grid points are located inside excavations or within regions with different material properties When contour results are displayed the user can move the mouse cursor over the field point of interest Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building and Editing 31 Upon pressing a mouse button the material code assigned to the region where that particular field point is located will be displayed along with the coordinates displacements and stress state information Note that strength factor calculations will be made using the material properties specified for that region This feature permits assessment of strength which may be different from one region to another 2 5 Material Codes Mining Step Sequ
517. s Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D User s Manual Control Parameters Maximum of Time Steps NLD f10000 Maximum of Iterations NIT hooo Stress Tolerance STOL fo 030 Relaxation Parameter APAR 1 200 Element Lenath AL Grid Spacing AG Grid Discretize DOL Element Discretize DON Matrix Lumping DOC Element Lumping DOE Grid Lumping DOG Aspect ratio DOR Comments Enter the following Job Title VRM Mining All parameters can be left at there default values except the stress tolerance element length and grid spacing Stress Tolerance 0 03 MPa should be set to approximately 0 1 of the far field stress state This ensures that during solution the surface stresses will be calculated with 0 03 MPa numerical accuracy Element Length 10 should be set equal to twice the drift height or twice the pillar width This parameter is used to control the minimum boundary element size that will be used at locations where narrow seams or pillars are located This ensures that a well conditioned readily solvable problem will be formulated Grid Spacing 2 should be set to approximately one half the pillar width This parameter is used to control the minimum boundary element size and the minimum spacing on the grid plane that will be used at locations where it passes close to or intersects the model Accurate results can be obtained as close as half this spacing from the model surfaces Th
518. s allows you to specify comments to be saved with the run Summary STOL should be set equal to 0 1 of the far field stress state at the depth of interest Use the same units as the far field stress state e g MPa or psi AL should be set equal to twice the smallest pillar or stope width Use the same units used to specify the coordinates e g metres or feet Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands AG should be set equal to the smallest dimension of interest Use the same units used to specify the coordinates e g metres or feet DON 0 5 DOL DOC 1 DOE DOG 2 for 10 20 error DON 0 5 DOL DOC 2 DOE DOG 4 for 5 10 error DON 1 DOL DOC 4 DOE DOG 8 for lt 5 error Elements are discretized to a side length that is the smaller of Delem DON and Dgrid DOL such that it cannot be less than AL and cannot be larger than the maximum width Grid are discretized to a spacing is determined from Dgrid DOL such that is cannot be less than AG and cannot be larger than the maximum spacing During matrix assembly all elements that fit within the dimension Delem DOC will be lumped together During grid assembly all elements that fit within the dimension Dgrid DOE will be lumped together During grid assembly all grid points that fit within the dimension Dgrid DOG will be lumped together Notes For a more detailed discussion on discretization and lumping refer to Discretization and Lumping 4 5 3 2 Mining Step
519. s dykes and yielding zones All of the material outside the model boundary is assumed to be a solid host material The program automatically builds intersections between excavations faults and multiple material zones By coupling this capability with the built in Boolean operations complex multi step mining sequences can be constructed with ease Special features have been implemented to allow fast construction of tabular mining shapes The user need only specify the perimeter of each mining step and Map3D automatically builds the required elements The perimeter does not necessarily have to be planar In fact any bounding polyhedron of three dimensional points are acceptable Complex multi reef non tabular rolling or offset mining is readily simulated Intersecting faults or three dimensional dykes can be simulated The tabular mining can be extruded into 3D blocks then back into tabular mining if desired This allows construction of detailed development to be completed very quickly Also different parts of the model can be simulated using the tabular approximation while details can be obtained in areas of interest by using true 3D shapes Wireframe mine plan outlines and excavation geometries can be digitized from within Map3D or imported from several sources including AutoCAD DXF and a universal ASCII PNT format The user can interactively build a model comprising 3D blocks and planes using the built in CAD capabilities of Map3D Based on
520. s gt Download HTML User s Manual This manual is in native Windows HTML help format Download PDF User s Manual Map3D_Help pdf 7MB The PDF User s Manual can be download from Tools gt Download PDF User s Manual This manual is in PDF format as is a good choice for printing Download Ebook User s Manual Map3D_Help exe 5MB The Electronic book User s Manual can be download from Tools gt Download Ebook User s Manual This manual is in a standalone electronic book format 4 10 10 Download Ebook User s Manual Download HTML User s Manual Map3D chm 4MB The HTML User s Manual can be download from Tools gt Download HTML User s Manual This manual is in native Windows HTML help format Download PDF User s Manual Map3D_Help pdf 7MB The PDF User s Manual can be download from Tools gt Download PDF User s Manual This manual is in PDF format as is a good choice for printing Download Ebook User s Manual Map3D_Help exe 5MB The Electronic book User s Manual can be download from Tools gt Download Ebook User s Manual This manual is in a standalone electronic book format Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 328 Map3D User s Manual 4 10 11 About Map3D Version and license information Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D User s Manual Part 330 Map3D User s Manual 5 5 1 5 1 1 5 1 2 Appendix Analysis Analysis gt Options gt MSCALC Output File Nam
521. s loads and stresses horizontal vertical and angular displacements and quantity of seepage Although this text is dated the ideas are sound Applying these ideas to determining rock mass response predictions using numerical modelling leads to the following recommendations 1 Be sure before you start that you are quite clear about why you are building a model and what questions you are trying to answer Hypothesize possible modelling results and decisions that will be taken as a result If you cannot make these decisions before you model you likely will not be able to make them after you model Some examples of how this might be approached are as follows e Pillar width will be selected based on maximum of 50 yielding across the cross section of the Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 MEN Map3D User s Manual pillar e Backfilling must be completed before 10 dilution is predicted e Ground reconditioning will be required when non linear deformations exceed 1 strain e Long term ground instability will occur when elastic over stressing exceeds 1 6 times the strength 2 Use the model at the earliest possible stage in a project to generate both data and understanding Models can often be used to help you understand what is going on Tension Zone Over stresses Pillar Span Span ON va 3 Look for the controlling mechanics of the problem Try to identify important mechanisms modes of deformation and likely modes of
522. s this is necessary to obtain a well conditioned solvable problem for very narrow excavations or pillars Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building and Editing 43 DON controls the way block surfaces are discretized into boundary elements This parameter along with AL is used to ensure that a well conditioned solvable coefficient matrix will be generated by the Boundary Element Analysis Matrix conditioning can be directly related to the magnitude of DON A well conditioned easily solved matrix can be guaranteed by using larger values near one of DON DON 0 5 DON 1 0 These parameters control how fine the discretization will be for surfaces which pass near one another For example comparing examples using DON of 0 5 and 1 0 it can be observed that larger values of DON produce smaller boundary elements where the stope is locations Delem e From an analysis point of view there are three basic types of problems The easiest to solve are problems which use bulky three dimensional shapes such that surfaces are spaced well apart For this type of problem a well conditioned coefficient matrix will always be generated and the effect of DON and AL are not important le Dek Lele Lelem The next most difficult type of problem to solve is one where narrow stopes are defined For this case the distance Delem which is the smallest distance from one element to another is just the Map3D Inte
523. s Manual 4 5 1 7 CAD gt Build gt Redo Point Upon completion of block construction the user is prompted to enter the properties This allows you to specify the colour of the construction line Construction Line Properties ES Colour A 4 m Undo Buld Cancel Colour specifies the colour number that will be used to display the construction line A total of 10 colours are available for display These are numbered respectively 1 through 10 11 through 20 21 through 30 etc such that the same colour is displayed for numbers 1 11 21 2 22 32 3 23 33 etc Undo unselects the last point entered and returns to the construction line grid building routine 2 CAD gt Build gt Undo Point Build completes grid construction and enters the block into the model database Once you have completed this operation you have one last chance to undo this and remove this grid from the model database by selecting CAD gt Build gt Undo Build Cancel aborts line construction Notes Different colour numbers should be used to represent logical groupings of construction lines e g for different levels sections or logical mining units such as development stoping etc These colours are user definable Tools gt Custom Colours Since it is easy to toggle on and off the display of specific construction line colour numbers iz View gt Hide Block Colours This provides an efficient met
524. s State A Material Name specifies a descriptive name for the material Material specifies the material number e Material 1 is reserved for the host material e Other material numbers are used to define alternate material zones such as ore fault gouge backfill etc Material Type specifies the material type Mohr Coulomb Hoek Brown Drucker Prager Fault Gouge Hyperbolic Backfill Quadratic Backfill Equilibrated Gouge Yielding Pillar or none Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 e Fault Gouge defines the failure envelope as a straight line in the same as Mohr Coulomb in DD planes but without UCS e Strength is defined in terms of in plane shear and normal stresses as follows Fault Gouge in DD planes T Cohesion ti Cohesion Tension Cutoff and Cohesion are specified in units of stress MPa or psi Friction angle and dilation angle are specified in degrees Cohesion and friction angle define the shear response The tension cutoff defines the response in the direction normal to the shear plane Peak values of these parameters are used up until failure After yielding the residual values are used to provide a strain softening response Residual values are ignored in elastic analyses Normal and Shear Modulus specify moduli in units of stress MPa or psi e In DD planes the shear and normal stresses acting on the surfaces of the element are related to the elastic portion of the
525. s again be selecting Redo You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time 4 5 4 11 Move Verticies to point Moves selected vertices to a point This routine can be initiated either by picking the _B button or simple right clicking on any vertex When you initiate this routine you will first be prompted to build a list of vertices that you wish to move Edit Vertices ES pe em ewe MBE icici If Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you must hold down the Shift key to make multiple selections By default selected entities are added to the list however if the Cirl key is held down selected entities will be removed from the list While holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key you can drag open a crossing window Use of this toolbar is detailed in Build A List of Vertices for Editing Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used Holding the Alt key when you right click automatically repeats the last edit function that was used Once you have selected the desired entities you can either pick any of the edit buttons CAD gt Edit gt Stretch Vertices B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Point B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to X CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Y B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Z CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Plane 2 CAD gt Edit gt Subdivide Construction Lines 21 CAD gt Edit gt Sm
526. s analysis 331 Conducting a Map3D analysis 235 Configuring toolbars 152 309 310 311 312 Construction line data 133 134 135 367 369 256 257 259 260 72 133 36 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 438 Map3D User s Manual Contact and intersection analysis 332 DXF model file format 370 381 Contour plot options 216 E Contour range 215 z Contouring toolbar 309 428 429 430 431 Copying model data 283 Edit toolbar 277 280 281 283 284 286 287 289 290 291 293 294 295 297 298 300 302 Creep elasto viscoplastic 337 d d i P aci 312 356 357 359 360 361 Custom button font 315 Custom colours 313 314 315 a model data 277 307 356 357 359 360 gt D Effective stress 161 Elastic strain 169 212 Elasto viscoplastic creep 337 Element lumping 42 213 214 219 269 331 Element size 42 213 214 219 269 331 Energy release rate calculation 343 Erasing model data 280 ESS 155 157 159 DD plane thickness 357 DD planes 25 33 34 depth buffer 316 317 Digitizer support 304 362 Discretization analysis 331 347 348 414 Discretization and Lumping 42 213 214 215 219 Excess stress 175 179 180 182 184 186 188 eee ot 190 191 193 195 196 199 382 386 388 390 Discretized view 394 409 429 display of 433 Expansion coefficient and conductivity 414 Discretizing a model 331 Extruding planes into blocks 257 Disk performance test 317 Disk space req
527. s between regions with differing material properties Displacement discontinuity DD elements are used to specify the location of joints faults fractures pit walls and ground surface These elements can intersect excavations at any location since Map3D builds edge intersections internally Inactive elements are used to construct excavation surfaces that can be displayed but are not used in the stress analysis Special proprietary boundary elements are incorporated for the thermal and non linear analysis versions Boundary Element Formulation The objective of model building is to create a series of surface patches that when taken together form a seamless non overlapping continuous skin which describes the location of excavations boundaries of regions with different moduli faults etc These surfaces must be further subdivided into smaller boundary elements where the actual influence functions are evaluated and solved This approach is called surface modelling The user is free to construct surface models and supply this basic input data to Map3D While this approach is ideal for describing ore outlines or as built models it has been found to be tedious and error prone when constructing mine layouts In order to simplify model building the program has a powerful pre processor built into it that can accept and manipulate higher order three dimensional entities This approach is called solid modelling Solid modelling permits users t
528. s by specifying the maximum spacing for each grid CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties gt Maximum Width This allows users to force fine uniform discretization on grids Grid Discretize DOL specifies the desired distance to element length ratio used to determine the grid spacing from Lgrid Dgrid DOL where Dgrid is determined by Map3D as the smallest distance between model surfaces and grid planes A value for DOL of 1 0 is generally adequate and can be expected to provide solutions with 10 20 error If higher accuracy is required a value for DOL of 2 0 should give 5 10 error Use a value of 4 0 for less than 5 error Although higher values of DOL results in generation of more boundary elements and hence longer run times this is necessary to obtain increased accuracy Once discretization is complete the ratio of Dgrid Lelem can be plotted on model surfaces using Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Dgrid Lelem DOL ratio on surfaces or the ratio of Dgrid Lgrid on grids using 4 Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Dgrid Lgrid DOL ratio on grids Element Discretize DON specifies the desired distance to element length ratio used to determine the element side length Lelem Delem DON where Delem represents the distance to the nearest model surface A value for DON of 0 5 is generally adequate for all problems except those with very narrow excavations or pillars In this latter case a value for DON of 1 0 is recommended A
529. s in it depending on the currently active mining step When using this later function make sure to select the appropriate mining step x File gt Mining Step Se View gt Hide gt Names Hide all surfaces with the selected block name View gt Hide gt Steps Hide all surfaces that are mined in the selected step View gt Hide gt Window Hides all surfaces within the selected window Entities will only be selected if the entire entity is contained within the window View gt Hide gt Crossing Hides all surfaces within the crossing window Entities will be selected if even a part of the entity is within the window 2 View gt Hide gt Undo last Hide Undo the last hide operation maximum of 10 are currently saved _ View gt Hide gt Redo last Hide Redo the previous hide operation maximum of 10 are currently saved 1al View gt Hide gt Unhide All Unhide all currently hidden surfaces View gt Hide gt Inactive When activated inactive elements are displayed Inactive surfaces are used to display features that are to be included for visualization purposes only and not to be used for the actual stress analysis 8 CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties eli View gt Hide gt Solids When activated solids are hidden Solids are 3D blocks or DD planes that are not excavated As the mining sequence progresses x File gt Mining Step Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 108 Map3D User s Ma
530. s is because the intersection logic built into Map3D can detect the interior of excavation blocks and cut off any intersecting features such as faults ore zones or drifts Also displacement discontinuity elements which lie along the edge of an excavation for example ground surface will also be detected and treated properly This same logic does not exist for zones defined by displacement discontinuity elements The user could easily construct a model with multiple overlapping displacement discontinuity elements which will not converge Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 NES Map3D User s Manual 2 8 Defining Fault Planes and Tabular Mining Zones 3 Models can be built out of individual surface patches These are defined by 3 or 4 sided polygons that need not be planar The corners can be entered in either clockwise or counter clockwise orientation Any of the corners can be repeated to define 3 sided shapes and wedges a CAD gt Build gt DD Loop These shapes can be constructed using the CAD functions built into Map3D or can be imported from other CAD packages in either e AutoCAD DXF format This is a popular drawing exchange file with the extension DXF e Point file format is a universal ASCII data file with the extension PNT Unlike other analysis programs isoparametric boundary element methods and the finite element or finite difference methods it is not necessary that these plates share common corner po
531. s oriented normal to the grid plane and parallel to the direction of a line grid Also note that sni e1i and esi are perpendicular to one another Eni Grid plane Dip direction Dip direction Y Din of e dip direction is measured positive clockwise from the y axis e dip of the plane is measured positive down from the horizontal i e the dip direction e plunge of the normal is measured positive down i e negative up from the horizontal Note that there are three components of strain that can be contoured Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Elastic Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Plastic Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Total There are also two different ways of presenting the strain Z Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Induced Strain Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Absolute Strain Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 165 The contour range is set using fad Plot gt Range This component can be added to the contour toolbar if desired Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar gt Strain The user may find it handy to add the z More Strain Components button to the contouring toolbar for quick access to all strain components Related topics a Plot gt Strain gt esi In plane Shear _ amp Plot gt Strain gt eni In plane Normal Eu Plot gt Strain gt e1u Ubiquitous plane Maximum a Plot gt Strain gt e3u Ubiquitous plane Minimum 4 3
532. s should be used to represent logical groupings of construction lines e g for different levels sections or logical mining units such as development stoping etc These colours are user definable using Tools gt Custom Colours Since it is easy to toggle on and off the display of specific construction line colour numbers this provides an efficient method to work with complex construction line data View gt Hide Cline Colours File gt PNT Model File Format PNT format is a universal ASCII data file with the extension PNT This format is useful for exchanging raw model data with other CAD software Comment lines must start with an asterisk in column 1 Map3D FF blocks and DD planes are stored as a series of polylines as follows X1 yi Z1 3 colour mtype X2 y Z 2 X3 Y3 Z3 2 X4 Ya Za 2 Xs ys Zs 1 X6 Yo Ze 1 X7 y7 Z7 1 Xs Ys Zs 1 where Xi yi zi represent the coordinates of each point 3 indicates that this point is the beginning of a new polyline 2 indicates that this point forms part of the base of the block 1 indicates that this point forms part of the top of the block This item is only used for definition of 3D block shapes colour specifies the colour number that will be used to display the block A total of 10 colours are available for display These are numbered respectively 1 through 10 11 through 20 21 through 30 etc such that the same colour is displayed for number 1 11 21 31 2
533. s than 5 error Although higher values of DOG result in longer run times this is necessary to obtain increased accuracy Once discretization is complete the distance Dgrid can be plotted on grids using Bard Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Delem distance to nearest element on grids Aspect Ratio DOR specifies the desired element aspect ratio A value for DOR of 5 0 is recommended for all problems except where the user wants narrow elements subdivided into more uniform shapes Comments allows you to specify comments to be saved with the run Summary STOL should be set equal to 0 1 of the far field stress state at the depth of interest Use the same units as the far field stress state e g MPa or psi AL should be set equal to twice the smallest pillar or stope width Use the same units used to Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 223 specify the coordinates e g metres or feet AG should be set equal to the smallest dimension of interest Use the same units used to specify the coordinates e g metres or feet DON 0 5 DOL DOC 1 DOE DOG 2 for 10 20 error DON 0 5 DOL DOC 2 DOE DOG 4 for 5 10 error DON 1 DOL DOC 4 DOE DOG 8 for lt 5 error Elements are discretized to a side length that is the smaller of Delem DON and DgriW DOL such that it cannot be less than AL and cannot be larger than the maximum width Grid are discretized to a spacing is determined from Dgrid DOL such that is cannot
534. s very close to the block As one moves further away from these areas the field point spacing and element side length will very quickly increase Larger values of DOL two or more will increase the distance over which the field point spacing and element side length are kept small Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 a Map3D User s Manual ERROR 20 15 10 5 Result accuracy can be directly related to the magnitude of DOL Errors are limited to approximately 10 20 for DOL near one and 5 10 for DOL near two These values are only approximate and it is therefore recommended that in problems where high accuracy is required values of DOL near four be used In problems where low accuracy is necessary DOL near one is adequate Itis not recommended to set DOL less that one Note that large values of DOL and small values for AG result in increased number of elements and increased run times but greater accuracy In summary AG should be set to the resolution of interest a fraction of the stope width DOL should be set to 1 for coarse analysis results 2 for detailed analysis results and 4 when very high accuracy is required During discretization Map3D will attempt to satisfy the specified DOL ratio for all elements and grids When discretizing the maximum number of boundary elements that any block or plate edge can be divided into is 256 The maximum number of field points that any grid edge can be divided into is also 256
535. s will be used as a flow rule e This can be used to define zones with both different elastic properties and strength parameters e Note that in Map3D Fault Slip only DD elements i e fault gouge are permitted to respond non linearly e In Map3D Non Linear the 3D rock mass can also yield plastically Inactive when checked this material will not be used in the stress analysis and hence will not affect the predicted stresses strains or displacements e This can be used to define zones with different strength parameters to be used when generating contours of strength factors User Defined allows specification of user defined parameters to be used in contouring e Different parameters are defined for each material number e These parameters are used with Plot gt Stress gt User e This can be used to define zones with different strength parameters to be used when generating contours of strength factors Dump to File allows you to dump all material property data to a file for viewing in Notepad or Excel Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Copy from material allows you to copy the material properties from one material number to another All properties including the stress state are copied Stress State specifies the initial far field stress state for the material e Most materials are inserted into blocks with the same far field stress state e Materials such as props or backfill are placed at near zero initial stres
536. s2 ps2 intermediate principal stress o its trend and plunge s3 ts3 ps3 minor principal stress o its trend and plunge SXX Syy SZZ sxy syz sxz Cartesian stress components tmax maximum shear stress tmax Y2 0 07 toct octahedral shear stress toc 1 3 0 Gy 0 07 07 0 smean mean stress Omean 3 0 65 63 ti tti pti maximum shear stress in the grid plane its trend and plunge si tsi psi normal stress in the grid plane its trend and plunge sli ts1i psti maximum stress tangential to the grid plane its trend and plunge s3i ts3i ps3i minimum stress tangential to the grid plane its trend and plunge tu ttu ptu maximum shear stress in the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge su tsu psu stress normal to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge slu ts1u psiu maximum stress tangential to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge s3u ts3u ps3u minimum stress tangential to the ubiquitous plane its trend and plunge The orientation of the ubiquitous plane is specified in mB Plot gt Strength Factors gt Ubiquitous Parameters Effective Total effective stress or total stress components These options are only used in Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow as this code allows for calculation of steady state pore pressure distributions Induced Absolute induced stress or absolute stress components i e the stress without the pre mining stress contribution Strains el tel pel major principal strain
537. s7 Xs Ys Zs 1 valuess where Xi yi Zi represent the coordinates of each point 3 indicates that this point is the beginning of a new polyline 2 indicates that this point forms part of the base of the block 1 indicates that this point forms part of the top of the block This item is only used for definition of 3D block shapes Additional polylines are specified by repeating the sequence i e starting a new polyline with the number 3 Any of the points can be repeated or skipped to specify triangular shaped sides or tetrahedrons valuesi specifies the magnitude of the field loading at the centre or at each corner If only values is specified i e values are left blank that value is applied uniformly across the entity If valuesi are specified for all corners the field loading is applied according to a higher order polynomial distribution For 2D surface triangles a linear distribution is used a bx cy For 2D quadrilaterals the following distribution is used a bx cy dxy For 3D block shapes as many terms as possible of the distribution are used a bx cy dz exyr fyz gzx hxyz The actual field loading effects can be specified in several ways 2D Planes 2D planes define a Displacement Discontinuity with specified normal displacement closure n and shear displacement ride 5s such that valuesi can be specified either as dn 9 or dn 351 350 If only 9 5 are specified the shear displacement ride is applied parallel
538. se defined hotkeys For example to assign the F5 key to activate the Build gt Cline function you would assign the function key as follows Edit Ac Select Keystroke Build gt FFLoop Build gt DDLoop Build gt Gplane Build gt Gline Build gt Entity Build gt Enter Point Build gt Extrude Offset Edit gt Entity Edit gt Erase Entity Clear Key Close Note that function key assignments are saved from session to session the Map3D cfg file Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 316 Map3D User s Manual 4 6 4 4 6 4 1 4 6 4 2 4 6 4 3 4 6 4 4 4 6 4 5 OpenGL OpenGL lt On Off gt Enables OpenGL support OpenGL is an industry standard high quality 3D graphics rendering interface The main advantages in using OpenGL are hardware acceleration of the graphics display and support for z buffering Of course you must have a graphics adapter that supports OpenGL and have the OpenGL display driver installed to get hardware acceleration See Tools gt OpenGL Parameters to view OpenGL setup See Tools gt OpenGL Antialiasing to smooth lines OpenGL Parameters Reports on OpenGL setup Support OpenGL indicates whether an OpenGL driver is installed and enabled Driver or Hardware Support indicates whether an OpenGL is supported by your graphics adapter Double Buffered indicates that there is sufficient memory to support double buffering Color Buffer Bits indicates t
539. selected entities Eal CAD gt Edit gt Move Entities Move selected entities ul CAD gt Edit gt Copy Entities Copy selected entities JB CAD gt Edit gt Scale Entities Scale selected entities CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Azimuth Rotate the azimuth of selected entities RL CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Dip Rotate the dip of selected entities CAD gt Edit gt Dump to File Dump selected entities to a file 8 CAD gt Edit gt Group Group selected entities into a single block Modify coordinates CAD gt Edit gt Stretch Vertices Stretch selected vertices CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Point Move selected vertices to a point CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to X Move the x coordinate of selected vertices EX CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Y Move the y coordinate of selected vertices Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 5 2 5 5 2 6 Appendix 357 CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices toZ Move the z coordinate of selected vertices 2 CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Plane Move selected vertices to a plane CAD gt Edit gt Smooth Construction Lines Smooth construction lines 2 CAD gt Edit gt Remove Construction Vertex Remove a construction vertex 24 CAD gt Edit gt Subdivide Construction Lines Subdivide a construction line Undo Redo Once you have completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the modifications by selecting 21 Undo
540. ses In elastic analysis the shear and normal stresses in the plane of weakness on a fault joint set or bedding plane are normally used with the Mohr Coulomb strength criterion to estimate the amount of damage due to over stressing One can expect that more excess stress in an elastic analysis would in general correlate with increased amounts of plastic strain slip in a non linear analysis Since these parameters are orientation dependant this criterion is representative for anisotropic rock mass stability Mohr Coulomb in DD planes Ts Cohesion tan 9 Ts Excess Stress ATs Cohesion Over stressing can be presented in several ways including tel Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTip In Plane excess shear stress sl Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTub Ubiquitous plane excess shear stress sue ste Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ip Strength Stress st ste Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ub Strength Stress By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used in this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the plastic strain or the plastic strain rate predicted by the model as an indicator of damage In DD planes the elastic strains are determined from the stresses by ts tt Shear Modulus esela
541. set to approximately one quarter of the seam thickness This parameter is used to control the minimum boundary element size and the minimum spacing on the grid plane that will be used at locations where it passes close to or intersects the model Accurate results can be obtained as close as half this spacing from the model surfaces This parameter also ensures that a sufficient number of stress points will be calculated within in the pillar to generate smooth contours The user is free to select a larger value for the grid spacing This will result in smaller problem size and hence shorter run times However with larger boundary elements results will be less accurate especially near the model surfaces also with wider grid spacing smooth contours cannot be generated Suggested values for the discretization and lumping parameters are as follows DON 0 5 DOL DOC 1 DOE DOG 2 for 10 20 error DON 0 5 DOL DOC 2 DOE DOG 4 for 5 10 error DON 1 0 DOL DOC 4 DOE DOG 8 for lt 5 error Coarse analysis results are recommended for all problems except those where increased accuracy is required At this setting numerical errors of 10 20 in stress predictions can be expected The settings for detailed analysis results provide 5 10 numerical error The settings for high accuracy results provide less than 5 numerical error The user is free to specify higher accuracy settings for these parameters however this will result in larger problem size and hence
542. set using rad Plot gt Range This component can be added to the contour toolbar if desired at Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar gt Stress The user may find it handy to add the z More Stress Components button to the contouring toolbar for quick access to all stress components Related topics te Plot gt Stress gt Tip In plane Shear Sel Plot gt Stress gt Sip In plane Normal S Plot gt Stress gt Stu Ubiquitous plane Maximum Za Plot gt Stress gt S3u Ubiquitous plane Minimum 4 3 1 9 Ubiquitous Plane Shear Stress Contours the maximum shear stress acting on ubiquitous plane 1 and the stress component normal to this plane To calculate the ubiquitous stresses the stress state at each point on the grid plane is reoriented to determine the maximum shear stress parallel to the ubiquitous plane and the stress normal to the ubiquitous plane Note that ou is oriented normal to the ubiquitous plane and is not parallel to the Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 158 Map3D User s Manual direction of a line grid Line Grid biquitous plane Dip direction Tub Dip direction PES Dip of AN ubiquitous plane Plunge of normal to Plunge of ubiquitous plane normal e dip direction is measured positive clockwise from the y axis e dip of the plane is measured positive down from the horizontal i e the dip direction e plunge of the normal is measured positive down i e negative up from the horizo
543. specifying Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials 95 Mining Step 1 2 Mining Step 2 0 We are now finished and can Build this block by pressing the 244 button Now build the other part of step 2 using this same procedure Step 3 aoe Step 1 e Point 1 Point 4 y Point 3 gt gt Main Access ra Gully Z Elevation Y West X East Building Mining Step 3 This mining can be built the same way as the step 2 mining except this tabular mining should be assigned the properties of ore material 2 at both mining step 1 and 2 then excavated at mining step 3 Entity Properties DDPlane Area 10242633000 Block Name Mining Step 3 Element Type Displacement Disc y Block Colour ES Fixed Element Width S Matl_Code LERD LSS y DDPlane Thickness ff Mining Step 1 Mining Step 2 Mining Step 3 Mining Step 4 Mining Step 5 Getting Results Even though we have defined the mining geometry we must still specify where we want to obtain stress predictions By default we will get these at all unmined DD planes If we also want stresses off reef or out ahead of the mining zone we must place either DD planes or grid planes at those locations Grid planes provide a much more economical in terms of analysis time alternative Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 96 Map3D User s Manual In this case we choose to only obtain results on DD planes
544. ss cert SI Plot gt Stress gt Value gt Stotal Total Stress Stotai Notes The stress toolbar can only be activated after the model building CAD Stage Map3D Analysis Stages Any of these components can be added to the contour toolbar if desired Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar 5 16 Plot gt Failure Modes Activate the strength factors toolbar after Map3D BEM analysis Strength Factors ES TE FESS PS FS FST PP YP Ea This toolbar is meant to provide quick access to the failure mode plots Rock mass Strength BM Plot gt Strength Factors gt Strength Parameters parameters modifies the 3D Mohr Coulomb Hoek Brown and Drucker Prager strength S Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF A contours the strength stress ratio using method A S Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF B contours the strength stress ratio using method B sel Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C contours the strength stress ratio using method C sa Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF A contours the stress strength ratio using method A s Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF B contours the stress strength ratio using method B sc Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C contours the stress strength ratio using method C 2 Plot gt Strength Factors gt dS1 contours the excess major principal stress Ao tal Plot gt Strength Factors gt dImax contours the excess maximum shear stress Atmax AY 01 03 tod Plot gt Strength Fact
545. st first select a depth z Datum Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 364 Map3D User s Manual where the stresses have known values These later values are the OHmax OHmin OVert constant values The variation of each component with depth can then be specified as AGHmax GHmin Aovert variation values If you have set up your coordinate system with z positive up then the variations should be specified as negative quantities so that the stresses increase with depth For example if you know that the Hmax component has a value of 30 MPa at z 1000m and varies as zis positive up 0 027 MPa m you would specify Datum 1000 Oa 30 Aca 0 027 Finally the trend and plunge of the Hmax component and the trend of the Vert component uniquely define the stress state orientation The parameters t h constant At h variation refer to the ambient temperature head distribution and are specified in the same manner as the stresses 5 2 12 CAD gt Properties gt Material Properties gt Stress State gt Cartesian The pre mining stress state is specified as a linear variation with depth in either Cartesian or principal components Cartesian Stress State X Y Y Y v Y Y Y 0 01300000 v 0 02700000 0 01300000 y RA 0 0 The variation of each of the Cartesian components is described as a linear variation with depth as Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 for example for the oxx c
546. stecthcuctescecespecszenceeaspends 168 Eyy Strain Component iscsi da id 168 Ezz Stram COMPONEN Bie ict ce sates cece cian ste Stn cette site cette ten cette eats dee Sian FE Ad heise sce hese Sioa hash cto sates tee 168 Ex Sirain CAM di dE 168 AIM O A O O RAN 168 Exz Stran Component monaco oko a a a oo oe 168 MAS hE kh AE a Te ne a a a Sa aa EA a E a ah cn ane a ak dha de a 169 Elastic Strain Avtar haa oie aoa ts 169 PIAS UC ES UUs occ 169 TotalStralliiia ind nic nia nia dede iria 169 A A NN 169 Absolute Mi tol tewevenetewdenstensbenctes 169 Displac Me iitissscssssecscccsccccctedccccdedeccacecdcccacscdedcaceacscacdcaccacecacecacesneneaneeacneaensneneneeeaceeaeesienedeeeaeeedeenenereeenet 169 Total USAMOS 169 RECS IAC CIS IN asas A Ba a cee a a a een cade a OR ac te ca aa een 169 displacement seem ea ae eee Ak eR Okc ie Balas eode ee i 169 ZGiS EEEE E se basse ats dussnstedessnstaosstwasedssyustydestvasedestustydestwasedsseustedestustpossgnspeetinatposapnstacnstuatyenss 169 Ipiales 169 In plane maximum displacement oooonninnnnnninininininnninnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 169 Ubiquitous plane normal displaceMent nnoncccccnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnonononnnonononnnononononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnninines 169 Ubiquitous plane maximum displacement cccccnccnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnininines 169 User defined plot s s csi laa iaa aia aaa tata 171 LO A ONO 174 Plots Thema oa 174 E 174 A NO 174 AAA E RR 174
547. stic Etplastic E 1 v 1 2v JE 1 v E3plasic v Etplastic E2plastic 1 v 1 2v The accumulated plastic strain eplasic is determined as the sum of the plastic creep increments Ag plastic for all creep steps o1 o2 03 If the stress goes below the tension cutoff the plastic strain can be determined by limiting the stress os 03 C Agsplastio At TO The plastic volumetric strain can also have a dilation component Evolume Etplastic E2plastic Esplastic tan dilation angle e plastic The total strain is equal to the sum of the elastic and plastic parts The creep response is simulated using a linear Bingham creep model Strength Elastic Viscous At each creep step the stress state on all yielding elements elements where the stress exceeds the strength is calculated as the strength plus the creep resistance o Strength C Agplastic At C GAt where the creep resistance is determined as the creep coefficient C times the plastic strain rate Note that the user must select both the creep coefficient C and the time step size At then specify the quotient of these as the viscous modulus G The creep resistance can be used simply as a technique for damping the non linear deformations or for real time dependent creep simulation Analysis gt Options gt Creep The strains can be presented in several ways including Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Elastic Plot
548. stic on of Normal Modulus nelastic where Shear Modulus and Normal Modulus represent respectively the elastic moduli of the gouge material in the shear and normal directions and t and or represent the initial stress state in the shear and normal directions and Eselastio Sselastic Thickness Enelastic Onelastic Thickness where dselastic and Snelastic represent respectively the elastic component of the shear displacement ride and normal displacement closure and Thickness represents the DD plane thickness i e fault gouge seam width mining width or pillar height The DD plane thickness is set using a CAD gt Build gt DDLoop Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 412 Map3D User s Manual and can be modified using 8 CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties In DD elements if the shear stress goes above the strength the plastic strain can be determined by limiting the stress Ts Ts C Agsplastic At Cohesion tan on on C Agnplastic At where ts Shear Modulus esplastic on Normal Modulus enpiastic The accumulated plastic strain gpiasic is determined as the sum of the plastic creep increments As plastic for all creep steps If the normal stress goes below the tension cutoff the plastic strain can be determined by limiting the stress On On C Agnplastic At To If the normal stress goes above the UCS the plastic strain can be determined by limiting the stress On
549. stress path to failure takes place by increasing tip without loosing confinement Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 196 Map3D User s Manual Mohr Coulomb Tip tan Atip Coh o 4 Coh tan c SF ip Strength Stress can be determined as Cohesion Sip tan o Tip ero SF ip Stress Strength can be determined as Tip Cohesion Sip tan g Tel dTip Excess can be determined as At Tip Cohesion Sip tan g 2 dSip Excess can be determined as AG 3 54 03 UCS Ni NTip Probability can be determined as N At std Strength parameters are set up using T Plot gt Strength Factors gt In plane Parameters Related topics te Plot gt Stress gt Tip In plane Shear Sel Plot gt Stress gt Sip In plane Normal Z1 Plot gt Stress gt S1i In plane Maximum Sail Plot gt Stress gt S3i In plane Minimum st ste Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ub Strength Stress ta Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTub Excess 46 Plot gt Strength Factors gt dSub Excess Nre Plot gt Strength Factors gt NSub Probability 4 3 6 18 Ubiquitous parameters Sets up the strength parameters for generating strength factor contour plots in terms of ubiquitous plane stress components To calculate the ubiquitous shear and normal stresses the stress state at each point on the grid plane is reoriented to determine the maximum shear stress parallel to the ubi
550. subdivided to prevent surfaces having sides larger than this For an example of the use of this parameter refer to Tabular Mining Example Matl_Code LERD MStep specifies the material code that will be substituted into the block for the LERD LSS calculation The first box is for the material code The second box is to specify the mining step number when the calculation is to be done If this box is left blank then the LERD calculation will be done for all steps Analysis gt Options gt LERD LSS Analysis gt Options gt LERD LSS DDPlane Thickness specifies the thickness of the material inserted into the DD element i e fault gouge seam width mining width or pillar height Normal displacement closure of the feature when in filled will be limited to this thickness Also the normal displacement closure and shear displacement ride are divided by the thickness to determine the strain occurring in the in filling material Fault Gouge in DD planes Backfill Hyperbolic in DD planes Equilibrated Gouge in DD planes Mohr Coulomb in DD planes This parameter should be specified in the same units used to specify the coordinate positions e g metres or feet Mining Step n specifies the material code that will be used for this block in mining step n In the above example the block is non existent at step 1 has material 2 Ore inserted in it at step 2 it is excavated at step 3 material code O means t
551. sure Also of interest is the plastic creep increment Aspiasic the contribution to the shear resistance from the viscous element Ms C Agsplastic At Plot gt Surface gt dEs Incremental Shear Strain 251 Plot gt Surface gt dTs Excess Shear Stress Related Topics Mohr Coulomb in DD planes Backfill Hyperbolic in DD planes Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 5 4 8 Materials gt Yielding Pillar in DD Planes Yielding Pillar material can be used to describe non linear response in DD planes in both Map3D Fault Slip and Map3D Non Linear Material Name Material 2 Material 4 Ro y Material Type Yielding Pilar 0D Peak Residual Tension Cutoff po x 0 y UCS rockmass 20 y 20 Cohesion Friction Angle Dilation Angle Normal Modulus s0000 40000 Shear Modulus 24000 vw 24000 y Standard Dev 0 Elastic only Viscous Mod Gn 0 y 2 Elasto Plastic C Inactive Viscous Mod Gs g v z User Defined Expansion Coef f1 v Parameters Conductivity 1 Dump to File 2 Copy from matl Stress State Chose Material Name specifies a descriptive name for the material Material specifies the material number e Material 1 is reserved for the host material e Other material numbers are used to define alternate material zones such as ore fault gouge backfill etc Material Type specifies the material type Mohr Coulomb Hoek Brown Drucker Prager Fault Go
552. t Rotate Dip Rotate the dip of selected entities 4 CAD gt Edit gt Dump to File Dump selected entities to a file 8 CAD gt Edit gt Group Group selected entities into a single block e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of options Centre for scaling X coordinate 0 000000 w P Y coordinate 0 000000 w o Z coordinate 0 000000 f Pick 1 point to define this location This point will remain stationary during scaling Centroid Cancel X Y and Z coordinates specify the coordinates of the centre for scaling During scaling this point will stay stationary All other points will be moved to achieve the desired scaling Pick activates the cursor cross hairs allowing interactive selection of the centre or rotation from the model To assist in visually selecting points from the model all snap functions are available sex CAD gt Snap Once selected the components of the centre for scaling are displayed in the dialogue box Centroid calculates the centre of all selected entities OK completes editing of the coordinates and prompts you for the scale factors Scale Factors X Y and Z scale specifies the amount by which the entities are to be scaled Below the block is scaled 1 5 times in the y direction Z Seale y Edit completes editing and invoked editing of the entity properties for the selected blocks OK comple
553. t Sn Normal Stress Plot gt Surface Components gt dTs Excess Shear Stress Plot gt Surface Components gt dEs Incremental Shear Strain Es Plot gt Surface Components gt Es Shear Strain Plot gt Surface Components gt ds Shear Displacement Ride Normal stress Contours the stress normal to the surface In elastic analysis the maximum in plane shear stress is normally used with the in plane normal stress and the Mohr Coulomb strength criterion to estimate the amount of slip due to over stressing on a fault joint set or bedding plane By contrast in non linear analysis the maximum in plane shear stress can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used In this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one normally directly considers the amount of slip predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in DD planes Fault Gouge in DD planes Backfill Hyperbolic in DD planes The contour range is set using Barsd Plot gt Range This component can be added to the contour toolbar if desired cat Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar Related Topics Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 203 Plot gt Surface Components gt Ts Shear Stress Plot gt Surface Components gt dTs Excess Shear Stress Plot gt Surface Components gt dEs Incremental Shear S
554. t 4 here Select point 1 here To select points 5 to 8 we will need to rotate the model so we are looking up from below This is easily done by holding the left mouse button down while dragging the mouse cursor upwards on the screen Select points 5 to 8 as shown below Remember to reselect point 5 to complete construction of the upper plan loop Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 s Map3D User s Manual Select point 6 here Select point 5 here Select point 1 here wea Select point 2 here As before you will be prompted with the message To complete building the block select the build button _ 4 from the Build Entity toolbar Build Entity ES A el cic al Ha Paca Ea FIERA RARAS Upon completion of block construction you will automatically be prompted to enter the block properties 2 CAD gt Build gt FFLoop Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials at Entity Properties Block Volume 3286 700400 Block Name VAM Panel Element Type Fictitious Force w Block Colour pa 4 F Fixed Element Width y Matl_Code LERD LSS Mining Step 1 Mining Step 2 Mining Step 3 Mining Step 4 Mining Step 5 V Generate separate blocks for each loop More Steps Clear All Steps Undo Copy From Enter the following Block Name VRM Panel Element Type Fictitious Force Block Colour 4 We will leave this block unmined at step 1 and excavated at step 2 This is indicated by leavin
555. t and modify the same set of entities again be selecting Redo You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time 4 5 4 8 Dump to File Dumps selected entities to a file This routine can be initiated either by picking the button or simple right clicking on any entity When you initiate this routine you will first be prompted to build a list of entities that you wish to dump Edit Entities ES feed ell e If Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you must hold down the Shift key to make multiple selections By default selected entities are added to the list however if the Ctrl key is held down selected entities will be removed from the list e While holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key you can drag open a crossing window e Use of this toolbar is detailed in Build A List of Entities for Editing Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 200 Map3D User s Manual 4 5 4 9 e Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used e Holding the Alt key when you right click automatically repeats the last edit function that was used Once you have selected the desired entities you can either pick any of the edit buttons CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties Edit block type colour mining sequence CAD gt Edit gt Erase Entities Erase selected entities E CAD gt Edit gt Move Entities Move selected entities Eal CAD gt Edit gt Copy Entiti
556. t is a universal ASCII data file with the extension PNT This format is useful for exchanging raw construction line data with other CAD software AutoCAD DXF format is a popular drawing exchange file with the extension DXF This format is useful for exchanging construction line data with other CAD software We want to start with a clean slate so we will select File gt New Model Before beginning please note that the user can hover over any button to obtain a tooltip identifying that buttons function Also the use can right click on any item to obtain detailed help on that function Importing digitized mine plans First we must open a file containing the digitized mine plans This is done using File gt Open Construction Lines In this case the construction lines have been saved in DXF format so change the Files of Type to dxf The file BULK dxf is included with the Map3D installation and should be available to import Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials Z Elevation 4 V North The access drifts measure approximately 5m wide by 5m high and the distance between levels is 25m Repositioning The View During block building or at any other time the user is free to reposition translate rotate or zoom the geometry to make visualization easier This is readily accomplished by several means refer to Rotating the Model and Translating the Model The easiest way is to rotate is si
557. t the current analysis stage 332 Going to the model building and editing stage 332 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 42 213 214 215 219 269 331 Grid selection 216 303 312 Grid spacing 42 213 214 215 219 269 331 Ground surface 33 Grouping model data H Help menu 325 hidden surface removal Hide block colours toolbar 149 152 311 Hide Cline Colours toolbar 150 Hide construction line colours toolbar Hide toolbar 147 152 311 Hiding various parts of the model 147 Hoek Brown in 3D FF Blocks 175 179 180 182 184 186 188 190 191 386 Grid lumping 290 316 317 Hyperbolic Backfill in DD Planes 193 195 196 199 394 In situ stress state specification 363 364 Inactive blocks 36 Induced strain 169 212 Induced stress 161 212 Initial stress state specification 363 364 Initialize all viewing parameters 152 INP model file format 373 381 In plane 193 195 196 199 In plane strain 163 164 165 166 In plane stress 155 157 159 Interpretation of results 14 21 343 Intersection analysis 332 335 336 348 414 Introduction 2 lis JPEG 137 138 145 JPG 137 138 145 dls Leasing Map3D 2 Limitations and shortcomings 14 Loading a model from a file 381 Loading analysis results from a recently file Loading analysis results from a recently used directory 381 Loading analysis results from a restart file 135 Loading construction line data from a file 133 134 Loading mod
558. t the numbers of coordinate points that form the grid corners Grids are constructed using 4 sided planes The corners can be entered in either clockwise or counter clockwise orientation 15 16 17 18 These parameters are not used and should be specified as zeros Thickness This parameter is not used and should be specified as zero Spacing specifies the maximum spacing permitted This parameter can be used to force uniform discretization on the grid Extreme caution should Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 380 Map3D User s Manual be used in specifying this value since a small value can easily lead to enormous problem size In general this parameter should be set to zero i e not used and discretization should be left to the AL and AG parameters These latter parameters will concentrate elements only where analysis results are requested thus optimizing the use of elements and minimizing problem size 7 Mining Step Specification This item permits the user to specify the material code to be assigned to the selected entities at each mining step Mining Step Title N Mc 1 line of numeric data per block specification must be specified All parameters must appear on one line 2 parameters N Mc must be specified The mining sequence is defined by repeatedly specifying a list of material codes Each list is ended by using N 0 At each mining step only the material codes that change need to be specified Blocks will rem
559. ta point respectively a text string bitmap spreadsheet and document Selecting of these will display that item The items in the lower section of this menu are functions that access the database Keyword Filter Show used to specify a series of show keyword filters Only point data that has one of these keywords associated with it will be visible all others will be hidden This allows users to filter display of desired database entries Keyword Filter Hide used to specify a series of hide keyword filters Point data that has one of these keywords associated with it will be hidden all others will be visible This allows users to filter display of unwanted database entries Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 322 Map3D User s Manual 4 9 3 Add Text Keyword Parameter used to add a text string to a data point This text is used for keyword filtering This text will be added to the display list Add File Parameter used to add a file parameter to a data point The file name is used for keyword filtering This file will be added to the display list Any file name can be specified here e g graphics files spreadsheet files document files etc If the file type is associated with an application that application will be automatically started in order to display the specified file Remove Parameter used to remove a parameter from the data point Edit Parameter used to edit or modify a parameter Contour Plane
560. ta to this Save Construction Lines Saves the current construction line data to a file with its current file name location and file format To save with a different file name location or file format use File gt Save As Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 135 4 1 13 Save Construction Lines As Saves the current construction lines with a different file name location and file format Construction lines can be saved in several file types e Point file format is a universal ASCII data file with the extension PNT This format is useful for exchanging raw construction line data with other CAD software e AutoCAD DXF format is a popular drawing exchange file with the extension DXF This format is useful for exchanging construction line data with other CAD software To save with the same file name location or file format use File gt Save 4 1 14 Open Analysis Results Loads analysis results from a restart file You will be prompted to search for a restart file name location and file format Once loaded the user can view and process the analysis results Contour plots of any desired combination of stress strain and displacement components can be generated Results can be displayed either as total values or the difference in value between mining steps To change from one mining step to another use 2x File gt Mining Step Notes For quick access at a later session each time you open a file its na
561. tabase capabilities Easy to use 3D CAD OpenGL based graphics system includes free hand sketching or object picking to build and edit 5 basic entity types e 3D blocks e g stopes ore zones dykes tunnels 2D features e g faults tabular mining topography fractures grid planes e g cross sections grid lines e g bore holes ground support construction lines e g survey data drift centre lines Includes a full sweet of editing functions including copy move stretch flatten scale rotate and more Full dxf and pnt import export capability to exchange data with other CAD programs The visual database can be used to display a database of any desired information including seismic or geologic information such as grade rock mass quality etc 3D points can be tagged with a series of numeric values e g colour magnitude orientation etc e keywords for filtering e text messages e file names e g graphics files documents spreadsheets etc Display of these items can be filtered in various ways The location of each point can be displayed as colour shaded spheres or squares The size and colour can be scaled according to various combinations of parameters Point magnitude density can be contoured on a plane according to a user defined density function A best fit plane can be fitted using linear regression Map3D Results Viewer features stand alone viewing of stress analysis results Includes the visual d
562. tart with a clean slate so we will select File gt New Model Before beginning please note that the user can hover over any button to obtain a tooltip identifying that buttons function Also the use can right click on any item to obtain detailed help on that function Importing digitized mine plans First we must open a file containing the digitized mine plans This is done using File gt Open Construction Lines In this case the construction lines have been saved in PNT format The file TAB pnt is included with the Map3D installation and should be available to import Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials NON S S During block building or at any other time the user is free to reposition translate rotate or zoom the geometry to make visualization easier This is readily accomplished by several means refer to Rotating the Model and Translating the Model The easiest way is to rotate is simply hold down the left mouse button will dragging the cursor across the screen Translation is achieved by holding down the right mouse button The model can be zooming in or out by holding down both mouse buttons El Z Elevation Repositioning The View Position the view so that the construction lines are readily visible Building Mining Step 1 Let s now construct the tabular mining step 1 This will be constructed using displacement discontinuity elements which are defined by the perimeter of
563. tation reverses the above assumption In this case specifies that the Z axis is constrained to point vertically such that when the the Z axis points upwards dragging the mouse to the left rotates the model to the right Reverse Mouse Wheel reverses the action of the mouse wheel such that forward rotation zooms the model in instead of out Double Click Time Specifies the amount time in milliseconds between double mouse clicks Double clicks are used to activate edit functions CAD gt Edit Drag Wait Time Specifies the amount time in milliseconds you must hold down a mouse button before the drag mouse pointer y appears The drag mouse pointer is used to rotate and translate and zoom the model Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 308 Map3D User s Manual 4 6 2 4 6 2 1 4 6 2 2 Toolbars Rotation Toolbar Activate the rotation toolbar Rotate ES cele lt p A The model can be rotated by using these buttons or by dragging the orientation icon around to the desired position Rotate Counter clockwise Insert key Rotate Up Home key or shift up arrow Rotate Clockwise Page Up key Rotate Left Delete key or shift left arrow Rotate Down End key or shift down arrow Rotate Right Page Down key or shift right arrow _ View gt Centre of Rotation View gt Rotation Increment Notes If the rotation toolbar is not visible it can be activated with ls le ls eke Tools gt Rot
564. td 1990 2015 4 10 8 4 10 9 Menu Commands 327 The user s manual can be downloaded in several formats Download HTML User s Manual Map3D chm 4MB The HTML User s Manual can be download from Tools gt Download HTML User s Manual This manual is in native Windows HTML help format Download PDF User s Manual Map3D_Help pdf 7MB The PDF User s Manual can be download from Tools gt Download PDF User s Manual This manual is in PDF format as is a good choice for printing Download Ebook User s Manual Map3D_Help exe 5MB The Electronic book User s Manual can be download from Tools gt Download Ebook User s Manual This manual is in a standalone electronic book format Download HTML User s Manual Download HTML User s Manual Map3D chm 4MB The HTML User s Manual can be download from Tools gt Download HTML User s Manual This manual is in native Windows HTML help format Download PDF User s Manual Map3D_Help pdf 7MB The PDF User s Manual can be download from Tools gt Download PDF User s Manual This manual is in PDF format as is a good choice for printing Download Ebook User s Manual Map3D_Help exe 5MB The Electronic book User s Manual can be download from Tools gt Download Ebook User s Manual This manual is in a standalone electronic book format Download PDF User s Manual Download HTML Users Manual Map3D chm 4MB The HTML User s Manual can be download from Tool
565. te Reet tea ea en tute a tl eed al tans etn tala ae Aa 212 INdUCSA SOS in atic seas eg etic eons A ge wns E EE nega Secu E nag EEE 212 PADSOIULS Ste Seis a a Sa a ag ce naa ds 212 Miscell he OUS a a aa a eA vevereciictsvessuecenuces sveveceeueenessseeewecueceiyes 213 Delem Distance to nearest element ON SUITACES cccccccncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonononnnononnnnnnnnnnnoninininininess 213 Dgrid Distance to nearest grid ON SUITACES cccccccccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnninininos 213 Delem Lelem DON ratio on SUITACES ccccccccccnccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonininononononononononenoninononononenenoninenineninenes 214 Dgrid Lelem DOL ratio OM SUMACES rccencvon cananea canada enana een den een cen ceen den een cen dean den eden cenas 214 DEAN MAC E AN A aia 214 Dgrid Distance to nearest element on gridS ccccccccccnncnnnnnnnnnnninnninnnnnnninoninininonininininonininininininanos 214 Dorid Lgrid DOL ratio OMS cia eo AAA 215 Matl Material Number on QrdS xooiooti a A eden deuetenedeeedce tee tee deat 215 Contour Range inician 215 Grid Selection ocio aaa 216 Plot OPton isitniti enean edie KaTa EEKE Ee AETAT KEETE SAETTA KE TEn SKEA TSEK TEn EEEa TSA KERS En Kaaa AEA 216 Propertie S ioir i aar a a aaaea aa 219 Gontrol Parameters tn o o A a o a e ti a be aa 219 MINING Step NT 223 Matenal Properties ais casaca non a a o a eS 224 MESE DES AAA RNA 224 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 V
566. ted by Map3D stress analysis codes e displays contours on cutting planes along lines and at specific points e user defined contouring functions e direct export to Excel for plotting x y graphs e display of 3D trajectories e display of all stress strain displacement and strength parameters including principal components and resultant values on user defined planes and lines export in dxf and pnt format for compatibility with other CAD and display systems e probability of failure contours e safety factor contours e light source shaded models e topographical contours Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 422 Map3D User s Manual Shear Displacement on Fault Mstop Mids3 18 908 Probability of Failure nent on Fault ee 138 Map3D Fault Slip Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 5 10 Map3Di Integrated Seismicity Map3Di Integrated Seismicity superimpose external field loading effects into the stress analysis Includes all capabilities from Map3D Fault Slip and adds field loading effects The field loading effects can be imported from any database of thermal heating fluid pressure non linear behaviour and deformations indicated by seismicity These effects can be used to characterize 2D and 3D geologic features accommodate changing lithology and incorporate seismic loading effects into the stress analysis Numerical modelling allows one to predict the rock mass response as a result of advancing m
567. teps Undo Copy From Enter the following Block Name Coal Pillar Element Type Fictitious Force Block Colour 3 We must specify that this block has the material properties for coal This is done by defining material number 2 for coal at mining step 1 This is indicated by specifying Mining Step 1 2 This same pillar could be excavated at step 2 by specifying a material code of Mining Step 2 0 We are now finished and can Build this block Saving the Geometry At this point we have constructed one small corner of the desired mining geometry Before proceeding further it would be a good idea to save the model as built so far To do this we select File gt Save Model As Let s save with the name COAL INP Expanding the Geometry The model as constructed represents only a small part of the final model It is easy to repeat this pattern by copying this pattern multiple times To do this we must select the copy function CAD gt Edit gt Copy Entities This function can also be selected from the CAD toolbar as follows Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials at CAD Bldw Sap Ediw Grd Cont Select Sx CAD gt Edit from the CAD toolbar You will be presented with the sub menu of edit functions Edit Entities ES aaa mt ola To activate the copy function select ul CAD gt Edit gt Copy Entities At this point you will be prompted to build a list of entities to copy
568. terial non linearity from seismic data It is these terms that will be used for the integration of numerical modelling with seismic monitoring in Map3Di Continuity In the rock mass continuum the mass of material must be maintained You cannot have material disappearing or being created ee joy 2e 3x 2 oe 0x 0y 0 10 Oe Joy 2 0 J0y 0Z 0 0x2 0 JOZ 2 0 0Z 0X 0 0yl0Z 0 0X De 0X Oe 0y 0 y 0Z 0 02 0X 0 0y E 0y e z de 0x 0 0xl0y l z 0e Z E z 0X 0e 0y Elasticity At locations where the stresses do not exceed the strength the rock deforms in a linear elastic manner stresses varying in direct proportion to the elastic strains ox O 1 0 e Ey t Ez amp 14v 1 2v a y 1 0 Ey e 84 1810 0 0 20 5 o 0s _ tuet Ey E 1 1 2v ZZ Ty Tyt y E 1 v Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D Overview 13 Ta Uy yz EN 1 0 Ty 1 El 1 0 Note that this is where the pre mining or far field stresses o are incorporated into the physics Non linearity At locations where the stresses are concentrated to the point where they exceed the strength the rock will yield to these loads and deform Deformations are all allowed to proceed until the stresses relax down to the strength This may be accompanied by some dilation This can include the effects of fault slip cracking and generalized 3D
569. tes editing of the scale factors and scales the selected entities Cancel aborts the scaling of entities Once you have completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the modifications by Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 286 Map3D User s Manual 4 5 4 6 selecting 21 Undo You can also restore the same selection set and modify the same set of entities again be selecting Redo You can adjust the double click time using Tools gt Double Click Time Rotate Azimuth Rotate the azimuth of selected entities This routine can be initiated either by picking the button or simple right clicking on any entity When you initiate this routine you will first be prompted to build a list of entities that you wish to edit Edit Entities ES Do Tse Ise If Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you must hold down the Shift key to make multiple selections By default selected entities are added to the list however if the Cirl key is held down selected entities will be removed from the list While holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key you can drag open a crossing window Use of this toolbar is detailed in Build A List of Entities for Editing Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used Holding the Alt key when you right click automatically repeats the last edit function that was used Once you have selected the desired entities you can either pick any of the edit b
570. that the same colour is displayed for numbers 1 11 21 2 22 32 3 23 33 etc Fixed Element Width specifies the user defined element width e This parameter can be used to force uniform discretization on selected entities Extreme caution should be used in specifying this value since a small value can easily lead to enormous problem size e In general this option should not be used unchecked and discretization should be left to the AL and AG parameters These latter parameters will concentrate elements only where analysis results are requested thus optimizing the use of elements and minimizing problem size For further discussion refer to Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands e This parameter can also be used to avoid making surfaces with sides larger than this during the intersection analysis Any surfaces whose side length exceeds this dimension will not be collapsed CAD gt Properties Control Parameters Analysis gt Options gt Collapse e During the discretization process any surface whose side length exceeds this dimension will be subdivided to prevent surfaces having sides larger than this e For an example of the use of this parameter refer to Tabular Mining Example Matl_Code LERD MStep specifies the material code that will be substituted into the block for the LERD LSS calculation The first box is for the material code The second box is to specify the mining step number when the c
571. the desired item to add or remove the desired item from the toolbar Notes Buttons can be moved around on the toolbar simply by holding down the left mouse button and dragging the button to the desired location The toolbar configuration is saved between analyses in the map3d ini file CAD Toolbar Activate the CAD toolbar The default configuration for this toolbar is as follows CAD par eer Ee ete en This toolbar is meant to provide quick access to CAD functions that are used in the model building and editing stage of the Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt Go to CAD Six CAD gt Build Activate the build toolbar for building new model entities sv CAD gt Snap Activate the snap toolbar for setting the snap mode Ev CAD gt Edit Activate the edit toolbar for modifying model entities sv CAD gt Grid Selection Activate the grid selection toolbar for displaying grids Tools gt CAD Toolbar gt Configure Add or remove buttons Notes The CAD toolbar is only displayed during the model building and editing stage of the analysis Analysis gt Go to CAD If this option is not checked the CAD toolbar will not be activated during the model building and editing stage Buttons can be moved around on the toolbar simply by holding down the left mouse button and dragging the button to the desired location Related Topics Map3D Analysis Stages Configure CAD Toolbar Adds or remove buttons from the CAD toolbar Simply check
572. the following Block Name Main Access Element Type Fictitious Force When you do this you will be prompted to enter the offset vector that will be used to extrude the block Y Offset vector X offset Y offset Z offset Length Plunge Direction Pick 2 points to define this vector Entity will be extruded by this amount Cancel Enter the offset as X offset 0 Y offset 0 Z offset 2 Block Colour 1 Fixed Element Width leave this unchecked Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials to This access should be excavated at mining step 1 This is indicated by specifying Mining Step 1 0 We are now finished and can Build this block Building The Gully Now build the gully using the same procedure as described above Pick the first two points as shown in the figure Main Access a Step 3 gt Point 2 oo Step 2 Step 1 ow Step 8 Point 3 eo Step 42 i Tabular Mining A Point 1 7 Ne g Z Elevation HNR point 4 Y West X East Points 3 and 4 will be generated by offsetting them from the line defined by points 1 and 2 To do this select CAD gt Build gt Offset Remaining from either the build toolbar You will be prompted to enter the offset vector Offset Vector X offset Y offset Z offset Length Plunge Direction Pick 2 points to define this vector Entity will be extruded by t
573. the geometric outlines or free hand drawing the user picks corners of blocks and planes to complete construction of the model All of this is done graphically using the comprehensive set of tools available in the CAD interface A model comprises one or more connected or unconnected blocks and or planes that can be mined and filled in a specified sequence Surfaces of blocks and planes are subsequently discretized into a number of boundary elements by the program Extensive error checking assists the user in identifying whether the geometry is topographically valid or not The same input data can be used for elastic thermal fluid flow or non linear analysis Map3D Versions Analysis results can be contoured on element surfaces or on a series of used defined field point grid planes These later planes can be positioned at any desired location and allow contouring of stresses strains displacements strength factors or any desired combination of these components Line contours and or colour filled contours can be generated with options for labels trajectories transparency grid lines and more Results can be exported in many formats including raster screen dumps vector screen dumps or selected grid or surface locations with user configurable format Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 0 Map3D User s Manual 1 4 Applications Applications Map3D is suitable for modelling rock engineering design problems involving both large tabula
574. the loops have been defined we pick CAD gt Build gt FFLoop again to signal completion of construction e This can also be signalled by picking the last point i e point 3 a second time Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials Map3D SV51 001 Map3D Course Too aa f Length File View Analysis CAD Visualization Tools Help _ Lengel Hid Hole Here a Block Volume 410167 560000 Block Name Mining block Element Type Fictitious Force Block Colour ii 1 J Fixed Element Width Matl_Code LERD LSS Mining Step 1 Mining Step 2 Mining Step 3 Mining Step 4 Mining Step 5 IV Generate separate blocks for each loop More Steps Clear All Steps Undo Step 5 Build the stope e The FFLoop can now be built using the 1 function e Specify 10 for the Mesh Spacing then pick OK Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 128 Map3D User s Manual Block Volume Block Name Element Type Block Colour Mesh Spacing M Cuad C larcannt width 410167 560000 Mining block Fictitious Force X FLSS Pick 2 points to de fs length Surfaces longer than this will be subdivided 0 V Generate More St Mining Step 5 Le Lol Let Led Let lol lo al separate blocks for each loop x y z gt 4507 370 6746 039 9843 200 eps Clear All Steps Undo Copy From a Mesh Buia Cance St
575. the mining zone To construct the first block use CAD gt Build gt DDLoop This function can be selected from the CAD toolbar as follows activate the CAD toolbar if it is not visible using Tools gt CAD Toolbar CAD espe Ee Oe Oo Select 7 CAD gt Build from the CAD toolbar You will be presented with the sub menu of build functions Build Entity ES COITO Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 2 Map3D User s Manual Now select a CAD gt Build gt DDLoop Since we want to snap to construction lines we must set the snap mode This is done using CAD gt Snap gt Nearest Edge This function can be selected from the Build Entity toolbar Build Entity ES A em excl oc xl 24 EN AN Pd ad FPP To activate the nearest edge snap select I CAD gt Snap gt Nearest Edge this only needs to be done if the nearest edge snap button is not already highlighted MA In this mode a pick box will be displayed at the intersection of the cross hairs Although the coordinates of the current cursor location are indicated on the status bar if the pick box is located over the corner of a construction line that corner will be selected otherwise the nearest point on the edge of the construction line under the pick box will be selected In either case all 3 coordinate values x y and z are uniquely specified You will see that the DDLoop building routine is prompting you to enter the first corner of the block on
576. the model file Analysis gt Load Model It is recommended that you check this option However caution must be exercised if a non zero search radius is specified since too large a value can cause undesired merging of coordinate points thus destroying model integrity Analysis gt Options gt Collinearity Search Radius Specifies the search radius that is used in collinearity checking during file load see Analysis gt Options gt Collinearity Coordinate points that are very close to one another are merged together Coordinate points that are very near an edge of a surface are moved onto that edge By default Map3D will move these points if they are within a search radius of 1000th of the edge length from the surface If desired the user can use this option to define a search radius by entering a value in the data box Other CAD packages may not link corners of surfaces together This feature is useful for eliminating small gaps and overlaps between adjacent surfaces and blocks Notes This function must be checked before loading the model file Analysis gt Load Model Caution must be exercised if a non zero search radius is specified since too large a value can cause undesired merging of coordinate points thus destroying model integrity Analysis gt Options gt Collapse Merge adjacent surfaces during intersection analysis Surfaces that share common edges and can be collapsed into a single quadrilateral will be p
577. the status bar Main Access 7 Point 1 E Po e e a Step 3 gt Po om Pa 7 Step 2 y ea oll a x Point 8 gt 8 ET a il fom a or Step 3 De Point 7 wen MS dl id Step 2 e Poin Point 6 4 Z Elevation Select the points 1 through 8 as shown Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials s Note that we could actually use corner snap mode here A CAD gt Snap gt Nearest Corner for all points except number 2 and 4 If you select the wrong location for a point simply undo that selection 21 CAD gt Build gt Undo Point then try again Points 2 and 4 are optional and have only been selected to generate a neater looking model When point 8 has been selected the floor plan is complete To complete building the DDLoop select point 1 again or pick the button You will automatically be prompted to enter the block properties CAD gt Build gt DDLoop Entity Properties DDPlane Area 10242 633000 Block Name Mining Step Element Type Displacement Disc Block Colour ma Fixed Element width y Matl_Code LERD LSS o o DDPlane Thickness Tv Mining Step 1 Mining Step 2 Mining Step 3 Mining Step 4 Mining Step 5 Enter the following Block Name Mining Step 1 Element Type Displacement Discontinuity Block Colour 2 DDPlane Thickness 1 DDPlane Thickness should be set to the mining thickness This tabular mining
578. the strain rate predicted by the model Mohr Coulomb in 3D FF blocks Method C assumes that the stress path to failure takes place by increasing c while loosing confinement This is representative of an abutment failure where o o is considered to be the driving force Mohr Coulomb q tan 45 UCS Ya 5 03 Q UCS o rel Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress can be determined as UCS Veo 07 q 1 VI Yao 03 q 1 sel Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress can be determined as Yo 0 q 1 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands UCS Ye 0 02 q 1 zin Plot gt Strength Factors gt Atmax excess stress can be determined as AT nax Y2 0 03 UCS Yao 03 9 1 1 q 1 0 UCS q 1 q 1 Hoek Brown AT max V2A 01 03 YOV A6 MS Ve o1 03 Moco S 01 03 se Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress can be determined as V 1 6 mo Val 6 07 Mo 0 2 Ya mo o 07 se Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF C Strength Stress can be determined as o o VI 1 16 m gF Yo 0 Ma Sa Ya mo zin Plot gt Strength Factors gt At ons ES excess stress can be determined as Atmax VAS Sy A NVE the nPo Yelo 03 Ma So Vamo Drucker Prager Toct q 1 V2 1 AToct q tan 4 UCSV2 2 0 UCS q 1 Sm se SF C Strength Stress ca
579. the top and 4 corners at the bottom or some degeneration of this shape such as tetrahedron At the INTERSECTION stage the various colours indicate the following problems e Purple a surface has been disabled due to an unresolvable contact When the contacts been various block surfaces was analysed the way that this surface interfaced with another surface could not be resolved so the surface was disabled and hence will not be used in the BEM stress Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 149 analysis The most likely cause of this problem is a very odd shape such as an extremely narrow triangle Although this is an error such errors can normally be ignored since extremely narrow shapes contribute little to the analysis results e Green a surface has been disabled due to an unresolvable closure When the closure of a block was analysed the way that this surface interfaced with the block could not be resolved so the surface was disabled and hence will not be used in the BEM stress analysis The most likely cause of this problem is a very odd shape such as an extremely narrow triangle Although this is an error such errors can normally be ignored since extremely narrow shapes contribute little to the analysis results e Blue narrow gaps have been detected These gaps do not indicate an error and are not necessarily a problem however if problems arise during the intersection analysis or BEM analysis these locations are the
580. this benchmark are older 50 60 MB sec drives Seagate Barracuda 7200 7 More recent mechanical drives perform at 100 MB sec Seagate Momentus 7200 4 SATA2 SSDs can provide over 250 MB sec per drive SATA3 SSDs can provide over 500 MB sec per drive Multiple SSDs can be expected to perform as fast as PRAM Note that some motherboards have limitations on the total combined throughput and may require add in controller adapters To determine if you are licensed to use the multi processor multi drive option check on Analysis gt Options gt C T If you are licensed to use the multi processor multi drive option faster disk rates can be achieved if you set SE_MANAGE_VOLUME_NAME privilege This capability is available in the following versions of Windows e Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 Professional and Server maximum of 4 GB e Windows 2000 Advanced Server maximum of 8 GB e Windows 2000 Datacenter Server maximum of 32 GB e Windows XP Professional and Windows Server 2003 maximum of 4 GB e Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition maximum of 32 GB e Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition maximum of 64 GB To set SE_MANAGE_VOLUME_NAME privilege follow these steps Control Panel gt Administrative Tools gt Local Security Policies Then set Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 340 Map3D User s Manual 5 1 24 5 1 25 Local Policies gt User Rights Assignment gt Perform Volume Maintenance Tasks gt Add User
581. tine can be initiated either by picking the Z button or simple right clicking on any vertex When you initiate this routine you will first be prompted to build a list of vertices that you wish to move Edit Vertices ES m m m mas 2S DNS icici If Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you must hold down the Shift key to make multiple selections By default selected entities are added to the list however if the Cirl key is held down selected entities will be removed from the list While holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key you can drag open a crossing window Use of this toolbar is detailed in Build A List of Vertices for Editing Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used Holding the Alt key when you right click automatically repeats the last edit function that was used Once you have selected the desired entities you can either pick any of the edit buttons CAD gt Edit gt Stretch Vertices B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Point CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to X B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Y B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Z CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Plane 2 CAD gt Edit gt Subdivide Construction Lines 21 CAD gt Edit gt Smooth Construction Lines CAD gt Edit gt Remove Construction Vertex Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 209 e dou
582. tine you will first be prompted to build a list of vertices that you wish to Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 292 Map3D User s Manual stretch Edit Vertices ES Er ES e If Tools gt Shift key Selection is checked you must hold down the Shift key to make multiple selections By default selected entities are added to the list however if the Ctrl key is held down selected entities will be removed from the list While holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key you can drag open a crossing window Use of this toolbar is detailed in Build A List of Vertices for Editing Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used Holding the Alt key when you right click automatically repeats the last edit function that was used Once you have selected the desired entities you can either pick any of the edit buttons CAD gt Edit gt Stretch Vertices B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Point CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to X B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Y B CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Z CAD gt Edit gt Move Vertices to Plane 2 CAD gt Edit gt Subdivide Construction Lines 21 CAD gt Edit gt Smooth Construction Lines CAD gt Edit gt Remove Construction Vertex e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of options Stretch Offset Vector X offset 0 000000
583. ting 2 CAD gt Build gt Undo Build Cancel aborts grid construction For examples on the use of field point grid planes refer to Model Building Tutorials Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last build function that was used 4 5 1 5 Grid Line Builds a grid line Analysis results stresses strains and displacements are calculated on these grid lines Each grid line will be further subdivided at a later stage in the program grid planes can be created using CAD gt Build gt Grid Plane When the routine is initiated the user is prompted to select 2 corners that define the ends of the grid line The grid line is considered to be complete when either the 2nd corner is selected or the user selects CAD gt Build gt Build Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 254 Map3D User s Manual After the first point has been entered the remaining point can be generated by offsetting CAD gt Build gt Offset Remaining The coordinates of the corners can be typed in from the keyboard 4 CAD gt Build gt Enter Point selected by freehand drawing picked from other entities other blocks or construction lines or digitized al CAD gt Digitizer Setup gt Activate A large variety of drawing tools are available to assist in visually selecting points from the model sex CAD gt Snap Corners can be unselected using 2 CAD gt Build gt Undo Point Corners can be reselected using
584. ting you to enter the first corner of the block on the status bar Pick the first two points as shown in the figure Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building Tutorials Point 3 Point2 i uo Main Access Step 3 a Step 2007 Point 4 A Step 1 DL we Btep 3 ae as Poa wo Step 2 A ante Tabular Mining va Ba rod a aes EA Gully Z Elevation Y West X East Points 3 and 4 will be generated by offsetting them from the line defined by points 1 and 2 To do this select CAD gt Build gt Offset Remaining from either the build toolbar You will be prompted to enter the offset vector Offset Vector X offset Y offset Z offset Length 2 000000 Plunge 0 24 Direction 0 v Pick 2 points to define this vector Entity will be extruded by this amount Cancel Enter the offset as X offset 0 Y offset 2 Z offset 0 This will generate points 3 and 4 and complete building the DDLoop You will automatically be prompted to enter the block properties Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 108 Map3D User s Manual Entity Properties DDPlane Area 1 000000 Block Name Main Access Element Type Displacement Disc y Block Colour mm Fixed Element Width Py Matl_Code LERD LSS Py DDPlane Thickness My Mining Step 1 Mining Step 2 Mining Step 3 Mining Step 4 Mining Step 5 More Steps Clear Al Steps Copy From Build Enter
585. tion Close The FFLoop routine is considered to be complete when one of the following two conditions is met e the user selects the final loop point i e point 22 a third time e 2 CAD gt Build gt FFLoop The loops will then be subdivided into a series of 3 or 4 sided FF elements These surfaces will be further subdivided into boundary elements at a later stage in the program The routine that does this subdivision searches for corners that are near one another so the user should take care to define the loop such that the connections are straightforward In the above example it is recommended that points 4 and 5 be selected or generated Guide Lines For more complex shapes guide lines shown in yellow can be defined that force the sides to be subdivided along these lines These are simply defined as construction lines For an example refer to http www map3d com ffloop htm Guide lines must not intersect or cross one another Extrusion using Offset Once the first closed loop has been entered the remaining points can be generated by offsetting the remaining points using CAD gt Build gt Offset Remaining Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands w Miscellaneous The coordinates of the corners can be typed in from the keyboard 4 CAD gt Build gt Enter Point selected by freehand drawing picked from other entities other blocks or construction lines or digitized al CAD gt Di
586. tizer Setup gt Activate A large variety of drawing tools are available to assist in visually selecting points from the model sex CAD gt Snap Corners can be unselected using 2 CAD gt Build gt Undo Point Corners can be reselected using CAD gt Build gt Redo Point Upon completion of block construction the user is prompted to enter the block properties This allows you to specify the various parameters including the block colour and mining sequence DDPlane Area 8 500000 Block Name Mining Block Element Type Displacement Disc w Block Colour 1 y FT Fixed Element width Code LERDMstep X X DDPlane Thickness Mining Step 1 Mining Step 2 Mining Step 3 Mining Step 4 Mining Step 5 Extrude DD into FF block More Steps Clear All Steps Undo a Copy From Mesh Build Cancel DDPlane Area displays the combined area of all of the DDPlanes included in the DDLoop Block Name specifies a descriptive name for the block Element Type specifies the type of boundary element that will be used for the block e Displacement Discontinuity DD type elements should be used for tabular mining excavations fractures and fault planes e Fictitious Force FF type elements should be used For three dimensional features such as excavations alternate material zones back filled stopes etc e Inactive elements can be used to display features that are to be included for visualization purp
587. to be used in the BEM analysis The user has complete control over the way in which the model is discretized This can be conducted automatically by the program concentrating results only where results are requested or specified manually Stage 4 Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt BEM Analysis Conducts the Boundary Element Analysis The same input data can be used for elastic thermal fluid flow or non linear analysis Map3D Versions Stage 5 Post processing Analysis gt Graphics This stage is used to view and process the Map3D analysis results Contour plots of stress strain displacement and strength factors or any desired combination of these components can be generated on boundary surfaces and on user defined field point grids Results can be displayed either as total values or the difference in value between mining steps Results from previous analyses can be loaded for viewing File gt Open Analysis Results Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 416 Map3D User s Manual 5 6 Map3D Versions CAD Visual Results Elastic Fault Non 3D Databas Viewer Analysis Slip Linear Plastic e Map3D Modeller Y A x x x x x Map3D Results Viewer x Y Y x x x x Map3D Fault Slip Y Y Y Y Y de de Map3Di Integrated Y Y Y Y Y x x Seismicit Map3D Thermal Fluid Flo Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Map3D Visco Plastic Y Y v Y Y Map3D Modeller features 3D CAD and Visual Da
588. to direct Map3D where to store the coefficient matrix When the first drive fills up Map3D will write the remainder of the matrix to next scratch drive When the solution matrix is too big to fit into RAM refer to Analysis gt Options gt VRAM and Analysis gt Options gt PRAM Matrix solution becomes an I O intensive operation that depends only on the I O rate of your computer In this case a large part of the analysis time can be spent in the Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 solution stage due to slow disk performance To overcome this problem it is imperative that the user install multiple high speed disks Map3D fully supports parallel processing and parallel disk I O with the multi processor multi drive option If you are licensed to use the multi processor multi drive option Map3D set up these drives into a RAID array such that I O is done in an overlapped manner to all of the drives in parallel with the computations Set up in this way you can increases the I O performance in proportion to the number of drives in the array In the following benchmark the same model is run with 1 2 and 4 disks 1 2 4 8GB disk disks disk PRAM Ss Measured Disk 55 112 206 3000 Throughput MB equival sec ent Matrix Solution 0 54 0 28 0 1 0 033 hours 6 2 63 Solution Speed 1x 1 9x 3 3x 16x Increase Total Analysis Time 0 64 0 37 0 2 0 107 4 cores 0 6 57 Total Speed 1x 1 7x 2 5x 6x Increase The disks used in
589. to the centroid This measures how well the plane represents the data This ratio is usually expressed as a percentage Defined like this random data gives a Cv 100 100 variability A perfect fit gives a Cv 0 0 variability Note that it is possible for Cv to exceed 100 You can think of this parameter as the ratio of the variability around the plane divided by the physical width of the data set This is very similar to the formal definition of coefficient of variation which is standard deviation divided by the mean Most geologic materials have properties with Cv on the order of 20 to 30 C v could be turned into an equivalent correlation coefficient using r 1 C2 but this is not really the correct parameter to use and there are problems in definition for cases where Cv exceeds 1 Both the rms and Cy are displayed for the current plane whenever data is plotted Make Map3Di file In order to make a Map3Di loading file one must determine the shear displacement distribution ride indicated by the seismicity This requires several assumptions refer to A McGarr Some Applications of Seismic Source Mechanism Studies to Assessing Underground Hazard Proc 1st International Symposium on Rockbursts and Seismicity in Mines SAIMM Johannesburg 1984 pp 199 208 and Hoffman G R Sewjee and G van Aswegan First steps in the integration of numerical modelling and seismic monitoring 5th International Symposium on Rockburst and Seismici
590. to the maximum in plane shear stress for the 2D plane If all of 5 5 5 are specified the shear displacement ride component 5 is applied parallel to the first side i e the side defined by xi yi Zi Xe y2 Zz 5 is applied perpendicular to 5 in the direction of the second side i e the side defined by x2 y2 Z2 xs ys Zs Shear displacement ride and normal displacement closure are specified in displacement units i e the same units as the geometry is specified in metres The shear displacement ride and normal displacement closure may be determined from in situ or laboratory measurements of shear closure and or crack opening or from another numerical modelling program such as a reservoir or hydraulic fracture simulator These can also be Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Map3D User s Manual estimated from seismic monitoring data 3D Blocks 3D blocks define a zone with specified strain e either as E1 Ep E3 or Ex Ey Ez Ey Ev En If only s1 e2 es are specified these principal strains are applied parallel to the principal stresses The strains are used to determine the initial stress o using aj 1 v e v e e E 1 v 1 2 a 1 v e v 8 1E 1 v 1 9 o 1 v ey v e 1 E 1 v 1 4 If all of ex yy Ezz exy eyz en are Specified these strains are applied as Cartesian components The strains are used to determine the initial stress o using a 8 vle E
591. to the total energy released and can be determined as follows the integral is taken from c to c W J ps dx 2n 1 42 PIE V c2 x2 ax 8 n 1 42 P E As the length of the crack increases the energy release per unit length of crack extension can be determined by differentiation as aW dc 2r 1 v pec E 9 For extension of one end of the crack only we obtain the energy release rate as half this value ERR x 1 v p c E 10 Comparison with Planar Crack Solution If we now compare the planar crack geometry with the crack tip formulation it can be observed that for planar crack comparing equations 1 and 2 with 6 and 7 p 4 1 v2 E pv 2c 11 Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands p pv c 2 12 Observation of these equations reveals that these two parameters can be related in the case of a planar crack geometry by Pp 8 1 v E p 13 Substituting these into equation 5 for ERR provides ERR r 1 v2 p c E 14 the same result as determined for the planar crack equation 10 Various substitutions for p and p can be made to determine ERR 2r 1 v2 n p2 E 15 and ERR 1 327 p E 1 v 16 This later equation is the same expression derived by Ryder and Jager their equation 11 p 236 Rock Mechanics for Tabular Hard Rock Mines 2002 They state that this equation is used to calculate ERR in MINSIM Some form of a edge correction Ryder and Napier Numerical Metho
592. tour points are located where the trajectories are drawn Polyline activates a graphical pick polygon You will be prompted to select a series of corners to define a polygon by picking each with a single mouse click e You must hold the Shift key down while selecting these points e If you define a closed polygonal shape those contour points enclosed in the polygon will be included e If you define an open polygonal shape a series of points along the length of the polyline will be included e To view the location of the actual contour points enable display of trajectories Plot gt Options gt Trajectories The contour points are located where the trajectories are drawn e Simple rectangular widow shapes can be defined by holding the Shift key and dragging open a window same as with the Window button Use Commas data will be written out with commas in place of decimal points Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 145 4 1 19 11 Image Recorder Records multiple sequential images to individual PNG GIF or BMP files Many presentation programs allow you to construct simple animations by displaying a sequence of images The Map3D image recorder allows you to record multiple screen dumps to a individual PNG GIF or BMP files Once you select File gt Output gt Image Recorder you will be prompted to specify a file name to save the animation Image file names will be generated by appending the image count onto the file na
593. train Es Plot gt Surface Components gt Es Shear Strain Plot gt Surface Components gt ds Shear Displacement Ride 4 3 7 6 Shear strain Contours the shear strain occurring in the in filling material of DD elements The shear strain is determined by dividing the shear displacement ride by the DDplane thickness CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties gt DDplane Thickess Note that there are three components of strain that can be contoured _ Plot gt Surface Components gt Value gt Elastic Plot gt Surface Components gt Value gt Plastic Plot gt Surface Components gt Value gt Total There are also two different ways of presenting the strain Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Induced Strain Plot gt Strain gt Value gt Absolute Strain Note that _ lis the current level of shear strain acting on the DD surfaces Since the displacement can change direction and even reverse during slip the total accumulated shear strain can give different values The contour range is set using wad Plot gt Range This component can be added to the contour toolbar if desired Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar Related Topics Plot gt Surface Components gt dEs Incremental Shear Strain Plot gt Surface Components gt ds Shear Displacement Ride 4 3 7 8 Normal strain Contours the normal strain occurring in the in filling material of DD elements The normal stra
594. tress State specifies the initial far field stress state for the material e Most materials are inserted into blocks with the same far field stress state e Materials such as props or backfill are placed at near zero initial stresses In elastic analysis the shear and normal stresses in the plane of weakness on a fault joint set or bedding plane are normally used with the Mohr Coulomb strength criterion to estimate the amount of damage due to over stressing One can expect that more excess stress in an elastic analysis would in general correlate with increased amounts of plastic strain slip in a non linear analysis Since these parameters are orientation dependant this criterion is representative for anisotropic rock mass stability Fault Gouge in DD planes Ts Cohesion tan 9 Ts Excess Stress ATs Cohesion Over stressing can be presented in several ways including tel Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTip In Plane excess shear stress a Plot gt Strength Factors gt dTub Ubiquitous plane excess shear stress S se Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ip Strength Stress sr sel Plot gt Strength Factors gt SF ub Strength Stress By contrast in non linear analysis the stresses can never exceed the strength unless some creep is used in this latter case viscous creep can allow stress states above the failure criterion thus indicating a lack of static equilibrium Hence for non linear analysis one norm
595. ty in Mines SAIMM Johannesburg 2000 pp 397 404 which are outlined here 1 Assuming a slip model Here we can consider either an elliptic crack model Brune or an asperity model with soft edges due to creep Walsh J J and J Waterson Distribution of cumulative displacements and seismic slip on a single normal fault surface J Struct Geol V 9 1987 pp 1039 1046 Generally a circular penny shape will be used unless the user has some way to define an alternate shape 2 The average value of slip can be determined from the seismic moment Mo AD where y is the modulus of rigidity A is the source area determined from the source radius and Dis the average slip across the fault This can also be determined from the determined from the Seismic Strain Drop 3 The slip surface radius can be estimated from the Brune radius as a 2 34 f 2x fo where B is the shear wave velocity and fo is the corner frequency For an asperity model the radius determined from the radius of the Apparent Volume is probably more appropriate 4 The orientation of slip can be determined from the seismic moment tensor if available or from the stress state from modelling From these 4 items you can determine the slip profile indicated by the seismic event For an elliptic profile the shear displacement ride distribution is given by 1 50 D 1 r2 a For an asperity profile the shear displacement ride distribution is given by 2 89 D 1 r a
596. uch as ore fault gouge backfill etc Material Type specifies the material type Mohr Coulomb Hoek Brown Drucker Prager Fault Gouge Hyperbolic Backfill Quadratic Backfill Equilibrated Gouge Yielding Pillar or none e Hoek Brown defines the failure envelope as a curved line e For 3D FF blocks the Hoek Brown criterion defines strength in terms of principal stresses as follows Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Appendix 387 Hoek Brown in 3D FF blo 01 O3 m Os O3 S Og e Tension cutoff and oc are specified in units of stress MPa or psi e Only the peak values are used Young s Modulus and Poisson s Ratio specify Young s Modulus in units of stress MPa or psi e Only the peak values are used Standard Deviation specify standard deviation in units of stress MPa or psi e This parameter describes the uncertainty you have in the strength parameters e This parameter is only used for plotting the probability of shear failure Plot gt Strength Factors gt Rockmass Probability N distribution Viscous Modulus Gn and Gs These parameters are not used for the Hoek Brown material Expansion Coefficient and Conductivity are only used in Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow can be used to simultaneously solve steady state heat fluid flow coupled to the stress analysis Elastic only when checked this material will respond elastically only i e strength parameters will not
597. ucting complex as built layouts with ease The routine works by tracing around multiple level plans or sections then automatically linking them together This is often the best approach particularly when attempting to construct as built models of structures where the exact shape is well known This approach is useful for very detailed analysis of many civil type structures where stress concentrations and assessment of local instabilities are of primary concern These shapes can be constructed using the CAD functions built into Map3D or can be imported from other CAD packages in either e AutoCAD DXF format This is a popular drawing exchange file with the extension DXF e Point file format is a universal ASCII data file with the extension PNT Even for simple shapes this construction procedure can quickly get out of hand Since it is necessary to create a series of surface patches that when taken together form a seamless non overlapping continuous skin one cannot leave gaps or holes When models are built in this way Map3D checks that closed surfaces are formed Analysis gt Options gt Closure Also all surfaces will be renumbered in a consistent manner to ensure that they create positive volumes Analysis gt Options gt Renumber This renumbering may fail is surfaces are unclosed i e there are holes in the excavation due to missing portions Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Model Building and Editing 2
598. ue for the parameter is 0 1 of the far field stress state at the depth of interest STOL should be specified in the same units as the far field stress state e g MPa or psi Relaxation Parameter RPAR specifies the maximum relaxation value that will be used during matrix solution During matrix solution the program continuously modifies the relaxation parameter in an attempt to obtain convergence with as few as possible iterations This parameter limits the maximum value that will be used The value of 1 2 is recommended for well conditioned problems For poorly conditioned problems a value of 0 8 should be used Element Length AL specifies the minimum element length During the discretization process all model surfaces surfaces of FF blocks and DD planes are subdivided into boundary elements with side length Lelem Delem DON where Delem is determined by Map3D as the smallest distance between adjacent model surfaces Since at some locations the distance Delem may be zero the minimum element side length AL must be specified AL should be set equal to twice the smallest pillar or stope width The same units used to specify the coordinates should be used e g metres or feet Once discretization is complete the distance Delem can be plotted using been Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Delem distance to nearest element on surfaces Note that if desired this behaviour can be overridden on an element by element basis by specif
599. uge Hyperbolic Backfill Quadratic Backfill Equilibrated Gouge Yielding Pillar or none e Mohr Coulomb defines the failure envelope as a straight line e For DD planes the Mohr Coulomb criterion defines strength in terms of in plane shear and normal stresses as follows Mohr Coulomb in DD planes T Cohesion ti Tension Cutoff Cohesion and UCS are specified in units of stress MPa or psi Friction angle and dilation angle are specified in degrees Cohesion and friction angle define the shear response The tension cutoff and UCS define the response in the direction normal to the shear plane Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 ao Map3D User s Manual Here UCS permits simulation of yielding pillars e Peak values of these parameters are used up until failure e After yielding the residual values are used to provide a strain softening response Residual values are ignored in elastic analyses Young s Modulus and Poisson s Ratio specify Young s Modulus in units of stress MPa or psi e In DD planes the shear and normal stresses acting on the surfaces of the element are related to the elastic portion of the shear displacement ride and normal displacement closure through the shear and normal moduli Shear Modulus E 2 1 v Normal Modulus E 3 1 2v e Peak values of these parameters are used up until failure e After yielding the residual values are used e Residual values are ignored in elastic
600. uirements 42 219 269 331 347 F 348 Dispiace men companen 163 Failure criterion 175 179 180 182 184 186 188 Displacement discontinutity elements 25 33 34 190 191 193 195 196 199 382 386 388 390 Displacement toolbar 169 394 409 429 Display a saved screen image 145 146 367 Far field stress state specification 363 364 Divergent solutions 42 213 214 219 269 331 Fault panes 34 DOC matrix lumping 42 213 214 219 269 331 Fault Gouge in DD Planes 193 195 196 199 390 DOE element lumping 42 219 269 331 Fictitious force elements 25 27 DOG grid lumping 42 219 269 331 File gt Output menu 137 138 142 DOL solution accuracy 42 213 214 215 219 File menu 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 145 269 331 146 366 367 381 DON matrix conditioning 42 213 214 219 269 Find a specified coordinate point in the model 151 331 Flow components 174 DOR element aspect ratio 42 219 269 331 Flow rules 382 390 394 409 414 Drag rotation of the model 307 434 435 Flow toolbar 174 Drag translation of the model 307 432 Fluid thermal flow analysis 414 Drag zooming the model 307 432 Freehand sketching Model building tutorial 52 Drucker Prager in 3D FF Blocks 175 179 180 182 184 186 188 190 191 388 G Dump analysis results 138 142 Dump the screen image 137 138 367 GIF 137 138 145 367 DXF construction line file format 369 DXF dump of the screen 138 Going to graphics a
601. ult gouge seam width mining width or pillar height The DD plane thickness is set using a CAD gt Build gt DDLoop and can be modified using 8 CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties In DD elements if the shear stress goes above the strength the plastic strain can be determined by limiting the stress 1 T C Ae Paste At Cohesion tan p 6 5 C Ae Plastic At where t Shear Modulus e_Plastic 0 gt Normal Modulus e Plastic The accumulated plastic strain ePl28tic is determined as the sum of the plastic creep increments Az plastic for all creep steps If the normal stress goes below the tension cutoff the plastic strain can be determined by limiting the stress 0 0 C Ag Plastic At To In the case of shear failure the plastic normal strain can also have a dilation component e Plastic tan dilation angle Plastic The total strain is equal to the sum of the elastic and plastic parts The creep response is simulated using a linear Bingham creep model Strength Elastic Viscous At each creep step the stress state on all yielding elements elements where the stress exceeds the strength is calculated as the strength plus the creep resistance Strength C Ae Plast At C GAt where the creep resistance is determined as the creep coefficient C times the plastic strain rate Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Note that the user must select both the creep coefficient C
602. ulus in units of stress MPa or psi Expansion Coefficient and Conductivity are only used in Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow e Map3D Thermal Fluid Flow can be used to simultaneously solve steady state heat fluid flow coupled to the stress analysis Elastic only when checked this material will respond elastically only i e strength parameters will not be used e This can be used to define zones with different elastic properties and or initial stress states This could include for example stiff dykes soft ore zones backfill or support elements Elasto Plastic when checked this material will respond elasto visco plastically i e the strength parameters will be used as a flow rule e This can be used to define zones with both different elastic properties and strength parameters e Note that in Map3D Fault Slip only DD elements i e fault gouge are permitted to respond non linearly Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 384 Map3D User s Manual e In Map3D Non Linear the 3D rock mass can also yield plastically Inactive when checked this material will not be used in the stress analysis and hence will not affect the predicted stresses strains or displacements e This can be used to define zones with different strength parameters to be used when generating contours of strength factors User Defined allows specification of user defined parameters to be used in contouring e Different parameters are defined for each mate
603. ur Contour Range S1 Major Principal Stress Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Interval 10 Label MPa Extremes Oto 89 Defaults Oto 100 Reset All Plot Close Label Minimum Interval Maximum Minimum specifies the lower value of the contour range Maximum specifies the upper value of the contour range Interval specifies the contour interval The interval can be set larger than 1 10th of the maximum minus the minimum but not smaller Label specifies the contour label Extremes Indicates the lower and upper extremes detected for this parameter Selecting this button set the contour range to these values Defaults Indicates the default lower and upper contour range for this parameter Selecting this button set the contour range to these values Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 216 Map3D User s Manual Reset All Sets the ranges of all plot parameters to the default values Plot regenerates the contour plot The minimum contour range does not necessarily have to be set less than the maximum For example when contouring strength factors it may be desirable to set the minimum to 2 and the maximum to 1 so that strength factors near one are contoured in the colour red 4 3 10 Grid Selection Selects a field point grid for viewing Grid ES tan uran rat Analysis results stresses strains and displacements can be contoured on element surfaces and on field point grids With OpenGL ena
604. urface Components gt dEs Incremental Shear Strain Es Plot gt Surface Components gt Es Shear Strain Normal Displacement Closure Contours the closure or normal displacement occurring on DD elements Note that there are three components of closure that can be contoured Plot gt Surface Components gt Value gt Elastic Plot gt Surface Components gt Value gt Plastic Plot gt Surface Components gt Value gt Total The contour range is set using wad Plot gt Range This component can be added to the contour toolbar if desired Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 205 eet Tools gt Configure Contouring Toolbar Related Topics Plot gt Surface Components gt ds Shear Displacement Ride 4 3 7 11 ERR Calculate energy release rate This routine enables the user to calculate energy release rate ERR ahead of an excavation face An alternative method is available where ERR can be calculated at any desired location Analysis gt Options gt LERD LSS Crack tip Formulation Consider a planar crack in an infinite homogeneous elastic medium It is well known that near the crack tip the aperture 3 exhibits a Vr response near the face 5 p Vr 1 and the stress o exhibits a 1 V r response o p Wr 2 where r represents the distance from the crack tip The total energy released can be determined for a small increment of face advance a by superimposing the
605. ust hold down the Shift key to make multiple selections By default selected entities are added to the list however if the Ctrl key is held down selected entities will be removed from the list While holding down the Shift key or Ctrl key you can drag open a crossing window Use of this toolbar is detailed in Build A List of Entities for Editing Pressing the space bar automatically activates the last edit function that was used Holding the Alt key when you right click automatically repeats the last edit function that was used Once you have selected the desired entities you can either pick any of the edit buttons B CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties Edit block type colour mining sequence CAD gt Edit gt Erase Entities Erase selected entities Gu CAD gt Edit gt Move Entities Move selected entities gu CAD gt Edit gt Copy Entities Copy selected entities B CAD gt Edit gt Scale Entities Scale selected entities CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Azimuth Rotate the azimuth of selected entities CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Dip Rotate the dip of selected entities 4 CAD gt Edit gt Dump to File Dump selected entities to a file 8 CAD gt Edit gt Group Group selected entities into a single block e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of options Once you have completed any edit operation you have one chance to undo the
606. uttons B CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties Edit block type colour mining sequence 2 CAD gt Edit gt Erase Entities Erase selected entities Eal CAD gt Edit gt Move Entities Move selected entities al CAD gt Edit gt Copy Entities Copy selected entities JB CAD gt Edit gt Scale Entities Scale selected entities CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Azimuth Rotate the azimuth of selected entities RL CAD gt Edit gt Rotate Dip Rotate the dip of selected entities S CAD gt Edit gt Dump to File Dump selected entities to a file 8 CAD gt Edit gt Group Group selected entities into a single block e double click on any vertex to execute the highlighted function e right click for a list of options Centre of rotation x coordinate 0 500000 y P Y coordinate 1 500000 w l Z coordinate 0 000000 K Pick 1 point to define this location This point will remain stationary during scaling Centroid Cancel X Y and Z coordinates specify the coordinates of the centre of rotation Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands Pick activates the cursor cross hairs allowing interactive selection of the centre or rotation from the model To assist in visually selecting points from the model all snap functions are available sx CAD gt Snap Once selected the components of the centre for scaling are displayed in the dialogue box Centroid calculates the centre of all selected ent
607. ve a dilation component Enplasic tan dilation angle esplastic The total strain is equal to the sum of the elastic and plastic parts The creep response is simulated using a linear Bingham creep model Strength Elastic Viscous At each creep step the stress state on all yielding elements elements where the stress exceeds the strength is calculated as the strength plus the creep resistance Strength C A nplastic At C GAt where the creep resistance is determined as the creep coefficient C times the plastic strain rate Note that the user must select both the creep coefficient C and the time step size At then specify the quotient of these as the viscous modulus G The creep resistance can be used simply as a technique for damping the non linear deformations or for real time dependent creep simulation Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 408 Map3D User s Manual Analysis gt Options gt Creep The strains shear displacement ride and normal displacement closure can be presented in several ways including Plot gt Surface gt Value gt Elastic Plot gt Surface gt Value gt Plastic Plot gt Surface gt Value gt Total Plot gt Strain gt E1 Major principal strain Es Plot gt Surface gt Es Shear Strain Plot gt Surface gt En Normal Strain Plot gt Surface gt ds Shear Displacement Ride Plot gt Surface gt dn Normal Displacement Clo
608. will be used as a flow rule e This can be used to define zones with both different elastic properties and strength parameters e Note that in Map3D Fault Slip only DD elements i e fault gouge are permitted to respond non linearly e In Map3D Non Linear the 3D rock mass can also yield plastically Inactive when checked this material will not be used in the stress analysis and hence will not affect the predicted stresses strains or displacements e This can be used to define zones with different strength parameters to be used when generating contours of strength factors User Defined allows specification of user defined parameters to be used in contouring e Different parameters are defined for each material number e These parameters are used with Lea Plot gt Stress gt User e This can be used to define zones with different strength parameters to be used when generating contours of strength factors Dump to File allows you to dump all material property data to a file for vewing in Notepad or Excel Copy from material allows you to copy the material properties from one material number to another All properties including the stress state are copied Stress State specifies the initial far field stress state for the material e Most materials are inserted into blocks with the same far field stress state e Materials such as props or backfill are placed at near zero initial stresses Over stressing can be presented
609. will be written out as a series of polylines in PNT file format X y1 Z1 3 values X y2 Z2 2 valuese X y3 Z3 2 valuess X4 Y 4 Za 2 values where xi yi zi represent the coordinates of each point 3 indicates that this point is the beginning of a new line 2 indicates that this point is a continuation of the same line values represents the values of the list of user selected components at each corner of the polyline The user defined values will be listed as a comment line i e a line beginning with an asterisk at the beginning of the file Fully Populated data will be written out such that all data will be on a regular sized grid Use Commas data will be written out with commas in place of decimal points Other lt lt to shrink the dialogue box to small size gt gt to expand the dialogue box to large size Cartesian configures for output of cartesian stress components Principal configures for output of principal stress components Window activates a graphical pick window e You will be prompted to select the two corners of the window by picking each with a single mouse click e Only grid points enclosed within the window will be included in the dump e If you do not use this function all points on all grids are dumped e To view the location of the actual contour points enable display of trajectories Plot gt Options gt Trajectories The contour points are located where the trajectories are drawn Polyline activates a graph
610. work very well the stress state predicted from numerical modelling is a very reliable predictor for the time and location of pillar failures Certainly you would not expect pillars with stress states well below the best fit line more than 17 MPa to fail Also you would expect pillars well above more than 17 MPa the best fit line to have failed at some previous mining step It is worth asking if this really is an application of Terzaghi s Observational Approach to design Yes is fact it is The mine operators tried many different modifications to the layout over the years of this study The changes they tried were guided by the type of response they observed underground Initially they found that although they could not avoid pillar failures they could exert considerable control over when in the mining sequence this happened In the end they found that by applying ground conditioning they could trigger the pillar failures at times that suited them best Implementation of Modelling Into the Mine Design Process What are the shortcomings of this approach There are a few significant shortcomings to this approach First of all it takes many passes through the mine monitor redesign loop to learn how reliable the model predictions are This takes time manpower and continued dedication a lot of trips underground Monitoring the rock mass response is no trivial task It may take several years before you establish the reliability with any confiden
611. ws the drawing operation and should only be used if needed A zero value indicates that no dots will be drawn View gt Render gt Point Size specifies the radius of dots that will be drawn at all corner points during selection View gt Render gt Line Width specifies the width of the block outlines and contour lines 4 2 6 Find Coordinate Repositions the model so that the display is centred at the specified coordinate This repositioning is done without rotation or magnification Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 152 Map3D User s Manual 4 2 7 4 2 8 4 2 9 4 2 13 Initialize Initializes all viewing parameters All contour ranges are also reset Zoom Extents Zoom so that all entities are visible This repositioning is done without rotation Zoom Activates the view toolbar The default configuration for this toolbar is as follows View LO zoom Pon ieron Hid Hobe Heie ste cont This toolbar provides quick access to various viewing functions _ View gt Centre of Rotation Sets the centre of rotation This point remains stationary while you rotate and zoom the display Z View gt Zoom activates a graphical zoom window You will be prompted to select the two corners of the window by picking each with a single mouse click View gt Pan activates a graphical pan You will be prompted to select the two ends of the pan vector by picking each with a single mouse click tus View gt
612. y Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 4 5 4 5 1 4 5 1 1 Menu Commands Analysis gt Options gt Lumping Pre calculate coefficient matrix size during discretization analysis Map3D BEM Analysis Options Analysis gt Options gt V ram Store part of the coefficient matrix in virtual RAM during Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt Options gt P ram Store part of the coefficient matrix in physical RAM during Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt Options gt Drive Specify scratch drives for coefficient matrix during Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt Options gt Drive 2 Specify secondary scratch drive for coefficient matrix during Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt Options gt Drive 3 Specify third scratch drive for coefficient matrix during Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt Options gt Drive 4 Specify fourth scratch drive for coefficient matrix during Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt Options gt Creep Conduct elasto visco plastic creep analysis Analysis gt Options gt Move Points Move field points that are very close to boundary surfaces during Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt Options gt Verbose Write all solution vectors and field point results to the log file during Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt Options gt CGM Use the conjugate gradient solver during Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt Options gt Precondition Precondition the matrix during Map3
613. y Properties AA PAA ES E DDPlane Area 92891 2 160000 Block Name Mining block Element Type Displacement Disc_ Block Colour a Fixed Element Width Matl_Code LERD LSS DDPlane Thickness 1 Mining Step 1 0 Mining Step 2 Mining Step 3 Mining Step 4 Mining Step 5 More Steps Clear All Steps Undo X Y Z gt 28683 154 39731 934 3076 58 off Copy From Step 6 Build the DDLoops e Although we could build the DDLoops using the 84 function here we will use the Mesh function e This later function builds better shaped elements e You will be prompted for the desired mesh spacing e Set this to 50 metres Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 ns Map3D User s Manual Map3D SV51 001 Map3D Course DER View Visualization Tools Help ra ar as DDPlane ra 92891 2 160000 Block Name Mining block Element Type Displacement Disc y Block Colour F Fixed Element Width Matl_Code LERD LSS DDPlane Thickness Mining Step 1 Surfaces longer than this will be subdivided ee L eat dl Steps Undo x y z gt 28683 154 39731 934 3076 58 off Copy From Men Build Cancelf 4 Step 7 Construction Complete e This completes construction of the tabular mining complete with pillars e You will likely want to edit the entity properties of the pillars to assign appropriate properties and mining sequence Map3
614. y be activated after the model building CAD Stage Map3D Analysis Stages Related Topics Analysis gt Auto Plot Analysis gt Auto Range Configure Solve Toolbar Adds or remove buttons from the solve toolbar Simply check or uncheck the desired item to add or remove the desired item from the toolbar Notes Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands 311 The solve toolbar can only be activated Tools gt Solve toolbar after the model building CAD Stage Map3D Analysis Stages During analysis the solve toolbar is displayed when you suspend the analysis Analysis gt Suspend Buttons can be moved around on the toolbar simply by holding down the left mouse button and dragging the button to the desired location The toolbar configuration is saved between analyses in the map3d ini file 4 6 2 7 View Toolbar Activates the view toolbar The default configuration for this toolbar is as follows Yiew zoom al ar te ie or co This toolbar provides quick access to various viewing functions _ View gt Centre of Rotation Sets the centre of rotation This point remains stationary while you rotate and zoom the display Zn View gt Zoom activates a graphical zoom window You will be prompted to select the two corners of the window by picking each with a single mouse click View gt Pan activates a graphical pan You will be prompted to select the two ends of the pan vector by picking each with a singl
615. y dxy Notes This function must be checked before conducting the Map3D BEM analysis Analysis gt BEM Analysis This option will increase problem size and hence analysis time since higher order elements require more interpolation nodes on the bounding surfaces If the user is uncertain about the sensitivity of their model to this approximation it is suggested that some subset of the actual model is run with and without linear elements for comparison Analysis gt Options gt Lumping Pre calculate coefficient matrix size during discretization analysis To accurately determine the amount of scratch disk space required to store the coefficient matrix during a Map3D BEM analysis it is necessary to conduct a lumping procedure This option executes the lumping procedure during the discretization analysis i e prior to the Map3D BEM analysis The boundary element method generates a fully populated coefficient matrix of size 4 n bytes where n is the number of degrees of freedom Even for small problems disk space requirements and analysis time can become quite large e g 20 000 degrees of freedom requires 2 GBytes of disk space without lumping Large problems quickly become impractical to solve e g 200 000 degrees of freedom requires 160 GBytes of disk space without lumping To overcome this problem a procedure called matrix lumping is conducted in Map3D This typically achieves a reduction of coefficient matrix size by a factor o
616. ying the maximum width for each element CAD gt Edit gt Entity Properties gt Maximum Width This allows users to force fine uniform discretization on surfaces in areas where there are no grid planes Grid Spacing AG specifies the minimum grid spacing During the discretization process all field point grids and model surfaces are subdivided into elements with side length Map3D International Ltd 1990 2015 Menu Commands Lgrid Dgrid DOL where Dgrid is determined by Map3D as the smallest distance between model surfaces and grid planes Since at some locations the distance Dgrid may be zero the minimum grid spacing AG must be specified This same process is used to discretize model surfaces surfaces of FF blocks and DD planes that are near field point grids AG should be set equal to the smallest dimension of interest For example if the user needs to see the stress distribution across a 2m wide pillar a value for AG of 0 5 would give sufficient number of field points for accurate contouring The same units used to specify the coordinates should be used e g metres or feet Once discretization is complete the distance Dgrid can be plotted on model surfaces using Did Plot gt Surface Components gt Dgird distance to nearest grid or on grids using Bard Plot gt Miscellaneous gt Delem distance to nearest element on grids Note that if desired this behaviour can be overridden on a grid by grid basi
617. you to determine whether the vector is dipping away from you or towards you Vectors that appear as dots point directly into or away from the display If you orient the view such that you are looking along the edge of a grid you will see the vectors protruding in and out of the contour plane The length of the vectors is set with the TLength parameter The density of the vectors is set with the TSpacing parameter 3D Scaled Length display scaled length 3D orientation indicators The indicator is constructed as described above The length of the vectors are scaled to the stress magnitude such that if the magnitude equals the minimum of the contour range the vector is drawn with zero length If the magnitude equals the maximum of the contour range the vector is drawn with the length specified by the TLength parameter 2D Fixed Length display fixed length 2D orientation indicators The indicator is constructed as a 2D projection of the true 3D vector in the plane of the grid The length of the vectors is set with the TLength parameter The density of the vectors is set with the TSpacing parameter 2D Scaled Length display scaled length 2D orientation indicators The indicator is constructed as described above The indicator is constructed as a 2D projection of the true 3D vector in the plane of the grid The length of the vectors are scaled to the stress magnitude such that if the magnitude equals the minimum of the contour

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

07/2012  formulaire drone  Changeons d`énergies A4 150213d  USB 2.0 HUB - CNET Content Solutions  eZ430-RF2500 Development Tool User's Guide    取 扱 説 明 書  ダウンロード（PDF 0.99MB）  ピコシャワー  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file